UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 8-K
CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of
the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): February 4, 2021
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 001-39272 | 86-1874570 | ||
(State
or other jurisdiction of
incorporation) |
(Commission File Number) | (IRS Employer Identification No.) |
9600 Great Hills Trail, Suite 300E
Austin, TX
(address of principal executive offices)
78759
(zip code)
866-432-6736
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
(Former name or former address, if changed since last report.)
Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:
¨ | Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425) |
¨ | Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12) |
¨ | Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b)) |
¨ | Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c)) |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter). Emerging growth company x
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Title of each class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of each exchange on which registered | ||
Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share | ETWO | New York Stock Exchange | ||
Warrants to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 | ETWO WS | New York Stock Exchange |
Introductory Note
The Business Combination
On February 4, 2021, CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I (“CCNB1”) domesticated into a Delaware corporation (the “Domestication”) and consummated the acquisition of certain equity interests of E2open Holdings, LLC (“E2open”) as a result of a series of mergers pursuant to a Business Combination Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2020 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”) among CCNB1, Sonar Merger Sub I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Blocker Merger Sub 1”), Sonar Merger Sub II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Blocker Merger Sub 2”), Sonar Merger Sub III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Blocker Merger Sub 3”), Sonar Merger Sub IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Blocker Merger Sub 4”), Sonar Merger Sub V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Blocker Merger Sub 5”), Sonar Merger Sub VI, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Blocker Merger Sub 6,” and together with Blocker Merger Sub 1, Blocker Merger Sub 2, Blocker Merger Sub 3, Blocker Merger Sub 4 and Blocker Merger Sub 5, the “Blocker Merger Subs”), Insight (Cayman) IX Eagle Blocker, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Insight Cayman Blocker”), Insight (Delaware) IX Eagle Blocker, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Insight Delaware Blocker”), Insight GBCF (Cayman) Eagle Blocker, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Insight GBCF Cayman Blocker”), Insight GBCF (Delaware) Eagle Blocker, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Insight GBCF Delaware Blocker”), Elliott Eagle JV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Elliott Eagle Blocker”), PDI III E2open Blocker Corp., a Delaware corporation (“PDI Blocker,” and together with Insight Cayman Blocker, Insight Delaware Blocker, Insight GBCF Cayman Blocker, Insight GBCF Delaware Blocker, and Elliott Eagle Blocker, the “Blockers”), Elliott Associates, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Elliott International, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership, Sonar Company Merger Sub, LLC a Delaware limited liability company (“Company Merger Sub,” and together with the Buyer and the Blocker Merger Subs, the “Buyer Parties”), E2open, and Insight Venture Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, solely in its capacity as representative of the Blocker Owners and the Company Equityholders (the “Equityholder Representative”) (the Domestication and the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, collectively, the “Business Combination”), following the approval of the shareholders of CCNB1 at an extraordinary general meeting held on February 2, 2021. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination (the “Closing”), the registrant changed its name from CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I to E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Current Report on Form 8-K have the same meaning as set forth in the final prospectus and definitive proxy statement (the “Proxy Statement/Prospectus”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on January 12, 2021 by CCNB1.
The Consideration
Pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, the aggregate consideration for the Business Combination (the “Business Combination”) payable or issuable by CCNB1 in exchange for the equity interests of E2open was: (i) with respect to the Blockers and holders of vested E2open options (which constituted all of the outstanding E2open options), a combination of cash consideration and shares of newly issued Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“Class A Common Stock”), shares of newly issued Series B-1 common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“Class B-1 Common Stock”), and shares of newly issued Series B-2 common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“Class B-2 Common Stock”), which shares of Class B-1 Common Stock and Class B-2 Common Stock are subject to performance-based vesting conditions equivalent to the RCUs (defined below) and restricted from transfer (subject to limited customary exceptions), (ii) with respect to unitholders (other than the Blockers), a combination of cash consideration and Common Units in E2open (each, an “E2open Unit” and the holders of such E2open Units, the “E2open Unitholders”) and a corresponding number of shares of Class V common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“E2open Class V Common Stock”), which has no economic value, but entitles the holder thereof to one vote per share and will be issued on a one-for-one basis for each E2open Unit, and Series 1 Restricted Common Units (“Series 1 RCUs”) and Series 2 Restricted Common Units (“Series 2 RCUs,” and together with Series 1 RCUs, the “RCUs”), which are subject to performance based vesting conditions as described herein and as set forth in the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of E2open (the “A&R Company LLCA”) entered into upon the Closing, and restricted from transfer (subject to limited customary exceptions).
Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.
A&R Company LLCA
On February 4, 2021, in connection with the Closing, the existing Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of E2open was further amended and restated in its entirety to become the A&R Company LLCA.
Rights of the Units
Following the Closing, the E2open Units are entitled to share in the profits and losses of E2open and to receive distributions as and if declared by the the Company, as the managing member of E2open, and will have no voting rights.
The RCUs will vest and become E2open Units as follows: (i) the Series 1 RCUs will vest at such time as the 5-day VWAP of the Class A Common Stock is at least $13.50, which dollar threshold will be decreased by the aggregate amount of dividends per share paid by the Company, (ii) the Series 2 RCUs will vest at such time as the 20-day VWAP of the Class A Common Stock is at least $15.00, which dollar threshold will be decreased by the aggregate amount of dividends per share paid by the Company, (iii) any then-unvested RCUs will vest upon the consummation of a qualifying change of control of the Company or Sponsor and (iv) any then-unvested RCUs, to the extent the liquidation value of the E2open Units, taking into account the vesting of such RCUs and payment of any relevant Catch-Up Payment (as defined in the A&R Company LLCA), would meet the VWAP-based vesting threshold set forth in clause (i) and/or (ii) above with respect to any such RCUs, will vest upon such qualifying liquidation. Upon the conversion of an RCU, the holder of such RCU will be entitled to receive a payment equal to the amount of ordinary distributions paid on an E2open Unit from the Closing through (but not including) the date such RCU converts into an E2open Unit. If any of the RCUs do not vest on or before the 10-year anniversary of the Closing, such units will be canceled for no consideration, and will not be entitled to receive any Catch-Up Payments.
- 2 -
The A&R Company LLCA contains provisions which require that a one-to-one ratio is maintained between interests held by the Company in E2open and the common stock outstanding in the Company, subject to certain exceptions (including in respect of management equity which has not been settled in Company common stock). In addition, the A&R Company LLCA permits the Company, in its capacity as the managing member, to take actions to maintain such ratio, including in connection with stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations and exercises of the exchange rights of the parties to the A&R Company LLCA (described below).
The Company, as the managing member of E2open, has the authority to create new equity interests in E2open, and establish the rights and privileges of such interests.
Management
The Company, as the managing member of E2open following the Closing, has the sole authority to manage the business and affairs of E2open in accordance with the A&R Company LLCA and applicable law. The business, property and affairs of E2open will be managed solely by the managing member, and the managing member cannot be removed or replaced except by the incumbent managing member.
Tax Distributions
The A&R Company LLCA provides for quarterly tax distributions to the holders of E2open Units on a pro rata basis based upon an agreed upon formula related to the taxable income of E2open allocable to holders of E2open Units. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on the Company’s estimate of the taxable income of E2open allocable to each holder of E2open Units (based on certain assumptions), multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for a U.S. corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, taking into account all jurisdictions in which the Company is required to file income tax returns together with the relevant apportionment information and the character of E2open’s income, subject to various adjustments. In addition, to the extent necessary to enable a holder of E2open Units to pay its income tax liability attributable to its ownership of E2open Units, such holder may elect to receive additional non-pro rata tax distributions, which will reduce the number of E2open Units owned by such holder and be calculated based on an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined United States federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual resident in New York, NY, taking into account all jurisdictions in which the Company is required to file income tax returns together with the relevant apportionment information and the character of E2open’s income, subject to various adjustments.
Transfer Restrictions
The A&R Company LLCA contains restrictions on transfers of units. No member may transfer all or a portion of its units, except for (i) certain transfers to permitted transferees under certain conditions; (ii) exchanges of E2open Units for Class A Common Stock after the Lock-up Period pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement (as defined below) has expired; and (iii) by a member to the Company or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The “Lock-up Period” is the period commencing on the date of Closing and ending on the date that is six months following the date of Closing, or August 4, 2021.
Exchange of E2open Units for Class A Common Stock
From and after August 4, 2021, the E2open Unitholders will, up to once per calendar quarter (or with respect to an affiliate of Insight Partners, up to twice per calender quarter), be able to exchange all or any portion of their E2open Units, together with the cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class V Common Stock, for a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of exchanged E2open Units by delivering a written notice to E2open, with a copy to the Company; provided that (x) if an E2open Unitholder holds more than 100,000 E2open Units as of the date of Closing, such E2open Unitholder will not be permitted to exchange a number of E2open Units less than the lesser of (1) 100,000 E2open Units and (2) all of the E2open Units then held by the such E2open Unitholder or (y) if an E2open Unitholder holds 100,000 E2open Units or less as of the date of Closing, such E2open Unitholder will not be permitted to exchange a number of E2open Units less than the lesser of (1) 50% of the E2open Units held by such E2open Unitholder as of the date of Closing and (2) all of the E2open Units then held by such E2open Unitholder, subject in each case to the limitations and requirements set forth in the A&R Company LLCA regarding such exchanges. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, at its sole discretion, in lieu of delivering shares of Class A Common Stock for any E2open Units surrendered for exchange, pay an amount in cash per E2open Unit equal to the 5-day VWAP of the Class A Common Stock ending on the day immediately prior to the date of the giving of the written notice of the exchange.
- 3 -
Exchange Ratio
For each E2open Unit exchanged, one share of Class V Common Stock will be canceled and one share of Class A Common Stock will be issued to the exchanging member (unless the Company elects to pay an amount in cash in lieu thereof as described above). The exchange ratio will be adjusted for any subdivision (split, unit distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the E2open Units that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock or, by any such subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the E2open Units. If the Class A Common Stock is converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, on any subsequent exchange an exchanging E2open Unitholder will be entitled to receive such security, securities or other property.
Restrictions on Exchange
The Company may limit the rights of E2open Unitholders to exchange their E2open Units under the A&R Company LLCA if the Company determines in good faith that such restrictions are necessary so that E2open will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” under applicable tax laws and regulations.
Expenses
E2open will reimburse all of the Company’s expenses in connection with its ownership and management of E2open and its business (other than certain expenses, such as income taxes and payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) entered into on February 4, 2021, in connection with the Closing, by and among the Company and certain equityholders of E2open).
This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the A&R Company LLCA, which is included as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
Tax Receivable Agreement
On February 4, 2021, in connection with the Closing, the Company entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement with the Sellers.
Pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Company is required to pay to the exchanging holders of E2open Units, as applicable, 85% of the tax savings that the Company realizes as a result of increases in tax basis in E2open’s assets as a result of the sale of E2open Units and the future exchange of the E2open Units for shares of Class A Common Stock (or cash) pursuant to the A&R Company LLCA and certain pre-existing tax attributes of the Blockers of E2open, as well as certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The term of the Tax Receivable Agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired unless E2open exercises its right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement for an amount representing the present value of anticipated future tax benefits under the Tax Receivable Agreement or certain other acceleration rights occur.
This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Tax Receivable Agreement, which is included as Exhibit 10.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
Investor Rights Agreement
On February 4, 2021, in connection with the Closing, the Company entered into the Investor Rights Agreement with certain equityholders (the “Investor Rights Agreement” and such parties, the “IRA Parties”).
Director Appointment
Under the Investor Rights Agreement, subject to certain step-down provisions, affiliates of Insight Partners collectively have the right to nominate three board members (each, an “IVP Director”) and CC NB Sponsor 1 Holdings LLC (“CC Capital”), on behalf of CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I Sponsor, LLC, CCNB1's sponsor (the “Sponsor”), has the right to nominate five board members (each, a “Sponsor Director”). Two of the three IVP Directors, three of the five Sponsor Directors and the CEO of E2open, Michael Farlekas (the “CEO Director”), comprise the Company Board appointed in connection with the Domestication. Two Sponsor Directors were nominated as Class I directors with terms ending at the Company’s 2021 annual meeting of stockholders; two IVP Directors were nominated as Class II directors with terms ending at the Company’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders; and one Sponsor Director and the CEO Director were nominated as Class III directors with terms ending at the Company’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders.
- 4 -
Voting
For the duration of the Standstill Period (as defined below), the IRA Parties will agree to vote all of their respective shares of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock, as applicable, in favor of the nominees recommended by the Company Board.
Standstill
The IRA Parties agreed that until the date that is the later of (a) one year after the Closing Date and (b) the date of the Company’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders (the “Standstill Period”), they will not (i) solicit proxies to vote or seek to advise or influence any person with respect to the voting of any securities of the Company in favor of electing any person as a director who is not nominated pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement or by the Company Board or its nominating committee or in opposition of any individual nominated by the Company pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, (ii) nominate any person as a director who is not nominated pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement or by the Company Board (or its nominating committee) (other than by making a non-public proposal or request to the Company Board or its nominating committee in a manner which would not require the Company Board or Company to make any public disclosure), (iii) take certain actions contrary to the governance structure of the Company other than in accordance with the Investor Rights Agreement, (iv) subject to certain exceptions, enter into a voting trust, voting agreement or similar voting arrangement with respect to any equity securities of the Company, (v) form, join or participate in a “group,” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act in connection with any of the foregoing actions or (vi) make any public disclosure inconsistent with the foregoing.
Registration Rights
Under the Investor Rights Agreement, within 30 days of the Closing Date, the Company is required to file a registration statement on Form S-3 or, if the Company is ineligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3, a registration statement on Form S-1, in each case, registering the resale of securities held by the parties to the Investor Rights Agreement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Certain of the IRA Parties are entitled to make unlimited written demands for registration under the Securities Act of all or part of their shares of Class A Common Stock, so long as, in the case of an underwritten offering, such demand is for at least $10,000,000 in shares of Class A Common Stock. In addition, subject to certain customary exceptions, certain of the IRA Parties are entitled to request in writing that the Company register the resale of any or all of their Class A Common Stock on Form S-3 and any similar short-form registration that may be available at such time as a “shelf registration.” Subject to certain customary exceptions, if any time after the Closing, the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to its securities, the Company will give notice to the relevant security holders party to the Investor Rights Agreement as to the proposed filing and offer such security holders an opportunity to register the sale of such number of Class A Common Stock as requested by such security holders in writing, subject to customary cutbacks in an underwritten offering. Any other security holders of the Company with piggyback registration rights may also participate in any such registrations, subject to customary cutbacks in an underwritten offering. The Company has customary rights to postpone any registration statements for certain events. If the registration is through an underwritten offering, certain of the Company’s security holders will agree to lockup restrictions on the same basis as the Company’s directors and executive officers.
Under the Investor Rights Agreement, the Company will agree to indemnify the security holders and each underwriter and each of their respective controlling persons against any losses or damages resulting from any untrue statement or omission of a material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which they sell shares of Class A Common Stock, unless such liability arose from their misstatement or omission, and the security holders will agree to indemnify the Company and its officers and directors and controlling persons against all losses caused by their misstatements or omissions in those documents.
The Investor Rights Agreement terminated the original Registration Rights Agreement that was entered into by CCNB1, the Sponsor and certain independent directors of CCNB1 on April 28, 2020 in connection with the initial public offering of CCNB1’s securities.
Information Access
Under the Investor Rights Agreement, the Company agrees that directors may share any information concerning the Company and its subsidiaries received by the directors with the party that nominated such directors and such party’s designated representatives.
Transfers
The IRA Parties will not be able to transfer shares beneficially owned or otherwise held by them prior to the termination of the Lock-up Period, subject to certain customary exceptions including transfers to certain permitted transferees, such as an affiliate of such person, a member of the person’s immediate family or a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the person’s immediate family or an affiliate of such person.
- 5 -
Termination
The director appointment rights under the Investor Rights Agreement will terminate as to a party when such party, together with its permitted transferees, has less than certain ownership thresholds (with respect to the affiliates of Insight Partners, the greater of 33% of the economic interests in the Company that such affiliates of Insight Partners owned immediately after the Closing and 2% of the Company’s voting securities, and with respect to CC Capital (on behalf of the Sponsor), less than 17% of the economic interests in the Company that it owned immediately after the Closing). The registration rights in the Investor Rights Agreement will terminate as to each holder of shares of the Company’s common stock when such holder ceases to hold any such common stock of the Company or securities exercisable or exchangeable for such common stock.
This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Investor Rights Agreement, which is included as Exhibit 10.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
Indemnification Agreements
Concurrently with the Closing, the Company entered into indemnification agreements with Chinh E. Chu, Stephen C. Daffron, Ryan M. Hinkle, Eva F. Huston, Timothy I. Maudlin, Michael A. Farlekas, Peter R. Hantman, Jarett J. Janik, Pawan Joshi, Deepa L. Kurian and Laura L. Fese, each of whom became or continued as an executive officer, Section 16 officer and/or director of the Company at Closing. Each indemnification agreement provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Company will indemnify the director or executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by law for claims arising in his or her capacity as our director or officer.
The foregoing description of the indemnification agreements does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the indemnification agreement, a form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.4 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
Lock-Up Agreements
Concurrently with the Closing, the Company entered into lock-up agreements with Betsy Atkins, Adam Berger, Michael Farlekas, Peter Hantman, Jarett Janik, Pawan Joshi, Joe Olson, Deborah Smith and Mike Verdeyen (collectively, the “Lock-Up Parties”), pursuant to which the Lock-Up Parties are not permitted to transfer shares of the Company beneficially owned or otherwise held by them prior to the termination of the six-month lock-up period, subject to certain customary exceptions including (a) transfers to permitted transferees, such as an affiliate of such person, a member of the person’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the person’s immediate family; and (b) to a charitable organization, by the by the laws of descent and distribution upon death, or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order.
The foregoing description of the lock up agreements does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the lock up agreement, a form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.5 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
Credit Agreement
On February 4, 2021, E2open, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), as borrower, with the lenders party thereto and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Credit Agreement is guaranteed by E2open Intermediate, LLC and certain wholly owned subsidiaries of E2open, LLC, as guarantors (together with E2open, LLC, the “Loan Parties”), and is supported by a security interest in substantially all of the Loan Parties’ personal property and assets.
The Credit Agreement provides for $75 million in commitments for revolving credit loans with a $15 million letter of credit sublimit. The Credit Agreement also provides for $525 million in term loans payable in quarterly installments of $1,312,500 beginning in August 2021 and payable in full on February 4, 2028. In addition, the Credit Agreement provides E2open, LLC the ability to request increases in the revolving commitments and additional term loan facilities, in a minimum amount of $2 million for each facility. Borrowings under the initial term loans were used to directly or indirectly finance (a) the Business Combination, (b) the incurrence of the credit facilities and the funding of the initial term loans under the Credit Agreement on the Closing Date, (c) the repayment of all existing indebtedness of E2open, LLC under its existing credit facilities in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, (d) the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement on the Closing Date, (e) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing and (f) the payment of all fees, premiums, costs and expenses related thereto (collectively, the “Transactions”) and to fund any original issue discount or upfront fees payable in connection therewith. Though permitted, no Borrowings of revolving loans were made on the Closing Date. Borrowings pursuant to the revolving loans after the Closing Date may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of E2open, LLC and its subsidiaries, including capital expenditures, permitted acquisitions and other investments, restricted payments and the refinancing of indebtedness, and any other use not prohibited by the Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
The initial term loans under the Credit Agreement are scheduled to mature on February 4, 2028, and the revolving loans under the Credit Agreement are scheduled to mature on February 4, 2026. The Credit Agreement contains certain customary events of default, which include failure to make payments when due thereunder, the material inaccuracy of representations or warranties, failure to observe or perform certain covenants, cross-defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency-related events, certain judgments, certain ERISA-related events, failure of any lien created under the Security Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to be valid and perfected (subject to certain exceptions), failure of any material guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to be in full force and effect and a Change of Control (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
- 6 -
The Credit Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties and affirmative and negative covenants, including certain restrictions on the ability of E2open, LLC and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to incur any additional indebtedness or guarantee indebtedness of others, to create liens on properties or assets, to make certain investments, loans, advances and guarantees, to sell assets, to make certain restricted payments, to enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions, to enter into certain affiliate transactions, to enter into certain restrictive agreements and to enter into certain asset and stock-based transactions. In addition, under the terms of the Credit Agreement, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of E2open, LLC on which the Revolving Test Condition (as defined in the Credit Agreement) is satisfied, the First Lien Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall not be more than 6.75 to 1.00.
The interest rates applicable to borrowings under the Credit Agreement are, at E2open, LLC’s option, either (i) a base rate, which is equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate, (b) the NYFRB Rate plus 0.5% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate (subject to a floor of 0.50% for term loans, but none for revolving loans) for a one month Interest Period plus 1% (each term as defined in the Credit Agreement) or (ii) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (subject to a floor of 0.50% for term loans, but none for revolving loans) equal to the LIBO Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the applicable Interest Period (as defined in the Credit Agreement) multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement), plus in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), the Applicable Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The Applicable Rate (i) for base rate term loans ranges from 2.25% to 2.50% per annum, (ii) for base rate revolving loans ranges from 1.50% to 2.00% per annum, (iii) for Eurodollar (as defined in the Credit Agreement) term loans ranges from 3.25% to 3.50% per annum and (iv) for Eurodollar revolving loans ranges from 2.50% to 3.00% per annum, in each case, based on the First Lien Leverage Ratio. E2open, LLC will pay a commitment fee during the term of the Credit Agreement ranging from 0.25% to 0.375% per annum of the average daily undrawn portion of the revolving commitments based on the First Lien Leverage Ratio.
Other than a 1.00% premium which is payable if the initial term loan is prepaid on or prior to the date that is 6 months after the Closing Date in connection with a Repricing Transaction (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and customary breakage costs, any borrowing under the Credit Agreement may be repaid, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time without any other premium or penalty, and any amounts repaid under the revolving credit facility may be reborrowed. Mandatory prepayments are required under the revolving loans when borrowings and letter of credit usage exceed the aggregate revolving commitments of all lenders. Mandatory prepayments are also required in connection with (i) certain dispositions of assets or the occurrence of other Casualty Events (as defined in the Credit Agreement), in each case, to the extent the proceeds of such dispositions exceed certain individual and aggregate thresholds and are not reinvested, (ii) unpermitted debt transactions, and (iii) excess cash flow in excess of $10 million.
The foregoing description of the Credit Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety to the full text of the Credit Agreement, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.6 and incorporated by reference herein.
Item 2.01. Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.
The disclosure set forth in the “Introductory Note” above is incorporated into this Item 2.01 by reference.
On the trading day following the Closing, the CCNB1’s ordinary shares ceased trading, and the Company’s Class A Common Stock and warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock of the Company began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbols “ETWO” and “ETWO WS”, respectively.
FORM 10 INFORMATION
Item 2.01(f) of Form 8-K states that if the predecessor registrant was a shell company, as CCNB1 was immediately before the Business Combination, then the registrant must disclose the information that would be required if the registrant were filing a general form for registration of securities on Form 10. Accordingly, the Company, as the successor issuer to CCNB1, is providing the information below that would be included in a Form 10 if the Company were to file a Form 10. Please note that the information provided below relates to the Company as the combined company after the consummation of the Business Combination, unless otherwise specifically indicated or the context otherwise requires.
Forward-Looking Statements
This Current Report on Form 8-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements relate to expectations for future financial performance, business strategies or expectations for the Company’s business. Specifically, forward-looking statements may include statements relating to:
· | the benefits of the Business Combination; |
· | the future performance of the Company and the financial impact of the Business Combination on the Company’s future performance; |
· | expansion plans and opportunities; and |
· | other statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “may,” “can,” “should,” “will,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “intend,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “seek,” “target” or similar expressions. |
- 7 -
These forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this Current Report on Form 8-K and Company management’s current expectations, forecasts and assumptions, and involve a number of judgments, known and unknown risks and uncertainties and other factors, many of which are outside the control of the Company and its directors, officers and affiliates. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing the Company’s views as of any subsequent date. The Company does not undertake any obligation to update, add or to otherwise correct any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events, inaccuracies that become apparent after the date hereof or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.
As a result of a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, the Company’s results or performance may be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some factors that could cause actual results to differ include:
· | the ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination, which may be affected by, among other things, competition, and the ability of the Company to grow and manage growth profitably and retain its key employees; |
· | changes in applicable laws or regulations; |
· | the inability to develop and maintain effective internal controls; |
· | the COVID-19 pandemic, including the global economic uncertainty and measures taken in response; |
· | the inability to attract new customers or upsell existing customers; |
· | failure to renew existing customer subscriptions on terms favorable to the Company; |
· | risks associated with the Company’s extensive and expanding international operations; |
· | the inability to develop and market new and enhanced solutions modules; |
· | the failure of the market for cloud-based supply chain management solutions to develop as quickly as we expect; |
· | inaccuracies in information sourced for our knowledge databases; |
· | failure to compete successfully in a fragmented and competitive supply chain management market; |
· | the inability to adequately protect key intellectual property rights or proprietary technology; |
· | the diversion of management’s attention and consumption of resources as a result of potential acquisitions of other companies; |
· | risks associates with our past and prospective acquisitions, including the failure to successfully integrate operations, personnel, systems, technologies and products of the acquired companies, adverse tax consequences of acquisitions, greater than expected liabilities of the acquired companies and charges to earnings from acquisitions; |
· | failure to maintain adequate operational and financial resources or raise additional capital or generate sufficient cash flows; |
· | cyber attacks and security vulnerabilities; |
· | the inability of the Company to maintain the listing of the Company’s Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange; |
· | the inability to develop and maintain effective internal controls; |
· | changes in consumers’ loyalty to the Company’s brands due to factors beyond the Company’s control; |
· | changes in demand for the Company’s product affected by changes in consumer preferences and tastes or if the Company is unable to innovate or market its products effectively; |
- 8 -
· | costs associated with building brand loyalty and interest in the Company’s products which may be affected by the Company’s competitors’ actions that result in the Company’s products not suitably differentiated from the products of competitors; |
· | fluctuations in results of operations of the Company from quarter to quarter because of changes in promotional activities; |
· | the possibility that the Company may be adversely affected by other economic, business or competitive factors; and |
· | other risks and uncertainties described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Risk Factors.” |
Business
The business of the Company is described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Information About E2open” and that information is incorporated herein by reference.
Risk Factors
The risks associated with the Company are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Risk Factors,” which is incorporated herein by reference.
Financial Information
The selected statement of operations data for the six months ended August 31, 2020 and August 31, 2019, and fiscal years ended February 29, 2020 and February 28, 2019, and the selected balance sheets data as of August 31, 2020, February 29, 2020 and February 28, 2019 are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Selected Historical Financial and Other Data of E2open” and that information is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, the statement of operations data and statement of cash flows for E2open’s interim period ended November 30, 2020 and November 30, 2019 and balance sheet as of November 30, 2020 is filed as Exhibit 99.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.
Information responsive to Item 2 of Form 10 is set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of E2open” and that information is incorporated herein by reference. Also included as Exhibit 99.4 and incorporated herein by reference is Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of E2open for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and November 30, 2019.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company’s common stock upon the completion of the Business Combination by:
· | each person who is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock; |
· | each of our officers and directors as of the Closing; and |
· | all current officers and directors of the Company, as a group. |
Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the Commission, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security or has the right to acquire securities within 60 days, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.
The beneficial ownership of shares of the Company’s common stock immediately following completion of the Business Combination is based on the following: (i) an aggregate of 187,044,312 shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the Business Combination, (ii) 35,636,680 shares of Class V Common Stock that were issued upon the completion of the Business Combination; provided that, the information below excludes (a) the shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future awards under the EIP, (b) 13,800,00 shares of Class A common stock subject to outstanding warrants of the Company, and (c) non-voting shares of Series B-1 Common Stock and Series B-2 Common Stock issued upon completion of the Business Combination.
- 9 -
Unless otherwise indicated, the Company believes that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of voting stock beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is 9600 Great Hills Trail #300E, Austin, Texas 78759.
Beneficial Ownership Table | |||||||||||||||||||||
Class A Stock | Class V Stock | ||||||||||||||||||||
Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner(1) |
Number of
Shares |
% |
Number of
Shares |
% |
% of
Total Voting Power |
||||||||||||||||
CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I Sponsor LLC(1) | 23,046,286 | 11.7 | % | — | — | 9.9 | % | ||||||||||||||
NBOKS(2) | 37,923,143 | 19.2 | % | — | — | 16.3 | % | ||||||||||||||
Insight Partners(3) | 18,114,619 | 9.7 | % | 26,566,466 | 74.6 | % | 20.1 | % | |||||||||||||
Elliott Investment Management L.P.(4) | 25,171,131 | 13.5 | % | — | — | 11.3 | % | ||||||||||||||
Luxor Capital Partners, LP(5) | 11,300,000 | 6.0 | % | — | — | 5.1 | % | ||||||||||||||
The WindAcre Partnership Master Fund LP(6) | 16,250,000 | 8.7 | % | — | — | 7.3 | % | ||||||||||||||
Michael A. Farlekas | — | — | 1,223,957 | 3.4 | % | 0.5 | % | ||||||||||||||
Peter R. Hantman | — | — | 472,994 | 1.3 | % | 0.2 | % | ||||||||||||||
Jarett J. Janik | — | — | 178,318 | * | 0.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Chinh E. Chu(7) | 12,473,143 | 6.5 | % | — | — | 5.5 | % | ||||||||||||||
Stephen C. Daffron | 41,857 | * | — | — | 0.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Eva F. Huston | 41,857 | * | — | — | 0.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Ryan M. Hinkle(8) | — | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
Timothy I. Maudlin | — | — | 154,134 | * | — | ||||||||||||||||
All directors and named executive officers as a group (eight individuals) | 2,533,714 | 1.4 | % | 2,029,403 | 5.7 | % | 2.4 | % |
- 10 -
* | Less than 1%. |
(1) | Consists of 12,766,286 shares of Class A Common Stock and 10,280,000 Warrants exercisable for shares of Class A Common Stock. The Sponsor has a board of two managers, CC NB Sponsor I Holdings LLC (“CC”), which is controlled by Chinh E. Chu, and NBOKS, for which Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC, an indirect subsidiary of Neuberger Berman Group LLC, serves as investment adviser, and, in such capacity, exercises voting or investment power over the shares held directly by NBOKS for which Charles Kantor is a portfolio manager. The securities owned by the Sponsor are beneficially owned, in equal parts, by NBOKS and by CC; each of CC and NBOKS disclaim beneficial ownership of the securities owned by the Sponsor except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein. The business address of the Sponsor is 200 Park Avenue, 58th Floor, New York, New York 10166. |
(2) | Consists of 870,000 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by NBOKS Co-Invest Fund I LP (“NBOKS Co-Invest”), and (i) 530,000 Shares of Class A Common Stock and 5,000,000 Warrants exercisable for shares of Class A Common Stock owned of record by NBOKS and (ii) 6,383,143 shares of Class A Common Stock 5,140,000 Warrants exercsiable for shares of Class A Common Stock owned on record by the Sponsor over which NBOKS is a co-control person. Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC, an indirect subsidiary of Neuberger Berman Group LLC, serves as investment adviser to each of NBOKS and NBOKS Co-Invest and, in such capacity, exercises voting or investment power over the shares held directly and controlled by NBOKS, for which Charles Kantor is a portfolio manager, and NBOKS Co-Invest. Does not include any securities indirectly owned by this individual as a result of his or her interest in the sponsor or its affiliates. |
(3) | Consists of 7,524,415 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) IX, L.P., 1,604,446 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by Insight Venture (Delaware) IX, L.P., 4,681,293 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund (Cayman), L.P., 4,304,465 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund (Delaware), L.P. and 26,566,466 shares of Class V Common Stock owned by Insight E2open Aggregator, LLC (collectively, the “Insight Shareholders”). Insight E2open Aggregator, LLC is managed by Insight Venture Partners IX, L.P. The general partner of each of Insight Venture Partners IX, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) IX, L.P. and Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) IX, L.P. is Insight Venture Associates IX, L.P., and the general partner of Insight Venture Associates IX, L.P. is Insight Venture Associates IX, Ltd. The general partner of each of Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund (Cayman), L.P. and Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund (Delaware), L.P. is Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, L.P., and the general partner of Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, L.P. is Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, Ltd. The sole shareholder of each of Insight Venture Associates IX, Ltd. and Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, Ltd. is Insight Holdings Group, LLC (“Insight Holdings”). Each of Jeffrey Horing, Deven Parekh, Peter Sobiloff, Jeffrey Lieberman and Michael Triplett is a member of the board of managers of Insight Holdings and may be deemed to hold voting and dispositive power over the shares held of record by the Insight Shareholders. Each of the members of the board of managers of Insight Holdings disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein, and the foregoing is not an admission that any of Insight Venture Partners IX, L.P., Insight Venture Associates IX, L.P., Insight Venture Associates IX, Ltd., Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, L.P., Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, Ltd. or Insight Holdings is the beneficial owner of any shares held by the Insight Shareholders. The principal business address of each of the Insight Shareholders is 1114 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor, New York, New York 10036. |
(4) | Consists of: (i) 7,551,339 shares of Class A Common Stock to be beneficially held by Helios Associates, LLC (“Helios”) and (ii) 17,619,793 shares of Class A Common Stock to be beneficially held by Sesame Investments, LP (“Sesame”). Helios is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Elliott Associates, L.P. (“Elliott”) and Sesame is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Elliott International, L.P. (“Elliott International”). Elliott Advisors GP LLC, which is controlled by Paul E. Singer (“Singer”), Elliott Capital Advisors, L.P., which is controlled by Singer, and Elliott Special GP LLC, which is controlled by Singer, are the general partners of Elliott. Hambledon, Inc., which is also controlled by Singer, is the sole general partner of Elliott International. Elliott Investment Management L.P. (“EIM”) is the investment manager of Elliott and Elliott International. EIM, as the investment manager of Elliott and Elliott International may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Class A common stock beneficially held by Helios and Sesame. EIM expressly disclaims equitable ownership of and pecuniary interest in any shares of Class A common stock. Helios and Elliott have the shared power with EIM to vote or direct the vote of, and to dispose or direct the disposition of the shares of Class A common stock owned directly by Helios. Sesame and Elliott International have the shared power with EIM to vote or direct the vote of, and to dispose or direct the disposition of, the shares of Class A common stock owned directly by Sesame. No person other than Helios, Elliott and EIM has the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of, the shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by Helios, Elliott and EIM. No person other than Sesame, Elliott International and EIM has the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of, the shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by Sesame, Elliott International and EIM. The principal business address of each of Helios, Sesame, Elliott, Elliott International and EIM is c/o Elliott Investment Management L.P., Phillips Point, East Tower, 777 South Flagler Drive, Suite 1000, West Palm Beach, Florida 33401. |
(5) | Consists of 2,596,000 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by Luxor Capital Partners, LP (the “Onshore Fund”), 1,792,000 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by Luxor Capital Partners Offshore Master Fund, LP (the “Offshore Master Fund”), 5,553,000 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by Lugard Road Capital Master Fund, LP (the “Lugard Master Fund”) and 1,359,000 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by Luxor Wavefront, LP (the “Wavefront Fund”). The principal business address of each of the Onshore Fund and the Wavefront Fund is 1114 Avenue of the Americas, 28th Floor, New York, New York 10036. The principal business address of each of the Offshore Master Fund and the Lugard Master Fund is c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1- 1104, Cayman Islands. |
(6) | Consists of shares of Class A Common Stock to be purchased by The WindAcre Partnership Master Fund LP, an exempted limited partnership established in the Cayman Islands (“Master Fund”) in the PIPE Investment. The WindAcre Partnership LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“WindAcre”) serves as the investment manager of the Master Fund. Snehal Rajnikant Amin is the principal beneficial owner of The WindAcre Partnership LLC and the only beneficial owner holding more than 5% (“Mr. Amin”). Mr. Amin is the managing member of WindAcre and therefore might be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of Class A common stock to be purchased by the Master Fund. The principal business address of each this shareholder is Elian Fiduciary Services (Cayman) LTD, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9007, Cayman Islands. |
(7) | Consists of (i) 6,383,143 shares of Class A Common Stock and 5,140,000 Warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock owned of record by the Sponsor and (ii) 950,000 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by CC, for which Mr. Chu is deemed to have beneficial ownership. |
(8) | Mr. Hinkle is a Managing Director of Insight Partners, an affiliate of the Insight Shareholders described in footnote 3. Mr. Hinkle does not hold voting or dispositive power over the shares held of record by the Insight Shareholders. See footnote 3 for more information regarding the Insight Shareholders. |
- 11 -
Directors and Executive Officers
The Company’s directors and executive officers after the Closing are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Management of the Company Following the Business Combination,” which is incorporated herein by reference.
Director and Executive Compensation
The compensation of the named executive officers of CCNB1 before the Business Combination is set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Directors, Officers, Executive Compensation and Corporate Governance of CCNB1 Prior to the Business Combination,” which is incorporated herein by reference. The compensation of the named executive officers of E2open before the Business Combination is set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Executive Compensation of E2open,” which is incorporated herein by reference. The compensation of the directors of E2open before the Business Combination is set forth in the Proxy statement/Prospectus un the section titled “Director Compensation,” which is incorporated herein by reference.
At the extraordinary general meeting held on February 2, 2021, CCNB1’s shareholders approved the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “EIP”), which was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on February 4, 2021. A description of the material terms of the EIP is set forth in the section of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus titled “Shareholder Proposal 3-The Equity Incentive Plan Proposal,” which is incorporated herein by reference. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the EIP, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.8 to this Current Report on Form 8-K.
The information set forth in this Current Report on Form 8-K under Item 5.02 is incorporated in this Item 2.01 by reference.
The Board of Directors will determine the annual compensation to be paid to the members of the board of directors of the Company.
E2open was a party to a consulting agreement with Timothy Maudlin, which automatically terminated pursuant to its terms upon the Closing. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Mr. Maudlin provided general consulting services to E2open and, in consideration for such consulting services, was granted a fully vested stock award for 6,830 shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company. The foregoing description of the grant does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the grant agreement, a form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.9 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Certain relationships and related person transactions of CCNB1 and E2open are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” and are incorporated herein by reference.
Reference is made to the disclosure regarding director independence in the section of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus titled “Management of the Company Following the Business Combination–Director Independence,” which is incorporated herein by reference.
The information set forth under “Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement—Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement,” “—Tax Receivable Agreement,” “—Investor Rights Agreement,” and “Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers—2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan” of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated into this Item 2.01 by reference.
The Company adopted a formal written policy effective upon the Business Combination providing that persons meeting the definition of “Related Person” under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K such as the Company’s executive officers, directors, nominees for election as directors, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of the Company’s capital stock and any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with the Company without the approval of the Company’s audit committee, subject to the exceptions described below.
A related party transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which the Company was or is to be a participant in which the amount involves exceeds $120,000 in the aggregate, and in which a related party had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to the Company as an employee or director and certain other transactions are not covered by this policy.
Under the policy, the audit committee will review information that it deems reasonably necessary to enable the Company to identify any existing or potential related person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy. In addition, under the Code of Conduct, employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.
Legal Proceedings
Reference is made to the disclosure regarding legal proceedings in the sections of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus titled “Information About CCNB1—Legal Proceedings” and “Information About E2open—Legal Proceedings,” which are incorporated herein by reference.
Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
Following the Closing of the Business Combination, the Company’s Class A Common Stock began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “ETWO” and its warrants began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “ETWO WS” on February 4, 2021. CCNB1 has not paid any cash dividends on its ordinary shares to date.
The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, will make any determination from time to time with respect to the use of any excess cash accumulated, which may include, among other uses, the payment of dividends on the Company’s Class A Common Stock.
- 12 -
Information regarding CCNB1’s common stock, rights and units and related stockholder matters are described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the sections titled “Description of the Company’s Securities” and “Securities Act Restrictions on Resale of the Company’s Securities” and such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 3.02 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered
The description of the Company’s securities is contained in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the sections titled “Description of the Company’s Securities” and “Shareholder Proposal 1: The Domestication Proposal—Comparison of Shareholder Rights under the Applicable Organizational Documents Before and After the Domestication,” which are incorporated herein by reference.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
The description of the indemnification arrangements with the Company’s directors and officers is contained in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Indemnification of Directors and Officers,” which is incorporated herein by reference.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 9.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K concerning the financial statements of the Company and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of E2open.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
The information set forth under Item 4.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated herein by reference.
Financial Statements and Exhibits
Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 9.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K concerning the financial information of the Company.
Item 2.02. Results of Operations and Financial Condition
Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 9.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K concerning the financial statements of the Company and the disclosure contained in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of E2open, filed as Exhibit 99.4 to this Current Report on Form 8-K, is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 2.03. Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant
The information set forth under the “Credit Amendment” in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 3.02. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.
Forward Purchases
In connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, on February 4, 2021, pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement, CCNB1 consummated the sale and issuance of 20,000,000 Forward Purchase Shares and Forward Purchase Warrants to acquire up to 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares at $10.00 per Forward Purchase Share, for aggregate proceeds of up to $200,000,000. Upon the Closing of the Business Combination, all shares of CCNB1 Class A ordinary shares were converted into Class A Common Stock of the Company.
- 13 -
The sale and issuance of securities under the Forward Purchase Agreement were made to the NBOKS, which is an accredited investor in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. No separate fees or commissions were paid to placement agents other than payments made to such institutions for other services rendered in connection with the CCNB1 initial public offering or the Business Combination.
Reference is made to the disclosure in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Shareholder Proposal 2: The Business Combination Proposal—Forward Purchase Agreements” which is incorporated herein by reference.
This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the form of Forward Purchase Agreement, which is included as Exhibit 10.7 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
PIPE Investment
Upon the Closing, the Company consummated the PIPE Investment and issued 69,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock for aggregate proceeds of $695,000,000. The sales and issuances of securities in the PIPE Investment were made to accredited investors in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.
Business Combination Consideration
Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Upon the Closing, the Company issued 35,636,680 shares of Class V Common Stock, 5,620,367 shares of Series B-1 Common Stock and 4,379,557 shares of Series B-2 Common Stock to the E2open Sellers in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination. The issuances were made to the Sellers, each of whom is an accredited investor, in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.
Item 3.03. Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.
In connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, on February 4, 2021, the Company domesticated into the State of Delaware from the Cayman Islands by filing a Certificate of Domestication (the “Certificate of Domestication”) and Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) with the Delaware Secretary of State and also adopted bylaws (the “Bylaws”) which together replace CCNB1’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. The material terms of the Certificate of Domestication, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the general effect upon the rights of holders of the Company’s capital stock are discussed in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus under the sections titled “Shareholder Proposal 1: The Domestication Proposal—Comparison of Shareholder Rights under Applicable Organizational Documents Before and After the Domestication” which is incorporated herein by reference.
Copies of the Certificate of Domestication, Certificate of Incorporation, and Bylaws are filed as Exhibits 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 4.01. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.
On February 4, 2021, the Audit Committee of the Company Board approved the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP (“EY”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended February 28, 2021. EY served as the independent registered public accounting firm of E2open prior to the Business Combination. Accordingly, WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”), the independent registered public accounting firm of CCNB1, the name of the Company prior to the Business Combination, was informed on February 5, 2021 that it would be replaced by EY as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm following its completion of the Company’s audit of the year ended December 31, 2020, which consist only of the accounts of the pre-Business Combination special purpose acquisition company, CCNB1.
The reports of Withum on CCNB1’s balance sheet as of June 30, 2020 and the statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from January 14, 2020 (inception) through June 30, 2020, did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainties, audit scope or accounting principles.
During the period from January 14, 2020 (inception) through June 30, 2020 and the subsequent interim period through the date of Withum’s dismissal, there were no “disagreements” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) between the Company and Withum on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Withum, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in its reports on the Company’s financial statements for such periods.
- 14 -
During the period from January 14, 2020 (inception) through June 30, 2020 and the subsequent interim period through the date of Withum’s dismissal, there were no “reportable events” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act).
During the period from January 14, 2020 (inception) through June 30, 2020 and the subsequent interim period through the date of Withum’s dismissal, CCNB1 and the Company did not consult with EY regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the financial statements of CCNB1 or the Company, and no written report or oral advice was provided that EY concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing, or financial reporting issue; or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a "disagreement" (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act) or a "reportable event" (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act).
The Company has provided Withum with a copy of the foregoing disclosures and has requested that Withum furnish the Company with a letter addressed to the Commission stating whether it agrees with the statements made by the Company set forth above. A copy of Withum’s letter, dated February 10, 2021, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K.
Item 5.01. Changes in Control of Registrant.
Reference is made to the disclosure in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Shareholder Proposal 2: The Business Combination Proposal,” which is incorporated herein by reference. Further reference is made to the information contained in Item 2.01 to this Current Report on Form 8-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.
As of February 4, 2021, there were approximately 187,044,312 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding, and in addition, there were approximately 35,636,680 shares of Class V Common Stock outstanding. These share numbers (i) exclude (a) 24,080,000 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to outstanding warrants of the Company, (b) 5,620,367 shares of Series B-1 Common Stock, (c) 4,397,557 shares of Series B-2 Common Stock and (d) 15,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance under the EIP. As a result of the Business Combination, based on such assumptions and after giving effect to the terms of such arrangements, (i) pre-Business Combination the public shareholders of CCNB1 hold approximately 18.6% of the voting power of the Company, (ii) CCNB1 and the non-employee directors of CCNB1 prior to the Closing of the Business Combination hold approximately 5.8% of such voting power, (iii) pre-Business Combination equityholders of E2open hold approximately 37.1% of such voting power. In addition, non-affiliates of the Company hold approximately 46.0% of the voting power of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock immediately following the Closing of the Business Combination.
Item 5.02. Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers
Directors and Executive Officers
Information with respect to the Company’s directors and executive officers immediately after the Closing is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Management of the Company After the Business Combination” beginning on page 320 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which is incorporated herein by reference.
On February 2, 2021, each of Chinh E. Chu, Eva F. Huston, Stephen C. Daffron, Ryan M. Hinkle, Timothy I. Maudlin and Michael A. Farlekas was elected by CCNB1 stockholders to serve as a director of the Company effective upon consummation of the Business Combination. Eva F. Huston and Stephen C. Daffron were elected to serve as Class I directors with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2021. Ryan M. Hinkle and Timothy I. Maudlin were elected to serve as Class II directors with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2022. Chinh E. Chu and Michael A. Farlekas were elected to serve as Class III directors with a term expiring at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders in 2023. The size of the board of directors is six members. Biographical information for these individuals is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Management of the Company After the Business Combination” beginning on page 320 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which is incorporated herein by reference.
The Committees of the Board of Directors
The board of directors appointed Timothy I. Maudlin and Eva F. Huston to serve on the Audit Committee, with Timothy I. Maudlin serving as its Chairman. The board of directors appointed Chinh E. Chu, Ryan M. Hinkle and Eva F. Huston to serve on the Compensation Committee, with Chinh E. Chu serving as its Chairman. The board of directors appointed Stephen C. Daffron, Ryan M. Hinkle and Timothy I. Maudlin to serve on the Nominating and Governance Committee, with Stephen C. Daffron as its Chairman. Information with respect to the Company’s Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Management of the Company After the Business Combination—Committee Appointments” beginning on page 323 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, on February 4, 2021 Michael A. Farlekas was appointed to serve as the President & Chief Executive Officer, Peter R. Hantman was appointed to serve as Chief Operating Officer & Executive Vice President, Global Business Units, Jarett J. Janik was appointed to serve as Chief Financial Officer, Deepa L. Kurian was appointed to serve as Chief Accounting Officer, Laura L. Fese was appointed to serve as Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary and Pawan Joshi was appointed as Executive Vice President, Product Management & Strategy. The biographical information set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section entitled “Management of the Company After the Business Combination” beginning on page 320 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, is incorporated herein by reference.
In connection with the Closing, on February 4, 2021 each executive officer of CCNB1 immediately prior to the Closing resigned from his or her respective position as an executive officer of the post-combination company.
2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
At the extraordinary general meeting held on February 2, 2021, CCNB1 shareholders considered and approved the E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “EIP”) and reserved 15,000,000 shares of Class A common stock for issuance thereunder. The EIP was approved by the board of directors of the Company, and became effective, on February 4, 2021. A summary of the material terms of the EIP is set forth in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Shareholder Proposal 3: The Equity Incentive Plan Proposal.” That summary and the foregoing description are qualified in their entirety by reference to the text of the EIP, which is filed as Exhibit 10.8 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
- 15 -
Executive Severance Plan
On February 4, 2021, the Company adopted a new Executive Severance Plan for the benefit of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and each of his direct reports. Pursuant to the severance plan, upon a qualifying termination of employment (which includes a termination of employment by the Company without “cause” or following a resignation for “good reason” (each, as defined in the plan)), subject to the execution of a release of claims against the Company and its affiliates, the participant would be eligible to receive severance equal to (i) a lump sum payment equal to one-times the participant’s base salary and target bonus opportunity, (ii) a pro-rata bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, determined based on actual performance following the end of the applicable performance period and paid at such time as all other bonus participants, and (iii) reimbursement for a portion of the participant’s COBRA continuation coverage premiums for a period of up to 18 months. If the qualifying termination occurs following a change in control of the Company, the severance payments will be equal to (i) a lump sum payment equal to two-times the participant’s base salary and target bonus opportunity, (ii) a pro-rata bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, determined based on actual performance following the end of the applicable performance period and paid at such time as all other bonus participants, and (iii) reimbursement for a portion of the participant’s COBRA continuation coverage premiums for a period of up to 18 months. Payment of the severance benefits is generally subject to the participant’s agreement to be subject to a covenant not to compete with the Company or solicit its employees and customers for a period of 12 months following a termination of employment.
This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Executive Severance Plan, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K For the fiscal year ending February 28, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
The information set forth in this Current Report on Form 8-K under Item 2.01 is incorporated in this Item 5.02 by reference.
Item 5.03. Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.
The Bylaws adopted by the Company upon the Domestication change the Company’s fiscal year end from December 31 to the last day in February. As a result of this change, the Company’s 2021 fiscal year end will be February 28, 2021 and 2022 fiscal year end will be February 28, 2022. This change is intended to align the Company’s fiscal year end date with the fiscal year end of E2open and is not expected to have an effect on the Company’s results.
In addition, the information set forth in Item 3.03 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference into this Item 5.03.
Item 5.05. Amendment to the Registrant’s Code of Ethics, or Waiver of a Provision of the Code of Ethics.
In connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, on February 4, 2021 and effective as of such date, the Company Board adopted a new code of ethics and business conduct (the “Code”) applicable to the Company’s associates, officers and directors. The new Code clarifies (i) the types of permitted conduct under the Code, including business activities and opportunities and (ii) procedures for the reporting, oversight and investigation of alleged violations of the Code. We intend to post any amendments to or any waivers from a provision of the Code on our website.
The foregoing description of the Code does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Code, which is included as Exhibit 14.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.
Item 5.06. Change in Shell Company Status.
As a result of the Business Combination, CCNB1 ceased being a shell company. Reference is made to the disclosure in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Shareholder Proposal 2: The Business Combination Proposal,” which is incorporated herein by reference. The information contained in Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference into this Item 5.06.
- 16 -
Item 7.01. Regulation FD Disclosure
On February 5, 2021, the Company issued a press release announcing the completion of the Business Combination, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.1 and incorporated herein by reference.
Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.
(a) Financial Statements of Businesses Acquired
Information responsive to Item 9.01(a) of Form 8-K is set forth in the financial statements included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus on pages F-62 through F-95 and pages F-108 through F-132, which are incorporated herein by reference. In addition, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company, as of November 30, 2020 and for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and November 30, 2019, and the related notes thereto are attached as Exhibit 99.2 and are incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Pro Forma Financial Information
Information responsive to Item 9.01(a) of Form 8-K is set forth in the financial statements included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the section titled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information”, which is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, the unaudited pro forma financial statements are filed as Exhibit 99.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.
(d) Exhibits
- 17 -
99.3* | Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of the Company. | ||
99.4* | Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of the E2open for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and November 30, 2019. | ||
104 | Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) | ||
* | Filed herewith | ||
+ | Indicates a management or compensatory plan. | ||
† | Schedules to this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Registration S-K. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedules to the Commission upon request | ||
- 18 -
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. | ||
Date: February 10, 2021 | By: | /s/ Jarett J. Janik |
Name: Jarett J. Janik | ||
Title: Chief Financial Officer |
- 19 -
Exhibit 3.1
CERTIFICATE
OF CORPORATE DOMESTICATION
OF CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I
Pursuant to Section 388
of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I, presently a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares (the “Company”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
1. The Company was first incorporated on January 14, 2020 under the laws of the Cayman Islands.
2. The name of the Company immediately prior to the filing of this Certificate of Corporate Domestication with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I.
3. The name of the Company as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation being filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with Section 388(b) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is “E2open Parent Holdings, Inc.”
4. The jurisdiction that constituted the seat, siege social, or principal place of business or central administration of the Company immediately prior to the filing of this Certificate of Corporate Domestication was the Cayman Islands.
5. The domestication has been approved in the manner provided for by the document, instrument, agreement or other writing, as the case may be, governing the internal affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business or by applicable non-Delaware law, as appropriate.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this 4th day of February, 2021.
CC NEUBERGER PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS I, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares | |||
By: | |||
Name: | Douglas Newton | ||
Title: | Executive Vice President |
Exhibit 3.2
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
E2OPEN PARENT HOLDINGS, INC.
Article I
Section 1.1. Name. The name of the Corporation is E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
Article II
Section 2.1. Address. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware, 19808; and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.
Article III
Section 3.1. Purpose. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Corporation is being incorporated in connection with the domestication of CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares (“CCNB1 Cayman”), to a Delaware corporation, and this Certificate of Incorporation is being filed simultaneously with the Certificate of Corporate Domestication of CCNB1 Cayman (the “Certificate of Domestication”).
Article IV
Section 4.1. Capitalization. The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 2,554,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”), (ii) 2,500,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), (iii) 13,000,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), which shall be divided into 9,000,000 shares of Series B-1 Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Series B-1 Common Stock”) and 4,000,000 shares of Series B-2 Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Series B-2 Common Stock”) and (iv) 40,000,000 shares of Class V Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class V Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, and the Class B Common Stock, the “Common Stock”). The number of authorized shares of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class V Common Stock, or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class or series then outstanding or, in the case of Class A Common Stock, necessary for issuance upon conversion of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock or upon exchange of Common Units (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of E2open Holdings, LLC (the “LLC Agreement”)) and corresponding shares of Class V Common Stock) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock, the Class V Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Domestication and this Certificate of Incorporation, which shall occur on the closing date (such date, the “Closing Date”) of the transactions contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”), dated as of October 14, 2020, as amended January 28, 2021, by and among (i) CCNB1 Cayman, (ii) the Blocker Merger Subs (as defined therein), (iii) the Blockers (as defined therein), (iv) Sonar Company Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (v) Elliott Associates, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, (vi) Elliott International, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership, (vii) E2open Holdings, LLC (f/k/a Eagle Parent Holdings, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and (vii) Insight Venture Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each share of capital stock of CCNB1 Cayman issued and outstanding immediately prior to the filing of the Certificate of Domestication and this Certificate of Incorporation will for all purposes be deemed to be one issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock, without any action required on the part of the Corporation or the holders thereof; provided, however, in accordance with the terms of that certain letter agreement, dated as of October 14, 2020, by and among CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), CCNB1 Cayman and the other parties thereto, an aggregate 2,500,000 Class B Ordinary Shares of CCNB1 Cayman shall automatically convert into Series B-1 Common Stock instead of Class A Common Stock.
Section 4.2. Preferred Stock.
(A) The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by the DGCL, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series and to cause to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of designations with respect thereto. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.
(B) Except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of a series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to such series).
2
Section 4.3. Common Stock.
(A) Voting Rights.
(1) Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or as required by applicable law, each holder of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided, however, that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, holders of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock or other series of Common Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.
(2) Except as required by applicable law, no holder of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to any voting rights with respect to Class B Common Stock.
(3) Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or as required by applicable law, each holder of record of Class V Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class V Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally or holders of Class V Common Stock as a separate class are entitled to vote (whether voting separately as a class or together with one or more classes of the Corporation’s capital stock); provided, however, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, holders of Class V Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock or other series of Common Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.
(4) Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, holders of the Class A Common Stock and holders of the Class V Common Stock shall vote together as a single class (or, if the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with holders of the Class A Common Stock and holders of the Class V Common Stock, as a single class with the holders of such other series of Preferred Stock) on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders having voting rights generally, and shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders.
3
(B) Dividends and Distributions.
(1) Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and other distributions in cash, stock of any corporation or property of the Corporation, the holders of Class A Common Stock (including Class A Common Stock which converted to Class A Common Stock from Class B Common Stock in accordance with Section 4.3(D) below on or prior to the record date for such dividend or other distribution) and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive ratably, taken together as a single class, in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder such dividends and other distributions as may from time to time be declared by the Board in its discretion out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board in its discretion shall determine. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, the payment of any dividend or other distribution so declared with respect to the Class B Common Stock shall be contingent upon, and no dividend or other distribution shall be paid unless and until, the occurrence of a Conversion Event (as defined below), if any, in respect of any such share of Class B Common Stock and, upon declaration of any dividend or other distribution, the record date for such dividend or other distribution with respect to any shares of Class B Common Stock (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not the Class A Common Stock) shall be one day before the Conversion Date with respect to such shares of Class B Common Stock, and the Board shall so set the record date upon such declaration. Such dividends or other distributions with respect to the Class B Common Stock shall be paid to the holders of record of the Class B Common Stock on the Conversion Date with respect to such shares of Class B Common Stock in accordance with Section 4.3(D).
(2) Class V Common Stock. Dividends and other distributions shall not be declared or paid on the Class V Common Stock.
(C) Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock having a preference over the Class A Common Stock as to distributions upon dissolution or liquidation or winding up shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (including Class A Common Stock which converted to Class A Common Stock from Class B Common Stock in accordance with Section 4.3(D) below on or prior to the date of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up (including if a Conversion Event (as defined below) occurred as a result of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up)) shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder. The holders of shares of (i) Class B Common Stock (other than to the extent such liquidation, dissolution or winding up constitutes a Conversion Event, in which case such Class B Common Stock shall automatically convert to Class A Common Stock in accordance with Section 4.3(D) below and the holders of such resulting Class A Common Stock shall be treated as a holder of Class A Common Stock in accordance with this Section 4.3(C)) and (ii) Class V Common Stock, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) as such, shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
4
(D) Conversion of Class B Common Stock. Immediately upon a B-1 Conversion Event (as defined below) with respect to a share of Series B-1 Common Stock, each such share of Series B-1 Common Stock then outstanding shall automatically, without any further action on the part of the record holder thereof or any other person (including the Corporation), convert into and become an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock, which conversion shall be effective on the Conversion Date with respect to a corresponding Series 1 RCU (each, as defined in the LLC Agreement) (such date, the “Series B-1 Conversion Date”) with respect to such shares of Series B-1 Common Stock, and the holder of each such share of Series B-1 Common Stock shall become a record holder of Class A Common Stock as of such Series B-1 Conversion Date. Immediately upon a B-2 Conversion Event (as defined below) with respect to a share of Series B-2 Common Stock, each such share of Series B-2 Common Stock then outstanding shall automatically, without any further action on the part of the record holder thereof or any other person (including the Corporation), convert into and become an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock, which conversion shall be effective on the Conversion Date with respect to a corresponding Series 2 RCU (each, as defined in the LLC Agreement) (such date, the “Series B-2 Conversion Date”) with respect to such shares of Series B-2 Common Stock, and the holder of each such share of Series B-2 Common Stock shall become a record holder of Class A Common Stock as of such Series B-2 Conversion Date. Each outstanding stock certificate or book-entry credit, as applicable, that, immediately prior to a Conversion Event, represented one or more shares of Class B Common Stock shall, upon such Conversion Event, be automatically deemed to represent as of the Conversion Date an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock, without the need for any surrender, exchange or registration thereof or any consent or notification, and on or promptly after the Conversion Date, if such shares are uncertificated, the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation shall register such shares in book-entry form, reflecting that such holder is a record holder of Class A Common Stock as of the Conversion Date in respect of the relevant shares of Class B Common Stock, without the need for any surrender, exchange or registration thereof or any consent or notification. The Corporation, or any transfer agent of the Corporation, shall, upon the request on or after the Conversion Date of any holder whose shares of Class B Common Stock have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock as a result of a Conversion Event and upon surrender by such holder to the Corporation of the outstanding certificate(s) formerly representing such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock (if any), issue and deliver to such holder certificate(s) representing the shares of Class A Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock were converted as a result of such Conversion Event (if such shares are certificated). Upon the occurrence of a Conversion Event with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the Dividend Catch-Up Payment (as defined below) in respect of such share of Class B Common Stock shall become payable as of the Conversion Date with respect to such share of Series B Common Stock by the Corporation to the holder of record of such share of Class B Common Stock as of the day immediately prior to such Conversion Date, and shall be paid in accordance with this Section 4.3(D). The Corporation shall pay, no later than five (5) Business Days (as defined in the LLC Agreement) following the Conversion Date with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock for which a Conversion Event has occurred, the dividends previously declared in respect of such share of Class B Common Stock beginning at the time of the Closing and ending on the day before the Conversion Date with respect to such Class B Common Stock (“Dividend Catch-Up Period”), but not including dividends declared on the Conversion Date (which amount, excluding any amounts declared on the Conversion Date, shall be, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate per share amount of dividends declared in respect of a share of Class A Common Stock during the Dividend Catch-Up Period (each such payment, a “Dividend Catch-Up Payment”)). If any portion of a Dividend Catch-Up Payment was declared by the Corporation as an in-kind dividend (which, for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, shall not include any transaction subject to Section 4.3(G) hereof), then such portion of the Dividend Catch-Up Payment shall also be paid as an in-kind dividend; provided, however, to the extent the Corporation received cash in lieu of the in-kind distributions in respect of its Common Units held in the Company which were declared substantially concurrently with such in-kind dividend by the Corporation comprising a portion of the Dividend Catch-Up Payment, then such equivalent portion of the Dividend Catch-Up Payment shall be paid in cash in lieu of such in-kind dividend and such holder of Class B Common Stock shall be treated for all purposes as if it received the in-kind distribution of property, which is then immediately exchanged by such holder for cash of equivalent value. If a dividend is declared by the Corporation on a Conversion Date, such dividend shall be paid to the holder of each share of Class B Common Stock converting on such Conversion Date as a holder of Class A Common Stock, and not as part of the Dividend Catch-Up Payment, and the Corporation shall ensure that the holder of the applicable shares of Class B Common Stock on such Conversion Date shall be treated as a record holder of Class A Common Stock (in respect of each share of Class B Common Stock which converted into a share of Class A Common Stock in accordance with this Section 4.3(D) on such Conversion Date) for purposes of such dividend. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, (i) “B-1 Conversion Event” means (a) the occurrence of a VWAP 1 Vesting Event (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement, (b) the occurrence of (i) a Continuing Member COC (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement), with respect to any Series B-1 Common Stock held by any Person other than the Sponsor (or its Affiliates) or those certain independent directors of PubCo as of immediately prior to the date hereof who hold shares of Series B-1 Common Stock, or (ii) a Sponsor COC (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement), with respect to any Series B-1 Common Stock held by the Sponsor (or its Affiliates) or those certain independent directors of the Corporation as of immediately prior to the date hereof who hold shares of Series B-1 Common Stock, or (c) a Liquidating Event (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) pursuant to which each share of Class A Common Stock would be entitled to at least $13.50 per share (taking into account the conversion of each share of Series B-1 Common Stock to a share of Class A Common Stock); provided, however, that the reference to $13.50 shall be decreased by the aggregate per share amount of dividends actually paid in respect of a share of Class A Common Stock between the date hereof and the date of such Liquidating Event., (ii) a “B-2 Conversion Event” means a Series 2 Vesting Event (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) and (iii) a “Conversion Event” means a B-1 Conversion Event or a B-2 Conversion Event, as appropriate.
5
(E) Cancellation of Class V Common Stock; Cancellation of Class B Common Stock. In the event that any outstanding share of Class V Common Stock shall cease to be held directly or indirectly by a holder of a Common Unit (as defined in the LLC Agreement), as set forth in the books and records of the Company (including pursuant to an Exchange (as defined in the LLC Agreement)), such share shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class V Common Stock be transferred to the Corporation and cancelled for no consideration. The Corporation shall not issue additional shares of Class V Common Stock after the Closing Date other than in connection with the valid issuance of Common Units in accordance with the LLC Agreement or the vesting of any Restricted Common Units (as defined in the LLC Agreement) into Common Units upon the occurrence of an applicable Vesting Event (as defined in the LLC Agreement). To the extent that, on or before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Closing Date, a Conversion Event has not occurred with respect to any share of Class B Common Stock, then immediately and without any further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, on the date that is the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Closing Date, all such shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding shall automatically be forfeited to the Corporation and canceled for no consideration therefor and shall cease to be outstanding and any dividend declared in respect of such shares of Class B Common Stock and any Dividend Catch-Up Payment shall also be forfeited to the Corporation for no consideration therefor; provided, that, with respect to any share of Class B Common Stock which was issued pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement as consideration for a Company Option (as such term is defined in the Business Combination Agreement), any reference in this sentence to “the tenth (10th) anniversary” shall be deemed to refer to the “fifth (5th) anniversary”.
6
(F) Reservation of Stock. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock an amount equal to the number of then-outstanding Common Units subject to Exchange (as defined in the LLC Agreement) and then-outstanding Restricted Common Units plus the number of then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, in each case, from time to time. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class V Common Stock an amount equal to the number of then-outstanding Restricted Common Units, from time to time.
(G) Splits. If the Corporation at any time combines or subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, amendment of this Certificate of Incorporation, scheme, arrangement or otherwise (each, a “Split”)) any class of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares, the shares of each other class of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately similarly combined or subdivided such that the ratio of shares of outstanding Class B Common Stock and Class V Common Stock, respectively, to shares of outstanding Class A Common Stock immediately prior to such subdivision shall be maintained immediately after such combination or subdivision; provided, that such actions with respect to the Class V Common Stock shall be subject to Section 4.1(d) and the last sentence of Section 3.1 of the LLC Agreement. Any adjustment described in this Section 4.3(G) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the combination or subdivision becomes effective. In the event of any Split of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock occurs prior to the B-1 Conversion Date, the per share amount used to calculate the amount of the Dividend Catch-Up Payment owed in respect of the shares of Series B-1 Common Stock with respect to any dividend declared prior to such Split shall be ratably adjusted in a manner consistent with such Split such that, in the aggregate, the holders of Series B-1 Common Stock would not receive a greater or lesser Dividend Catch-Up Payment than such holders would have received absent such Split. In the event of any Split of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock occurs prior to the B-2 Conversion Date, the per share amount used to calculate the amount of the Dividend Catch-Up Payment owed in respect of the shares of Series B-2 Common Stock with respect to any dividend declared prior to such Split shall be ratably adjusted in a manner consistent with such Split such that, in the aggregate, the holders of Series B-2 Common Stock would not receive a greater or lesser Dividend Catch-Up Payment than such holders would have received absent such Split.
(H) Transfers of Class B Common Stock. No share of Class B Common Stock may be Transferred (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement), other than to the holder of such share of Class B Common Stock’s Permitted Transferees (as such term is defined in the LLCA), prior to the Conversion Date of such shares of Class B Common Stock, at which time the shares of Class A Common Stock into which such shares of Class B Common Stock convert in accordance with the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation may be Transferred, subject to any restrictions on transfer applicable to the holder of such Class A Common Stock and applicable law.
7
Article V
Section 5.1. By-Laws. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the DGCL, the Board is expressly authorized to make, amend, alter, change, add to or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “By-Laws”) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock), by the By-Laws or pursuant to applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of Article I, Article II or Article IV of the By-Laws of the Corporation, or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith and, with respect to any other provision of the By-Laws of the Corporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any such provision of the By-Laws of the Corporation, or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.
Article VI
Section 6.1. Board of Directors.
(A) Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. Subject to the investor rights agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”) dated on or about the date hereof, by and among (i) the Corporation; (ii) the IVP Blocked Equityholders (as defined therein); (iii) the Elliott Equityholders (as defined therein); (iv) the Sponsor; (v) Insight E2open Aggregator, LLC and (vi) the other parties thereto, the total number of directors constituting the whole Board shall be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Subject to the Investor Rights Agreement, the directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors. Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing Date, Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing Date and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing Date. At each annual meeting following the Closing Date, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove, or shorten the term of, any incumbent director. Any such director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to their respective class in accordance with the Investor Rights Agreement.
8
(B) Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and the rights granted pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, any newly-created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders). Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.
(C) Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation given in writing or by any electronic transmission permitted by the By-Laws. Subject to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, any or all of the directors (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Investor Rights Agreement, in case the Board or any one or more directors should be so removed, new directors may be elected pursuant to Section 6.1(B).
(D) Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. Notwithstanding Section 6.1(A), the number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to Section 6.1(A) hereof, and the total number of directors constituting the whole Board shall be automatically adjusted accordingly.
(E) Directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the By-Laws shall so provide.
Article VII
Section 7.1. Meetings of Stockholders. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of stock of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders unless such action is recommended or approved by all directors of the Corporation then in office; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Class V Common Stock, voting separately as a class, or, to the extent expressly permitted by the certificate of designations relating to one or more series of Preferred Stock, by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant class or series having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or as otherwise provided in the By-Laws.
9
Article VIII
Section 8.1. Limited Liability of Directors. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no director of the Corporation will have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. Neither the amendment nor the repeal of this Article VIII shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing prior to such amendment or repeal.
Section 8.2. Director and Officer Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall indemnify and advance expenses to any Person made or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or, while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.
Section 8.3. Employee and Agent Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by law, may indemnify and advance expenses to any Person made or threatened to be made a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as an employee or agent at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.
Article IX
Section 9.1. DGCL Section 203 and Business Combinations.
(A) The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.
(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
10
(1) prior to such time, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, or
(2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or
(3) at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
(C) For purposes of this Article IX, references to:
(1) “Affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.
(2) “associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.
(3) “business combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:
a. any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (i) with the interested stockholder, or (ii) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 9.1(B) of this Article IX is not applicable to the surviving entity;
b. any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;
11
c. any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (i) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (ii) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (iii) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (iv) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (v) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (iii) through (v) of this subsection (c) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);
d. any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or
e. any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (a) through (d) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.
(4) “control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing Section 9.1(B) of Article IX, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.
12
(5) “interested stockholder” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; and the Affiliates and associates of such person; but “interested stockholder” shall not include (x) any Stockholder Party, any Stockholder Party Direct Transferee, any Stockholder Party Indirect Transferee or any of their respective Affiliates or any “group,” or any member of any such group, to which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, provided that a majority of the aggregate shares of voting stock of the Corporation owned by such group immediately prior to the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder were owned (without giving effect to beneficial ownership attributed to such person pursuant to Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act or Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) by one or more Stockholder Parties, Stockholder Party Direct Transferees, or Stockholder Party Indirect Transferees, or (y) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation; provided, further, that in the case of clause (y) such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
(6) “owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or associates:
a. beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or
b. has (i) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s Affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (ii) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or
c. has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (ii) of subsection (b) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.
(7) “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.
(8) “stock” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.
13
(9) “Stockholder Parties” means the Sponsor, the Founder Holders and the IVP Equityholders (each as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement). The term “Stockholder Party” shall have a correlative meaning to “Stockholder Parties.”
(10) “Stockholder Party Direct Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from any Stockholder Party or any of its successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, of which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.
(11) “Stockholder Party Indirect Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from any Stockholder Party Direct Transferee or any other Stockholder Party Indirect Transferee, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.
(12) “voting stock” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of voting stock shall refer to such percentages of the votes of such voting stock.
Article X
Section 10.1. Competition and Corporate Opportunities.
(A) In recognition and anticipation that members of the Board who are not employees of the Corporation (“Non-Employee Directors”) and their respective Affiliates and Affiliated Entities (each, as defined below) may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article X are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.
(B) No Non-Employee Director or his or her Affiliates or Affiliated Entities (the Persons (as defined below) above being referred to, collectively, as “Identified Persons” and, individually, as an “Identified Person”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (1) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, has historically engaged, now engages or proposes to engage at any time or (2) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section 10.1(C) of this Article X. Subject to Section 10.1(C) of this Article X, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder, director or officer of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person.
14
(C) Subject to Section 10.1(D), the Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director if such opportunity is expressly offered or presented to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and the provisions of Section 10.1(B) of this Article X shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.
(D) In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article X, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation, (iii) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy, or (iv) is one presented to any Person for the benefit of a member of the Board or such member’s Affiliate over which such member of the Board has no direct or indirect influence or control, including, but not limited to, a blind trust.
(E) For purposes of this Article X, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean (a) in respect of a member of the Board, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such member of the Board (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and (b) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; (ii) “Affiliated Entity” shall mean (x) any Person of which a Non-Employee Director serves as an officer, director, employee, agent or other representative (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (y) any direct or indirect partner, stockholder, member, manager or other representative of such Person or (z) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any of the foregoing, including any investment fund or vehicle under common management; and (iii) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.
(F) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article X.
(G) Any alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Article X shall require the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Neither the alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Article X, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) inconsistent with this Article X, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article X in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article X, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, addition, repeal or adoption. This Article X shall not limit any protections or defenses available to, or indemnification or advancement rights of, any director or officer of the Corporation under this Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, the Investor Rights Agreement, any indemnification agreement between such Person and the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or applicable law.
15
Article XI
Section 11.1. Severability. If any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Article XII
Section 12.1. Forum. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee, agent or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, or any claim for aiding and abetting such alleged breach, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer, other employee, agent or stockholder of the Corporation (a) arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended or restated) or the By-Laws or (b) as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Delaware Court of Chancery or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer, other employee, agent or stockholder of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware shall, as to any action in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be solely and exclusively brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any claim (a) as to which the Delaware Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (b) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Delaware Court of Chancery, or (c) arising under federal securities laws, including the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as to which the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Article XII will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of the forum provisions is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “foreign action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”); and (y) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such enforcement action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such stockholder. Failure to enforce the foregoing provisions would cause the Corporation irreparable harm and the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, to enforce the foregoing provisions. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XII.
16
Article XIII
Section 13.1. Amendments. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the following provisions in this Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class: Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, Article XII and this Article XIII. Except as expressly provided in the foregoing sentence and the remainder of this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock), including Section 10.1(G), this Certificate of Incorporation may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Article XIV
Section 14.1. Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the incorporator of the Corporation is as follows:
Name | Address |
Douglas Newton | c/o CC Capital Partners |
200 Park Avenue, 58th Floor | |
New York, NY 10166 |
* * *
17
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator herein before named, has executed, signed and acknowledged this Certificate of Incorporation as of this 4th day of February, 2021.
Douglas Newton | |
Incorporator | |
[Signature Page – Certificate of Incorporation] | |
Exhibit 3.3
BY-LAWS
OF
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc.
Article I.
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. The annual meeting of the stockholders of E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”) for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on such date, and at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communications pursuant to paragraph (C)(2) of Section 12, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”). The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled.
Section 2. Except as otherwise required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) or the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Special meetings may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communications pursuant to paragraph (C)(2) of Section 12 as the Board may determine. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of the stockholders previously scheduled.
Section 3. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, notice of the date, time, place (if any), the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes of the meeting of stockholders shall be given not more than sixty (60), nor less than ten (10), days previous thereto (unless a different time is specified by applicable law), to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notices of meetings otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any such notice may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.
Section 4. The holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided herein, by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation; but if at any meeting of stockholders there shall be less than a quorum present, the chairman of the meeting or, by a majority in voting power thereof, the stockholders present (either in person or by proxy) may, to the extent permitted by law, adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting of the date, time and place, if any, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented by proxy, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. Notice need not be given of any adjourned meeting if the time, date and place, if any, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date for notice of such adjourned meeting.
Section 5. The Chairman of the Board, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board or at the Chairman of the Board’s direction, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or at the Chief Executive Officer’s direction, any officer of the Corporation shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order and shall act as chairman of any such meetings. The Secretary of the Corporation or, in such officer’s absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of the meeting. If neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting. The Board may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Unless otherwise determined by the Board prior to the meeting, the chairman of the meeting shall determine the order of business and shall have the authority in his or her discretion to regulate the conduct of any such meeting, including, without limitation, convening the meeting and adjourning the meeting (whether or not a quorum is present), announcing the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote, imposing restrictions on the persons (other than stockholders of record of the Corporation or their duly appointed proxies) who may attend any such meeting, establishing procedures for the transaction of business at the meeting (including the dismissal of business not properly presented), maintaining order at the meeting and safety of those present, restricting entry to the meeting after the time fixed for commencement thereof and limiting the circumstances in which any person may make a statement or ask questions at any meeting of stockholders. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairman over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.
Section 6. At all meetings of stockholders, any stockholder entitled to vote thereat shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy, subject to applicable law. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy pursuant to the DGCL, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority: (1) a stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy, and execution of the writing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature; or (2) a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing by means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such electronic transmissions are valid, the inspector or inspectors of stockholder votes or, if there are no such inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information upon which they relied.
A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.
Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 6 (including any electronic transmission) may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.
Proxies shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting prior to or at the commencement of the meeting to which they relate.
Section 7. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast (provided that an abstention or broker non-vote shall not count as a vote cast) shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws or the DGCL a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required and a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast (provided that an abstention or broker non-vote shall not count as a vote cast) by shares of such class or series or classes or series shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws or the DGCL a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
2
Section 8. (A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.
(B) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.
Section 9. At any time when action by one or more classes or series of stockholders of the Corporation is permitted to be taken by written consent pursuant to the terms and limitations set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, the provisions of this section shall apply. All consents properly delivered in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation as required by the DGCL, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided in the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by the DGCL, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by the DGCL, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
3
Section 10. The Corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
Section 11. The Board, in advance of all meetings of the stockholders, may appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes, who may be employees or agents of the Corporation or stockholders or their proxies, but who shall not be directors of the Corporation or candidates for election as directors. In the event that the Board fails to so appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes or, in the event that one or more inspectors of stockholder votes previously designated by the Board fails to appear or act at the meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes to fill such vacancy or vacancies. Inspectors of stockholder votes appointed to act at any meeting of the stockholders, before entering upon the discharge of their duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector of stockholder votes with strict impartiality and according to the best of their ability and the oath so taken shall be subscribed by them. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law.
Section 12.
(A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.
(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) as provided in the Investor Rights Agreement (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), (b) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Article I, Section 3 of these By-Laws, (c) by or at the direction of the Board or any authorized committee thereof or (d) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote on such election or such other business at the meeting, who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in subparagraphs (2) and (3) of this paragraph (A) of this Section 12 and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice was delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.
(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Article I, Section 12(A)(1)(d) of these By-laws, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation (even if such matter is already the subject of any notice to the stockholders or a public announcement from the Board), and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board, such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is scheduled for more than thirty (30) days before, or more than seventy (70) days following, such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. For purposes of the application of Rule 14a-4(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (or any successor provision), the date for notice specified in this paragraph (A)(2) shall be the earlier of the date calculated as hereinbefore provided or the date specified in paragraph (c)(1) of Rule 14a-4. For purposes of the first annual meeting of stockholders following the adoption of these By-Laws, the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting shall be deemed to be February 2, 2021 of the preceding calendar year.
4
Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these By-Laws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any substantial interest (within the meaning of Item 5 of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act) in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the stock of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice, will be entitled to vote at such meeting and will appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will be or is part of a group which will (A) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (B) otherwise solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, (v) a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (d) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, “proponent persons”); and (e) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) the intent or effect of which may be (i) to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation, (ii) to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation and/or (iii) to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation. A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (A)(2) or paragraph (B) of this Section 12) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, provided that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting is less than fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the information shall be supplemented and updated as of such later date. Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), not later than ten (10) days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof) and not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, but no later than the date prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of a date less than fifteen (15) days prior the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and to determine the independence of such director under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules.
5
The foregoing notice requirements of this paragraph (A)(2) of Section 12 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder as to any proposal (other than nominations) if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of such stockholder’s intention to present such proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereof) of the Exchange Act, and such stockholder has complied with the requirements of such Rule for inclusion of such proposal in a proxy statement prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. Nothing in this paragraph (A)(2), Section 12 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 12 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased, effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 12, and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 12 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which a public announcement of such increase is first made by the Corporation.
(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting pursuant to Article I, Section 3 of these By-Laws. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board or a committee thereof or (b) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote on such election at the meeting, who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 12 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting if the stockholder’s notice as required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 12 is delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting.
(C) General. (1) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12 shall be eligible to be elected to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Section 12, to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.
6
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 12, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.
(2) If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such rules, regulations and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders of the Corporation and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may, by means of remote communication participate in a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication; provided, however, that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder of the Corporation or proxyholder; (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders of the Corporation and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and (iii) if any stockholder of the Corporation or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.
(3) For purposes of this Section 12, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise disseminated in a manner constituting “public disclosure” under Regulation FD promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(4) No adjournment or postponement or notice of adjournment or postponement of any meeting shall be deemed to constitute a new notice (or extend any notice time period) of such meeting for purposes of this Section 12, and in order for any notification required to be delivered by a stockholder pursuant to this Section 12 to be timely, such notification must be delivered within the periods set forth above with respect to the originally scheduled meeting.
(5) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 12; provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these By-Laws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 12 (including paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) hereof), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(d) and (B) of this Section 12 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business. Nothing in this Section 12 shall apply to the right, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for as long as the Investor Rights Agreement remains in effect with respect to the Stockholder Parties (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), the Stockholder Parties (to the extent then subject to the Investor Rights Agreement) shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2), (A)(3) or (B) of this Section 12 with respect to any annual or special meeting of stockholders to the extent necessary to effect the transactions and rights set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement.
7
Article II.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 1. The Board shall consist, subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and the Investor Rights Agreement, of such number of directors as shall from time to time be fixed exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board. Directors shall (except as hereinafter provided for the filling of vacancies and newly created directorships and except as otherwise expressly provided in the Certificate of Incorporation) be elected by the holders of a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of such directors in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Investor Rights Agreement, as applicable. A majority of the total number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided by law, these By-Laws or the Certificate of Incorporation, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. Directors need not be stockholders.
Section 2. Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and the Investor Rights Agreement, unless otherwise required by the DGCL or Article II, Section 4 of these By-Laws, any newly created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board (whether by death, resignation, removal, retirement, disqualification or otherwise) shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, by any authorized committee of the Board or by a sole remaining director.
Section 3. Meetings of the Board shall be held at such place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board or as may be specified in the notice of any meeting. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such times as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board and special meetings may be held at any time upon the call of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or by a majority of the total number of directors then in office, by written notice, including facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission, duly served on or sent and delivered to each director in accordance with Article X, Section 2. Notice of each special meeting of the Board shall be given, as provided in Article X, Section 2, to each director (i) at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such notice is oral notice given personally or by telephone or written notice given by hand delivery or by means of a form of electronic transmission and delivery; (ii) at least two (2) days before the meeting if such notice is sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service; and (iii) at least five (5) days before the meeting if such notice is sent through the United States mail. If the Secretary shall fail or refuse to give such notice, then the notice may be given by the officer who called the meeting or the directors who requested the meeting. The notice of any meeting need not specify the purposes thereof. A meeting of the Board may be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders at the same place, if any, at which such meeting is held. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board held at times fixed by resolution of the Board. Notice of any meeting need not be given to any director who shall attend such meeting (except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened), or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in writing (including by electronic transmission).
Section 4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal, and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. The number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the total number of directors fixed by the Board pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the terms of such series, the number of directors that may be so elected by the holders of any such series of stock shall be elected for terms expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders, and vacancies among directors so elected by the separate vote of the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors elected by such series, or, if there are no such remaining directors, by the holders of such series in the same manner in which such series initially elected a director.
8
Section 5. The Board may from time to time establish one or more committees of the Board to serve at the pleasure of the Board, which shall be comprised of such members of the Board, subject to the Investor Rights Agreement, and have such duties as the Board shall from time to time determine. Any director may belong to any number of committees of the Board. Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and the Investor Rights Agreement, the Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member, subject to the Investor Rights Agreement. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws or the resolution of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and may delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.
Section 6. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing (including by electronic transmission), and the writing or writings (including any electronic transmission or transmissions) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.
Section 7. The members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this subsection shall constitute presence in person at such a meeting.
Section 8. The Board may establish policies for the compensation of directors and for the reimbursement of the expenses of directors, in each case, in connection with services provided by directors to the Corporation.
Article III.
OFFICERS
Section 1. The Board shall elect officers of the Corporation, including a Chief Executive Officer, a President and a Secretary. The Board may also from time to time elect such other officers as it may deem proper or may delegate to any elected officer of the Corporation the power to appoint and remove any such other officers and to prescribe their respective terms of office, authorities and duties. Any Vice President may be designated Executive, Senior or Corporate, or may be given such other designation or combination of designations as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may determine. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The Board may also elect or appoint a Chairman of the Board, who may or may not also be an officer of the Corporation. The Board may elect or appoint co-Chairmen of the Board, co-Presidents or co-Chief Executive Officers and, in such case, references in these By-Laws to the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Chief Executive Officer shall refer to either such co-Chairman of the Board, co-President or co-Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be.
Section 2. All officers of the Corporation elected by the Board shall hold office for such terms as may be determined by the Board or, except with respect to his or her own office, the Chief Executive Officer, or until their respective successors are chosen and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time either with or without cause by the Board, or, in the case of appointed officers, by any elected officer upon whom such power of removal shall have been conferred by the Board.
Section 3. Each of the officers of the Corporation elected by the Board or appointed by an officer in accordance with these By-Laws shall have the powers and duties prescribed by law, by these By-Laws or by the Board and, in the case of appointed officers, the powers and duties prescribed by the appointing officer, and, unless otherwise prescribed by these By-Laws or by the Board or such appointing officer, shall have such further powers and duties as ordinarily pertain to that office.
Section 4. Unless otherwise provided in these By-Laws, in the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation, the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may, during such period, delegate such officer’s powers and duties to any other officer or to any director and the person to whom such powers and duties are delegated shall, for the time being, hold such office.
9
Article IV.
INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES
Section 1. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative or any other type whatsoever (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; except as provided in Section 3 of this Article IV with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.
Section 2. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this Article IV, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article IV (which shall be governed by Section 3 of this Article IV) (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if (x) the DGCL requires or (y) in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined after final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Article IV or otherwise.
Section 3. If a claim under Section 1 or 2 of this Article IV is not paid in full by the Corporation within (i) sixty (60) days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Corporation or (ii) twenty (20) days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if the indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense of the Corporation that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article IV or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
10
Section 4.
(A) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article IV, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article IV, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.
(B) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Corporation or as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article IV, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation against or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement, indemnification or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation under this Article IV. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 4(B) of Article IV, entitled to enforce this Section 4(B) of Article IV.
For purposes of this Section 4(B) of Article IV, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(1) The term “indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporation’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.
(2) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Corporation pursuant to applicable law, any agreement, certificate of incorporation, by-laws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.
Section 5. The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article IV shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article IV that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.
11
Section 6. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.
Section 7. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IV with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.
Article V.
CORPORATE BOOKS
The books of the Corporation may be kept inside or outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as the Board may from time to time determine.
Article VI.
CHECKS, NOTES, PROXIES, ETC.
All checks and drafts on the Corporation’s bank accounts and all bills of exchange and promissory notes, and all acceptances, obligations and other instruments for the payment of money, shall be signed by such officer or officers or agent or agents as shall be authorized from time to time by the Board or such officer or officers who may be delegated such authority. Proxies to vote and consents with respect to securities of other corporations or other entities owned by or standing in the name of the Corporation may be executed and delivered from time to time on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or by such officers as the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or the Board may from time to time determine.
Article VII.
SHARES AND OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION
Section 1. Certificated and Uncertificated Shares. The shares of the Corporation may be certificated or uncertificated, subject to the sole discretion of the Board and the requirements of the DGCL.
Section 2. Signatures. Each certificate representing capital stock of the Corporation shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, such certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar on the date of issue.
Section 3. Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificates.
(A) If an owner of a certificate representing shares claims that such certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form if the owner: (i) requests such a new certificate before the Corporation has notice that the certificate representing such shares has been acquired by a protected purchaser; (ii) if requested by the Corporation, delivers to the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, wrongful taking or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares; and (iii) satisfies other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.
(B) If a certificate representing shares has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the owner fails to notify the Corporation of that fact within a reasonable time after the owner has notice of such loss, apparent destruction or wrongful taking and the Corporation registers a transfer of such shares before receiving notification, the owner shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be precluded from asserting against the Corporation any claim for registering such transfer or a claim to a new certificate representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form.
12
Section 4. Transfer of Stock.
(A) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon the books administered by or on behalf of the Corporation and only upon proper transfer instructions, including by Electronic Transmission, pursuant to the direction of the registered holder thereof, such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, or from an individual presenting proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer the shares of stock; or, in the case of stock represented by certificate(s) upon delivery of a properly endorsed certificate(s) for a like number of shares or accompanied by a duly executed stock transfer power.
(B) The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.
Section 5. Registered Stockholders. Before due presentment for registration of transfer of a certificate representing shares of the Corporation or of an instruction requesting registration of transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to inspect for any proper purpose the stock ledger and the other books and records of the Corporation, vote such shares, receive dividends or notifications with respect to such shares and otherwise exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of such shares, except that a person who is the beneficial owner of such shares (if held in a voting trust or by a nominee on behalf of such person) may, upon providing documentary evidence of beneficial ownership of such shares and satisfying such other conditions as are provided under applicable law, may also so inspect the books and records of the Corporation.
Section 6. Regulations. The Board shall have power and authority to make such additional rules and regulations, subject to any applicable requirement of law, as the Board may deem necessary and appropriate with respect to the issue, transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock or certificates representing shares. The Board may appoint one or more transfer agents or registrars and may require for the validity thereof that certificates representing shares bear the signature of any transfer agent or registrar so appointed.
Article VIII.
FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the last day of February of each calendar year, unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Board.
Article IX.
CORPORATE SEAL
The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation. In lieu of the corporate seal, when so authorized by the Board or a duly empowered committee thereof, a facsimile thereof may be impressed or affixed or reproduced.
Article X.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1. Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, notice of any meeting need not be given to any person who shall attend such meeting (except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened), or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in writing (including by electronic transmission).
13
Section 2. Means of Giving Notice. Except as otherwise set forth in any applicable law or any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, notice of any meeting shall be given by the following means:
(A) Notice to Directors. Whenever under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws notice is required to be given to any director, such notice shall be given either (i) in writing and sent by mail, or by a nationally recognized delivery service, (ii) by means of facsimile telecommunication or other form of electronic transmission, or (iii) by oral notice given personally or by telephone. A notice to a director will be deemed given as follows: (i) if given by hand delivery, orally, or by telephone, when actually received by the director, (ii) if sent through the United States mail, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage and fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (iii) if sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when deposited with such service, with fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (iv) if sent by facsimile telecommunication, when sent to the facsimile transmission number for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, (v) if sent by electronic mail, when sent to the electronic mail address for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, or (vi) if sent by any other form of electronic transmission, when sent to the address, location or number (as applicable) for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation.
(B) Electronic Transmission. “Electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.
(C) Notice to Stockholders Sharing Same Address. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively by the Corporation to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. A stockholder may revoke such stockholder’s consent by delivering written notice of such revocation to the Corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send such a single written notice shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.
(D) Exceptions to Notice Requirements.
(1) Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.
14
(2) Whenever notice is required to be given by the Corporation, under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to any stockholder to whom (x) notice of two consecutive annual meetings of stockholders and all notices of stockholder meetings or of the taking of action by written consent of stockholders without a meeting to such stockholder during the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or (y) all, and at least two payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a 12-month period, have been mailed addressed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as shown on the records of the Corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such stockholder shall not be required. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to such stockholder shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such stockholder shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice setting forth such stockholder’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such stockholder shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230(b) of the DGCL. The exception in subsection (x) of the first sentence of this paragraph to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any notice returned as undeliverable if the notice was given by electronic transmission.
Section 3. Section headings in these By-Laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.
Section 4. In the event that any provision of these By-Laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the provision of these By-laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.
Article XI.
AMENDMENTS
These By-Laws may be made, amended, altered, changed, added to or repealed as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
15
Exhibit 10.1
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
E2OPEN HOLDINGS, LLC
DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 4, 2021
THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS IN E2OPEN HOLDINGS, LLC HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS, AND HAVE BEEN OR ARE BEING ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS. SUCH INTERESTS MUST BE ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH (I) THE SECURITIES ACT, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS; (II) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT; AND (III) ANY OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS AGREED TO IN WRITING BETWEEN THE MANAGING MEMBER AND THE APPLICABLE MEMBER. THEREFORE, PURCHASERS AND OTHER TRANSFEREES OF SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS WILL BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE RISK OF THEIR INVESTMENT OR ACQUISITION FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS | 2 |
Section 1.1 Definitions | 2 |
Section 1.2 Interpretive Provisions | 20 |
ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY | 20 |
Section 2.1 Formation | 20 |
Section 2.2 Filing | 20 |
Section 2.3 Name | 21 |
Section 2.4 Registered Office: Registered Agent | 21 |
Section 2.5 Principal Place of Business | 21 |
Section 2.6 Purpose; Powers | 21 |
Section 2.7 Term | 21 |
Section 2.8 Intent | 21 |
ARTICLE III CLOSING TRANSACTIONS | 21 |
Section 3.1 Business Combination Agreement Transactions | 21 |
ARTICLE IV OWNERSHIP AND CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS | 22 |
Section 4.1 Authorized Units; General Provisions with Respect to Units | 22 |
Section 4.2 Capital Contributions | 27 |
Section 4.3 Issuance of Additional Units | 27 |
Section 4.4 Capital Accounts | 28 |
Section 4.5 Other Matters Regarding Capital Contributions | 28 |
Section 4.6 Exchange of Common Units | 29 |
Section 4.7 Representations and Warranties of the Members | 33 |
ARTICLE V ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES | 35 |
Section 5.1 Profits and Losses | 35 |
Section 5.2 Special Allocations | 35 |
Section 5.3 Allocations for Tax Purposes in General | 38 |
Section 5.4 Other Allocation Rules | 39 |
Section 5.5 Restricted Common Units | 40 |
ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTIONS | 40 |
Section 6.1 Distributions | 40 |
Section 6.2 Tax-Related Distributions | 42 |
Section 6.3 Distribution Upon Withdrawal | 43 |
ARTICLE VII MANAGEMENT | 43 |
Section 7.1 Managing Member Rights; Member and Officer Duties | 43 |
Section 7.2 Role of Officers | 44 |
Section 7.3 Warranted Reliance by Officers on Others | 45 |
Section 7.4 Indemnification | 45 |
Section 7.5 Resignation or Termination of Managing Member | 47 |
Section 7.6 Reclassification Events of PubCo | 48 |
Section 7.7 Transactions between Company and Managing Member | 48 |
Section 7.8 Certain Costs and Expenses | 48 |
ARTICLE VIII ROLE OF MEMBERS | 49 |
Section 8.1 Rights or Powers | 49 |
Section 8.2 Various Capacities | 49 |
Section 8.3 Investment Opportunities | 49 |
ARTICLE IX TRANSFERS OF UNITS | 50 |
Section 9.1 Restrictions on Transfer | 50 |
Section 9.2 Notice of Transfer | 52 |
Section 9.3 Transferee Members | 52 |
Section 9.4 Legend | 52 |
ARTICLE X ACCOUNTING | 53 |
Section 10.1 Books of Account | 53 |
Section 10.2 Tax Elections | 53 |
Section 10.3 Tax Returns; Information | 53 |
Section 10.4 Company Representative | 54 |
Section 10.5 Withholding Tax Payments and Obligations | 57 |
ARTICLE XI DISSOLUTION | 58 |
Section 11.1 Liquidating Events | 58 |
Section 11.2 Bankruptcy | 58 |
Section 11.3 Procedure | 59 |
Section 11.4 Rights of Members | 60 |
Section 11.5 Notices of Dissolution | 60 |
Section 11.6 Reasonable Time for Winding Up | 60 |
Section 11.7 No Deficit Restoration | 60 |
ARTICLE XII GENERAL | 60 |
Section 12.1 Amendments; Waivers | 60 |
Section 12.2 Further Assurances | 61 |
Section 12.3 Successors and Assigns | 61 |
Section 12.4 Entire Agreement | 61 |
Section 12.5 Rights of Members Independent | 62 |
Section 12.6 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction | 62 |
Section 12.7 Headings | 62 |
Section 12.8 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery | 62 |
Section 12.9 Notices | 63 |
Section 12.10 Representation by Counsel; Interpretation | 64 |
Section 12.11 Severability | 64 |
Section 12.12 Expenses | 65 |
Section 12.13 No Third Party Beneficiaries | 65 |
- ii -
Section 12.14 Confidentiality | 65 |
Section 12.15 No Recourse | 66 |
Exhibits
Exhibit A: Capitalization
Exhibit B: Exchange Notice
Exhibit C: Officers
Exhibit D: Joinder
- iii -
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
E2OPEN HOLDINGS, LLC
This THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “LLC Agreement”) of E2open Holdings, LLC (f/k/a Eagle Parent Holdings, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), is entered into as of February 4, 2021, by and among E2open Parent Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PubCo”), as a Member and the Managing Member as of the date hereof, the Members set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “Continuing Members”) and each other Person who is or at any time becomes a Member in accordance with the terms of this LLC Agreement and the Act. Capitalized terms used in this LLC Agreement shall have the respective meanings set forth in Section 1.1.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company was formed pursuant to a Certificate of Formation filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 30, 2015, and was originally governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of January 20, 2015 (the “Initial LLC Agreement”);
WHEREAS, certain of the Continuing Members entered into the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company, effective as of March 26, 2015 (the “First A&R LLC Agreement”), which amended and restated the Initial LLC Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Continuing Members entered into the Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, effective as of April 6, 2017 (the “Existing LLC Agreement”), which amended and restated the First A&R LLC Agreement;
WHEREAS, immediately prior to giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Company was wholly owned by the Continuing Members;
WHEREAS, on October 14, 2020, the Company, PubCo, Sonar Company Merger Sub, LLC (“Company Merger Sub”), Insight Venture Partners, LLC, as the Equityholder Representative (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement (defined below)), and the other parties thereto entered into that certain Business Combination Agreement (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Business Combination Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, as of the Effective Time, Company Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company surviving as a Subsidiary of PubCo, and each Member will receive or retain the number of Common Units and Restricted Common Units set forth next to such Member’s name on Exhibit A hereto, in accordance with Section 3.1(c) of the Business Combination Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Members desire to amend and restate the Existing LLC Agreement in its entirety as of the Effective Time to reflect: (a) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (as such term is defined in the Business Combination Agreement), including the conversion of units pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(ii) thereof and the admission of PubCo as a Member, (b) PubCo’s designation as the sole Managing Member of the Company, and (c) the rights and obligations of the Members and other terms and provisions, in each case as set forth in this LLC Agreement; and
WHEREAS, following the Effective Time, each Common Unit (other than any Common Unit held by PubCo and its wholly owned Subsidiaries) may be exchanged, at the election of the holder of such Common Unit (together with the surrender and delivery by such holder of one (1) share of Class V Common Stock of PubCo), for one (1) share of Class A Common Stock of PubCo, in each case in accordance with the terms and conditions of this LLC Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this LLC Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this LLC Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits attached to this LLC Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:
“Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq.
“Action” means any action, suit, charge, litigation, arbitration, notice of violation or citation received, or other proceeding at law or in equity (whether civil, criminal or administrative) by or before any Governmental Entity.
“Adjusted Basis” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1011 of the Code.
“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account at the end of any Taxable Year or other taxable period, with the following adjustments:
(a) credit to such Capital Account any amount that such Member is obligated to restore under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c), as well as any addition thereto pursuant to the next to last sentences of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5) after taking into account thereunder any changes during such year in Company Minimum Gain and Member Minimum Gain; and
(b) debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).
- 2 -
This definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
“Advancement of Expenses” is defined in Section 7.4(b).
“Affiliate” of any particular Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, its capacity as a sole or managing member or otherwise. For purposes of this LLC Agreement, no Member shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any other Member solely as a result of membership in the Company.
“Appraiser FMV” means the fair market value of any Equity Security as determined by an independent appraiser mutually agreed upon by the Managing Member and the relevant Transferor, whose determination shall be final and binding for those purposes for which Appraiser FMV is used in this LLC Agreement. Appraiser FMV shall be the fair market value determined without regard to any discounts for minority interest, illiquidity or other discounts. The cost of any independent appraisal in connection with the determination of Appraiser FMV in accordance with this LLC Agreement shall be borne by the Company.
“Audit” is defined in Section 10.4(b).
“BBA Rules” means Subchapter C of Chapter 63 of the Code (Sections 6221 et seq.) as amended by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, and any Treasury Regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder, and any similar state or local legislation, regulations or guidance.
“beneficially own” and “beneficial owner” shall be as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the rules promulgated under the Exchange Act.
“Board” means the board of directors of PubCo, as constituted at any given time.
“Business Combination Agreement” is defined in the recitals to this LLC Agreement.
“Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the State of New York.
“Business Opportunities Exempt Party” is defined in Section 8.3.
“Capital Account” means, with respect to any Member, the capital account maintained for such Member in accordance with Section 4.4. The initial Capital Account of each Member as of the Effective Time (the “Closing Date Capital Account Balance”) is set forth next to such Member’s name on Exhibit A hereto.
“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of any property (other than cash) contributed to the Company by such Member, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company for such Member in connection with such contribution, as set forth from time to time in the books and records of the Company. Any reference to the Capital Contribution of a Member will include any Capital Contributions made by a predecessor holder of such Member’s Units to the extent that such Capital Contribution was made in respect of Units Transferred to such Member. As of the Effective Time, each Member shall be deemed to have made Capital Contributions equal to the Closing Date Capital Account Balance of such Member set forth next to such Member’s name on Exhibit A hereto.
- 3 -
“Cash Available for Tax Distributions” is defined in Section 6.2(a).
“Cash Exchange Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(a)(ii).
“Cash Exchange Payment” means with respect to a particular Exchange for which PubCo has elected to make a Cash Exchange Payment in accordance with Section 4.6(a)(ii):
(i) if the Class A Common Stock trades on a National Securities Exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, an amount of cash equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would have been received by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange for that portion of the Common Units subject to the Exchange set forth in the Cash Exchange Notice if PubCo had paid the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to such number of Common Units, and (y) the Class A 5-Day VWAP; or
(ii) if the Class A Common Stock is not then traded on a National Securities Exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, as applicable, an amount of cash equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would have been received by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange for that portion of the Common Units subject to the Exchange set forth in the Cash Exchange Notice if PubCo had paid the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to such number of Common Units, for which PubCo has elected to make a Cash Exchange Payment and (y) the Appraiser FMV of one (1) share of Class A Common Stock that would be obtained in an arms-length transaction between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller, neither of whom is under any compulsion to buy or sell, respectively, and without regard to the particular circumstances of the buyer or seller.
“CC Capital” means CC NB Sponsor 1 Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (or one of its Affiliates).
“Certificate Delivery” means, in the case of any shares of Class V Common Stock to be transferred and surrendered by an Exchanging Member in connection with an Exchange which are represented by a certificate or certificates, the process by which the Exchanging Member shall also present and surrender such certificate or certificates representing such shares of Class V Common Stock during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of PubCo, or if any agent for the registration or transfer of shares of Class V Common Stock is then duly appointed and acting, at the office of such transfer agent, along with any instruments of transfer reasonably required by the Managing Member or such transfer agent, as applicable, duly executed by the Exchanging Member or the Exchanging Member’s duly authorized representative.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any transaction or series of related transactions in which: (a) any Person or any group of Persons (other than PubCo) acting together that would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of PubCo or the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of PubCo’s or the Company’s, as applicable, then outstanding voting securities (excluding a transaction or series of related transactions described in clause (b) that would not constitute a Change of Control), (b) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of PubCo or the Company with any other Person, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the outstanding voting securities of PubCo or the Company, as applicable, immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if PubCo or the Company, as applicable (or its successor) is a Subsidiary of such Person, the ultimate parent thereof, or (c) there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or transfer, directly or indirectly, by PubCo of all or substantially all of PubCo’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets (including the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of related transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of PubCo immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and voting control over, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the assets of PubCo immediately following such transaction or series of related transactions.
- 4 -
“Class A 5-Day VWAP” means, on any relevant measurement date, the VWAP for five (5) consecutive Trading Days ending on such date.
“Class A 20-Day VWAP” means, on any relevant measurement date, the VWAP for twenty (20) consecutive Trading Days ending on such date.
“Class A Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that become payable in consideration for the Class A Common Stock or into which the Class A Common Stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.
“Class B Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo (comprised of Class B-1 Common Stock and Class B-2 Common Stock) or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that become payable in consideration for the Class B Common Stock or into which the Class B Common Stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.
“Class V Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Class V Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that become payable in consideration for the Class V Common Stock or into which the Class V Common Stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.
- 5 -
“Closing Date Capital Account Balance” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Capital Account”.
“COC Exchange” is defined in Section 4.6(a)(iv).
“COC Exchange Date” is defined in Section 4.6(a)(iv).
“COC Notice” is defined in Section 4.6(a)(iv).
“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including any Governmental Entity succeeding to the functions thereof.
“Common Units” means the common units of limited liability company interests issued under this LLC Agreement, including by way of dividend or other distribution, split, recapitalization, merger, rollup transaction, consolidation, conversion or reorganization, but shall exclude any Restricted Common Units prior to their conversion into Common Units upon the occurrence of a Vesting Event.
“Company” is defined in the preamble to this LLC Agreement.
“Company Minimum Gain” has the meaning of “partnership minimum gain” set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).
“Company Representative” shall mean the Person designated under this LLC Agreement in its capacity as the “partnership representative” (as such term is defined under the BBA Rules and any analogous provision of state or local tax Law) of the Company and as the “tax matters partner” (to the extent applicable for state and local tax purposes and for U.S. federal income tax purposes for Taxable Years beginning on or before December 31, 2017) of the Company, including, as the context requires, any “designated individual” through whom the Company Representative is permitted by applicable Law to act in accordance with the terms hereof, which Person shall be, as of the Effective Time, PubCo.
“Confidential Information” means any and all confidential or proprietary information obtained by a Member from the Company, PubCo or any of their respective Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, including from their representatives, which information includes ideas, financial information, products, services, business strategies, innovations, recipes and materials, all aspects of the Company’s business plan, proposed operation and products, corporate structure, board minutes and materials, financial and organizational information, analyses, proposed partners, software code and system and product designs, employees and their identities, equity ownership, the methods and means by which the Company plans to conduct its business, all trade secrets, trademarks, tradenames and all intellectual property associated with the Company’s business. With respect to any Member, Confidential Information does not include information that: (a) is in the possession of such Member on a non-confidential basis at the time of disclosure by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (b) before or after it has been disclosed to such Member by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates, becomes part of public knowledge, not as a result of any action or inaction of such Member (other than PubCo) in violation of this LLC Agreement; (c) is approved for release by written authorization of the Board; (d) is disclosed to such Member or its representatives by a third party not, to the knowledge of such Member or such representative, respectively, in violation of any obligation of confidentiality owed to the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to such information; or (e) is or becomes independently developed by such Member or its representatives without use or reference to the Confidential Information.
- 6 -
“Continuing Member COC” means a Change of Control in which the acquiring Person or Persons in the relevant transaction or series of related transactions are not (a) a Continuing Member or (b) an Affiliate of a Continuing Member.
“Continuing Members” is defined in the preamble to this LLC Agreement.
“Continuing Member Representative” means Insight or any Affiliate of Insight designated in writing by Insight to PubCo, the Company and each of the Continuing Members after the date hereof.
“Conversion Date” means, with respect to any Restricted Common Unit, the date on which a Vesting Event occurs for such Restricted Common Unit or such later date as determined pursuant to Section 4.1(d).
“Debt Securities” means, with respect to PubCo, any and all debt instruments or debt securities that are not convertible or exchangeable into Equity Securities of PubCo.
“Depreciation” means, for each Taxable Year or other taxable period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to an asset for such Taxable Year or other taxable period, except that (a) with respect to any such property the Gross Asset Value of which differs from its Adjusted Basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes and which difference is being eliminated by use of the “remedial method” pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d), Depreciation for such Taxable Year or other taxable period shall be the amount of book basis recovered for such Taxable Year or other taxable period under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d)(2), and (b) with respect to any other such property the Gross Asset Value of which differs from its Adjusted Basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Taxable Year or other taxable period, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Taxable Year or other taxable period bears to such beginning Adjusted Basis; provided, however, for purposes of clause (b) of this definition, that if the Adjusted Basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes of an asset at the beginning of such Taxable Year or other taxable period is zero, Depreciation with respect to such asset shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the Managing Member.
“DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
- 7 -
“Disinterested Majority” means a majority of the directors of the Board who are disinterested as determined by the Board in accordance with the DGCL with respect to the matter being considered by the Board; provided that to the extent a matter being considered by the Board is required to be considered by disinterested directors under the rules of the National Securities Exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is then listed, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, such rules with respect to the definition of disinterested director shall apply solely with respect to such matter.
“Distributable Cash” means, as of any relevant date on which a determination is being made by the Managing Member regarding a potential distribution pursuant to Section 6.1(a), the amount of cash reasonably determined by the Managing Member to be available for any such distribution.
“Distribution Catch-Up Payment” is defined in Section 6.1(a).
“Distribution Catch-Up Period” means, with respect to any Restricted Common Unit, the period beginning at the Effective Time and ending on the Conversion Date with respect to such Restricted Common Unit.
“Effective Time” has the meaning given to such term in the Business Combination Agreement.
“Equity Securities” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock or preferred interests or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, including convertible debt securities, or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares or equity (or such other interests), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, equity appreciation rights, phantom equity rights, profit participation and all of the other ownership or profit interests of such Person (including partnership or member interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974.
“Exchange” means (a) the exchange by the Company of Common Units held by a Member (together with the surrender and cancellation of the same number of outstanding shares of Class V Common Stock held by such Member) for either (i) a Stock Exchange Payment or (ii) a Cash Exchange Payment or (b) the direct purchase by PubCo of Common Units and shares of Class V Common Stock held by a Member in accordance with a PubCo Call Right, in each case in accordance with Section 4.6.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
“Exchange Blackout Period” means (i) any “black out” or similar period under PubCo’s policies covering trading in PubCo’s securities to which the applicable Exchanging Member is subject (or will be subject at such time as it owns Class A Common Stock), which period restricts the ability of such Exchanging Member to immediately resell shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered to such Exchanging Member in connection with a Stock Exchange Payment and (ii) the period of time commencing on (x) the date of the declaration of a dividend by PubCo and ending on the first day following (y) the record date determined by the Board with respect to such dividend declared pursuant to clause (x), which period of time shall be no longer than 10 Business Days; provided that in no event shall an Exchange Blackout Period which respect to clause (ii) of the definition hereof occur more than four (4) times per calendar year.
- 8 -
“Exchange Conditions” means any of the following conditions: (a) any Registration Statement pursuant to which the resale of the Class A Common Stock to be registered for such Exchanging Member at or immediately following the consummation of the Exchange shall have ceased to be effective pursuant to any action or inaction by the Commission or no such resale Registration Statement has yet become effective, (b) PubCo shall have failed to cause any related prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement necessary to effect such Exchange, (c) PubCo shall have exercised its right to defer, delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a Registration Statement and such deferral, delay or suspension shall affect the ability of such Exchanging Member to have its Class A Common Stock registered at or immediately following the consummation of the Exchange, (d) any stop order relating to the Registration Statement pursuant to which the Class A Common Stock was to be registered by such Exchanging Member at or immediately following the Exchange shall have been issued by the Commission, (e) there shall be in effect an injunction, a restraining order or a decree of any nature of any Governmental Entity that restrains or prohibits the Exchange, or (f) PubCo shall have failed to comply in any material respect with its obligations under the Investor Rights Agreement to the extent related to the resale of the Class A Common Stock of an Exchanging Member, and such failure shall have adversely affected the ability of such Exchanging Member to consummate the resale of Class A Common Stock to be received upon such Exchange pursuant to an effective Registration Statement.
“Exchange Date” means the date that is five (5) Business Days after the Exchange Notice Date is given; provided, that if an Exchanging Member delays the consummation of an Exchange by delivering an Exchange Delay Notice, the Exchange Date shall occur on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date on which the conditions giving rise to such delay cease to exist which shall in no event be prior to the date otherwise determined pursuant to this definition (or such earlier day as the Managing Member and such Exchanging Member may agree in writing); provided, further, that if the Exchange Date for any Exchange with respect to which PubCo elects to make a Stock Exchange Payment would otherwise fall within any Exchange Blackout Period, then the Exchange Date shall occur on the next Business Day following the end of such Exchange Blackout Period; provided further, that to the extent an Exchange is made in connection with an Exchanging Member’s proper exercise of its rights to participate in a Piggyback Registration pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Investor Rights Agreement, the Exchange Date shall be the date on which the offering with respect to such Piggyback Registration is completed.
“Exchange Delay Notice” is defined in Section 4.6(a)(iii).
“Exchange Notice” means a written election of Exchange in the form of Exhibit B, duly executed by the Exchanging Member.
- 9 -
“Exchange Notice Date” means, with respect to any Exchange Notice, the date such Exchange Notice is given to the Company in accordance with Section 12.9.
“Exchanging Member” means any Member holding Common Units (other than PubCo and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries) whose Common Units are subject to an Exchange.
“Exchanged Units” means, with respect to any Exchange, the Common Units being exchanged pursuant to a relevant Exchange Notice, and an equal number of shares of Class V Common Stock held by the relevant Exchanging Member; provided, that, such amount of Common Units shall in no event be less than the Minimum Exchange Amount.
“Existing LLC Agreement” is defined in the recitals to this LLC Agreement.
“Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of any property as determined in the good faith reasonable discretion of the Managing Member after taking into account such factors as the Managing Member shall reasonably deem appropriate.
“Family Member” means with respect to any Person, a sibling, a spouse, lineal descendant (whether natural or adopted) or spouse of a lineal descendant of such Person or any trust created for the benefit of such Person or of which any of the foregoing is a beneficiary.
“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company, which shall end on the last day of February of each calendar year, unless the fiscal year is otherwise modified by the Managing Member.
“Final Adjudication” is defined in Section 7.4(b).
“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles at the time.
“Governmental Entity” means any nation or government, any state, province or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any court, arbitrator (public or private) or other body or administrative, regulatory or quasi-judicial authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of any federal, state, local or foreign jurisdiction.
“Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s Adjusted Basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except as follows:
(a) the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross Fair Market Value of such asset as of the date of such contribution;
(b) the Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross Fair Market Values (taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) in accordance with the rules set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement, as of the following times: (i) the acquisition of a Unit (or additional Units) by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution to the Company; (ii) the grant of a Unit (other than a de minimis interest in the Company) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Company by an existing Member acting in a member capacity, or by a new Member acting in a member capacity or in anticipation of becoming a Member of the Company (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)); (iii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company assets; (iv) the liquidation of the Company (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)(1)); (v) the acquisition of a Unit by any new or existing Member upon the exercise of a noncompensatory option in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s); (vi) the conversion of any Restricted Common Units into Common Units upon the occurrence of a Vesting Event in accordance with principles similar to those set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s); or (vii) any other event to the extent determined by the Managing Member to be permitted and necessary or appropriate to properly reflect Gross Asset Values in accordance with the standards set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g); provided, however, that adjustments pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (v) above shall be made only if the Managing Member reasonably determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company. If any noncompensatory options or Restricted Common Units are outstanding upon the occurrence of an event described in this paragraph (b)(i) through (b)(vii) (other than, if applicable, the noncompensatory options being exercised or the Restricted Common Units being converted that give rise to the occurrence of such event), the Company shall adjust the Gross Asset Values of its properties in accordance with, or, in the case of outstanding Restricted Common Units, in accordance with principles similar to those set forth in, Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f)(1) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(h)(2);
- 10 -
(c) the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the gross Fair Market Value of such asset on the date of such distribution;
(d) the Gross Asset Values of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the Adjusted Basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and clause (f) in the definition of “Profits” or “Losses” below or Section 5.2(h); provided, however, that the Gross Asset Value of a Company asset shall not be adjusted pursuant to this clause to the extent the Managing Member determines that an adjustment pursuant to clause (b) of this definition is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this clause (d); and
(e) if the Gross Asset Value of a Company asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to clauses (a), (b) or (d) of this definition of Gross Asset Value, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits, Losses and other items allocated pursuant to Article V.
“HSR Act” is defined in Section 4.1(d).
“Imputed Tax Underpayments” is defined in Section 10.4(c).
“Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) all indebtedness evidenced by any note, bond, debenture, mortgage or other debt instrument or debt security, and (c) all capitalized lease obligations or obligations required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP.
- 11 -
“Indemnifiable Losses” is defined in Section 7.4(a).
“Indemnitee” is defined in Section 7.4(a).
“Initial LLC Agreement” is defined in the recitals to this LLC Agreement.
“Insight” means Insight E2open Aggregator, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
“Investor Rights Agreement” means the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among PubCo, certain of the Continuing Members and the other parties thereto (together with any other parties that become a party thereto from time to time upon execution of a joinder in accordance with the terms thereof by any successor or assign to any party to such Investor Rights Agreement).
“IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.
“Law” means all laws, acts, statutes, constitutions, treaties, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations and rulings of a Governmental Entity, including common law. All references to “Laws” shall be deemed to include any amendments thereto, and any successor Law, unless the context otherwise requires.
“Lock-Up Period” is defined in Section 4.6(a).
“Liability” means any debt, liability or obligation, whether accrued or fixed, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable.
“Liquidating Event” is defined in Section 11.1.
“Liquidity Limitations” is defined in Section 6.2(a).
“LLC Agreement” is defined in the preamble to this LLC Agreement.
“Managing Member” means PubCo, in its capacity as the sole managing Member of the Company.
“Member” means any Person that executes this LLC Agreement as a Member (including the Managing Member), and any other Person admitted to the Company as an additional or substituted Member, that has not made a disposition of all of such Person’s Units.
“Member Minimum Gain” has the meaning ascribed to “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). It is further understood that the determination of Member Minimum Gain and the net increase or decrease in Member Minimum Gain shall be made in the same manner as required for such determination of Company Minimum Gain under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(d) and 1.704-2(g)(3), as set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).
- 12 -
“Member Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning of “partner nonrecourse debt” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
“Member Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning of “partner nonrecourse deductions” set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2).
“Minimum Exchange Amount” means a number of Common Units held by an Exchanging Member equal to (x) if such Exchanging Member holds more than 100,000 Common Units as of the date hereof, the lesser of (1) 100,000 Common Units and (2) all of the Common Units then held by the applicable Exchanging Member or (y) to the extent such Exchanging Member holds 100,000 Common Units or less as of the date hereof, the lesser of (1) fifty percent (50%) of the Common Units held by the applicable Exchanging Member as of the date hereof and (2) all of the Common Units then held by the applicable Exchanging Member.
“National Securities Exchange” means a securities exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6 of the Exchange Act.
“NBOKS” means Neuberger Berman Opportunistic Capital Solutions Master Fund LP, a Cayman Islands exempted company.
“Non-Party Affiliate” is defined in Section 12.15.
“Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning assigned that term in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b) and 1.704-2(c).
“Nonrecourse Liability” is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2 (b)(3).
“Officer” means each Person appointed as an officer of the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.2. The initial Officers are listed on Exhibit C attached hereto.
“Party” and “Parties” means, individually or collectively, each Member and the Company.
“Permitted Transfer” is defined in Section 9.1(b).
“Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to any Member, (i) any Family Member of such Member and (ii) any Affiliate of such Member (including any partner, shareholder or member controlling or under common control with such Member and Affiliated investment fund or vehicle of such Member), but excluding any Affiliate under this clause (ii) who operates or engages in a business which competes with the business of PubCo or the Company; provided that no Affiliated investment fund or vehicle of Insight (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding portfolio companies) shall be deemed to operate or engage in any such competing business.
“Person” means any natural person, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated association, corporation, limited liability company, entity or Governmental Entity.
“Piggyback Registration” is defined in the Investor Rights Agreement.
- 13 -
“Plan Asset Regulations” means the regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Labor at Section 2510.3-101 of Part 2510 of Chapter XXV, Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
“Profits” or “Losses” means, for each Taxable Year or other taxable period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such year or period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments (without duplication):
(a) any income or gain of the Company that is exempt from U.S. federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss;
(b) any expenditures of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;
(c) in the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of the definition of Gross Asset Value above, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value of the Company asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross Asset Value of the Company asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall, except to the extent allocated pursuant to Section 5.2, be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses;
(d) gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company assets with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall be computed with reference to the Gross Asset Value of the asset disposed of notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such asset differs from its Gross Asset Value;
(e) in lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such period;
(f) to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Account balances as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses; and
(g) any items of income, gain, loss or deduction which are specifically allocated pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2 shall not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses for any Taxable Year, but such items available to be specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.2 shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in clauses (a) through (f) above.
- 14 -
“PubCo” is defined in the preamble to this LLC Agreement.
“PubCo Call Notice” is defined in Section 4.6(f).
“PubCo Call Right” means PubCo’s election, in accordance with Section 4.6(a)(iv) or Section 4.6(f), to directly purchase Exchanged Units described in an Exchange Notice given by an Exchanging Member.
“PubCo Common Stock” means all classes of common stock of PubCo, including the Class A Common Stock and the Class V Common Stock.
“PubCo Offer” is defined in Section 4.1(h).“PubCo Warrants” has the meaning given to “Buyer Warrants” in the Business Combination Agreement.
“Push-Out Election” is defined in Section 10.4(b).
“Reclassification Event” means any of the following: (a) any reclassification or recapitalization of PubCo Common Stock (other than the Domestication (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination or any transaction subject to Section 4.1(h)), (b) any merger, consolidation or other combination involving PubCo or (c) any sale, conveyance, lease, or other disposal of all or substantially all the properties and assets of PubCo to any other Person, in each of clauses (a), (b) or (c), as a result of which holders of PubCo Common Stock shall be entitled to receive cash, securities or other property for their shares of PubCo Common Stock.
“Registration Statement” means any registration statement that PubCo is required to file pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement.
“Regulatory Allocations” is defined in Section 5.2(j).
“Restricted Common Unit” means the Units which are restricted subject to vesting, with the rights and privileges as set forth in this LLC Agreement, including the Series 1 RCUs and the Series 2 RCUs.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.
“Series 1 RCU” means a Restricted Common Unit which is restricted subject to vesting and will vest upon the occurrence of a Series 1 Vesting Event, with the rights and privileges as set forth in this LLC Agreement.
“Series 2 RCU” means a Restricted Common Unit which is restricted subject to vesting and will vest upon the occurrence of a Series 2 Vesting Event, with the rights and privileges as set forth in this LLC Agreement.
“Series 1 Vesting Event” means, with respect to each Series 1 RCU, (a) the occurrence of a VWAP 1 Vesting Event, (b) the occurrence of (i) a Continuing Member COC, with respect to any Series 1 RCU held by (x) a Continuing Member or (y) PubCo in respect of a share of Class B Common Stock held by any Person other than the Sponsor (or its Affiliates) or those certain independent directors of PubCo as of immediately prior to the date hereof who hold shares of Class B Common Stock or (ii) a Sponsor Change of Control, with respect to any Series 1 RCU held by PubCo in respect of a share of Class B Common Stock held by the Sponsor (or its Affiliates) or those certain independent directors of PubCo as of immediately prior to the date hereof who hold shares of Class B Common Stock, or (c) a Liquidating Event pursuant to which each Common Unit would be entitled to at least $13.50 per Common Unit (taking into account the conversion of each Series 1 RCU to a Common Unit); provided, however, that the reference to $13.50 shall be decreased by the aggregate per share amount of dividends actually paid in respect of a share of Class A Common Stock following the Effective Time.
- 15 -
“Series 2 Vesting Event” means, with respect to each Series 1 RCU, (a) the occurrence of a VWAP 2 Vesting Event, (b) the occurrence of a Continuing Member COC, or (c) a Liquidating Event pursuant to which each Common Unit would be entitled to at least $15.00 per Common Unit (taking into account the conversion of each Restricted Common Unit to a Common Unit); provided, however, that the reference to $15.00 shall be decreased by the aggregate per share amount of dividends actually paid in respect of a share of Class A Common Stock following the Effective Time.
“Specified Audit” is defined in Section 10.4(d).
“Sponsor” means CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I Sponsor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
“Sponsor COC” means a Change of Control in which the acquiring Person or Persons in the relevant transaction or series of related transactions are not (a) the Sponsor or (b) an Affiliate of the Sponsor.
“Sponsor Representative” means the Sponsor, or such other Person, who is an affiliate of CC Capital or NBOKS and is identified as the replacement Sponsor Representative by the then existing Sponsor Representative, giving prior written notice to the Company and the Continuing Members.
“Stock Exchange Payment” means, with respect to any Exchange of Common Units for which a Stock Exchange Payment is elected by the Managing Member, a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of Common Units so exchanged.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power or equity is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such Person, or one (1) or more of the Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof.
“Tax Advances” is defined in Section 10.5(a).
“Tax Distribution Date” means April 10, June 10, September 10, and December 10 of each calendar year, which shall be adjusted by the Managing Member as reasonably necessary to take into account changes in estimated tax payment due dates for U.S. federal income taxes under applicable Law (but in no event shall the Managing Member make adjustments such that there are more than four (4) Tax Distribution Dates in any calendar year); provided, however, that if a Tax Distribution Date in a given calendar year is not a Business Day, such Tax Distribution Date shall be the Business Day immediately prior to such date.
- 16 -
“Tax Distributions” is defined in Section 6.2.
“Tax Receivable Agreement” means that certain tax receivable agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among PubCo, the Company, and the Continuing Members.
“Taxable Year” means the Company’s taxable year for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless otherwise required by applicable Law.
“Tier 1 Assumed Rate” means the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, in each case taking into account all jurisdictions in which the Company is required to file income tax returns and the relevant apportionment information, in effect for the applicable Taxable Year, taking into account the character of any income, gains, deductions, losses or credits, and the deductibility of state income taxes. The Tier 1 Assumed Rate shall be the same for all Members regardless of the actual combined income tax rate of the Member or its direct or indirect owners.
“Tier 2 Assumed Rate” means the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate (including, if applicable, under Section 1411 of the Code) applicable to an individual resident in New York, NY, in each case taking into account all jurisdictions in which the Company is required to file income tax returns and the relevant apportionment information, in effect for the applicable Taxable Year, taking into account (a) the character of any income, gains, deductions, losses or credits, and the deductibility of state income taxes, and (b) available deductions under Code Section 199A, as applicable. The Tier 2 Assumed Rate shall be the same for all Members regardless of the actual combined income tax rate of the Member or its direct or indirect owners.
“Tier 1 Tax Amount” means, with respect to a Taxable Year commencing after the Effective Time (or, in the case of a Taxable Year that includes the Effective Time, the portion thereof after the Effective Time), the excess, if any, of (a) the product of (i) an amount, if positive, equal to the product of (A) the taxable income of the Company allocable to a Member pursuant to this LLC Agreement (taking into account corrective allocations made pursuant to Section 5.3(e)) with respect to the relevant Taxable Year (or portion thereof) (determined based upon a good faith estimate by the Managing Member and updated to reflect the final Company tax returns filed for such Taxable Year, and, for purposes of this definition, (w) including adjustments to taxable income in respect of Section 704(c) of the Code, (x) excluding adjustments to taxable income in respect of Section 743(b) of the Code, (y) calculated as if allocations of such taxable income were, for such Taxable Year (or portion thereof), the sole source of income and loss for such Member, (or, as appropriate, of its direct or indirect partners or members), and (z) taking into account the carryover of items of loss, deduction and expense, including the utilization of any excess business interest expense under Code Section 163(j), previously allocated to such Member for a Taxable Year (or portion thereof) that begins after the Effective Time to the extent not previously taken into account for purposes of determining the Tax Amount for a Taxable Year (or portion thereof)) times (B) one-fourth (1/4) in the case of the first quarter, one-half (1/2) in the case of the second quarter, three-fourths (3/4) in the case of the third quarter, and one (1) in the case of the fourth quarter times (ii) the Tier 1 Assumed Rate with respect to such Taxable Year (or portion thereof), over (b) the amount of distributions previously made to such Member pursuant to Section 6.2 with respect to such Taxable Year (or portion thereof) after the Effective Time.
- 17 -
“Tier 2 Tax Amount” means, with respect to a Taxable Year commencing after the Effective Time (or, in the case of a Taxable Year that includes the Effective Time, the portion thereof after the Effective Time), the excess, if any, of (a) the product of (i) an amount, if positive, equal to the product of (A) the taxable income of the Company allocable to a Member pursuant to this LLC Agreement (taking into account corrective allocations made pursuant to Section 5.3(e)) with respect to the relevant Taxable Year (or portion thereof) (determined based upon a good faith estimate by the Managing Member and updated to reflect the final Company tax returns filed for such Taxable Year, and, for purposes of this definition, (w) including adjustments to taxable income in respect of Section 704(c) of the Code, (x) excluding adjustments to taxable income in respect of Section 743(b) of the Code, (y) calculated as if allocations of such taxable income were, for such Taxable Year (or portion thereof), the sole source of income and loss for such Member, (or, as appropriate, of its direct or indirect partners or members), and (z) taking into account the carryover of items of loss, deduction and expense, including the utilization of any excess business interest expense under Code Section 163(j), previously allocated to such Member for a Taxable Year (or portion thereof) that begins after the Effective Time to the extent not previously taken into account for purposes of determining the Tax Amount for a Taxable Year (or portion thereof)) times (B) one-fourth (1/4) in the case of the first quarter, one-half (1/2) in the case of the second quarter, three-fourths (3/4) in the case of the third quarter, and one (1) in the case of the fourth quarter times (ii) the Tier 2 Assumed Rate with respect to such Taxable Year (or portion thereof), over (b) the amount of distributions previously made to such Member pursuant to Section 6.2 with respect to such Taxable Year (or portion thereof) after the Effective Time.
“Trading Day” means a day on which the New York Stock Exchange or such other principal United States securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed, quoted or admitted to trading and is open for the transaction of business (unless such trading shall have been suspended for the entire day).
“Transfer” means, when used as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary, direct or indirect, transfer, sale, pledge, hedge, encumbrance, or hypothecation or other disposition, or legally binding agreement to undertake any of the foregoing, by the Transferor (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and, when used as a verb, the Transferor voluntarily or involuntarily, directly or indirectly, transfers, sells, pledges, hedges, encumbers or hypothecates or otherwise disposes of (whether by operation of law or otherwise), or agrees (in a legally binding manner) to do any of the foregoing, including, in each case, (a) the establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to, or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any security or (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another Person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise; provided that any such indirect pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation that does not provide the counterparty thereto the right to take direct possession, as the holder of record, of any Units shall not be considered a “Transfer” for purposes of this Agreement. The terms “Transferee,” “Transferor,” “Transferred,” and other forms of the word “Transfer” shall have the correlative meanings.
- 18 -
“Treasury Regulations” means pronouncements, as amended from time to time, or their successor pronouncements, which clarify, interpret and apply the provisions of the Code, and which are designated as “Treasury Regulations” by the United States Department of the Treasury.
“Undertaking” is defined in Section 7.4(b).
“Units” means the Common Units, the Restricted Common Units, any other Equity Securities of the Company, and any rights to payments as a holder of any of the foregoing, but excluding any rights under any court-authorized charging order.
“Vesting Event” means, with respect to each Series 1 RCU, a Series 1 Vesting Event and, with respect to each Series 2 RCU, a Series 2 Vesting event.
“VWAP” means the daily per share volume-weighted average price of the Class A Common Stock, with respect to measurement periods (or portions thereof) following the Effective Time, or the Class A Ordinary Shares, with respect to measurement periods (or portions thereof) prior to the Effective Time, on the New York Stock Exchange or such other principal United States securities exchange on which the shares of Class A Common Stock and/or the Class A Ordinary Shares, as applicable, are listed, quoted or admitted to trading, as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on the Bloomberg page designated for the Class A Common Stock and/or the Class A Ordinary Shares, as applicable (or the equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the open of trading on such Trading Day until the close of trading on such Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, (a) the per share volume-weighted average price of a share of Class A Common Stock and/or a Class A Ordinary Share, as applicable, on such Trading Day (determined without regard to afterhours trading or any other trading outside the regular trading session or trading hours), or (b) if such determination is not feasible, the market price per share of Class A Common Stock and/or Class A Ordinary Share, in either case as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained in good faith for this purpose by PubCo); provided, however, that if at any time for purposes of the Class A 5-Day VWAP or Class A 20-Day VWAP, as applicable, shares of Class A Common Stock are not then listed, quoted or traded on a principal United States securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, then the VWAP shall mean the per share Appraiser FMV of one (1) share of Class A Common Stock (or such other Equity Security into which the Class A Common Stock was converted or exchanged).
“VWAP 1 Vesting Event” means the first day on which the Class A 5-Day VWAP is equal to at least $13.50; provided, however, that the reference to $13.50 shall be decreased by the aggregate per share amount of dividends actually paid in respect of a share of Class A Common Stock following the Effective Time.
“VWAP 2 Vesting Event” means the first day on which the Class A 20-Day VWAP is equal to at least $15.00; provided, however, that the reference to $15.00 shall be decreased by the aggregate per share amount of dividends actually paid in respect of a share of Class A Common Stock following the Effective Time.
- 19 -
Section 1.2 Interpretive Provisions. For all purposes of this LLC Agreement, except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement or unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) the terms defined in Section 1.1 are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms;
(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined in this LLC Agreement has the meaning assigned to it under GAAP;
(c) all references to currency, monetary values and dollars set forth in this LLC Agreement shall mean United States (U.S.) dollars and all payments under this LLC Agreement shall be made in United States dollars;
(d) when a reference is made in this LLC Agreement to an Article, Section, clause, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to an Article, Section or clause of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this LLC Agreement unless otherwise indicated;
(e) whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this LLC Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;
(f) “or” is not exclusive;
(g) pronouns of any gender or neuter shall include, as appropriate, the other pronoun forms;
(h) references in this LLC Agreement to any Law shall be deemed also to refer to such Law, any amendments thereto, any successor provisions thereof, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and
(i) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this LLC Agreement, refer to this LLC Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this LLC Agreement.
ARTICLE
II
ORGANIZATION OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
Section 2.1 Formation. The Company shall continue its existence as a limited liability company subject to the provisions of the Act upon the terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this LLC Agreement.
Section 2.2 Filing. The Company’s Certificate of Formation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Act. The Members shall execute such further documents (including amendments to such Certificate of Formation) and take such further action as is appropriate to comply with the requirements of Law for the operation of a limited liability company in all states and counties in which the Company may conduct business.
- 20 -
Section 2.3 Name. The name of the Company is “E2open Holdings, LLC” and all business of the Company shall be conducted in such name or, in the discretion of the Managing Member, under any other name.
Section 2.4 Registered Office: Registered Agent. The location of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801, or at such other place as the Managing Member may select from time to time. The name and address for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801, or such other qualified Person and address as the Managing Member may designate from time to time.
Section 2.5 Principal Place of Business. The principal place of business of the Company shall be located in such place as is determined by the Managing Member from time to time.
Section 2.6 Purpose; Powers. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted by the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. The Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions and engage in any and all activities necessary, appropriate, desirable, advisable, ancillary or incidental to the accomplishment of the foregoing purpose.
Section 2.7 Term. The term of the Company commenced on the date of filing of the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Act and shall continue indefinitely. The Company may be dissolved and its affairs wound up only in accordance with Article XI.
Section 2.8 Intent. It is the intent of the Members that the Company be operated in a manner consistent with its treatment as a “partnership” for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income and franchise tax purposes. The Company and each Member shall file all tax returns and shall otherwise take all tax, financial and other reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment. Neither the Company nor any Member shall take any action inconsistent with the intent of the Parties set forth in this Section 2.8. No election (including an entity classification election for the Company) contrary to the intent of the Parties as set forth in this Section 2.8 shall be made by the Company or any Member, and the Company shall not convert into or merge into (with the Company not being the surviving entity in such merger) an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal or applicable state and local income or franchise tax purposes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 2.8, this Section 2.8 shall not prevent the Company from entering into or consummating any transaction which constitutes a Change of Control to the extent such transaction is duly authorized by the Managing Member in accordance with this LLC Agreement, subject to the rights set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement, if any, applicable to such transaction.
ARTICLE
III
CLOSING TRANSACTIONS
Section 3.1 Business Combination Agreement Transactions. Pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and for the consideration set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, as of the Effective Time, Company Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the company continuing as the surviving entity and a Subsidiary of PubCo. Following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the total number of Common Units and Restricted Common Units held by the Continuing Members and PubCo as of the Effective Time is set forth next to each such Member’s name on Exhibit A hereto under the headings “Effective Time Common Units” and “Effective Time Restricted Common Units”. The number of shares of Class V Common Stock held by each Continuing Member shall equal the number of Common Units held by such Continuing Member.
- 21 -
ARTICLE
IV
OWNERSHIP AND CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS
Section 4.1 Authorized Units; General Provisions with Respect to Units.
(a) Units. Subject to the provisions of this LLC Agreement, the Company shall be authorized to issue from time to time such number of Common Units and Equity Securities as the Managing Member shall determine in accordance with and subject to the restrictions in this Section 4.1 and Section 4.3. Subject to this Section 4.1 and Section 4.3, each authorized Unit may be issued pursuant to such agreements as the Managing Member shall approve, including pursuant to warrants, options, or other rights or property to acquire Units or that may be converted into Units. The Company may reissue any Units that have been repurchased or acquired by the Company; provided that any such issuance, and the admission of any Person as a Member in connection therewith, is otherwise made in accordance with and subject to the restrictions in this LLC Agreement. The Units shall be uncertificated. The Company shall not, and the Managing Member shall not cause the Company to, issue any Units if such issuance would result in the Company having more than 100 partners, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)); provided that, for such purposes, the Company and the Managing Member shall be entitled to assume that each Continuing Member is treated as a single partner within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)), unless otherwise required by applicable Law.
(b) Outstanding Units. Each Continuing Member previously was admitted as a Member and shall remain a Member of the Company at the Effective Time. Immediately after the Effective Time, the Units will comprise (i) a single class of Common Units and (ii) two classes of Restricted Common Units, comprising Series 1 RCUs and Series 2 RCUs. Except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement, each outstanding Common Unit shall be identical to each other Common Unit, each outstanding Series 1 RCU shall be identical to each other Series 1 RCU and each outstanding Series 2 RCU shall be identical to each other Series 2 RCU. The Managing Member’s interest in its capacity as such shall be a non-economic interest in the Company, which does not entitle the Managing Member, solely in its capacity as such, to any Units, distributions or Tax Distributions.
(c) Schedule of Members. The Company shall maintain a schedule, appended hereto as Exhibit A (as updated and amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of this LLC Agreement and current as of the date set forth therein), which shall include: (i) the name and address of each Member; (ii) the aggregate number of and type of Units issued and outstanding and held by each Member; and (iii) each Member’s Capital Contributions following the Effective Time.
- 22 -
(d) Restricted Common Units. Each Restricted Common Unit will be held in accordance with this LLC Agreement unless and until a Vesting Event occurs with respect to such Restricted Common Unit. Upon the occurrence of a Vesting Event, on the Conversion Date, each applicable Restricted Common Unit shall be converted immediately and automatically, without any further action on the part of the holder thereof or any other person (including the Company and the Managing Member) into an equal number of Common Units, with all rights and privileges of a Common Unit under this LLC Agreement from and after the Conversion Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this LLC Agreement, if, upon the occurrence of a Vesting Event, a filing is required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (“HSR Act”) for the immediate conversion of any Restricted Common Unit into an equal number of Common Units, then the Conversion Date with respect to each such Restricted Common Unit shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) such time as the required filing under the HSR Act has been made and the waiting period applicable to such conversion under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated or (ii) such filing is no longer required, at which time such conversion shall automatically occur without any further action by the holders of any such Restricted Common Unit. Each of the Continuing Members and PubCo agree to promptly take all actions required to make such filing under the HSR Act and the filing fee for such filing shall be paid by the Company. On the Conversion Date with respect to any Restricted Common Unit held by a Continuing Member, PubCo shall issue, for each applicable Restricted Common Unit which has converted to a Common Unit under this LLC Agreement, one share of Class V Common Stock to such Continuing Member. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of a subdivision or combination referred to in Section 4.1(i)(i) or Section 4(i)(ii), the number of shares of Class V Common Stock to which a Continuing Member shall be entitled upon vesting of its Restricted Common Units shall equal the number of Restricted Common Units held by the Continuing Members as a result of such subdivision or combination that have converted into Common Units. PubCo hereby agrees to reserve for issuance at all times an adequate number of shares of Class V Common Stock to permit the issuance of all Class V Common Stock assuming all of the Continuing Members’ Restricted Common Units vest under this LLC Agreement. To the extent that, on or before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Time, a Vesting Event has not occurred with respect to a Restricted Common Unit, and a Restricted Common Unit has not vested and converted into a Common Unit under this LLC Agreement, then immediately and without any further action under this LLC Agreement, on the date that is the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Time, any such Restricted Common Units outstanding under this LLC Agreement shall be canceled and extinguished for no consideration; provided, that, with respect to the Restricted Common Units held by PubCo, if a share of Class B Common Stock to which a Restricted Common Unit relates is forfeited and canceled for no consideration prior to such tenth (10th) anniversary in accordance with the terms of issuance of such share of Class B Common Stock, such Restricted Common Unit shall also be canceled and extinguished for no consideration, such that, PubCo shall never hold more Restricted Common Units than the number of shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding at any time.
- 23 -
(e) New PubCo Issuances.
(i) Subject to Section 4.6 and Section 4.1(e)(ii), if, at any time after the Effective Time, PubCo issues shares of its Class A Common Stock or any other Equity Security of PubCo (other than shares of Class V Common Stock), (x) the Company shall concurrently issue to PubCo an equal number of Common Units (if PubCo issues shares of Class A Common Stock), or an equal number of such other Equity Security of the Company corresponding to the Equity Securities issued by PubCo (if PubCo issues Equity Securities other than Class A Common Stock), and with the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo so issued and (y) PubCo shall concurrently contribute to the Company the net proceeds or other property received by PubCo, if any, for such share of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Security, subject to the second proviso in Section 7.8.
(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.1(e)(i) or Section 4.1(e)(iii), this Section 4.1(e) shall not apply to (x) the issuance and distribution to holders of shares of PubCo Common Stock of rights to purchase Equity Securities of PubCo under a “poison pill” or similar shareholder rights plan (and upon exchange of Common Units for Class A Common Stock, such Class A Common Stock shall be issued together with a corresponding right under such plan) or (y) the issuance under PubCo’s employee benefit plans of any warrants, options, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance based award or other rights to acquire Equity Securities of PubCo or rights or property that may be converted into or settled in Equity Securities of PubCo, but shall in each of the foregoing cases apply to the issuance of Equity Securities of PubCo in connection with the exercise or settlement of such warrants, options, stock appreciation right, restricted stock units, performance based awards or the vesting of restricted stock (including as set forth in clause (iii) below, as applicable).
(iii) In the event any outstanding Equity Security of PubCo is exercised or otherwise converted and, as a result, any shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of PubCo are issued (including as a result of the exercise of PubCo Warrants), (x) the corresponding Equity Security outstanding at the Company, if any, shall be similarly exercised or otherwise converted, if applicable, (y) an equivalent number of Common Units or equivalent Equity Securities of the Company shall be issued to PubCo as required by the first sentence of Section 4.1(e)(i), and (z) PubCo shall concurrently contribute to the Company the net proceeds received by PubCo from any such exercise or conversion, subject to the second proviso in Section 7.8.
(f) PubCo Debt Issuance. If at any time PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) issues Debt Securities, PubCo or such Subsidiary shall transfer to the Company the net proceeds received by PubCo or such Subsidiary, as applicable, in exchange for such Debt Securities in a manner that directly or indirectly burdens the Company with the repayment of the Debt Securities, subject to the second proviso in Section 7.8.
(g) New Company Issuances. Except pursuant to Section 4.6, (x) the Company may not issue any additional Units to PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless (i) substantially simultaneously therewith PubCo or such Subsidiary issues or transfers an equal number of newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock (or relevant Equity Security of such Subsidiary) to another Person or Persons, and (ii) such issuance is in accordance with Section 4.1(e), and (y) the Company may not issue any other Equity Securities of the Company to PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless (i) substantially simultaneously therewith PubCo or such Subsidiary issues or transfers, to another Person, an equal number of newly-issued shares of Equity Securities of PubCo or such Subsidiary with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of the Company, and (ii) such issuance is in accordance with Section 4.1(e).
- 24 -
(h) Repurchases and Redemptions.
(i) Subject to Section 4.1(h)(ii), PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) may redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire (A) shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) and, substantially simultaneously therewith, the Company shall redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire from PubCo or such Subsidiary an equal number of Common Units for the same price per security, if any, or (B) any other Equity Securities of PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) and, substantially simultaneously therewith, the Company shall redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire from PubCo or such Subsidiary an equal number of the corresponding class or series of Equity Securities of the Company with the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo or such Subsidiary for the same price per security, if any.
(ii) In the event that a tender offer, share exchange offer, or take-over bid or similar transaction with respect to Class A Common Stock (a “PubCo Offer”) is proposed by PubCo or is proposed to PubCo or its stockholders, the holders of Common Units shall be permitted to participate in such PubCo Offer by delivery of an Exchange Notice (which Exchange Notice shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of such PubCo Offer (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be contingent upon such PubCo Offer and not be effective if such PubCo Offer is not consummated)). In the case of a PubCo Offer proposed by PubCo, PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit the holders of Common Units to participate in such PubCo Offer to the same extent or on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock without discrimination; provided that, without limiting the generality of this sentence (and without limiting the ability of any Member holding Common Units to consummate an Exchange at any time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), the Managing Member shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that such holders of Common Units may participate in such PubCo Offer without being required to Exchange their Common Units and cancel their shares of Class V Common Stock, as the case may be, (or, if so required, to ensure that any such Exchange and cancelation shall be effective only upon, and shall be conditional upon, the closing of the transactions contemplated by the PubCo Offer). For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the holders of Common Units be entitled to receive in such PubCo Offer aggregate consideration for each Common Unit and share of Class V Common Stock, taken together, that is greater than or less than the consideration payable in respect of each share of Class A Common Stock in connection with such PubCo Offer (it being understood that payments under or in respect of the Tax Receivable Agreement shall not be considered part of any such consideration).
- 25 -
(iii) The Company may not redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire (x) any Common Units from PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless substantially simultaneously PubCo or such Subsidiary redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock for the same price per security from holders thereof or (y) any other Equity Securities of the Company from PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless substantially simultaneously PubCo or such Subsidiary redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) for the same price per security an equal number of Equity Securities of PubCo (or such Subsidiary) of a corresponding class or series with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo or such Subsidiary.
(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii), to the extent that any consideration payable by PubCo in connection with the redemption, repurchase or acquisition of any shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) consists (in whole or in part) of shares of Class A Common Stock or such other Equity Securities (including in connection with the cashless exercise of an option or warrant (or other convertible right or security)) other than under PubCo’s employee benefit plans for which there is no corresponding Common Units or other Equity Securities of the Company, then the redemption, repurchase or acquisition of the corresponding Common Units or other Equity Securities of the Company shall be effectuated in an equivalent manner.
(v) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing set forth in this Section 4.1(h) shall apply to any redemption effected pursuant to Section 6.2(b) hereof.
(i) Equity Subdivisions and Combinations.
(i) The Company shall not in any manner effect any subdivision (by any equity split, equity distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse equity split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the outstanding Units unless accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the outstanding PubCo Common Stock or other related class or series of Equity Security of PubCo, with corresponding changes made with respect to any other exchangeable or convertible Equity Securities of the Company and PubCo.
- 26 -
(ii) Except in accordance with Section 4.6(c), PubCo shall not in any manner effect any subdivision (by any equity split, equity distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse equity split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the outstanding PubCo Common Stock or any other class or series of Equity Security of PubCo, unless accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the outstanding Units or other related class or series of Equity Security of the Company, with corresponding changes made with respect to any applicable exchangeable or convertible Equity Securities of the Company and PubCo.
(j) General Authority. For the avoidance of doubt, but subject to Sections 4.1(a), (d), (e), (g), (h) and (i) and Section 4.3, the Company and PubCo (including in its capacity as the Managing Member of the Company) shall be permitted to undertake all actions, including an issuance, redemption, reclassification, distribution, division or recapitalization, with respect to the Common Units or Restricted Common Units, as applicable, to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between (i) the number of Common Units owned by PubCo, directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) the number of Series 1 RCUs owned by PubCo, directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding shares of Series B-1 Common Stock issued by PubCo, (iii) the number of Series 2 RCUs owned by PubCo, directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding shares of Series B-2 Common Stock issued by PubCo, and (iv) the number of outstanding shares of Class V Common Stock held by any Person (other than PubCo) and the number of Common Units held by such Person disregarding, for purposes of maintaining the one-to-one ratios in clauses (i) and (ii), (A) options, rights or securities of PubCo issued under any plan involving the issuance of any Equity Securities that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock, (B) treasury stock, or (C) preferred stock or other debt or equity securities (including warrants, options or rights) issued by PubCo that are convertible or into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock (but in each case prior to such conversion or exchange).
Section 4.2 Capital Contributions. Except as otherwise set forth in this LLC Agreement, no Member shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions to the Company.
Section 4.3 Issuance of Additional Units. Subject to the terms and conditions of this LLC Agreement (including Section 4.1 and this Section 4.3), the Managing Member shall have the right to authorize and cause the Company to issue on such terms (including price) as may be determined by the Managing Member (a) additional Common Units or Equity Securities in the Company having such rights, preferences and privileges as determined by the Managing Member, which rights, preferences and privileges may be senior to the Units, and (b) obligations, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities or interests convertible or exchangeable for Units or other Equity Securities in the Company; provided that at any time following the date hereof, in each case the Company shall not issue Equity Securities in the Company to any Person other than PubCo or then-existing Members unless such Person shall have executed a counterpart to this LLC Agreement and all other documents, agreements or instruments deemed necessary or desirable as determined in good faith by the Managing Member. Upon any such issuance and execution, (a) such Person shall be admitted as a Member of the Company, and (b) the Managing Member shall update the Company’s books and records and amend Exhibit A to reflect such issuance. Subject to Section 4.1, this Section 4.3 and Section 12.1, the Managing Member is hereby authorized to amend this LLC Agreement to set forth the designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties of such additional Common Units or other Equity Securities in the Company authorized or issued pursuant to this Section 4.3.
- 27 -
Section 4.4 Capital Accounts. A Capital Account shall be maintained by the Managing Member for each Member in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and, to the extent consistent with such regulations, the other provisions of this LLC Agreement. Each Member’s Capital Account balance as of the Effective Time shall be equal to the amount of its respective Closing Date Capital Account Balance set forth opposite such Member’s name on Exhibit A. Thereafter, each Member’s Capital Account shall be (a) increased by (i) allocations to such Member of Profits pursuant to Section 5.1 and any other items of income or gain allocated to such Member pursuant to Section 5.2, (ii) the amount of cash or the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset (net of any Liabilities assumed by the Company and any Liabilities to which the asset is subject) contributed to the Company by such Member, and (iii) any other increases allowed or required by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), and (b) decreased by (i) allocations to such Member of Losses pursuant to Section 5.1 and any other items of deduction or loss allocated to such Member pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2, (ii) the amount of any cash or the Gross Asset Value of any asset (net of any Liabilities assumed by the Member and any Liabilities to which the asset is subject) distributed to such Member, and (iii) any other decreases allowed or required by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Upon the conversion of any Restricted Common Units into Common Units upon a Vesting Event, the parties intend that the allocations and capital maintenance rules shall be governed under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3 with adjustments being made in accordance with principles similar to those set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s) and consistent with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder in order to effectuate the Members’ agreed upon economic sharing of items within the Company. In the event of a Transfer of Units made in accordance with this LLC Agreement (including a deemed Transfer for U.S. federal income tax purposes as described in Section 4.6(i)), the Capital Account of the Transferor that is attributable to the Transferred Units shall carry over to the Transferee Member in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(l). This Section 4.4 and other provisions of this LLC Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(b), including Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations. In determining the amount of any Liability for purposes of calculating Capital Accounts, there shall be taken into account Section 752(c) of the Code and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations. The Members’ Capital Accounts will normally be adjusted on an annual or other periodic basis as determined by the Managing Member, but the Capital Accounts may be adjusted more often if a new Member is admitted to the Company or if circumstances otherwise make it advisable in the judgment of the Managing Member.
Section 4.5 Other Matters Regarding Capital Contributions.
(a) The Company shall not be obligated to repay any Capital Contributions of any Member. Under circumstances requiring a return of any Capital Contributions, no Member has the right to receive property other than cash.
- 28 -
(b) No Member shall receive any interest, salary, compensation or reimbursement with respect to its Capital Contributions or its Capital Account, or for services rendered or expenses incurred on behalf of the Company or otherwise in its capacity as a Member, except as otherwise provided in Section 7.8 or other provisions of this LLC Agreement.
(c) A Member shall not be required to restore a deficit balance in such Member’s Capital Account, to lend any funds to the Company or to make any additional contributions or payments to the Company.
Section 4.6 Exchange of Common Units.
(a) Exchange Procedures.
(i) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 4.6, after the expiration of the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is six (6) months following the Closing Date (the “Lock-Up Period”), an Exchanging Member (together with its Affiliates, including other Continuing Members, and Permitted Transferees) (x) that is not Insight or any Affiliate or Permitted Transferee thereof shall be entitled to cause the Company to effect an Exchange up to one (1) time per calendar quarter collectively (and no more frequently), (y) that is Insight or any Affiliate or Permitted Transferee thereof shall be entitled to cause the Company to effect an Exchange up to two (2) times per calendar quarter collectively (and no more frequently), in each case with respect to a number of Common Units at least equal to or exceeding the Minimum Exchange Amount, by delivering an Exchange Notice to the Company, with a copy to PubCo. Each Exchange Notice shall be in the form set forth on Exhibit B and shall include all information required to be included therein. In the event that an Exchange is being exercised in order to participate in a Piggyback Registration, the Exchange Notice Date shall be prior to the expiration of the time period in which a holder of securities is required to notify PubCo that it wishes to participate in such Piggyback Registration in accordance with Section 3.2 of the Investor Rights Agreement.
(ii) Within three (3) Business Days of the giving of an Exchange Notice, the Managing Member may elect to settle all or a portion of the Exchange in cash in an amount equal to the Cash Exchange Payment (in lieu of shares of Class A Common Stock), exercisable by giving written notice of such election to the Exchanging Member within such three (3) Business Day period (such notice, the “Cash Exchange Notice”). The Cash Exchange Notice shall set forth the portion of the Common Units subject to the Exchange which shall be exchanged for cash in lieu of Class A Common Stock. To the extent such Exchange relates to the exercise of the Exchanging Member’s registration rights under Section 4.1 of the Investor Rights Agreement, PubCo and the Company shall cooperate in good faith with such Exchanging Member to exercise such Exchange in a manner which preserves such Exchanging Member’s rights thereunder. At any time following the giving of a Cash Exchange Notice and prior to the Exchange Date, the Managing Member may elect (exercisable by giving written notice of such election to the Exchanging Member) to revoke the Cash Exchange Notice with respect to all or any portion of the Exchanged Units and make the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to any such Exchanged Units on the Exchange Date.
- 29 -
(iii) In the event the Managing Member does not timely give a Cash Exchange Notice (or revokes a Cash Exchange Notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (ii)), the Exchanging Member may, if and only if any Exchange Condition exists, elect to (x) retract its Exchange Notice or (y) delay the consummation of an Exchange, in each case, exercisable by giving written notice of such election to the Managing Member within two (2) Business Days of the occurrence of an Exchange Condition and in any event no later than one (1) Business Day prior to the Exchange Date (such notice under clause (y), an “Exchange Delay Notice”); provided that any such notice must specify the particular Exchange Condition giving rise to such election. The giving of any notice pursuant to clause (x) shall terminate all of the Exchanging Member’s, the Managing Member’s and Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 4.6 arising from such retracted Exchange Notice, but shall not count against the maximum number of Exchanges that an Exchanging Member may effect in a calendar quarter.
(iv) In the event of a Continuing Member COC, the Managing Member may elect, pursuant to a written notice given to the Members (other than PubCo) at least thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of a Continuing Member COC (a “COC Notice”), to require each such Member to effect an Exchange with respect to any portion of such Member’s Common Units (together with the surrender and cancellation of the corresponding number of outstanding shares of Class V Common Stock held by such Member), taking into account the conversion of such Member’s Restricted Common Units into Common Units as a result of any such Continuing Member COC (any such exchange, a “COC Exchange”) which shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of the Continuing Member COC (but such Exchange shall be conditioned on the consummation of such Continuing Member COC, and shall not be effective if such Continuing Member COC is not consummated) (the “COC Exchange Date”). In connection with a COC Exchange, such Exchange shall be settled (including, if PubCo elects by delivery of a COC Notice, directly by PubCo) (x) with the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to the Common Units subject to the COC Exchange or (y) in cash or property, so long as in each case each such Member receives the identical consideration, on a per Unit basis, that the holder of a share of Class A Common Stock would receive in connection with such Continuing Member COC.
(v) Restricted Common Units are not permitted to be treated as Exchanged Units under this LLC Agreement, and in no event shall the Company or PubCo effect an Exchange of a Restricted Common Unit unless and until a Vesting Event and Conversion Date has occurred with respect to such Restricted Common Unit and it has been converted to a Common Unit in accordance with the terms hereof.
(vi) For purposes of this Section 4.6 (and defined terms and provisions related thereto), all decisions, determinations, elections and other actions to be taken by the Managing Member or PubCo shall require the approval of the Disinterested Majority.
(b) Exchange Payment. The Exchange shall be consummated on the Exchange Date. Unless PubCo has exercised its PubCo Call Right pursuant to Section 4.6(f), on the Exchange Date (to be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Exchange Date) (i) PubCo shall contribute to the Company for delivery to the Exchanging Member (x) the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to any Exchanged Units not subject to a Cash Exchange Notice and (y) the Cash Exchange Payment with respect to any Exchanged Units subject to a Cash Exchange Notice, (ii) the Exchanging Member shall transfer and surrender the Exchanged Units to the Company, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, (iii) the Company shall issue to PubCo a number of Common Units equal to the number of Common Units surrendered pursuant to clause (ii), (iv) solely to the extent necessary in connection with an Exchange, PubCo shall undertake all actions, including an issuance, reclassification, distribution, division or recapitalization, with respect to the Class A Common Stock to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of Common Units owned by PubCo, directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, taking into account the issuance in clause (iii), any Stock Exchange Payment, and any other action taken in connection with this Section 4.6, (v) the Company shall (x) cancel the redeemed Common Units which were Exchanged Units held by the Exchanging Member and (y) transfer to the Exchanging Member the Cash Exchange Payment and/or the Stock Exchange Payment, as applicable, and (vi) PubCo shall cancel the surrendered shares of Class V Common Stock. On or prior to the Exchange Date, and as a condition to the Exchange, the Exchanging Member shall make any applicable Certificate Delivery. Upon the Exchange of all of a Member’s Units, such Member shall cease to be a Member of the Company.
- 30 -
(c) Splits, Distributions and Reclassifications. If there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the shares of Class A Common Stock are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, this Section 4.6 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis, with respect to such security or other property. This Section 4.6(c) is intended to preserve the intended economic effect of Section 4.1 and this Section 4.6 and to put each Member in the same economic position, to the greatest extent possible, with respect to Exchanges as if such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction had not occurred and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.
(d) PubCo Covenants. PubCo shall at all times keep available, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock that shall be issuable upon the Exchange of all outstanding Common Units and Restricted Common Units (other than those Common Units and Restricted Common Units held by PubCo or any Subsidiary of PubCo); provided that nothing contained in this LLC Agreement shall be construed to preclude PubCo from satisfying its obligations with respect to an Exchange by delivery of a Cash Exchange Payment or shares of Class A Common Stock that are held in treasury of PubCo. PubCo covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock that shall be issued upon an Exchange shall, upon issuance thereof, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances. In addition, for so long as the shares of Class A Common Stock are listed on a stock exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, PubCo shall cause all shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange to be listed on such stock exchange or automated or electronic quotation system at the time of such issuance. For purposes of this Section 4.6(d), references to the “Class A Common Stock” shall be deemed to include any Equity Securities issued or issuable as a result of any reclassification, combination, subdivision or similar transaction of the Class A Common Stock that any Member would be entitled to receive pursuant to Section 4.6(c).
- 31 -
(e) Exchange Taxes. The issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon an Exchange shall be made without charge to the Exchanging Member for any stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance; provided, however, that if any such shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued in a name other than that of the Exchanging Member (subject to the restrictions in Article IX), then the Person or Persons in whose name the shares are to be issued shall pay to PubCo the amount of any additional tax that may be payable in respect of any Transfer involved in such issuance in excess of the amount otherwise due if such shares were issued in the name of the Exchanging Member or shall establish to the satisfaction of PubCo that such additional tax has been paid or is not payable.
(f) PubCo Call Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.6, with respect to any Exchange Notice or COC Notice, an Exchanging Member shall be deemed to have offered to sell its Exchanged Units as described in any Exchange Notice directly to PubCo (rather than to the Company), and PubCo may, by delivery of a written notice to the Exchanging Member no later than three (3) Business Days following the giving of an Exchange Notice, in accordance with, and subject to the terms of, this Section 4.6(f) (such notice, a “PubCo Call Notice”), elect to purchase directly and acquire such Exchanged Units on the Exchange Date by paying to the Exchanging Member (or such other Person specified in the Exchange Notice) the Stock Exchange Payment and/or the Cash Exchange Payment, whereupon PubCo shall acquire the Exchanged Units on the Exchange Date and be treated for all purposes of this LLC Agreement as the owner of such Common Units. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.6(f), an exercise of the PubCo Call Right shall be consummated pursuant to the same timeframe and in the same manner as the relevant Exchange would have been consummated if PubCo had not given a PubCo Call Notice, in each case as relevant, including that Section 4.6(a)(ii) shall apply mutatis mutandis and that clauses (iv) and (vi) of Section 4.6(b) shall apply (notwithstanding that the other clauses thereof do not apply).
(g) Distribution Rights. No Exchange shall impair the right of the Exchanging Member to receive any distributions payable on the Common Units redeemed pursuant to such Exchange in respect of a record date that occurs prior to the Exchange Date for such Exchange. No Exchanging Member, or a Person designated by an Exchanging Member to receive shares of Class A Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, with respect to such record date, distributions or dividends both on Common Units redeemed by the Company from such Exchanging Member and on shares of Class A Common Stock received by such Exchanging Member, or other Person so designated, if applicable, in such Exchange.
(h) Exchange Restrictions. The Managing Member may impose additional limitations and restrictions on Exchanges (including limiting Exchanges or creating priority procedures for Exchanges) to the extent it reasonably determines in good faith that such limitations and restrictions are necessary to avoid the Company being classified as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code; provided that, for such purposes, the Company and the Managing Member shall assume that each Continuing Member is treated as a single partner within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)), unless otherwise required by applicable Law.
- 32 -
(i) Tax Matters. In connection with any Exchange or COC Notice, the Exchanging Member shall deliver to PubCo or the Company, as applicable, a certificate, dated as of the Exchange Date and sworn under penalties of perjury, in a form reasonably acceptable to PubCo or the Company, as applicable, certifying as to such Exchanging Member’s taxpayer identification number and that such Exchanging Member is a not a foreign person for purposes of Section 1445 and Section 1446(f) of the Code (which certificate may be an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 if then sufficient for such purposes under applicable Law). For U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes, each of the Exchanging Member, the Company and PubCo agree to treat each Exchange as a sale by the Exchanging Member of the Exchanging Member’s Common Units (together with an equal number of shares of Class V Common Stock, which shares shall not be allocated any economic value) to PubCo in exchange for the payment by PubCo of the Stock Exchange Payment, the Cash Exchange Payment, or other applicable consideration to the Exchanging Member.
(j) Representations and Warranties. In connection with any Exchange or exercise of a PubCo Call Right, (i) upon the acceptance of the Class A Common Stock or an amount of cash equal to the Cash Exchange Payment, the Exchanging Member shall represent and warrant that the Exchanging Member is the owner of the number of Common Units that the Exchanging Member is electing to Exchange and that such Common Units are not subject to any liens or restrictions on transfer (other than restrictions imposed by this LLC Agreement, the charter and governing documents of PubCo and applicable Law), and (ii) if the Managing Member elects a Stock Exchange Payment, the Managing Member shall represent that (A) the shares of Class A Common Stock issued to the Exchanging Member in settlement of the Stock Exchange Payment are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and were issued in compliance in all material respects with applicable securities laws, and (B) the issuance of such shares of Class A Common Stock issued to the Exchanging Member in settlement of the Stock Exchange Payment does not conflict with or result in any breach of the organizational documents of PubCo.
Section 4.7 Representations and Warranties of the Members. Each Member who acquires Units after the Effective Time severally (and not jointly) represents and warrants to the Company and each other Member as of the date of such Member’s admittance to the Company and as of each subsequent date that such Member acquires any additional Units (other than, in the case of acquisition of additional Units, Section 4.7(b) to the extent any conflict under Section 4.7(b) is related to the occurrence of a Change of Control resulting from such acquisition) that:
(a) Organization; Authority.
(i) To the extent it is not a natural person, (x) it is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing (if applicable) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and if required by Law is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing in the jurisdiction of its principal place of business (if not formed in such jurisdiction), and (y) has full corporate, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other applicable power and authority to execute and deliver this LLC Agreement and to perform its obligations under this LLC Agreement and all necessary actions by the board of directors, shareholders, managers, members, partners, trustees, beneficiaries or other Persons necessary for the due authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this LLC Agreement by that Member have been duly taken.
- 33 -
(ii) It has duly executed and delivered this LLC Agreement, and this LLC Agreement is enforceable against such Member in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, moratorium, insolvency and other Laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and general principles of equity (whether applied in a proceeding in a court of law or equity).
(b) Non-Contravention.
(i) Its authorization, execution, delivery, and performance of this LLC Agreement does not breach or conflict with or constitute a default under (x) such Member’s charter or other governing documents to the extent it is not a natural person, (y) any material obligation under any other material agreement to which that Member is a party or by which it is bound or (z) applicable Law.
(ii) No governmental, administrative or other material third party consents or approvals are required or necessary on the part of it in connection with its admittance as a Member or its ownership of its Units.
(c) Due Inquiry.
(i) It has had, prior to the execution and delivery of this LLC Agreement, the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from representatives of the Company concerning an investment in the Company, as well as the finances, operations, business and prospects of the Company, and the opportunity to obtain additional information to verify the accuracy of all information so obtained, and received all such information about the Company and the Units as it has requested.
(ii) In determining whether to enter into this LLC Agreement in respect of its Units, it has relied solely on its own knowledge and understanding of the Company and its business based upon its own due diligence investigation and the information furnished pursuant to this clause (c) and it has not relied on any other representations or information in making its investment decision, whether written or oral, relating to the Company, its operations and/or prospects;
(d) Purpose of Investment. It is acquiring and holding its Units solely for investment purposes, for its own account and not for the account or benefit of any other Person and not with a view towards the distribution or dissemination thereof, did not decide to enter into this LLC Agreement as a result of any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502 of Regulation D under the Securities Act, and acknowledges and understands that no United States federal or state agency has passed upon or made any recommendation or endorsement of the offering of any Units;
(e) Transfer Restrictions. It understands the Units are being Transferred in a transaction not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Units will comprise “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act which shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise Transferred except in accordance with the terms of this LLC Agreement and applicable Law. It agrees that, if in the future it decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise Transfer any portion of its Units, such Units may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise Transferred only pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration and/or qualification under the Securities Act and applicable state securities Laws, and as a condition precedent to any such Transfer, it may be required to deliver to the Company an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, and agrees, absent registration or an exemption with respect to its Units, not to resell any such Units.
- 34 -
(f) Investor Status. It (i) has adequate means of providing for its current needs and possible contingencies, is able to bear the economic risks of its investment for an indefinite period of time and has a sufficient net worth to sustain a loss of its entire investment in the Company in the event such loss should occur, (ii) is sophisticated in financial matters and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company, (iii) is, or is controlled by, an “accredited investor,” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, promulgated under the Securities Act, and acknowledges the issuance of Units under this LLC Agreement is being made in reliance on a private placement exemption to “accredited investors” within the meaning of Section 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act or similar exemptions under federal and state Law, and (iv) is treated as a single partner within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)).
ARTICLE
V
ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES
Section 5.1 Profits and Losses. After giving effect to the allocations under Section 5.2 and subject to Section 5.2 and Section 5.4, Profits and Losses (and, to the extent reasonably determined by the Managing Member to be necessary and appropriate to achieve the resulting Capital Account balances described below, any allocable items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit includable in the computation of Profits and Losses) for each Taxable Year or other taxable period shall be allocated among the Members during such Taxable Year or other taxable period in a manner such that, after giving effect to all distributions through the end of such Taxable Year or other taxable period, the Capital Account balance of each Member, immediately after making such allocation, is, as nearly as possible, equal to (a) the amount such Member would receive pursuant to Section 11.3(b)(iii) if all assets of the Company on hand at the end of such Taxable Year or other taxable period were sold for cash equal to their Gross Asset Values, all liabilities of the Company were satisfied in cash in accordance with their terms (limited with respect to each nonrecourse liability to the Gross Asset Value of the assets securing such liability), and all remaining or resulting cash was distributed, in accordance with Section 11.3(b)(iii), to the Members immediately after making such allocation, minus (b) such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and Member Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets, and (without duplication) the amount any such Member is treated as obligated to contribute to the Company, computed immediately after the hypothetical sale of assets.
Section 5.2 Special Allocations.
(a) Nonrecourse Deductions for any Taxable Year or other taxable period shall be specially allocated to the Members on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of Common Units owned by each Member. The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Taxable Year or other taxable period shall equal the excess, if any, of the net increase, if any, in the amount of Company Minimum Gain during that Taxable Year or other taxable period over the aggregate amount of any distributions during that Taxable Year or other taxable period of proceeds of a Nonrecourse Liability that are allocable to an increase in Company Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(d).
- 35 -
(b) Any Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any Taxable Year or other taxable period shall be specially allocated to the Member who bears economic risk of loss with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one (1) Member bears the economic risk of loss for such Member Nonrecourse Debt, the Member Nonrecourse Deductions attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt shall be allocated among the Members according to the ratio in which they bear the economic risk of loss. This Section 5.2(b) is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this LLC Agreement to the contrary, if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year or other taxable period (or if there was a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain for a prior Taxable Year or other taxable period and the Company did not have sufficient amounts of income and gain during prior periods to allocate among the Members under this Section 5.2(c)), each Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Taxable Year or other taxable period in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during such year (as determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(2)). This Section 5.2(c) is intended to constitute a minimum gain chargeback under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this LLC Agreement except Section 5.2(c), if there is a net decrease in Member Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year or other taxable period (or if there was a net decrease in Member Minimum Gain for a prior Taxable Year or other taxable period and the Company did not have sufficient amounts of income and gain during prior periods to allocate among the Members under this Section 5.2 (d)), each Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such year in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Member Minimum Gain (as determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4)). This Section 5.2(d) is intended to constitute a partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
(e) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary except Section 5.2(a) and Section 5.2(b), no Losses or other items of loss or expense shall be allocated to any Member to the extent that such allocation would cause such Member to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit (or increase any existing Adjusted Capital Account Deficit) at the end of such Taxable Year or other taxable period. All Losses and other items of loss and expense in excess of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.2(e) shall be allocated to the Members who do not have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in proportion to their relative positive Capital Accounts but only to the extent that such Losses and other items of loss and expense do not cause any such Member to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit.
- 36 -
(f) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary except Section 5.2(c) and Section 5.2(d), in the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in paragraph (4), (5) or (6) of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), items of income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of income, including gross income, and gain for the Taxable Year or other taxable period) shall be specially allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate any Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of that Member as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.2(f) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.2(f) were not in this LLC Agreement. This Section 5.2(f) is intended to constitute a qualified income offset under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
(g) If any Member has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any Taxable Year or other taxable period that is in excess of the amount that the Member is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and (i)(5), that Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.2(g) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 have been made as if Section 5.2(f) and this Section 5.2(g) were not in this LLC Agreement.
(h) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Sections 734(b) or 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution to any Member in complete or partial liquidation of such Member’s Units in the Company, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such item of gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) if such Section applies or to the Member to whom such distribution was made if Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.
(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this LLC Agreement, (1) no allocation (of Profits or Losses or otherwise) shall be made in respect of any Restricted Common Units in determining Capital Accounts unless and until such Restricted Common Units are converted into Common Units upon the occurrence of a Vesting Event and (2) in the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to clause (b)(vi) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, any Profits or Losses resulting from such adjustment shall, in the manner reasonably determined by the Managing Member, be allocated among the Members (including the Members who held the Restricted Common Units giving rise to such adjustment) such that the Capital Account balance relating to each Common Unit (including such Restricted Common Units that have been converted into Common Units) is equal in amount immediately after making such allocation, after taking into account the Distribution Catch-Up Payment, in accordance with principles similar to those set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s); provided, that if the foregoing allocations pursuant to clause (2) are insufficient to cause the Capital Account balance relating to each Common Unit to be so equal in amount, then the Managing Member, in its reasonable discretion, shall cause a Capital Account reallocation in accordance with principles similar to those set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(3) to cause the Capital Account balance relating to each Common Unit to be so equal in amount.
- 37 -
(j) The allocations set forth in Sections 5.2(a) through 5.2(h) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Regulatory Allocations (and anticipated future Regulatory Allocations) shall be taken into account in allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Members so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such allocation of other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Member should be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Member if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred. In general, the Members anticipate that this shall be accomplished by specially allocating other Profits and Loss among the Members so that the net amount of Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Member is zero. This Section 5.2(j) is intended to minimize to the extent possible and to the extent necessary any economic distortions that may result from application of the Regulatory Allocations and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.
Section 5.3 Allocations for Tax Purposes in General.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.3, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall be allocated among the Members in the same manner as such item is allocated under Sections 5.1 and 5.2.
(b) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (including the Treasury Regulations applying the principles of Code Section 704(c) to changes in Gross Asset Values), items of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any Company property having a Gross Asset Value that differs from such property’s adjusted U.S. federal income tax basis shall, solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be allocated among the Members to account for any such difference using (i) with respect to any such differences that exist at the Effective Time, the “traditional method” without curative allocations under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(b) and (ii) with respect to any other such differences, any other permissible method or methods determined by the Managing Member to be appropriate and in accordance with the applicable Treasury Regulations.
(c) Any (i) recapture of depreciation or any other item of deduction shall be allocated, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1254-5, to the Members who received the benefit of such deductions and (ii) tax credits, tax credit recapture, and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Members according to their interests in such items as reasonably determined by the Managing Member taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii), 1.704-1(b)(3)(iv), and 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii).
(d) Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.3 are solely for purposes of U.S. federal, state and local income taxes and shall not affect or in any way be taken into account in computing any Member’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this LLC Agreement.
- 38 -
(e) If, as a result of an exercise of a non-compensatory option to acquire an interest in the Company, a Capital Account reallocation is required under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(3), the Company shall make corrective allocations pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(x). If, pursuant to Section 5.2(i), the Managing Member causes a Capital Account reallocation in accordance with principles similar to those set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(3), the Managing Member shall make corrective allocations in accordance with principles similar to those set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(x).
(f) Any adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of Company property pursuant to Code Section 743(b) resulting from a transfer of Units shall be handled in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.743-1(j).
Section 5.4 Other Allocation Rules.
(a) The Members are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Article V and the economic impact of the allocations on the amounts receivable by them under this LLC Agreement. The Members hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Article V in reporting their share of Company income and loss for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes.
(b) The provisions regarding the establishment and maintenance for each Member of a Capital Account as provided by Section 4.4 and the allocations set forth in Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3 are intended to comply with the Treasury Regulations and to reflect the intended economic entitlement of the Members. If the Managing Member reasonably determines that the application of the provisions in Sections 4.4, 5.1, 5.2 or 5.3 would result in non-compliance with the Treasury Regulations or would be inconsistent with the intended economic entitlement of the Members, the Managing Member is authorized to make any appropriate adjustments to such provisions to the extent permitted by applicable Law, including to allocate properly items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to those Members who bear the economic burden or benefit associated therewith, or to otherwise cause the Members to achieve the economic objectives underlying this LLC Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement. The Managing Member also shall (i) make any adjustments that it reasonably determines are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Members and the amount of Company capital reflected on the Company’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(iv)(g) and (ii) make any reasonable and appropriate modifications in the event unanticipated events would reasonably be expected to otherwise cause this LLC Agreement not to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b).
(c) With regard to PubCo’s acquisition of the Pro Forma Buyer Common Units and Pro Forma Buyer Restricted Common Units, Profits or Losses shall be allocated to the Members of the Company so as to take into account the varying interests of the Members in the Company using an “interim closing of the books” method in a manner that complies with the provisions of Section 706 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. If during any Taxable Year there is any other change in any Member’s Units in the Company, the Managing Member shall allocate the Profits or Losses to the Members of the Company so as to take into account the varying interests of the Members in the Company using an “interim closing of the books” method in a manner that complies with the provisions of Section 706 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder; provided, however, that such allocations may instead be made in another manner that complies with the provisions of Section 706 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder and that is selected by the Managing Member in its reasonable good faith discretion.
- 39 -
(d) Solely for purposes of determining a Member’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Company, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Managing Member shall allocate such liabilities in such manner that complies with the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder and that the Managing Member reasonably determines, in a manner intended to minimize any gain of the Members to the greatest extent possible under Section 731 of the Code.
Section 5.5 Restricted Common Units. The Parties intend that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (a) the Restricted Common Units received by the Continuing Members and by PubCo in connection with the Business Combination Agreement not be treated as being received in connection with the performance of services and (b) no such Member be treated as having taxable income or gain as a result of such receipt of such Restricted Common Units or as a result of holding any such Restricted Common Units at the time of any Vesting Event (other than as a result of corrective allocations made pursuant to Section 5.2(i)) and the Company shall prepare and file all tax returns consistent therewith unless otherwise required by a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313 of the Code.
ARTICLE
VI
DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 6.1 Distributions.
(a) Distributions.
(i) To the extent permitted by applicable Law, distributions to Members may be declared by the Managing Member out of Distributable Cash in such amounts, at such time and on such terms (including the payment dates of such distributions) as the Managing Member shall determine using such record date as the Managing Member may designate. All distributions made under this Section 6.1(a) shall be made to the Members as of the close of business on such record date on a pro rata basis (except that, for the avoidance of doubt, repurchases or redemptions made in accordance with Section 4.1 (h), Section 6.2(b) or payments made in accordance with Section 7.4 or Section 7.8 need not be on a pro rata basis, as long as such payments are otherwise made in accordance with the terms of this LLC Agreement) in accordance with each Member’s percentage interest in the Company as of the close of business on such record date; provided, that the Managing Member shall have the obligation to make distributions as set forth in Section 6.2 and Section 11.3(b)(iii); provided, further, that notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, no distributions shall be made to any Member to the extent such distribution would render the Company insolvent or violate the Act. For purposes of this Section 6.1(a) and Section 6.2(a), insolvent means the inability of the Company to meet its payment obligations when due.
- 40 -
(ii) Promptly following the designation of a record date and the declaration of a distribution pursuant to this Section 6.1(a), the Managing Member shall give notice to each Member of the record date, the amount and the terms of the distribution and the payment date thereof.
(iii) No Restricted Common Unit shall be entitled to receive any distributions pursuant to Section 6.1(a); provided, that, no later than five (5) Business Days following the Conversion Date with respect to a Restricted Common Unit, for each Restricted Common Unit for which the Vesting Event has occurred, the Company shall pay to the holder of such Restricted Common Unit an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate per Common Unit amount of distributions actually paid pursuant to Section 6.1(a) (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any Tax Distributions) during the Distribution Catch-Up Period relevant to such Restricted Common Unit (and if any in-kind distribution was made during the Distribution Catch-Up Period, (which, for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this LLC Agreement, shall not include any transaction subject to Section 4.1(i) or 4.1(h) hereof) to the extent feasible (and not requiring any approval (including at PubCo) other than that of the Managing Member in its capacity as such) identical property, or if not feasible (or if requiring any such approval) an amount in cash equal to the greater of the per Common Unit Fair Market Value of such in-kind distribution (x) at the time such distribution was made and (y) at the time such Distribution Catch-Up Payment is made) (each such distribution, a “Distribution Catch-Up Payment”). To the extent that the Conversion Date in respect of a Restricted Common Unit occurs following the date that a distribution is declared under this Section 6.1(a), but on or before the date such distribution is paid, the amount distributable on each Unit in such distribution shall not be included in the Distribution Catch-Up Payment, and such holder of such Restricted Common Unit shall be entitled to receive such distribution when paid to the holders of Common Units, assuming such holder continues to hold a Common Unit on the record date with respect to such distribution.
(b) Successors. For purposes of determining the amount of distributions (including Tax Distributions), each Member shall be treated as having made the Capital Contributions made by, been allocated the net taxable income of the Company (in accordance with the definition of Tier 1 Tax Amount) allocated to, and received the distributions made to or received by its predecessors in respect of any of such Member’s Units.
(c) Distributions In-Kind. Except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement, any distributions may be made in cash or in kind, or partly in cash and partly in kind, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member. In the event of any distribution of (i) property in kind or (ii) both cash and property in kind, each Member shall be distributed its proportionate share of any such cash so distributed and its proportionate share of any such property so distributed in kind (based on the Fair Market Value of such property). To the extent that the Company distributes property in-kind to the Members, the Company shall be treated as making a distribution equal to the Fair Market Value of such property for purposes of Section 6.1(a) and such property shall be treated as if it were sold for an amount equal to its Fair Market Value; provided that none of the following shall be a distribution for purposes of this LLC Agreement: (a) any recapitalization that does not result in the distribution of cash or property to Members or any exchange of securities of the Company, and any subdivision (by Unit split or otherwise) or any combination (by reverse Unit split or otherwise) of any outstanding Units or (b) any other payment made by the Company to a Member that is not properly treated as a “distribution” for purposes of Sections 731, 732, or 733 or other applicable provisions of the Code. Any resulting gain or loss shall be allocated to the Member’s Capital Accounts in accordance with Section 5.1 and Section 5.2.
- 41 -
Section 6.2 Tax-Related Distributions.
(a) Effective upon the Effective Time, prior to making any other distributions under this LLC Agreement, on each Tax Distribution Date, unless prohibited by applicable Law, the Managing Member shall cause the Company, from available cash, available borrowings and other funds legally available therefor, including legally made distributions from available cash of the Company’s Subsidiaries (taking into account any restrictions applicable to tax distributions contained in the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ then applicable bank financing agreements by which the Company or its Subsidiaries are bound) (collectively, “Cash Available For Tax Distributions”) to make distributions of cash (each, a “Tax Distribution”) to the Members holding Common Units, pro rata in proportion to their respective number of Common Units in an amount such that the Member with the highest Tier 1 Tax Amount per Common Unit receives an amount equal to such Member’s Tier 1 Tax Amount; provided, that if the amount of Tax Distributions actually made with respect to a quarter or a Taxable Year is greater than or less than the Tax Distributions that would have been made under this Section 6.2 for such period based on subsequent tax information and assuming no limitations based on prohibitions under applicable Law, Cash Available For Tax Distributions, or insolvency under this Section 6.2 (such limitations, the “Liquidity Limitations”) (e.g., because the estimated Tax Distributions for a Taxable Year were greater than or less than the amount calculated based on actual taxable income for such Taxable Year or because such Tax Distribution would have rendered the Company insolvent (as defined in Section 6.1(a))), then, on subsequent Tax Distribution Dates, starting with the next Tax Distribution Date, and prior to any additional distributions pursuant to Section 6.1, the Managing Member shall, subject to the Liquidity Limitations, cause the Company to adjust the next Tax Distribution and subsequent Tax Distributions downward (but not below zero) or upward (but in any event pro rata in proportion to the Members’ respective number of Common Units) to reflect such excess or shortfall; and provided, further, that notwithstanding any other provision in this LLC Agreement to the contrary, (A) Tax Distributions shall not be required to the extent any such distribution would render the Company insolvent (as defined in Section 6.1(a)), and (B) the Managing Member shall not be required to cause the Company to make any Tax Distributions on any date other than a Tax Distribution Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this LLC Agreement, (a) the Managing Member shall make, in its reasonable discretion, equitable adjustments (downward (but not below zero) or upward) to the Members’ Tax Distributions (but in any event pro rata in proportion to the Members’ respective number of Common Units) to take into account increases or decreases in the number of Common Units held by each Member during the relevant period (including as a result of conversion of any Restricted Common Units into Common Units in connection with the occurrence of a Vesting Event); provided that no such adjustments shall be made that would have a material adverse effect on the Continuing Members without the Continuing Member Representative’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), and (b) no Tax Distributions (or downward (but not below zero) or upward adjustment to any Tax Distributions) shall be made other than on a pro rata basis in proportion to the Members’ respective number of Common Units.
- 42 -
(b) In addition to the foregoing, with respect any Tax Distribution Date, to the extent the Tier 2 Tax Amount with respect to any Member exceeds the Tier 1 Tax Amount with respect to such Member (such excess, the “Available Amount”), then to the extent such Member provides written notice to the Company at least ten (10) days prior to such Tax Distribution Date (a “Tax Distribution Request”) and subject to the Liquidity Limitations, the Managing Member shall cause the Company, from Cash Available for Tax Distributions, to increase distributions of cash to such Member on such Tax Distribution Date up to an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount specified on the applicable Tax Distribution Request and (ii) the Available Amount with respect to such Member for such Tax Distribution Date (the amount of cash so distributed, the “Excess Tax Distribution Amount”), in complete redemption of a number of Common Units held by such Member equal to (x) the Excess Tax Distribution Amount divided by (y) a price per Common Unit as of the applicable Tax Distribution Date determined in accordance with the principles set forth in the definition of “Cash Exchange Payment” (the “Price Per Common Unit”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Member shall be entitled to receive any cash distribution pursuant to this Section 6.2(b) in excess of the aggregate Price Per Common Unit with respect to all Common Units held by such Member as of immediately prior to such distribution (and in such case, in connection with the redemption of all such Common Units). In connection with any redemption of Common Units pursuant to this Section 6.2(b), (A) the applicable Member shall (I) transfer and surrender the applicable number of Common Units to the Company, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances and (II) surrender the corresponding number of outstanding shares of Class V Common Stock held by such Member, (B) the Company shall cancel the redeemed Common Units and (C) PubCo shall cancel the surrendered shares of Class V Common Stock, in each case for no consideration other than the Excess Tax Distribution Amount.
Section 6.3 Distribution Upon Withdrawal. No withdrawing Member shall be entitled to receive any distribution or the value of such Member’s Units in the Company as a result of withdrawal from the Company prior to the liquidation of the Company, except as provided in this LLC Agreement.
ARTICLE
VII
MANAGEMENT
Section 7.1 Managing Member Rights; Member and Officer Duties.
(a) PubCo shall be the sole Managing Member of the Company and, pursuant to the governing documents of PubCo, the business and affairs of PubCo shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. Except as otherwise required by Law or provided in this LLC Agreement, (i) the Managing Member shall have full and complete charge of all affairs of the Company, (ii) the management and control of the Company’s business activities and operations shall rest exclusively with the Managing Member, and (iii) the Members, other than the Managing Member (in its capacity as such), shall not participate in the control, management, direction or operation of the activities or affairs of the Company and shall have no power to act for or bind the Company. Nothing set forth in this LLC Agreement shall reduce or restrict the rights set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions thereof.
- 43 -
(b) Except as otherwise required by the Act, no current or former Member (including a current or former Managing Member) or any current or former Officer shall be obligated personally for any Liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member or, with respect to the Managing Member, acting as Managing Member of the Company, or, with respect to an Officer, acting in his or her capacity as an Officer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this LLC Agreement, the failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business and affairs under this LLC Agreement or the Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on the Managing Member for liabilities of the Company.
(c) In connection with the performance of its duties as the Managing Member of the Company, the Managing Member (solely in its capacity as such) will owe to the other Members the same fiduciary duties as it would owe to the stockholders of a Delaware corporation if it were a member of the board of directors of such a corporation and the other Members were stockholders of such corporation. To the extent that, at Law or in equity, any Subsidiary of the Company or any manager, director (or equivalent), officer, employee or agent of any Subsidiary of the Company has duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Company, to a Member (other than the Managing Member) or to any Person who acquires Units, all such duties (including fiduciary duties) are hereby limited solely to those expressly set forth in this Agreement (if any), to the fullest extent permitted by Law. The limitation of duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Company, each Member (other than the Managing Member) and any Person who acquires Units set forth in the preceding sentence is approved by the Company, each Member and any Person who acquires Units.
Section 7.2 Role of Officers.
(a) The Managing Member may appoint, employ or otherwise contract with any Person for the transaction of the business of the Company or the performance of services for or on behalf of the Company, and the Managing Member may delegate to any such Persons such authority to act on behalf of the Company as the Managing Member may from time to time deem appropriate.
(b) The Officers of the Company as of the Effective Time are set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto.
(c) The Managing Member shall appoint a Chief Executive Officer who will be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Chief Executive Officer will report to the Managing Member and have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation organized under the DGCL, subject to the terms of this LLC Agreement and as may be prescribed by the Managing Member, and will have such other powers and duties as may be reasonably prescribed by the Managing Member or set forth in this LLC Agreement. The Chief Executive Officer will have the power to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Company, except where required or permitted by Law to be otherwise signed and executed, and except where the signing and execution thereof is delegated by the Managing Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company.
- 44 -
(d) Except as set forth in this LLC Agreement, the Managing Member may appoint Officers at any time, and the Officers may include, in addition to the Chief Executive Officer, a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary, one or more assistant secretaries, a chief financial officer, a general counsel, a treasurer, one or more assistant treasurers, a chief operating officer, an executive chairman, and any other officers that the Managing Member deems appropriate. Except as set forth in this LLC Agreement, the Officers will serve at the pleasure of the Managing Member, subject to all rights, if any, of such Officer under any contract of employment. Any individual may hold any number of offices, and an Officer may, but need not, be a Member of the Company. The Officers will exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this LLC Agreement or as reasonably determined from time to time by the Managing Member.
(e) Subject to this LLC Agreement and to the rights, if any, of an Officer under a contract of employment, any Officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Managing Member. Any Officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Managing Member. Any resignation will take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation will not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the Officer is a party. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause will be filled in the manner prescribed in this LLC Agreement for regular appointments to that office.
Section 7.3 Warranted Reliance by Officers on Others. In exercising their authority and performing their duties under this LLC Agreement, the Officers shall be entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports, or statements of the following Persons or groups unless they have actual knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted:
(a) one or more employees or other agents of the Company or its Subsidiaries whom the Officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented; and
(b) any attorney, public accountant, or other Person as to matters which the Officer reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence.
Section 7.4 Indemnification.
(a) Right to Indemnification. Each Person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise subject to or involved in any Action, by reason of the fact that he, she or it is or was a Member (including the Managing Member), is or was serving as the Company Representative (including any “designated individual”) or the Continuing Member Representative or an officer, manager or director (or equivalent) or, at the discretion of the Managing Member, any employee or agent, of the Managing Member, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or is or was an officer, manager or director (or equivalent) or, at the discretion of the Managing Member, any employee or agent, of the Managing Member, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries serving at the request of the Managing Member or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as an officer, manager or director (or equivalent) or, at the discretion of the Managing Member, any employee or agent, of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other entity or which relates to or arises out of the property, business or affairs of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such Action is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, manager, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as an officer, manager, director, employee or agent, shall be indemnified by the Company against all expense, Liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith (“Indemnifiable Losses”); provided, however, that, such Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification if such Indemnitee’s conduct constituted fraud or a knowing violation of Law; provided, further, however, except as provided in Section 7.4(d) with respect to Actions to enforce rights to indemnification, the Company shall indemnify any such Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 7.4 in connection with an Action (or part thereof but excluding any compulsory counterclaim) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Action (or part thereof but excluding any compulsory counterclaim) was authorized by the Board.
- 45 -
(b) Right to Advancement of Expenses. The right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.4(a) shall include the right to advancement by the Company of any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in participating in or defending any such Action in advance of its final disposition (an “Advancement of Expenses”); provided, however, that an Advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee shall be made pursuant to this Section 7.4(b) only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking (an “Undertaking”), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay, without interest, all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “Final Adjudication”) that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 7.4(b). An Indemnitee’s right to an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Section 7.4(b) is not subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct and is not conditioned upon any prior determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under Section 7.4(a) with respect to the related Action or the absence of any prior determination to the contrary.
(c) Contract Rights. The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in Sections 7.4(a) and (b) shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, manager, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, estate, executors, administrators and legal representatives.
(d) Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Sections 7.4(a) or (b) is not paid in full by the Company within sixty (60) calendar days after a written claim has been received by the Company, except in the case of a claim for an Advancement of Expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) calendar days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification under this LLC Agreement (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Company shall be entitled to recover such expenses, without interest, upon a Final Adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Act. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Managing Member or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Act, nor an actual determination by the Company (including the Managing Member or independent legal counsel) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by an Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an Advancement of Expenses under this LLC Agreement, or brought by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses under this LLC Agreement pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such Advancement of Expenses, shall be on the Company.
- 46 -
(e) Appearance as a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7.4, the Company shall pay or reimburse out of pocket expenses incurred by any Person entitled to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 7.4 in connection with such Person’s appearance as a witness or other participation in an Action at a time when such Person is not a named defendant or respondent in the Action.
(f) Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Section 7.4 shall not be exclusive of any other right which a Person may have or hereafter acquire under any Law, this LLC Agreement, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Section 7.4 shall limit or otherwise affect any such other right or the Company’s power to confer any such other right.
(g) No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Section 7.4 to make any payment to an Indemnitee in respect of any Indemnifiable Losses to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (net of any expenses incurred in connection therewith and any repayment by the Indemnitee made with respect thereto) under any insurance policy or from any other source in respect of such Indemnifiable Losses.
(h) Maintenance of Insurance. The Company or PubCo shall maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance from a financially sound and reputable insurer (at a minimum, in such amounts as are standard in the industry) to protect directors and officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries against Indemnifiable Losses of such Indemnitee, whether or not the Company has the authority to indemnify such Indemnitee against such Indemnifiable Losses under this Section 7.4, in each case to the extent available under the directors’ and officers’ insurance policy of PubCo.
Section 7.5 Resignation or Termination of Managing Member. PubCo shall not, by any means, resign as, cease to be or be replaced as Managing Member except in compliance with this Section 7.5. No termination or replacement of PubCo as Managing Member shall be effective unless proper provision is made, in compliance with this LLC Agreement, so that the obligations of PubCo, its successor by merger (if applicable) and any new Managing Member and the rights of all Members under this LLC Agreement and applicable Law remain in full force and effect. No appointment of a Person other than PubCo (or its successor by merger, as applicable) as Managing Member shall be effective unless (a) the new Managing Member executes a joinder to this LLC Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions in this LLC Agreement, and (b) PubCo (or its successor by merger, as applicable) and the new Managing Member (as applicable) provide all other Members with contractual rights, directly enforceable by such other Members against PubCo (or its successor by merger, as applicable) and the new Managing Member (as applicable), to cause (i) PubCo to comply with all PubCo’s obligations under this LLC Agreement (including its obligations under Section 4.6) other than those that must necessarily be taken solely in its capacity as Managing Member and (ii) the new Managing Member to comply with all the Managing Member’s obligations under this LLC Agreement.
- 47 -
Section 7.6 Reclassification Events of PubCo. If a Reclassification Event occurs, the Managing Member or its successor as a result of such Reclassification Event, as the case may be, shall, as and to the extent necessary, amend this LLC Agreement in compliance with Section 12.1, and enter into any necessary supplementary or additional agreements, to ensure that, following the effective date of the Reclassification Event: (a) the exchange rights of holders of Units set forth in Section 4.6 provide that each Common Unit (together with the surrender and delivery of one (1) share of Class V Common Stock) is exchangeable for the same amount and same type of property, securities or cash (or combination thereof) that one (1) share of Class A Common Stock becomes exchangeable for or converted into as a result of the Reclassification Event and (b) PubCo or the successor to PubCo as a result of such Reclassification Event, as applicable, is obligated to deliver such property, securities or cash upon such exchange. PubCo shall not consummate or agree to consummate any Reclassification Event unless the successor Person as a result of such Reclassification Event, if any, becomes obligated to comply with the obligations of PubCo (in whatever capacity) under this LLC Agreement.
Section 7.7 Transactions between Company and Managing Member. The Managing Member may cause the Company to contract and deal with the Managing Member, or any Affiliate of the Managing Member; provided such contracts and dealings (other than contracts and dealings between the Company and its Subsidiaries) are on terms comparable to and competitive with those available to the Company from others dealing at arm’s length or are approved by the Members or are otherwise approved by the Disinterested Majority.
Section 7.8 Certain Costs and Expenses. The Managing Member shall not be compensated for its services as Managing Member of the Company. The Company shall (a) pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Company (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals and the compensation of all personnel providing services to the Company) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Company and (b) upon the good faith determination of the Managing Member, reimburse the Managing Member for any costs, fees or expenses incurred by it in connection with serving as the Managing Member. To the extent that the Managing Member determines in good faith that such expenses are related to the business and affairs of the Managing Member that are conducted through the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (including expenses that relate to the business and affairs of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries and that also relate to other activities of the Managing Member), the Managing Member may cause the Company to pay or bear such expenses of the Managing Member, including costs of securities offerings not borne directly by Members, board of directors compensation and meeting costs, costs of periodic reports to its stockholders, litigation costs and damages arising from litigation, accounting and legal costs; provided that the Company shall not pay or bear any income tax obligations owed by PubCo or the cost of any Tax Benefit Payment (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) or any amounts owed by PubCo under the Tax Receivable Agreement; provided, further, that in the event any cost or expense incurred by the Managing Member is paid by the Managing Member from the gross proceeds received by PubCo in connection with an offering, issuance, exercise or conversion of Equity Securities or Debt Securities and only the net amount of such proceeds is contributed to the Company, such costs or expenses shall not be reimbursed under this Section 7.8.
- 48 -
ARTICLE
VIII
ROLE OF MEMBERS
Section 8.1 Rights or Powers. Other than the Managing Member, the Members, acting in their capacity as Members, shall not have any right or power to take part in the operation, management or control of the Company or its business and affairs, transact any business in the Company’s name or to act for or bind the Company in any way and shall not have any voting rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Members have all the rights and powers set forth in this LLC Agreement and, to the extent not inconsistent with this LLC Agreement, in the Act. Any Member, its Affiliates and its and their employees, managers, owners, agents, directors and officers may also be an employee or be retained as an agent of the Company. Nothing in this Article VIII shall in any way limit any Member’s rights pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Section 8.2 Various Capacities. The Members acknowledge and agree that the Members or their Affiliates will from time to time act in various capacities, including as a Member or, in the case of PubCo, the Managing Member or the Company Representative, or, in the case of Insight or an Affiliate thereof, the Continuing Member Representative.
Section 8.3 Investment Opportunities.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to (a) any Member (other than PubCo in its capacity as the Managing Member, the Managing Member (if not PubCo) and Members who are officers or employees of the Company, PubCo or any of their respective Subsidiaries, in which case solely acting in their capacity as such), (b) any of their respective Affiliates (other than the Company, the Managing Member or any of their respective Subsidiaries), (c) the Sponsor (or any of its members or Affiliates), each Continuing Member or any of its respective Affiliates (including its respective investors and equityholders and any associated Persons or investment funds or any of their respective portfolio companies or investments) or (d) any of the respective officers, managers, directors, agents, shareholders, members, and partners of any of the foregoing, including any such Person acting as a director of PubCo at the request of such Member (each, a “Business Opportunities Exempt Party”). The Company and each of the Members, on its own behalf and on behalf of their respective Affiliates and equityholders, hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to any Business Opportunities Exempt Party and irrevocably waives any right to require any Business Opportunity Exempt Party to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 8.3. No Business Opportunities Exempt Party who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for PubCo, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates or equityholders shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Company and none of PubCo, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates or equityholders will acquire or be entitled to any interest or participation in any such transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter or opportunity as a result of participation therein by a Business Opportunity Exempt Party. This Section 8.3 shall not apply to, and no interest or expectancy of the Company is renounced with respect to, any opportunity offered to any director of PubCo if such opportunity is expressly offered or presented to, or acquired or developed by, such Person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company.
- 49 -
(b) In furtherance of the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, neither Insight, CC Capital, NBOKS nor any of their respective Affiliates (other than PubCo) (or any partner, officer, employee, investor, or other representative of any of the foregoing Persons) (collectively, the “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or any other Person for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by any Covered Person in any entity competitive with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) actions taken by any Covered Person to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company or its Subsidiaries; provided that such Covered Person complies with any fiduciary relationship or duties owed to PubCo, the Company or its Subsidiaries in such Covered Person’s capacity as an officer or director of PubCo, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Continuing Member Representative or any Affiliate thereof (or any partner, officer, employee, investor, or other representative of any of the foregoing Persons) will be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship or duties to the other Continuing Members by virtue of its ownership of Units.
(c) No amendment or repeal of this Section 8.3 shall apply to or have any effect on the Liability or alleged Liability of any Business Opportunities Exempt Party or any Covered Person for or with respect to any opportunities of which any such Person becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any Units shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 8.3. Neither the amendment or repeal of this Section 8.3, nor the adoption of any provision of this LLC Agreement inconsistent with this Section 8.3, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Section 8.3 in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of Action that, but for this Section 8.3, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption. No action or inaction taken by any Business Opportunities Exempt Party or any Covered Person in a manner consistent with this Section 8.3 shall be deemed to be a violation of any fiduciary or other duty owed to any Person.
ARTICLE
IX
TRANSFERS OF UNITS
Section 9.1 Restrictions on Transfer.
(a) No Member shall Transfer all or any portion of its Units, except Transfers made in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.1(b). If, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9.1(a), all or any portion of a Member’s Units are Transferred by such Member in violation of this Section 9.1(a), involuntarily, by operation of Law or otherwise, then without limiting any other rights and remedies available to the other Parties under this LLC Agreement, the Transferee of such Units (or portion thereof) shall not be admitted to the Company as a Member nor be entitled to any rights as a Member under this LLC Agreement, and the Transferor will continue to be bound by all obligations under this LLC Agreement. Any attempted or purported Transfer of all or a portion of a Member’s Units in violation of this Section 9.1(a) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, be null and void and of no force or effect whatsoever. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, (i) no shares of Class V Common Stock may be Transferred by a Member unless an equal number of Common Units are Transferred therewith in accordance with this LLC Agreement (including in respect of those Transfers permitted by Section 9.1(b)), and (ii) no Common Units may be Transferred by a Member holding Class V Common Stock unless an equal number of shares of Class V Common Stock are Transferred therewith in accordance with this LLC Agreement (including in respect of those Transfers permitted by Section 9.1(b)).
- 50 -
(b) The restrictions contained in Section 9.1(a) shall not apply to any Transfer (each, a “Permitted Transfer”): (i) in connection with an “Exchange” made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.6, (ii) by a Member to PubCo or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, or (iii) by a Member to any of such Member’s Permitted Transferees; provided, however, if a Transfer pursuant to clause (iii) would result in a Change of Control, such Member must provide the Managing Member with written notice of such Transfer at least sixty (60) calendar days prior to the consummation of such Transfer; provided further, that the restrictions contained in this LLC Agreement will continue to apply to Units after any Permitted Transfer of such Units, and the Transferees of the Units so Transferred shall agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of this LLC Agreement. In the case of a Permitted Transfer of any Common Units by a Continuing Member, such Transferring Member shall be required to Transfer an equal number of shares of Class V Common Stock corresponding to the number of such Member’s Common Units that were Transferred in the transaction to such Transferee. All Permitted Transfers are subject to the additional limitations set forth in Section 9.1(c).
(c) In addition to any other restrictions on Transfer contained in this Article IX, in no event may any Transfer or assignment of Units by any Member be made (i) to any Person who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own Units; (ii) if such Transfer would (A) be considered to be effected on or through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof” as such terms are used in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1, (B) result in the Company having more than 100 partners, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)), (C) cause the Company to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code or to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation pursuant to the Code, or (D) cause the Company to have a withholding obligation under Section 1446(f) of the Code; (iii) if such Transfer would cause the Company to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code); (iv) if such Transfer would, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, cause any portion of the assets of the Company to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to the Plan Asset Regulations or otherwise cause the Company to be subject to regulation under ERISA; (v) if such Transfer requires the registration of any equity securities issued upon any exchange of such Units, pursuant to any applicable U.S. federal or state securities Laws, and no registration statement covering such securities is then in effect; or (vi) if such Transfer subjects the Company to regulation under the Investment Company Act or the Investment Advisors Act of 1940. Any attempted or purported Transfer of all or a portion of a Member’s Units in violation of this Section 9.1(c) shall be null and void and of no force or effect whatsoever.
- 51 -
Section 9.2 Notice of Transfer. Other than in connection with Transfers made pursuant to Section 4.6, each Member shall, after complying with the provisions of this LLC Agreement, but prior to any Transfer of Units, give written notice to the Company and the other Members of such proposed Transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the Transfer and include a representation from the Transferring Member that such Transfer was made in accordance with applicable securities Laws.
Section 9.3 Transferee Members. A Transferee of Units pursuant to this Article IX shall have the right to become a Member only if (a) the requirements of this Article IX are met, (b) such Transferee executes a joinder in the form attached to this LLC Agreement as Exhibit D, and (c) if such Transferee or his or her spouse is a resident of a community property jurisdiction, then such Transferee’s spouse shall also execute an instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member agreeing to be bound by the terms and provisions of this LLC Agreement to the extent of his or her community property or quasi-community property interest, if any, in such Member’s Units. Unless agreed to in writing by the Managing Member, the admission of a Member shall not result in the release of the Transferor from any Liability as of the date of transfer that the Transferor may have to each remaining Member or to the Company under this LLC Agreement or any other contract between the Managing Member, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and such Transferor, on the other hand. Written notice of the admission of a Member shall be sent promptly by the Company to each remaining Member.
Section 9.4 Legend. Each certificate representing a Unit, if any, will be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.
THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SUCH ACT.
THE TRANSFER AND VOTING OF THESE SECURITIES IS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF E2OPEN HOLDINGS, LLC, DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 4, 2021, AMONG THE MEMBERS LISTED THEREIN, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED AND/OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH AGREEMENT (COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AND SHALL BE PROVIDED FREE OF CHARGE TO ANY MEMBER MAKING A REQUEST THEREFOR), AND NO TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES WILL BE VALID OR EFFECTIVE UNTIL SUCH CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN FULFILLED.”
- 52 -
ARTICLE
X
ACCOUNTING
Section 10.1 Books of Account. The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, maintain true books and records of account in which complete and correct entries shall be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and shall set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under GAAP.
Section 10.2 Tax Elections. The Company Representative shall cause the Company and any eligible Subsidiary to make an election (or continue a previously made election) pursuant to Section 754 of the Code (and any analogous provision of any applicable state, local or non-U.S. Law) for the Taxable Year that includes the date hereof and for each Taxable Year in which an Exchange occurs, and shall not thereafter revoke any such election. In addition, the Company shall make the following elections on the appropriate forms or tax returns:
(i) to adopt the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
(ii) to elect to amortize the organizational expenses of the Company as permitted by Section 709(b) of the Code; and
(iii) except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement, any other election the Company Representative may deem appropriate and in the best interests of the Company.
Section 10.3 Tax Returns; Information.
(a) The Company Representative shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all income and other tax and informational returns of the Company. The Company shall prepare and deliver (or cause to be prepared and delivered) to each Person who was a Member at any time during the relevant quarter of the relevant Taxable Year an estimated K-1, including reasonable quarterly estimates of such Member’s state tax apportionment information and the allocations to such Member of taxable income, gains, losses, deductions or credits for such Taxable Year for U.S. federal, and applicable state and local, income tax reporting purposes at least fifteen (15) days prior to the individual or corporate quarterly estimate payment deadline for U.S. federal income taxes for calendar year filers (whichever is earlier). As promptly as reasonably practicable following the end of each Taxable Year, the Company shall prepare and deliver (or cause to be prepared and delivered) to each Person who was a Member at any time during such Taxable Year (i) an estimated IRS Schedule K-1 (and any similar form prescribed for applicable state and local income tax purposes) or similar documents with such information of the Company and all relevant information regarding the Company reasonably necessary for the Members to estimate their taxable income for such Taxable Year, and (ii) in no event later than forty-five (45) days prior to the individual or corporate filing deadline (with extensions) for U.S. federal income taxes for calendar year filers (whichever is earlier), a final IRS Schedule K-1 (and any similar form prescribed for applicable state and local income tax purposes) and all relevant information regarding the Company reasonably necessary for the Members to file their tax returns on a timely basis (including extensions) for such Taxable Year. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to each Member and former Member, as soon as reasonably practicable after an applicable request, all information relating to the Company and in the Company’s possession reasonably requested by such Member and that is reasonably necessary for such Member to prepare and file its own tax returns and pay its own taxes or make distributions to its members in order for them to pay their taxes (including copies of the Company’s federal, state and local income tax returns). Each Member and former Member shall furnish to the Company all pertinent information in its possession that is reasonably necessary to enable the Company’s tax returns to be prepared and filed. Each Member further agrees (including with respect to the Taxable Year that such Member becomes a former Member) that such Member shall notify the Company and consult with the Company regarding a position on its tax return in the event such Member intends to file its tax returns in a manner that is inconsistent with the Schedule K-1 or other statements furnished by the Company to such Member for purposes of preparing tax returns.
- 53 -
(b) In addition to each Member’s rights to information pursuant to and in accordance with Section 18-305 of the Act, each Member shall be entitled to examine, either directly or through its representatives, the books and records of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at the principal office of the Company or such other location as the Managing Member shall reasonably approve during normal business hours for any purpose reasonably related to such Member’s interest as a Member of the Company with the information to which such Member shall be entitled about the Company or any of its Subsidiaries being the same information to which a stockholder of a Delaware corporation would have with respect to such corporation; provided that, in any event, the Managing Member has a right to keep confidential from the Members certain information in accordance with Section 18-305 of the Act.
Section 10.4 Company Representative.
(a) PubCo is hereby designated as the Company Representative. In addition, PubCo is hereby authorized to designate or remove any other Person selected by PubCo as the Company Representative; provided that all actions taken by the Company Representative pursuant to this Section 10.4 shall be subject to the overall oversight and authority of the Board. For each Taxable Year in which the Company Representative is an entity, the Company shall appoint the “designated individual” identified by the Company Representative and approved by the Board to act on its behalf in accordance with the applicable Treasury Regulations or analogous provisions of state or local Law. Each Member hereby expressly consents to such designations and agrees to take, and that the Managing Member is authorized to take (or cause the Company to take), such other actions as may be necessary or advisable pursuant to Treasury Regulations or other Internal Revenue Service or Treasury guidance or state or local Law to cause such designations or evidence such Member’s consent to such designations, including removing any Person designated as the Company Representative (including any “designated individual”) prior to the date of this LLC Agreement.
(b) Subject to this Section 10.4, the Company Representative shall have the sole authority to act on behalf of the Company in connection with, make all relevant decisions regarding application of, and to exercise the rights and powers provided for in the BBA Rules, including making any elections under the BBA Rules or any decisions to settle, compromise, challenge, litigate or otherwise alter the defense of any Action, audit or examination before the Internal Revenue Service or any other tax authority (each an “Audit”), and to reasonably expend Company funds for professional services and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.4(d), the Company Representative will have sole discretion to determine whether the Company (either on its own behalf or on behalf of the Members) will contest or continue to contest any tax deficiencies assessed or proposed to be assessed by any tax authority.
- 54 -
(c) The Company Representative is authorized, to the extent permissible under applicable Law, to cause the Company to pay any imputed underpayment of taxes and any related interest, penalties and additions to tax determined in accordance with Code Section 6225 that may from time to time be required to be made under Code Section 6232 and to pay any similar amounts arising under state, local, or foreign tax Laws (together, “Imputed Tax Underpayments”). Imputed Tax Underpayments also shall include any imputed underpayment within the meaning of Code Section 6225 (any similar amounts arising under state, local, or foreign tax Laws) paid (or payable) by any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes in which the Company holds (or has held) a direct or indirect interest other than through entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent that the Company bears the economic burden of such amounts, whether by Law or contract. To the extent permissible under applicable Law, the Company Representative may cause the Company to allocate the amount of any Imputed Tax Underpayment among the Members (including any former Members) in an equitable manner, taking into account, among other factors, the magnitude of the Imputed Tax Underpayment, the nature of the tax items that are the subject of the adjustment giving rise to the Imputed Tax Underpayment, the classification of the Members for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the Persons who received (and the proportions in which they received) the benefits of the activities that gave rise to that Imputed Tax Underpayment. To the extent that the Company Representative elects to cause the Company to pay an Imputed Tax Underpayment, the Company Representative shall use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue available procedures under applicable Law to reduce such Imputed Tax Underpayment on account of its Members’ (or any of the Members’ direct or indirect beneficial owners’) tax status, with any corresponding reduction being credited to the applicable Member for purposes of allocating such Imputed Tax Underpayment among the relevant Members or former Members to the extent relevant.
(d) Without limiting the foregoing, the Company Representative shall give prompt written notice to the Continuing Member Representative of the commencement of any income tax Audit of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Continuing Members (or their owners), other than any Audit that is the subject of Section 10.1(i) of the Business Combination Agreement to the extent that such Audit is governed by such provisions of the Business Combination Agreement (any such Audit that is not the subject of Section 10.1(i) of the Business Combination Agreement, a “Specified Audit”). The Company Representative shall (i) keep the Continuing Member Representative reasonably informed of the material developments and status of any such Specified Audit and (ii) promptly notify the Continuing Member Representative of receipt of a notice of a final partnership adjustment (or equivalent under applicable Laws) or a final decision of a court or IRS Appeals panel (or equivalent body under applicable Laws) with respect to such Specified Audit. The obligations of the Company and the Company Representative under this Section 10.4(d) with respect to any Specified Audit affecting Continuing Members as a result of their prior ownership of Units shall continue after the Continuing Members Transfer any or all of such Units.
- 55 -
(e) If the Company Representative causes the Company to make a Push-Out Election, each Member who was a Member of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the “reviewed year” (within the meaning of Code Section 6225(d)(1) or similar concept under applicable state, local, or non-U.S. Law), shall take any adjustment to income, gain, loss, deduction, credit or otherwise (as determined in the notice of final partnership adjustment or similar concept under applicable state, local, or non-U.S. Law) into account as provided for in Code Section 6226(b) (or similar concept under applicable state, local, or non-U.S. Law).
(f) Promptly following the written request of the Company Representative, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, reimburse and indemnify the Company Representative (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any “designated individual”) for all reasonable expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees, claims, liabilities, losses and damages incurred by the Company Representative in connection with the exercise of its rights and fulfillment of its duties under this Section 10.4. Nothing in this LLC Agreement will be construed to restrict the Company or the Company Representative from engaging an accounting firm or legal counsel to assist the Company Representative in discharging its duties under this LLC Agreement.
(g) Each Member agrees to cooperate in good faith with the Company Representative and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably requested by the Company Representative with respect to this Section 10.4, including timely providing any information reasonably necessary or advisable for the Company Representative to comply with its obligations under Section 10.4(c), that is or are reasonably necessary or advisable to reduce the amount of any tax, interest, penalties or similar amounts the cost of which is (or would otherwise be) borne by the Company (directly or indirectly) or to make any election permitted by this LLC Agreement and the Code or other relevant tax Law unless such Member is restricted from providing such information under any applicable Law or contract. Each Member acknowledges that any action taken by the Company Representative in its capacity as such may be binding upon such Members and that such Member shall not independently act with respect to Audits affecting the Company or its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this LLC Agreement, no provision of this LLC Agreement shall require, or give any Person the right to require, PubCo or the Continuing Members to file any amended tax return.
(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this LLC Agreement, in the event of any conflict between Section 10.1 of the Business Combination Agreement and this LLC Agreement, Section 10.1 of the Business Combination Agreement shall control. The Company, the Company Representative, the Managing Member, and the Members hereby acknowledge and agree to the foregoing sentence and expressly agree to be bound by the terms of Section 10.1 of the Business Combination Agreement, including that with respect to any Audit of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any taxable period ending before or including the date of the Effective Time and for which a Push-Out Election is available, all such available elections shall be made in accordance with applicable Laws.
(i) This Section 10.4 shall be interpreted to apply to Members and former Members and shall survive the Transfer of a Member’s Units and the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company and, for this purpose to the extent not prohibited by applicable Law, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence.
- 56 -
Section 10.5 Withholding Tax Payments and Obligations.
(a) If the Company or any other Person in which the Company holds an interest is required by Law to withhold or to make tax payments on behalf of or with respect to any Member, or the Company is subjected to tax itself (including any amounts withheld from amounts directly or indirectly payable to the Company or to any other Person in which the Company holds an interest) by reason of the status of any Member as such or that is specifically attributable to a Member (including federal, state, local or foreign withholding, personal property, unincorporated business or other taxes, the amount of any Imputed Tax Underpayments allocated to a Member in accordance with Section 10.4, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, and expenses related to any such amounts) (“Tax Advances”), the Managing Member may cause the Company to withhold such amounts and cause the Company to make such tax payments as so required, and each Member hereby authorizes the Company to do so; provided, the Company and Managing Member shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate in good faith with the Continuing Member Representative to minimize, to the extent permissible under applicable Law, the amount of any such withholding which relates to any Continuing Member. All Tax Advances made on behalf of a Member shall be repaid by reducing the amount of the current or next succeeding Tax Distribution or Tax Distributions and, if applicable, the proceeds of liquidation that would otherwise have been made to such Member under this LLC Agreement; provided, that if a Tax Advance is made on behalf of a former Member, then such former Member shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company for the entire amount of such Tax Advance. For all purposes of this LLC Agreement, such Member shall be treated as having received the amount of the distribution, if applicable, that is equal to the Tax Advance at the time of such Tax Advance and (if applicable) as having paid such Tax Advance to the relevant taxing jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the aggregate amount of Tax Advances for any period made on behalf of a Member exceeds the actual Tax Distributions that would have otherwise been made to such Member during the fifteen (15) months following such Tax Advances, then such Member shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company for the entire amount of such excess (which has not offset Tax Distributions pursuant to this Section 10.5); provided, that such indemnification obligation shall be the several obligation of such Member and shall not be treated as Capital Contributions. For the avoidance of doubt, any income taxes, penalties, additions to tax and interest payable by the Company or any fiscally transparent entity in which the Company owns an interest shall be treated as specifically attributable to the Members and shall be allocated among the Members such that the burden of (or any diminution in distributable proceeds resulting from) any such amounts is borne by those Members to whom such amounts are specifically attributable (whether as a result of their status, actions, inactions or otherwise, including pursuant to an allocation made under Section 10.4(c)), in each case as reasonably determined by the Company Representative.
(b) This Section 10.5 shall be interpreted to apply to Members and former Members and shall survive the Transfer of a Member’s Units and the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company and, for this purpose, to the extent not prohibited by applicable Law, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence.
- 57 -
ARTICLE
XI
DISSOLUTION
Section 11.1 Liquidating Events. The Company shall dissolve and commence winding up and liquidating upon the first to occur of the following (each, a “Liquidating Event”):
(a) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;
(b) the determination of the Managing Member, with the consent of the Continuing Member Representative for so long as the Continuing Members hold Common Units;
(c) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining Member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining Member in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this LLC Agreement or the Act; and
(d) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.
The Members hereby agree that the Company shall not dissolve prior to the occurrence of a Liquidating Event. In the event of a dissolution pursuant to Section 11.1, the relative economic rights of each class of Units immediately prior to such dissolution shall be preserved to the greatest extent practicable with respect to distributions made to Members pursuant to Section 11.3 in connection with such dissolution, taking into consideration tax and other legal constraints that may adversely affect one or more Members and subject to compliance with applicable Laws, unless, with respect to any class of Units, (x) for so long as the Continuing Members hold Common Units, the Continuing Member Representative and (y) holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Units of such class consent in writing to a treatment other than as described above; provided that unless and until a Vesting Event has occurred with respect to the Restricted Common Units (including a Vesting Event as a result of such Liquidating Event), and in which case the Restricted Common Units shall not have any economic rights under this LLC Agreement.
Section 11.2 Bankruptcy. For purposes of this LLC Agreement, the “bankruptcy” of a Member shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (a) (i) any Governmental Entity shall take possession of any substantial part of the property of that Member or shall assume control over the affairs or operations thereof, or (ii) a receiver or trustee shall be appointed, or a writ, order, attachment or garnishment shall be issued with respect to any substantial part thereof, and such possession, assumption of control, appointment, writ or order shall continue for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days, (b) a Member shall (i) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts when due, or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) apply for or consent to the appointment of any receiver, trustee or similar officer or for all or any substantial part of its property or (iii) institute (by petition, application, answer, consent or otherwise) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debts, dissolution, liquidation, or similar proceeding under the Laws of any jurisdiction or (c) a receiver, trustee or similar officer shall be appointed for such Member or with respect to all or any substantial part of its property without the application or consent of that Member, and such appointment shall continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days or any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar proceedings shall be instituted (by petition, application or otherwise) against that Member and shall remain undismissed for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days.
- 58 -
Section 11.3 Procedure.
(a) In the event of the dissolution of the Company for any reason, the Managing Member (or in the event that there is no Managing Member or the Managing Member is in bankruptcy, any Person selected by the majority of Members holding Common Units) shall commence to wind up the affairs of the Company and, subject to Section 11.4(a), the Managing Member shall have full right to determine in good faith the time, manner and terms of any sale or sales of the property or other assets pursuant to such liquidation, having due regard to the activity and condition of the relevant market and general financial and economic conditions. The Members shall continue to share Profits and Losses during the period of liquidation in the same manner and proportion as immediately prior to the Liquidating Event. The Company shall engage in no further business except as may be necessary to preserve the value of the Company’s assets during the period of dissolution and liquidation.
(b) Following the allocation of all Profits and Losses as provided in Article V, the net proceeds of the liquidation and any other funds of the Company shall be distributed in the following order of priority:
(i) First, to the payment and discharge of all expenses of liquidation and discharge of all of the Company’s Liabilities to creditors (whether third parties or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Members), in the order of priority as provided by Law, except any obligations to the Members in respect of their Capital Accounts or liabilities under 18-601 or 18-604 of the Act;
(ii) Second, to set up such cash reserves which the Managing Member reasonably deems necessary for contingent, conditional or unmatured Liabilities or future payments described in this Section 11.3(b) (which reserves when they become unnecessary shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of clause (iii), below); and
(iii) Third, the balance to the Members in accordance with Section 6.1(a).
(c) Except as provided in Section 11.4(b), no Member shall have any right to demand or receive property other than cash upon dissolution and termination of the Company.
(d) Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Company and the distribution of all Company funds, the Company shall terminate and the Managing Member shall have the authority to execute and record a certificate of cancellation of the Company, as well as any and all other documents required to effectuate the dissolution and termination of the Company.
(e) Prior to the distribution of the proceeds of the liquidation and any other funds of the Company in liquidation, a proper accounting shall be made from the date of the last previous accounting to the date of dissolution, and a final allocation of all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit in accordance with Article V shall be made in such a manner that, immediately before distribution of assets pursuant to Section 11.3(b)(iii), the positive balance of the Capital Account of each Member shall, to the greatest extent possible, be equal to the net amount that would so be distributed to such Member (and any non-cash assets to be distributed will first be written up or down to their Fair Market Value, thus creating hypothetical gain or loss (if any), which resulting hypothetical gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members’ Capital Accounts in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b) and other applicable provisions of the Code and this LLC Agreement).
- 59 -
Section 11.4 Rights of Members.
(a) Each Member irrevocably waives any right that it may have to maintain an action for partition with respect to the property of the Company.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement, (i) each Member shall look solely to the assets of the Company for the return of its Capital Contributions, and (ii) no Member shall have priority over any other Member as to the return of its Capital Contributions, distributions or allocations, except with respect to the Distribution Catch-Up Payment as provided in Section 6.1(a). The right to a return of Capital Contributions shall be solely to the extent set forth in this LLC Agreement.
Section 11.5 Notices of Dissolution. In the event a Liquidating Event occurs, the Company shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, (a) provide written notice thereof to each of the Members and to all other parties with whom the Company regularly conducts business (as reasonably determined by the Managing Member), and (b) comply, in a timely manner, with all filing and notice requirements under the Act or any other applicable Law.
Section 11.6 Reasonable Time for Winding Up. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets in order to minimize any losses that might otherwise result from such winding up.
Section 11.7 No Deficit Restoration. No Member shall be personally liable for a deficit Capital Account balance of that Member, it being expressly understood that the distribution of liquidation proceeds shall be made solely from existing Company assets.
ARTICLE
XII
GENERAL
Section 12.1 Amendments; Waivers.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement, the terms and provisions of this LLC Agreement may be altered, modified or amended (including by means of merger, consolidation or other business combination to which the Company is a party) only with the approval of the Managing Member; provided, that no alteration, modification or amendment shall be effective until written notice has been provided to the Members, and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Member, shall have the right to file an Exchange Notice prior to the effectiveness of such alteration, modification or amendment with respect to all of such Member’s remaining Common Units; provided, further, that no amendment to this LLC Agreement may (w) disproportionately and adversely affect a Member or remove a right or privilege granted to a Member, without such Member’s prior written consent (provided that the creation or issuance of any new Unit or Equity Security of the Company permitted pursuant to Section 4.1 and Section 4.3 and any amendments or modifications to this LLC Agreement to the extent necessary to reflect such creation or issuance shall not be deemed to disproportionately and adversely affect a Member or remove a right or privilege specifically granted to a Member in any event); or (x) modify the limited liability of any Member, or increase the Liabilities of any Member, in each case, without the prior written consent of each such affected Member; or (y) alter or change any rights, preferences or privileges of any Units in a manner that is different or prejudicial relative to any other Units in the same class of Units, without the prior written consent of each such affected Member; or (z) modify the requirement that any action, election, decision or determination that is required to be approved or made by the Disinterested Majority (including in respect of Section 4.6) be so approved or made by the Disinterested Majority, without the prior written approval of the Disinterested Majority serving on the Board at such time as such modification is proposed to be made.
- 60 -
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (a), the Managing Member, acting alone, may amend this LLC Agreement, including Exhibit A, (i) to reflect the admission of new Members, Transfers of Units, the issuance of additional Units, in each case in accordance with the terms of this LLC Agreement, and, subject to Section 12.1(a), subdivisions or combinations of Units made in accordance with Section 4.1(h) and (ii) as necessary, and solely to the extent necessary, based on the reasonable written advice of legal counsel or a qualified tax advisor (including any nationally recognized accounting firm) to the Company, to avoid the Company being classified as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704(b) of the Code.
(c) No waiver of any provision or default under, nor consent to any exception to, the terms of this LLC Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the Party to be bound and then only to the specific purpose, extent and instance so provided.
Section 12.2 Further Assurances. Each Party agrees that it will from time to time, upon the reasonable request of another Party, execute such documents and instruments and take such further action as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions of this LLC Agreement. The consummation of Transfers, Exchanges and issuances of Equity Securities pursuant to this LLC Agreement shall be subject to, and conditioned on, the completion of any required regulatory filings with any applicable Governmental Entity (or the termination or expiration of any waiting period in connection therewith), including the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period, if any, under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, to the extent required in connection with such Transfer, Exchange or issuance. The Members shall reasonably cooperate in connection with any such filing.
Section 12.3 Successors and Assigns. All of the terms and provisions of this LLC Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and assigns, but shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the successors and assigns of any Member only to the extent that they are permitted successors and assigns pursuant to the terms of this LLC Agreement. No Party may assign its rights under this LLC Agreement except as permitted pursuant to this LLC Agreement, including assignment of such rights to a Permitted Transferee and a Transferee of Units pursuant to and in accordance with Section 9.3.
Section 12.4 Entire Agreement. This LLC Agreement, together with all Exhibits and Schedules to this LLC Agreement, the Business Combination Agreement, the Investor Rights Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement and all other Ancillary Agreements (as such term is defined in the Business Combination Agreement), constitute the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings and discussions, whether oral or written, relating to such subject matter in any way and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements between the Parties in connection with such subject matter except as set forth in this LLC Agreement and therein.
- 61 -
Section 12.5 Rights of Members Independent. The rights available to the Members under this LLC Agreement and at Law shall be deemed to be several and not dependent on each other and each such right accordingly shall be construed as complete in itself and not by reference to any other such right. Any one or more and/or any combination of such rights may be exercised by a Member and/or the Company from time to time and no such exercise shall exhaust the rights or preclude another Member from exercising any one or more of such rights or combination thereof from time to time thereafter or simultaneously.
Section 12.6 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction. The Law of the State of Delaware shall govern (a) all Actions, claims or matters related to or arising from this LLC Agreement (including any tort or non-contractual claims) and (b) any questions concerning the construction, interpretation, validity and enforceability of this LLC Agreement, and the performance of the obligations imposed by this LLC Agreement, in each case without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. EACH PARTY TO THIS LLC AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS LLC AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS LLC AGREEMENT AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES UNDER THIS LLC AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. Each of the Parties submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of first, the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or if such court declines jurisdiction, then to the Federal District Court for the District of Delaware, in any Action arising out of or relating to this LLC Agreement, agrees that all claims in respect of the Action shall be heard and determined in any such court and agrees not to bring any Action arising out of or relating to this LLC Agreement in any other courts. Nothing in this Section 12.6, however, shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law or at equity. Each Party agrees that a final judgment in any Action so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law or at equity.
Section 12.7 Headings. The descriptive headings of the Articles, Sections and clauses of this LLC Agreement are for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this LLC Agreement.
Section 12.8 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This LLC Agreement and any amendment hereto or any other agreements delivered pursuant to this LLC Agreement may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts and by fax, email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. No Party shall raise the use of a fax machine or email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a fax machine or email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each Party forever waives any such defense.
- 62 -
Section 12.9 Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under this LLC Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered (or, if delivery is refused, upon presentment) or received by email (with confirmation of transmission) prior to 5:00 p.m. eastern time on a Business Day and, if otherwise, on the next Business Day, (b) one (1) Business Day following sending by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid) or (c) three (3) calendar days following mailing by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Unless another address is specified in writing pursuant to the provisions of this Section 12.9, notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the addresses indicated below:
If to the Company or the Managing Member:
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc.
c/o E2open, LLC
9600 Great Hills Trail, Suite 300E
Austin, TX 78759
Attention: | Michael Farlekas |
Laura Fese
Email: | Michael.Farlekas@e2open.com |
Laura.Fese@e2open.com
and
E2open Holdings, LLC
c/o E2open, LLC
9600 Great Hills Trail, Suite 300E
Austin, TX 78759
Attention: | Michael Farlekas |
Laura Fese
Email: | Michael.Farlekas@e2open.com |
Laura.Fese@e2open.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Attention: | Morgan D. Elwyn |
Robert A. Rizzo
Claire E. James
Email: | melwyn@willkie.com |
rrizzo@willkie.com
cejames@willkie.com
- 63 -
and
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: | Peter Martelli, P.C. |
Lauren M. Colasacco, P.C.
Jessica T. Murray
E-mail: | peter.martelli@kirkland.com |
lauren.colasacco@kirkland.com
jessica.murray@kirkland.com
If to any Continuing Member, to the address for such Continuing Member set forth on Exhibit A.
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Attention: | Morgan D. Elwyn |
Robert A. Rizzo
Claire E. James
Email: | melwyn@willkie.com |
rrizzo@willkie.com
cejames@willkie.com
Section 12.10 Representation by Counsel; Interpretation. The Parties acknowledge that each Party to this LLC Agreement has been represented by counsel in connection with this LLC Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this LLC Agreement. Accordingly, any rule of Law, or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this LLC Agreement against the Party that drafted it has no application and is expressly waived.
Section 12.11 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this LLC Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any Person or circumstance shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable Law in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this LLC Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as a part of this LLC Agreement a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible.
- 64 -
Section 12.12 Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement (or as set forth in the Business Combination Agreement with respect to expenses incurred in connection with the entry into this LLC Agreement), each Party shall bear its own expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this LLC Agreement.
Section 12.13 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Section 7.4 and Section 10.3(a), this LLC Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties and their permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, shall give or be construed to give any Person, other than the Parties and such permitted assigns, any legal or equitable rights under this LLC Agreement.
Section 12.14 Confidentiality. Except as required by applicable Law, each Member (other than the Managing Member) agrees to hold the Company’s Confidential Information in confidence and shall not, unless authorized in writing by the Managing Member, (a) disclose any Confidential Information to any third party or (b) use such information except in furtherance of the business of the Company; provided, however, that (i) each Member may disclose Confidential Information to such Member’s Affiliates, attorneys, accountants, consultants and other advisors who are bound by an obligation of confidentiality with respect to such Confidential Information; provided such Member will be responsible for any violation by any of its Affiliates, attorneys, accountants, consultants or other advisors of the confidentiality provisions in this Section 12.14, (ii) each Member may disclose Confidential Information as required in response to any summons, subpoena or other legal requirement, provided that such Member shall promptly notify the Managing Member in writing so the Company may seek a protective order or appropriate remedy, (iii) each Member may disclose Confidential Information to a proposed Transferee if such disclosure is reasonably required in connection with any proposed Transfer of Units to such Transferee pursuant to the terms of this LLC Agreement, and (iv) each Member may disclose Confidential Information to the extent necessary for such Member to prepare and file its tax returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding such tax returns from any taxing authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any taxing authority with respect to such tax returns. In addition, each of the Continuing Members that is private equity, venture capital or other investment firm or similarly regulated entity (x) may disclose Confidential Information in connection with routine supervisory audit or regulatory examinations (including by regulatory or self-regulatory bodies) to which they are subject in the course of their respective businesses without liability hereunder and (y) shall not be required to provide notice to any party in the course of any such routine supervisory audit or regulatory examination, provided that such routine audit or examination does not specifically target PubCo, any of its subsidiaries or the Confidential Information, and (z) may provide information about the subject matter of this Agreement to prospective and existing investors in connection with fund raising, marketing, informational, transactional or reporting activities. Each Member and the Company acknowledges and agrees that the certain of the Continuing Members and their respective Affiliates may currently be invested in, may invest in, or may consider investments in companies that compete either directly or indirectly with PubCo and its Subsidiaries, or operate in the same or similar business as PubCo and its Subsidiaries, and that nothing herein shall be in any way construed to prohibit or such Continuing Members or their respective Affiliates’ ability to maintain, make or consider such other investments; provided, however, that no Confidential Information is used or disclosed in connection with such activities.
- 65 -
Section 12.15 No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this LLC Agreement (except in the case of the immediately succeeding sentence) or any document, agreement, or instrument delivered contemporaneously herewith, and notwithstanding the fact that any Party may be a partnership or limited liability company, each Party hereto, by its acceptance of the benefits of this LLC Agreement, covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no Persons other than the Parties shall have any obligation hereunder and that it has no rights of recovery hereunder against, and no recourse hereunder or under any documents, agreements, or instruments delivered contemporaneously herewith or in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith or therewith shall be had against, any former, current or future director, officer, agent, Affiliate, manager, assignee, incorporator, controlling Person, fiduciary, representative or employee of any Party (or any of their successors or permitted assignees), against any former, current, or future general or limited partner, manager, stockholder or member of any Party (or any of their successors or permitted assignees) or any Affiliate thereof or against any former, current or future director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate, manager, assignee, incorporator, controlling Person, fiduciary, representative, general or limited partner, stockholder, manager or member of any of the foregoing, but in each case not including the Parties (each, but excluding for the avoidance of doubt, the Parties, a “Non-Party Affiliate”), whether by or through attempted piercing of the corporate veil, by or through a claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) by or on behalf of such Party against the Non-Party Affiliates, by the enforcement of any assessment or by any Action, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable Law, or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal Liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on, or otherwise be incurred by any Non-Party Affiliate, as such, for any obligations of the applicable Party under this LLC Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this LLC Agreement, under any documents or instruments delivered contemporaneously herewith, in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith or therewith, or for any claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Non-Party Affiliate may have obligations under any documents, agreements or instruments delivered contemporaneously herewith or otherwise required by this LLC Agreement if such Non-Party Affiliate is party to such document, agreement or instrument. Except to the extent otherwise expressly set forth in, and subject in all cases to the terms and conditions of and limitations herein, this LLC Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claim or cause of action of any kind based upon, arising out of, or related to this LLC Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this LLC Agreement, may only be brought against the Persons that are expressly named as Parties hereto and then only with respect to the specific obligations set forth herein with respect to such Party. Each Non-Party Affiliate is expressly intended as a third party beneficiary of this Section 12.15.
[Signatures on Next Page]
- 66 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto has caused this Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
COMPANY: | |||
E2OPEN HOLDINGS, LLC | |||
By: | /s/ Laura Fese | ||
Name: | Laura Fese | ||
Title: | Vice President and Secretary | ||
MANAGING MEMBER: | |||
E2OPEN PARENT HOLDINGS, INC. | |||
By: | /s/ Michael Farlekas | ||
Name: | Michael Farlekas | ||
Title: | CEO |
Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of E2open Holdings, LLC
MEMBERS: | |||
Insight E2open Aggregator, LLC | |||
By: | /s/ Andrew Prodromos | ||
Name: Andrew Prodromos | |||
Title: Authorized Signatory | |||
/s/ Adam Berger | |||
Adam Berger | |||
ALTAI CAPITAL EAGLE LP | |||
By: | /s/ Rishi Bajaj | ||
Name: Rishi Bajaj | |||
Title: Managing Member | |||
/s/ Ashish Shete | |||
Ashish Shete | |||
PERFORMANCE DIRECT INVESTMENTS III, L.P. | |||
By: Performance Direct Investments III GP, LLC, its General Partner | |||
By: Performance Equity Management, LLC, its Manager | |||
By: | /s/ Frank Brenninkmeyer | ||
Name: Frank Brenninkmeyer | |||
Title: Managing Director |
Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of E2open Holdings, LLC
/s/ Ashish Shete | ||
Ashish Shete | ||
/s/ Azza Hararah | ||
Azza Hararah | ||
CL PARENT HOLDINGS, LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Mark Nix | |
Name: Mark Nix | ||
Title: Manager | ||
/s/ Betsy Atkins | ||
Betsy Atkins | ||
/s/ Corey Rhodes | ||
Corey Rhodes | ||
/s/ Diane Krakora Emery | ||
Diane Krakora Emery | ||
/s/ Hongliang Dai | ||
Hongliang Dai | ||
/s/ James Andrew Bralsford | ||
James Andrew Bralsford |
Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of E2open Holdings, LLC
/s/ Jami Ganesh Prusty | ||
Jami Ganesh Prusty | ||
/s/ Jarett Jay Janik | ||
Jarett Jay Janik | ||
/s/ Kerry Ormond | ||
Kerry Ormond | ||
/s/ Michael Farlekas | ||
Michael Farlekas | ||
MUMFORD 2014 INVESTMENTS LLC | ||
By: | /s/ John B. Mumford | |
Name: John B. Mumford | ||
Title: Vice President | ||
/s/ Nilesh S. Khare | ||
Nilesh S. Khare | ||
/s/ Olga P. Grishna | ||
Olga P. Grishna | ||
/s/ Peter Hantman | ||
Peter Hantman | ||
/s/ Robert Byrne | ||
Robert Byrne |
Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of E2open Holdings, LLC
/s/ Shawn Harold Lane | |
Shawn Harold Lane | |
/s/ Thara Edson | |
Thara Edson |
Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of E2open Holdings, LLC
EXHIBIT A
Capitalization
See attached.
EXHIBIT B
Exchange Notice
Dated: _____________
E2open Holdings, LLC
9600 Great Hills Trail, Suite 300E
Austin, TX 78759
Attention: Michael Farlekas
copy to:
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc.
9600 Great Hills Trail, Suite 300E
Austin, TX 78759
Attention: Michael Farlekas
Reference is hereby made to the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of E2open Holdings, LLC, dated as of February 4, 2021 (as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “LLC Agreement”) of E2open Holdings, LLC (f/k/a Eagle Parent Holdings, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), by and among E2open Parent Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PubCo”), the other Members set forth on Exhibit A to the LLC Agreement (the “Continuing Members”) and each other Person who is or at any time becomes a Member in accordance with the terms of this LLC Agreement and the Act (such Persons, together with PubCo and the Continuing Members, the “Unitholders”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the LLC Agreement.
Effective as of the Exchange Date as determined in accordance with the LLC Agreement, the undersigned Unitholder hereby transfers and surrenders to the Company the number of Common Units set forth below and an equal number of shares of Class V Common Stock held by such Unitholder in Exchange for the issuance to the undersigned Unitholder of that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of Common Units so exchanged (to be issued in its name as set forth below), or, at the election of PubCo, for a Cash Exchange Payment to the account set forth below, in each case in accordance with the LLC Agreement. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the Exchange of Common Units shall include the cancellation of an equal number of outstanding shares of Class V Common Stock held by the undersigned that have been surrendered in such Exchange.
Legal Name of Unitholder: |
Address: |
Number of Common Units to be Exchanged: |
Cash Exchange Payment instructions: |
If the Unitholder desires the shares of Class A Common Stock be settled through the facilities of The Depositary Trust Company (“DTC”), please indicate the account of the DTC participant below.
In the event PubCo elects to certificate the shares of Class A Common Stock issued to the Unitholder, please indicate the following:
Legal Name for Certificate Delivery: |
Address for Certificate Delivery: |
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned is the owner of the number of Common Units the undersigned is electing to Exchange pursuant to this Exchange Notice, and that such Common Units are not subject to any liens or restrictions on transfer (other than restrictions imposed by the LLC Agreement, the charter and governing documents of PubCo and applicable Law).
The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer of PubCo, as applicable, as the attorney of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in the premises, solely to do any and all things and to take any and all actions necessary to effect the Exchange elected hereby.
[Signatures on Next Page]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned has caused this Exchange Notice to be executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.
[Unitholder] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
EXHIBIT C
Officers
Michael A. Farlekas - President & Chief Executive Officer
Peter R. Hantman - Chief Operating Officer & Executive Vice President, Global Business Units
Jarett J. Janik- Chief Financial Officer
Deepa L. Kurian - Chief Accounting Officer
Laura L. Fese - Executive Vice President & General Counsel
EXHIBIT D
Form of Joinder
This Joinder (this “Joinder”) to the LLC Agreement (as defined below), made as of _______________________, is between _____________________ (“Transferor”) and _______________________(“Transferee”).
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Transferee is acquiring ____________________________ (the “Acquired Interests”) from Transferor;
WHEREAS, Transferor is a party to that certain Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of E2open Holdings, LLC (the “Company”), dated as of February 4, 2021, by and among the Company, E2open Parent Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the Members set forth on Exhibit A to the LLC Agreement, and each other Person who is or at any time becomes a Member in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement (as the same may be amended or restated from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, Transferee is required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to the LLC Agreement by executing and delivering this Joinder, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the rights and obligations as a Member) for all purposes of the LLC Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1.1 Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.
Section 1.2 Acquisition. Transferor hereby Transfers to Transferee all of the Acquired Interests.
Section 1.3 Joinder. Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) such Transferee has received and read the LLC Agreement, (b) such Transferee is acquiring the Acquired Interests in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement and (c) such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of the LLC Agreement.
Section 1.4 Notice. Any notice, demand or other communication under the LLC Agreement to Transferee shall be given to Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 12.9 of the LLC Agreement.
Section 1.5 Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware.
Section 1.6 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Joinder may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts, by fax, email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement.
[Signatures on Next Page]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.
[TRANSFEROR] | ||
By: |
Name: |
Title: |
[TRANSFEREE] | ||
By: |
Name: |
Title: | ||
Address for notices: |
Exhibit 10.2
Final Form
TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT
among
E2OPEN PARENT HOLDINGS, INC.
and
THE PERSONS NAMED HEREIN
Dated as of February 4, 2021
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||
Article I | DEFINITIONS | 4 |
Section 1.1 | Definitions | 4 |
Article II | DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT | 13 |
Section 2.1 | Basis Schedule | 13 |
Section 2.2 | Tax Benefit Schedule | 14 |
Section 2.3 | Procedures, Amendments | 15 |
Section 2.4 | Section 754 Election | 16 |
Article III | TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS | 16 |
Section 3.1 | Payments | 16 |
Section 3.2 | No Duplicative Payments | 17 |
Section 3.3 | Pro Rata Payments | 17 |
Section 3.4 | Payment Ordering | 17 |
Section 3.5 | Overpayments | 18 |
Article IV | TERMINATION | 18 |
Section 4.1 | Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement | 18 |
Section 4.2 | Early Termination Notice | 21 |
Section 4.3 | Payment upon Early Termination | 22 |
Article V | SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS | 22 |
Section 5.1 | Subordination | 22 |
Section 5.2 | Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer | 23 |
Article VI | NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION | 23 |
Section 6.1 | Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters | 23 |
Section 6.2 | Consistency | 24 |
Section 6.3 | Cooperation | 24 |
Article VII | MISCELLANEOUS | 24 |
Section 7.1 | Notices | 24 |
Section 7.2 | Counterparts | 24 |
Section 7.3 | Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries | 25 |
Section 7.4 | Governing Law | 25 |
Section 7.5 | Severability | 25 |
Section 7.6 | Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers | 25 |
Section 7.7 | Interpretation | 26 |
Section 7.8 | Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction | 27 |
Section 7.9 | Reconciliation | 28 |
Section 7.10 | Withholding | 28 |
Section 7.11 | Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets | 29 |
Section 7.12 | Confidentiality | 30 |
Section 7.13 | TRA Party Representative | 31 |
- i -
TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT
This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “TRA Agreement”), is dated as of February 4, 2021, among E2open Parent Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporate Taxpayer”), E2open Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OpCo”), the TRA Parties, the TRA Party Representative, and each of the other Persons from time to time that become a party to this TRA Agreement.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the TRA Parties directly or indirectly hold Common Units (including Restricted Common Units) in OpCo, which is classified as a partnership for United States federal income Tax purposes;
WHEREAS, the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo, Sonar Company Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OpCo Merger Sub”), the Blocker Merger Subs, the Blockers and the other parties thereto entered into that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2020 (the “Business Combination Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things (a) a Blocker Merger Sub merged with and into each Blocker, with the applicable Blocker surviving, (b) each surviving Blocker subsequently merged with and into the Corporate Taxpayer, with the Corporate Taxpayer surviving each such merger, and (c) OpCo Merger Sub merged with and into OpCo, with OpCo surviving as a subsidiary of the Corporate Taxpayer (the “Purchase”);
WHEREAS, prior to the consummation of the Purchase, each Blocker was taxable as a corporation for United States federal income Tax purposes;
WHEREAS, following the Purchase, the Corporate Taxpayer is the sole managing member of OpCo and holds Common Units;
WHEREAS, OpCo and each of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code for each Taxable Year that includes the Closing Date and for each Taxable Year in which an Exchange occurs;
WHEREAS, each Common Unit held by a TRA Party may be Exchanged, together with the surrender and delivery by such holder of one (1) share of Class V Common Stock of the Corporate Taxpayer, for one (1) share of Class A Common Stock or for cash in accordance with and subject to the conditions and limitations in the LLC Agreement;
WHEREAS, as a result of the Closing and future Exchanges, the income, gain, loss, deduction, expense and other Tax items of the Corporate Taxpayer may be affected by the (i) Basis Adjustments; (ii) Blocker NOLs; and (iii) any deduction attributable to any payment (including amounts attributable to Imputed Interest) made under this TRA Agreement (collectively, the “Tax Attributes”); and
WHEREAS, the parties to this TRA Agreement desire to provide for certain payments and make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Tax Attributes on the liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth in this TRA Agreement, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Article
I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Definitions.
As used in this TRA Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings.
“Actual Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of (i) the actual liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year and, if applicable, determined in accordance with a Determination or Amended Schedule (including interest imposed in respect thereof under applicable law), and (ii) the product of (A) the actual amount of taxable income of the Corporate Taxpayer for U.S. federal income Tax purposes for such Taxable Year and, if applicable, determined in accordance with a Determination or Amended Schedule and (B) the Blended Rate for such Taxable Year.
“Affiliate” of any particular Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, its capacity as a sole or managing member or otherwise, including any private equity fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person. For purposes of this TRA Agreement, no TRA Party shall be considered to be an Affiliate of the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo.
“Agreed Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points.
“Amended Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).
“Ancillary Agreements” has the meaning set forth in the Business Combination Agreement.
“Attributable” means the portion of any Tax Attribute of the Corporate Taxpayer that is attributable to a TRA Party and shall be determined by reference to the Tax Attributes, under the following principles:
4
(i) any Purchase Basis Adjustments shall be determined separately with respect to each TRA Party and are Attributable to each TRA Party in an amount equal to the Purchase Basis Adjustments relating to the Units Purchased from such TRA Party;
(ii) any Exchange Basis Adjustments shall be determined separately with respect to each Exchanging Member and are Attributable to each Exchanging Member in an amount equal to the total Exchange Basis Adjustments relating to such Common Units Exchanged by such Exchanging Member;
(iii) any Blocker NOLs shall be determined separately with respect to each TRA Party and are Attributable to each TRA Party in an amount equal to the Blocker NOLs relating to the Blocker Stock acquired (via merger) from such TRA Party; and
(iv) any deduction to the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to a Taxable Year in respect of any payment (including amounts attributable to Imputed Interest) made under this TRA Agreement is Attributable to the Person that is required to include the Imputed Interest or other payment in income (without regard to whether such Person is actually subject to Tax thereon).
“Bankruptcy Rejection” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c)(i).
“Basis Adjustment” means a Purchase Basis Adjustment or an Exchange Basis Adjustment.
“Basis Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
“Blended Rate” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the sum of the apportionment-weighted effective rates of Tax imposed on the aggregate net income of the Corporate Taxpayer in each U.S. state or local jurisdiction in which the Corporate Taxpayer files Tax Returns for such Taxable Year, with the maximum effective rate in any state or local jurisdiction being equal to the product of (i) the apportionment factor on the income or franchise Corporate Taxpayer Return in such jurisdiction for such Taxable Year and (ii) the maximum applicable corporate income Tax rate in effect in such jurisdiction in such Taxable Year. As an illustration of the calculation of Blended Rate for a Taxable Year, if the Corporate Taxpayer solely files Tax Returns in State 1 and State 2 in a Taxable Year, the maximum applicable corporate income Tax rates in effect in such states in such Taxable Year are 6.5% and 5.5%, respectively, and the apportionment factors for such states in such Taxable Year are 55% and 45%, respectively, then the Blended Rate for such Taxable Year is equal to 6.05% (i.e., the sum of (a) 6.5% multiplied by 55%, plus (b) 5.5% multiplied by 45%).
“Blocker” means any of (i) Insight (Cayman) IX Eagle Blocker, LLC; (ii) Insight (Delaware) IX Eagle Blocker, LLC; (iii) Insight GBCF (Cayman) Eagle Blocker, LLC; (iv) Insight GBCF (Delaware) Eagle Blocker, LLC; (v) Elliott Eagle JV LLC; and (vi) PDI III E2open Blocker Corp.
“Blocker Merger Sub” means any of (i) Sonar Merger Sub I, LLC, (ii) Sonar Merger Sub II, LLC, (iii) Sonar Merger Sub III, LLC, (iv) Sonar Merger Sub IV, LLC, (v) Sonar Merger Sub V, LLC, and (vi) Sonar Merger Sub VI, LLC.
5
“Blocker NOLs” means the net operating losses, capital losses, disallowed interest expense carryforwards under Section 163(j) of the Code and credit carryforwards of any Blocker relating to taxable periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date.
“Blocker Stock” means, with respect to any Blocker, the membership interests or stock of such Blocker, as applicable, outstanding immediately prior to the Purchase.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporate Taxpayer.
“Breach Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).
“Business Combination Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the State of New York.
“Cash Exchange Payment” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.
“Change of Control” means a “Continuing Member COC” as defined in the LLC Agreement.
“Class A Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.
“Closing” has the meaning set forth in the Business Combination Agreement.
“Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the Business Combination Agreement.
“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).
“Common Unit” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.
“Corporate Taxpayer” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“Corporate Taxpayer Return” means the United States federal and/or state and/or local Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporate Taxpayer filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.
“Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same such Taxable Years. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination; provided that the computation of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit shall be adjusted to reflect any applicable Determination with respect to any Realized Tax Benefits and/or Realized Tax Detriments.
“Default Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points.
6
“Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state, foreign or local Tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.
“DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
“Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.
“Early Termination Effective Date” means the date on which an Early Termination Schedule becomes binding pursuant to Section 4.2.
“Early Termination Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
“Early Termination Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).
“Early Termination Rate” means (a) in respect of Tax Benefit Payments resulting solely from the application of clause (6) of the Valuation Assumptions, a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 200 basis points and (b) in respect of all Tax Benefit Payments not described in the foregoing clause (a), a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 350 basis points.
“Early Termination Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
“Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement, and “Exchanged” has a correlative meaning.
“Exchange Act” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.
“Exchange Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the Tax basis of a Reference Asset under Sections 732, 734(b) and/or 1012 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, OpCo becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for United States federal income Tax purposes) or under Sections 734(b), 743(b), 754 and/or 755 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, OpCo remains in existence as an entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income Tax purposes) and, in each case, analogous sections of United States state and local Tax laws, as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this TRA Agreement in respect of such Exchange. The amount of any Exchange Basis Adjustment shall be determined using the Market Value with respect to such Exchange, except, for the avoidance of doubt, as otherwise required by a Determination. For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this TRA Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in an Exchange Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.
“Exchange Date” means the date of any Exchange.
“Exchanging Member” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.
“Expert” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
7
“Final Payment Date” means, with respect to any payment required to be made pursuant to this TRA Agreement, the last date on which such payment may be made within the applicable time period prescribed for such payment under this TRA Agreement (i.e., the date on which such payment is due under this TRA Agreement). For example, the Final Payment Date in respect of a Tax Benefit Payment is determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a) of this TRA Agreement.
“Future TRAs” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
“Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of (i) the hypothetical liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year and (ii) the product of (A) the hypothetical amount of taxable income of the Corporate Taxpayer for U.S. federal income Tax purposes for such Taxable Year and (B) the Blended Rate for such Taxable Year, in each case determined using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return (taking into account any modifications required by an applicable Determination or Amended Schedule), but (a) calculating depreciation, amortization or similar deductions and income, gain or loss using the Non-Adjusted Tax Basis of the Reference Assets as reflected on the Schedules, including amendments thereto for such Taxable Year; (b) without taking into account any Blocker NOLs; and (c) excluding any deduction attributable to any payment (including amounts attributable to Imputed Interest) made under this TRA Agreement for such Taxable Year. For the avoidance of doubt, Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to a Tax Attribute, as applicable.
“ICC” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
“Imputed Interest” in respect of a TRA Party shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state and local Tax law with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations in respect of such TRA Party under this TRA Agreement.
“Interest Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).
“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
8
“LIBOR” means during any period, the rate which appears on the Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or on such other substitute Bloomberg page that displays rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market), or the rate which is quoted by another source selected by the Corporate Taxpayer as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market (an “Alternate Source”), at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such period as the London interbank offered rate for U.S. dollars having a borrowing date and a maturity comparable to such period (or if there shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist a Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or any substitute page) or any Alternate Source, a comparable replacement rate determined by the Corporate Taxpayer at such time, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error); provided that at no time shall LIBOR be less than 0%. If the Corporate Taxpayer has made the determination (such determination to be conclusive absent manifest error) that LIBOR is no longer a widely recognized benchmark rate for newly originated loans in the U.S. loan market in U.S. dollars, then the Corporate Taxpayer shall, subject to the prior written consent of the TRA Party Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, establish a replacement interest rate (the “Replacement Rate”), after giving due consideration to any evolving or then prevailing conventions for similar loans in the U.S. loan market in U.S. dollars for such alternative benchmark, and including any mathematical or other adjustments to such benchmark giving due consideration to any evolving or then prevailing convention for similar loans in the U.S. loan market in U.S. dollars for such benchmark, which adjustment, method for calculating such adjustment and benchmark shall be published on an information service as selected from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer. The Replacement Rate shall, subject to the next two sentences, replace LIBOR for all purposes under this TRA Agreement. In connection with the establishment and application of the Replacement Rate, this TRA Agreement shall be amended, with the consent of the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, as necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable judgment of the Corporate Taxpayer, to replace the definition of LIBOR and otherwise to effect the provisions of this definition. The Replacement Rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided that, in each case, to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Corporate Taxpayer, such Replacement Rate shall be applied as otherwise reasonably determined by the Corporate Taxpayer.
“Liquidity Exceptions” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).
“LLC Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of OpCo, dated the date hereof, as such agreement may be further amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of such agreement.
“Mandatory Assignment” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(c).
“Market Value” means, with respect to a Common Unit (a) Exchanged for a Stock Exchange Payment or that is subject to a deemed Exchange under this TRA Agreement, the Stock Value on the Exchange Date or the date of the applicable deemed Exchange, as applicable, or (b) Exchanged for a Cash Exchange Payment, the amount of the Cash Exchange Payment paid in respect of such Common Unit.
“Material Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
“National Securities Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.
“Net Tax Benefit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).
“Non-Adjusted Tax Basis” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at any time, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made.
“Non-Payment Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).
“Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
9
“OpCo” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“OpCo Merger Sub” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Payment Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).
“Permitted Transferee” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.
“Person” means any natural person, sole proprietorship, partnership, trust, unincorporated association, corporation, limited liability company, entity or governmental entity.
“Purchase” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals, and “Purchased” has a correlative meaning.
“Purchase Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the Tax basis of a Reference Asset under Sections 734(b), 743(b), 754 and/or 755 of the Code and, in each case, analogous sections of United States state and local Tax laws, as a result of (a) the Purchase and (b) the payments made pursuant to this TRA Agreement in respect of such Purchase. For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this TRA Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in a Purchase Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.
“Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit or similar proceeding by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit, unless and until there has been a Determination.
“Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit or similar proceeding by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment, unless and until there has been a Determination.
“Reconciliation Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
“Reconciliation Procedures” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
“Reference Asset” means an asset that is held by OpCo, or by any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity (but only if such indirect Subsidiaries are held only through Subsidiaries treated as partnerships or disregarded entities) for purposes of the applicable Tax, at the time of the Purchase. A Reference Asset also includes any asset the Tax basis of which is determined, in whole or in part, for purposes of the applicable Tax, by reference to the Tax basis of an asset that is described in the preceding sentence, including, for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.
“Restricted Common Units” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.
10
“Schedule” means any of the following: (i) a Basis Schedule; (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule; or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule, and, in each case, any amendments thereto.
“Securities Act” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.
“Senior Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
“Stock Exchange Payment” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.
“Stock Value” means, on any date, (a) if the Class A Common Stock trades on a National Securities Exchange (as defined in the LLC Agreement) or automated or electronic quotation system, the arithmetic average of the high trading price on such date (or if such date is not a Trading Day (as used in this definition, as defined in the LLC Agreement), the immediately preceding Trading Day) and the low trading price on such date (or if such date is not a Trading Day, the immediately preceding Trading Day) or (b) if the Class A Common Stock is not then traded on a National Securities Exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, as applicable, the Appraiser FMV (as defined in the LLC Agreement) on such date of one (1) share of Class A Common Stock that would be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller, neither of whom is under any compulsion to buy or sell, respectively, and without regard to the particular circumstances of the buyer or seller.
“Subsidiaries” means, of any Person, any corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power or equity is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such Person, or one (1) or more of the Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof.
“Tax Attributes” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Tax Benefit Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).
“Tax Benefit Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, information returns, claims for refund, disclosures or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to or in connection with Taxes (including any related or supporting schedules, attachments, statements or information filed or required to be filed with respect thereto), including any amendments thereof and declarations of estimated Tax.
“Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state or local Tax law, as applicable (and which may include a period of more or less than twelve (12) months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the Closing Date.
“Taxes” means any and all United States federal, state, local and foreign taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits (including franchise taxes that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits), and any interest related to such Tax.
11
“Taxing Authority” means any domestic, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body, in each case, exercising any taxing authority or any other authority or jurisdiction of any kind in relation to Tax matters.
“TRA Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“TRA Disinterested Majority” means a majority of the directors of the Board who are disinterested as determined by the Board in accordance with the DGCL with respect to the matter being considered by the Board; provided that to the extent a matter being considered by the Board is required to be considered by disinterested directors under the rules of the National Securities Exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is then listed, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, such rules with respect to the definition of disinterested director shall apply solely with respect to such matter.
“TRA Party” means the parties set forth on Schedule A hereto.
“TRA Party Representative” means, initially, Insight E2open Aggregator, LLC, and thereafter, that TRA Party or committee of TRA Parties determined from time to time by a plurality vote of the TRA Parties ratably in accordance with their right to receive Early Termination Payments under this TRA Agreement determined as if all TRA Parties had fully Exchanged their Common Units for shares of Class A Common Stock or other consideration and the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange.
“Transfer” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement and the terms “Transferee,” “Transferor,” “Transferred,” and other forms of the word “Transfer” shall have the correlative meanings.
“Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.
“Units” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.
12
“Valuation Assumptions” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, (1) the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the Tax items, including deductions, arising from the Tax Attributes (other than any items addressed in clause (2) below) during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including deductions and other Tax items arising from Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from the applicable future payments made under this TRA Agreement that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions, further assuming that such applicable future payments would be paid on the due date (including extensions) for filing the Corporate Taxpayer Return for the applicable Taxable Year) in which such deductions or other Tax items would become available, (2) any Blocker NOLs and loss carryovers generated by deductions arising from any Tax Attributes, which Blocker NOLs and/or loss carryovers are available in the Taxable Year that includes such Early Termination Date, will be used by the Corporate Taxpayer on a pro rata basis from such Early Termination Date through (A) the scheduled expiration date of such Blocker NOLs and/or loss carryovers (if any) or (B) if there is no such scheduled expiration, then the fifteen (15) year anniversary of the Early Termination Date, (3) the United States federal, state and local income Tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date and the Blended Rate will be calculated based on such rates and the apportionment factors applicable in the most recently ended Taxable Year, except to the extent any change to such Tax rates for such Taxable Year have already been enacted into law, (4) except as described in clause (5) below, any non-amortizable, non-depreciable Reference Assets will be disposed of on the later of (i) the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the applicable Exchange (in the case of Exchange Basis Adjustments) or the Closing Date (in the case of Purchase Basis Adjustments) or (ii) the Early Termination Date, and any cash equivalents will be disposed of twelve (12) months following the Early Termination Date; provided that in the event of a Change of Control, such non-amortizable, non-depreciable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the time of sale (if applicable) of the relevant asset in the Change of Control (if earlier than the applicable fifteenth (15th) anniversary), (5) the stock of or other interests in Subsidiaries that are treated as C corporations for U.S. federal income Tax purposes will never be disposed of, and (6) if, on the Early Termination Date, there are Common Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Common Unit shall be deemed Exchanged for the Market Value (as determined in accordance with clause (a) of the definition thereof) that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.
Article II
DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED Tax BENEFIT
Section 2.1 Basis Schedule. Within one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for each relevant Taxable Year, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each TRA Party a schedule (the “Basis Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this TRA Agreement, (i) the actual Tax basis and the Non-Adjusted Tax Basis of the Reference Assets as of the Closing Date and the date of each Exchange made during such Taxable Year, (ii) the Exchange Basis Adjustments Attributable to such TRA Party with respect to the Reference Assets as a result of such Exchanges effected by such TRA Party in such Taxable Year, (iii) the Purchase Basis Adjustments Attributable to such TRA Party for the Taxable Year of the Closing, (iv) the Blocker NOLs Attributable to such TRA Party for the Taxable Year of the Closing, and (v) the period (or periods) over which such Basis Adjustments in the Reference Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable, in each case, calculated in the aggregate for all TRA Parties and solely with respect to the TRA Party to which such Basis Schedule is delivered. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision and preparation of the Basis Schedules and Tax Benefit Schedules for each TRA Party in compliance with this TRA Agreement, as well as the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b), if applicable, shall be borne by OpCo. Each Basis Schedule shall become final as provided in Section 2.3(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b)).
13
Section 2.2 Tax Benefit Schedule.
(a) Tax Benefit Schedule. Within one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or a Realized Tax Detriment Attributable to a TRA Party, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to such TRA Party a schedule showing, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this TRA Agreement, the calculation of the Tax Benefit Payment (and any Realized Tax Benefit) or the lack of a Tax Benefit Payment (and any Realized Tax Detriment), as applicable, Attributable to such TRA Party for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”). Each Tax Benefit Schedule shall become final as provided in Section 2.3(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b)).
(b) Applicable Principles. Subject to Section 3.3, the Realized Tax Benefit (or the Realized Tax Detriment) for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease (or increase) in the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year attributable to the Tax Attributes, determined using a “with and without” methodology. Carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to any of the Tax Attributes shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations or the appropriate provisions of United States state and local income and franchise Tax law, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type. If a carryover or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to any Tax Attribute (“TRA Portion”) and another portion that is not (“Non-TRA Portion”), such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology so that the amount of any Non-TRA Portion is deemed utilized, to the extent available, prior to the amount of any TRA Portion, to the extent available (with the TRA Portion being applied on a proportionate basis consistent with the provisions of Section 3.3). The parties agree that (A) the payments made pursuant to this TRA Agreement in respect of (i) the Purchase and (ii) Blocker NOLs (in each case, to the extent permitted by applicable law and other than amounts accounted for as Imputed Interest) are intended to be treated and shall be reported for all purposes, including Tax purposes, as additional contingent consideration to the applicable TRA Parties for the conversion of Company Units or Blocker Stock (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) contemplated by Sections 3.1(a) and (c) of the Business Combination Agreement at the Closing that has the effect of, in the case of the Common Units, creating additional Purchase Basis Adjustments and the payments made pursuant to this TRA Agreement in respect of an Exchange are intended to be treated and shall be reported for all purposes, including Tax purposes, as additional contingent consideration to the applicable Exchanging Member for such Exchange that has the effect of creating additional Exchange Basis Adjustments, in each case, to the Reference Assets for the Corporate Taxpayer in the Taxable Year of payment, (B) as a result, such additional Purchase Basis Adjustments and Exchange Basis Adjustments shall be incorporated into the calculation for the Taxable Year of the applicable payment and into the calculations for subsequent Taxable Years, as appropriate, (C) the Actual Tax Liability shall take into account the deduction of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment that must be accounted for as Imputed Interest under applicable law, and (D) the liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer and the amount of taxable income of the Corporate Taxpayer for U.S. federal income Tax purposes as determined for purposes of calculating the Actual Tax Liability and the Hypothetical Tax Liability shall include, without duplication, such liability for U.S. federal income Taxes and such U.S. federal taxable income that is economically borne by or allocated to the Corporate Taxpayer as a result of the provisions of Section 10.4 and Section 10.5 of the LLC Agreement; provided, however, that such liability for Taxes and such taxable income shall be included in the Hypothetical Tax Liability and the Actual Tax Liability subject to the adjustments and assumptions set forth in the definitions thereof and, to the extent any such amount is taken into account on an Amended Schedule, such amount shall adjust a Tax Benefit Payment, as applicable, in accordance with Section 2.3(b).
14
Section 2.3 Procedures, Amendments.
(a) Procedure. Every time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to a TRA Party an applicable Schedule under this TRA Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(b), and any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporate Taxpayer shall also (x) deliver to such TRA Party supporting schedules and work papers, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by such TRA Party, providing reasonable detail regarding data and calculations that were relevant for purposes of preparing the Schedule, and (y) allow the TRA Party Representative and its advisors reasonable access to the appropriate representatives of the Corporate Taxpayer, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by the TRA Party Representative. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that any Tax Benefit Schedule or Early Termination Schedule that is delivered to a TRA Party, along with any supporting schedules and work papers, provides a reasonably detailed presentation of the calculation of the Actual Tax Liability and the Hypothetical Tax Liability and identifies any material assumptions or operating procedures or principles that were used for purposes of such calculations. An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which all relevant TRA Parties have been given the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto under Section 7.1, unless the TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days from such date gives the Corporate Taxpayer written notice of a material objection to such Schedule or amendment thereto made in good faith (“Objection Notice”), or (ii) provides a written waiver of its right to give an Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto shall become binding on the date such waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of such Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the reconciliation procedures described in Section 7.9 (the “Reconciliation Procedures”), in which case such Schedule or Amended Schedule shall become binding in accordance with Section 7.9. The TRA Party Representative will represent the interests of each of the TRA Parties and shall raise and pursue, in accordance with this Section 2.3(a), any objection to a Schedule or amendment thereto timely given in writing to the TRA Party Representative by a TRA Party.
15
(b) Amended Schedule. The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule, including those identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to a TRA Party, (iii) to comply with an Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit, or the Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other Tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or the Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year or (vi) to adjust an applicable TRA Party’s Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this TRA Agreement (any such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”). If applicable, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to each TRA Party when the Corporate Taxpayer delivers the Basis Schedule for the following Taxable Year. In the event a Schedule is amended after such Schedule becomes final pursuant to Section 2.3(a) or, if applicable, Section 7.9, (A) the Amended Schedule shall not be taken into account in calculating any Tax Benefit Payment in the Taxable Year to which the amendment relates but instead shall be taken into account in calculating the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit for the Taxable Year in which the amendment actually occurs, and (B) as a result of the foregoing, any increase of the Net Tax Benefit attributable to an Amended Schedule shall not accrue the Interest Amount (or any other interest hereunder) until after the due date (without extensions) for filing IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to Taxes for the Taxable Year in which the amendment actually occurs.
Section 2.4 Section 754 Election.
For the Taxable Year that includes the date hereof and for each Taxable Year in which an Exchange occurs and with respect to which the Corporate Taxpayer has obligations under this TRA Agreement, the Corporate Taxpayer, in its capacity as the sole managing member of OpCo, shall (i) ensure that OpCo will, and (ii) ensure that each of OpCo’s direct and indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes will, in each case, have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code (and under any similar provisions of applicable U.S. state or local law) for each such Taxable Year.
Article III
TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS
Section 3.1 Payments.
(a) Payments. Within five (5) Business Days after a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered to a TRA Party becomes final in accordance with Section 2.3(a) or, if applicable, Section 7.9, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay such TRA Party for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b) that is Attributable to the relevant TRA Party. Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party. The payments provided for pursuant to the above sentence shall be computed separately for each TRA Party. Without limiting the Corporate Taxpayer’s ability to make offsets against Tax Benefit Payments to the extent permitted by Section 3.5, no TRA Party shall be required to make a payment or return a payment to the Corporate Taxpayer in respect of any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment previously paid by the Corporate Taxpayer to such TRA Party (including any portion of any Early Termination Payment).
16
(b) A “Tax Benefit Payment” in respect of a TRA Party for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of (i) the Net Tax Benefit that is Attributable to such TRA Party and (ii) the Interest Amount with respect thereto. Subject to Section 3.3, the “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of eighty-five percent (85%) of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year, over the total amount of payments previously made under the first sentence of Section 3.1(a) (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts); provided that if there is no such excess (or if a deficit exists), no TRA Party shall be required to make a payment (or return a payment) to the Corporate Taxpayer in respect of any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment previously paid by the Corporate Taxpayer to such TRA Party. The “Interest Amount” shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to Taxes for the applicable Taxable Year until the payment date under Section 3.1(a); provided that such interest shall not accrue on the amount of any Net Tax Benefit after the date on which such amount is actually paid to the applicable TRA Party, regardless of whether such payment is made prior to the due date for such payment under Section 3.1(a) and regardless of whether the amount of any unpaid Net Tax Benefit has yet become final in accordance with Section 2.3(a) or, if applicable, Section 7.9.
Section 3.2 No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this TRA Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this TRA Agreement, including that the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts) for any Taxable Year shall not exceed the Net Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year. For purposes of this TRA Agreement, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be based on estimated Tax payments, including United States federal estimated income Tax payments. The provisions of this TRA Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to ensure such intentions are realized.
Section 3.3 Pro Rata Payments. Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate Realized Tax Benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to the Tax Attributes is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income, the Net Tax Benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer shall be allocated among all parties eligible for Tax Benefit Payments under this TRA Agreement in proportion to the amounts of Net Tax Benefit, respectively, that would have been Attributable to each TRA Party if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income so that there were no such limitation.
Section 3.4 Payment Ordering. If for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under this TRA Agreement in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree that (i) Tax Benefit Payments for such Taxable Year shall be allocated to all parties eligible for Tax Benefit Payments under this TRA Agreement in proportion to the amounts of Net Tax Benefit, respectively, that would have been Attributable to each TRA Party if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient cash available to make such Tax Benefit Payments and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payments shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments to all TRA Parties in respect of all prior Taxable Years have been made in full.
17
Section 3.5 Overpayments. To the extent the Corporate Taxpayer makes a payment to a TRA Party in respect of a particular Taxable Year under Section 3.1(a) in an amount in excess of the amount of such payment that should have been made to such TRA Party in respect of such Taxable Year (taking into account Section 3.3 and Section 3.4) under the terms of this TRA Agreement, then such TRA Party shall not receive further payments under Section 3.1(a) until such TRA Party has foregone an amount of payments equal to such excess and, for the avoidance of doubt, such TRA Party shall not be entitled to any additional payments (including any additional payments attributable to Interest Amounts) under this TRA Agreement in respect of such foregone amounts. For clarity, the operation of this Section 3.5 with respect to any particular TRA Party shall not affect the rights or obligations of any other TRA Party under this TRA Agreement.
Section 3.6 Offset. To the extent OpCo or any of its Subsidiaries incurs any liability (including reasonable costs and expenses, including advisor fees, incurred with respect thereto) (to the extent not reflected in Closing Company Indebtedness (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement)) payable after the Closing Date relating to any of the matters described in Exhibit B hereto (an “Offset Liability”), then the Corporate Taxpayer shall promptly deliver, or cause OpCo to deliver, a written notice to the TRA Party Representative setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of such Offset Liability and reasonable supporting documentation (which shall be final and binding on the parties hereto absent manifest error), and no TRA Party shall be entitled to receive further payments under Section 3.1(a) until TRA Parties have collectively foregone (proportionately among the TRA Parties then entitled to receive payments hereunder in accordance with the payments to which each such TRA Party would have otherwise been entitled) an aggregate amount of payments equal to the amount of such Offset Liability. To the extent any payments are foregone pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, such foregone payments shall be treated for all purposes of this TRA Agreement as having been paid to the TRA Parties to which such payments would have otherwise been made (absent the application of the immediately preceding sentence), and, for the avoidance of doubt, no TRA Party shall be entitled to any additional payments (including any additional payments attributable to Interest Amounts) under this TRA Agreement in respect of such foregone amounts; provided, however, that such foregone payments shall not be treated as having been made to the TRA Parties for income tax purposes.
Article IV
TERMINATION
Section 4.1 Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement.
(a) Corporate Taxpayer’s Early Termination Right. The Corporate Taxpayer may, with the prior written consent of the TRA Disinterested Majority, terminate this TRA Agreement (including with respect to all amounts payable to the TRA Parties and with respect to all of the Units held by the TRA Parties, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence) at any time by paying to each TRA Party the entire Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party; provided, however, that this TRA Agreement shall terminate only upon the receipt by each TRA Party of its respective entire Early Termination Payment and payments described in the next sentence, if any, and provided further that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid in its entirety. Upon payment of the entire Early Termination Payment by the Corporate Taxpayer to all of the TRA Parties, none of the TRA Parties or the Corporate Taxpayer shall have any further payment rights or obligations under this TRA Agreement, other than with respect to any (i) any Tax Benefit Payments due and payable and that remain unpaid as of the Early Termination Date (which Tax Benefit Payments shall not be included in the Early Termination Payments) and as of the date of payment of the Early Termination Payment and (ii) any Tax Benefit Payments due for the Taxable Year ending immediately prior to or including the Early Termination Date (except to the extent that the amounts described in this clause (ii) are included in the calculation of the Early Termination Payments (at the option of the Corporate Taxpayer) or are included in clause (i)); provided that upon payment in full of all amounts to all TRA Parties, to the extent applicable and without duplication, described in this Section 4.1(a), this TRA Agreement shall terminate. For the avoidance of doubt, if an Exchange occurs after the Corporate Taxpayer has made all of the required Early Termination Payments described herein, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no obligations under this TRA Agreement with respect to such Exchange.
18
(b) Acceleration Upon Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide at least 20 days’ prior written notice of such Change of Control to the TRA Parties, and the TRA Party Representative shall have the option, upon written notice to the Corporate Taxpayer, to cause the acceleration of the unpaid payment obligations as calculated in accordance with this Section 4.1(b), and such payment obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such Change of Control and shall include, without duplication: (i) the Early Termination Payments calculated with respect to such TRA Parties as if the Early Termination Date is the date of such Change of Control; (ii) any Tax Benefit Payments due and payable and that remain unpaid as of the date of such Change of Control (which Tax Benefit Payments shall not be included in the Early Termination Payments described in clause (i)); and (iii) any Tax Benefit Payments due for the Taxable Year ending immediately prior to or including the date of such Change of Control (except to the extent that the amounts described in this clause (iii) are included in the calculation of Early Termination Payments described in clause (i) (at the option of the Corporate Taxpayer) or are included in clause (ii)); provided that the procedures of Section 4.2 (and Section 2.3, to the extent applicable) and Section 4.3 shall apply mutatis mutandis with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this sentence and the payment thereof, except that such amount shall not be due and payable until five (5) Business Days after such amount has become final pursuant to Section 4.2 or, if applicable, Section 7.9. In the event of an acceleration following a Change of Control, any Early Termination Payment described in the preceding sentence shall be calculated utilizing the Valuation Assumptions, substituting in each case the terms “date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date,” and if an Exchange occurs after the Corporate Taxpayer makes all such required Early Termination Payments in their entirety and other payments described in this Section 4.1(b), the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no obligations under this TRA Agreement with respect to such Exchange.
(c) Acceleration Upon Material Breach of TRA Agreement.
19
(i) In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer materially breaches any of its material obligations under this TRA Agreement, whether as a result of (1) a failure to make a payment required to be made pursuant to this TRA Agreement by the Final Payment Date therefor (except for all or a portion of such payment that is being validly disputed in good faith under this TRA Agreement, and then only with respect to the amount in dispute) (a “Payment Default”) or (2) any material breach of any of its material obligations under this TRA Agreement (other than a Payment Default) (a “Non-Payment Default”), which failure or breach, (A) in the case of a Payment Default, continues without payment in full until the date that is thirty (30) calendar days following receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of written notice of such Payment Default from the TRA Party Representative following such Payment Default, or (B) in the case of a Non-Payment Default, continues without cure for a period of thirty (30) calendar days following receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of written notice of such Non-Payment Default from the TRA Party Representative following such Non-Payment Default (such written notice delivered under clause (A) or (B), a “Breach Notice”), except in each case to the extent otherwise set forth in Section 4.1(c)(iii) or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this TRA Agreement in a case commenced under bankruptcy laws (such rejection, a “Bankruptcy Rejection”), then, the unpaid payment obligations as calculated in accordance with Section 4.1(c)(ii) shall (I) in the case of a Payment Default, automatically accelerate and become immediately due and payable upon expiration of the applicable period in clause (A) above (but, for the avoidance of doubt, no such acceleration shall occur earlier than thirty (30) calendar days following receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of a Breach Notice with respect to such Payment Default, and receipt of a Breach Notice shall be a condition precedent to any such acceleration), or (II) in the case of a Non-Payment Default, accelerate and become immediately due and payable upon written notice of acceleration from the TRA Party Representative to the Corporate Taxpayer at any time after the expiration of the applicable period in clause (B) above (provided that in the case of any Bankruptcy Rejection, such acceleration shall be automatic without any such written notice, unless such acceleration is waived in writing by the TRA Party Representative, which waiver may be retroactive).
(ii) The unpaid payment obligations specified in Section 4.1(c)(i) shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such Breach Notice (or, in the case of any Bankruptcy Rejection, on the date of such Bankruptcy Rejection) and shall include, without duplication: (i) the Early Termination Payments calculated with respect to such TRA Parties as if the Early Termination Date is the date of such Breach Notice or such Bankruptcy Rejection, as applicable; (ii) any Tax Benefit Payments due and payable and that remain unpaid as of the date of such Breach Notice or such Bankruptcy Rejection, as applicable (which Tax Benefit Payments shall not be included in the Early Termination Payments described in clause (i)); and (iii) any Tax Benefit Payments due for the Taxable Year ending immediately prior to or including the date of such Breach Notice or such Bankruptcy Rejection, as applicable (except to the extent that the amounts described in this clause (iii) are included in the calculation of Early Termination Payments described in clause (i) (at the option of the Corporate Taxpayer) or are included in clause (ii)); provided that the procedures of Section 4.2 (and Section 2.3, to the extent applicable) and Section 4.3 shall apply mutatis mutandis with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this sentence and the payment thereof, except that such amount shall not be due and payable until five (5) Business Days after such amount has become final pursuant to Section 4.2 or, if applicable, Section 7.9. In the event of an acceleration described in this Section 4.1(c), any Early Termination Payment described in the preceding sentence shall be calculated utilizing the Valuation Assumptions, substituting in each case the terms “date of a Breach Notice” or “date of a Bankruptcy Rejection,” as applicable, for an “Early Termination Date,” and if an Exchange occurs after the Corporate Taxpayer makes all such required Early Termination Payments in their entirety and other payments described in this Section 4.1(c), the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no obligations under this TRA Agreement with respect to such Exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this TRA Agreement and such breach is not a material breach of a material obligation under this TRA Agreement, a TRA Party shall still be entitled to enforce all of its rights otherwise available under this TRA Agreement, but shall not be entitled to an acceleration of amounts payable under this Section 4.1(c).
20
(iii) Notwithstanding anything in this TRA Agreement to the contrary, except in the case of an Early Termination Payment or any payment made in connection with a Change of Control, it shall not be a Payment Default or Non-Payment Default (and no Breach Notice may be delivered) under this TRA Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any payment due pursuant to this TRA Agreement (other than an Early Termination Payment or any payment made in connection with a Change of Control) to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer (w) has insufficient funds, or cannot make such payment as a result of obligations imposed in connection with any Senior Obligations, and cannot take commercially reasonable actions to obtain sufficient funds, to make such payment or (x) would become insolvent as a result of making such payment (in each case, as determined by the Board in good faith) (clauses (w) and (x) together, the “Liquidity Exceptions”); provided that the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient funds to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by, or payment obligations under, any Senior Obligations, in which case Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate); provided further that any such payment obligation shall nonetheless accrue for the benefit of the TRA Parties and the Corporate Taxpayer shall make such payment at the first opportunity that the Liquidity Exceptions do not apply; provided, further, however, that if the Liquidity Exceptions apply and the Corporate Taxpayer declares or pays any dividend of cash to its shareholders while any such Tax Benefit Payment is due and payable and remains unpaid more than thirty (30) days following the relevant Final Payment Date, then the Liquidity Exceptions shall no longer apply and a Breach Notice may be immediately delivered.
(d) Any Tax Attributes attributable to the Closing or to Exchanges (or deemed Exchanges) with respect to which a payment has been made under Section 4.1(a) or Section 4.1(c) shall be excluded in calculating any future Tax Benefit Payments or Early Termination Payments, and in such case, this TRA Agreement shall have no further application to such payments.
Section 4.2 Early Termination Notice. If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination in accordance with Section 4.1 above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each TRA Party written notice of such decision to exercise such right (“Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) specifying the Corporate Taxpayer’s decision to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment(s) due to each TRA Party. Each Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which all TRA Parties have been given such Schedule or amendment thereto under Section 7.1, unless the TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days after such date gives the Corporate Taxpayer written notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“Material Objection Notice”) or (ii) provides a written waiver of its right to give a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule shall become binding on the date such waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such Material Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures in which case such Schedule shall become binding in accordance with Section 7.9. The TRA Party Representative will represent the interests of each of the TRA Parties and shall raise and pursue, in accordance with this Section 4.2, any objection to an Early Termination Schedule or amendment thereto timely given in writing to the TRA Party Representative by a TRA Party.
21
Section 4.3 Payment upon Early Termination.
(a) Within five (5) Business Days after an Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each TRA Party an amount equal to the entire Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by such TRA Party or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party or, in the absence of such designation or agreement, by check mailed to the last mailing address provided by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer.
(b) “Early Termination Payment” in respect of a TRA Party shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of and starting from the applicable Early Termination Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments (excluding the Interest Amount, unless such amount was previously due and owing hereunder and not previously paid) in respect of such TRA Party that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer beginning from the Early Termination Date (but which have not been previously paid as of such date), and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions in respect of such TRA Party are applied and that each such Tax Benefit Payment for each relevant Taxable Year would be paid on the due date (including extensions) under applicable law as of the Early Termination Date for filing of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for each such Taxable Year. For the avoidance of doubt, an entire Early Termination Payment shall be made to each applicable TRA Party regardless of whether such TRA Party has exchanged all of its Common Units as of the Early Termination Date.
Article
V
SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS
Section 5.1 Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this TRA Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or any other payment required to be made by the Corporate Taxpayer to any TRA Party under this TRA Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money (whether secured or unsecured, senior or subordinated and/or however evidenced, including by bonds, notes or other debt instruments) of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries (the “Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that are not Senior Obligations. To the extent that any payment under this TRA Agreement is not permitted to be made at the time payment is due as a result of this Section 5.1 and the terms of agreements governing Senior Obligations, such payment obligation nevertheless shall accrue for the benefit of TRA Parties and the Corporate Taxpayer shall make such payments at the first opportunity that such payments are permitted to be made in accordance with the terms of the Senior Obligations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this TRA Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates enters into future Tax receivable or other similar agreements (“Future TRAs”), the Corporate Taxpayer shall use reasonable best efforts to ensure that the terms of any such Future TRA shall provide that the Tax Attributes subject to this TRA Agreement are senior in priority in all respects to any Tax attributes subject to any such Future TRA for purposes of calculating the amount and timing of payments under any such Future TRA.
22
Section 5.2 Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer. Subject to the proviso in the last sentence of Section 4.1(b), the amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to the TRA Parties when due under the terms of this TRA Agreement, whether as a result of Section 5.1 or otherwise, shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate (in place of the Agreed Rate, if applicable) commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was first due and payable until the date of actual payment; provided, that if the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient funds to make the payment as a result of limitations imposed by, or payment obligations in respect of, any Senior Obligations, interest shall instead be computed at the Agreed Rate.
Article VI
NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION
Section 6.1 Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided in this TRA Agreement, the Business Combination Agreement or the LLC Agreement, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, including the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify the TRA Party Representative in writing of the commencement of, and keep the TRA Party Representative reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo or any of OpCo’s Subsidiaries by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which would reasonably be expected to materially affect the rights and obligations of a TRA Party under this TRA Agreement, including the Tax Benefit Payments payable to TRA Parties, and shall provide to the TRA Party Representative reasonable opportunity (at the cost and expense of the TRA Party Representative, on behalf of the TRA Parties) to participate in or provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and its Subsidiaries and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided, however, that the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo (and its Subsidiaries) shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement or the Business Combination Agreement.
23
Section 6.2 Consistency. The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree to report and cause their respective Affiliates to report for all purposes, including United States federal, state and local Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that set forth in this TRA Agreement or specified by the Corporate Taxpayer in any Schedule, or Amended Schedule, provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this TRA Agreement that is final and binding on the parties, unless otherwise required by applicable law. The Corporate Taxpayer shall (and shall cause OpCo and its other Subsidiaries to use commercially reasonable efforts to) (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account the interests and entitlements of all TRA Parties under this TRA Agreement) defend the Tax treatment contemplated by this TRA Agreement and any Schedule (or Amended Schedule, as applicable) in any audit, contest or similar proceeding with any Taxing Authority.
Section 6.3 Cooperation. Each of the TRA Parties shall (a) furnish to the Corporate Taxpayer in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporate Taxpayer may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this TRA Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporate Taxpayer and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporate Taxpayer or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter. OpCo shall reimburse the TRA Parties for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.3.
Article
VII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 7.1 Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under this TRA Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered (or, if delivery is refused, upon presentment) or received by email (with confirmation of transmission) prior to 5:00 p.m. eastern time on a Business Day and, if otherwise, on the next Business Day, (b) one (1) Business Day following delivery by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid) or (c) three (3) calendar days following mailing by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Unless another address is specified in writing pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.1, notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the addresses indicated below:
Section 7.2 Counterparts. This TRA Agreement may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts and by fax, email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. No party shall raise the use of a fax machine or email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a fax machine or email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each party forever waives any such defense.
24
Section 7.3 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This TRA Agreement, the Business Combination Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, together with all Exhibits and Schedules to this TRA Agreement, contain the entire agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to such subject matter in any way. Nothing in this TRA Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this TRA Agreement.
Section 7.4 Governing Law. The law of the State of Delaware shall govern (a) all claims or matters related to or arising from this TRA Agreement (including any tort or non-contractual claims) and (b) any questions concerning the construction, interpretation, validity and enforceability of this TRA Agreement, and the performance of the obligations imposed by this TRA Agreement, in each case without giving effect to any choice-of-law or conflict-of-law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.
Section 7.5 Severability. If any provision of this TRA Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable by any governmental entity, all other provisions of this TRA Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. Upon such determination that any provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this TRA Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.
Section 7.6 Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers.
(a) No TRA Party may assign all or any portion of its rights or obligations under this TRA Agreement to any Person without the prior written approval of the TRA Disinterested Majority (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), except that, (i) to the extent that a TRA Party Transfers Units to any of such TRA Party’s Permitted Transferees in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement, the Transferring TRA Party shall have the option to assign, without the approval of the Board or TRA Disinterested Majority, to the Transferee of such Units the Transferring TRA Party’s rights and obligations under this TRA Agreement with respect to such Transferred Units, and (ii) any and all payments payable or that may become payable to a TRA Holder pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned to any Person or Persons so long as any such Person, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers an acknowledgement that such Person shall have no rights under this Agreement other than the right to enforce such Person’s right to receive payments under this Agreement. As a condition to any such assignment, each Transferee approved by the TRA Disinterested Majority or Permitted Transferee, as applicable, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall execute and deliver a joinder to this TRA Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, agreeing to become a TRA Party for all purposes of this TRA Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder. If a TRA Party Transfers Units in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement but does not assign to the Transferee of such Units its rights and obligations under this TRA Agreement with respect to such Transferred Units, (i) such TRA Party shall remain a TRA Party under this TRA Agreement for all purposes, including with respect to the receipt of Tax Benefit Payments to the extent payable hereunder (including any Tax Benefit Payments in respect of the Exchanges of such Transferred Units by such Transferee), and (ii) the Transferee of such Units shall not be a TRA Party. The Corporate Taxpayer may not assign any of its rights or obligations under this TRA Agreement to any Person (other than in connection with a Mandatory Assignment) without the prior written consent of the TRA Party Representative (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Any purported assignment in violation of the terms of this Section 7.6 shall be null and void.
25
(b) No provision of this TRA Agreement may be amended, unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporate Taxpayer (as determined by the TRA Disinterested Majority) and by the TRA Parties who would be entitled to receive at least 50% of the total amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Parties under this TRA Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Party pursuant to this TRA Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments one or more TRA Parties will be entitled to receive under this TRA Agreement unless such amendment is consented to in writing by such TRA Parties disproportionately affected. No provision of this TRA Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.
(c) All of the terms and provisions of this TRA Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporate Taxpayer shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this TRA Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place (any such assignment, a “Mandatory Assignment”).
Section 7.7 Interpretation. The headings and captions used in this TRA Agreement and the table of contents to this TRA Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this TRA Agreement. Any capitalized terms used in any Schedule or Exhibit attached hereto and not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings set forth in this TRA Agreement. The use of the word “including” herein shall mean “including without limitation.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this TRA Agreement, shall refer to this TRA Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this TRA Agreement. References herein to the Preamble or to a specific Section, Subsection, Recital, Clause, Schedule or Exhibit shall refer, respectively, to the Preamble, Sections, Subsections, Recitals, Clauses, Schedules or Exhibits of this TRA Agreement. Terms defined in the singular shall have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa. References herein to any gender shall include each other gender. The word “or” shall not be exclusive unless the context clearly requires the selection of one (1) (but not more than one (1)) of a number of items. References to “written” or “in writing” include in electronic form. References herein to any Person shall include such Person’s heirs, executors, personal representatives, administrators, successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 7.7 is intended to authorize any assignment or transfer not otherwise permitted by this TRA Agreement. References herein to a Person in a particular capacity or capacities shall exclude such Person in any other capacity. Any reference to “days” shall mean calendar days unless Business Days are expressly specified; provided that if any action is required to be done or taken on a day that is not a Business Day, then such action shall be required to be done or taken not on such day but on the first succeeding Business Day thereafter. References herein to any contract or agreement (including this TRA Agreement) mean such contract or agreement as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. With respect to the determination of any period of time, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding.” References herein to any law shall be deemed also to refer to such law, as amended (and any successor laws), and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” (or similar phrases) shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if.” Except where otherwise expressly provided, all amounts in this TRA Agreement are stated and shall be paid in United States dollars. The parties to this TRA Agreement and their respective counsel have reviewed and negotiated this TRA Agreement as the joint agreement and understanding of such parties, and the language used in this TRA Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by such parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any Person.
26
Section 7.8 Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction.
(a) EACH PARTY TO THIS TRA AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS TRA AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS TRA AGREEMENT AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES HEREUNDER. THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.
(b) Subject to Section 7.9, each of the parties submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of first, the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or if such court declines jurisdiction, then to the Federal District Court for the District of Delaware, in any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this TRA Agreement, agrees that all claims in respect of such action, suit or proceeding shall be heard and determined in any such court and agrees not to bring any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this TRA Agreement in any other courts. Nothing in this Section 7.8, however, shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or at equity. Each party agrees that a final judgment in any action, suit or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law or at equity.
27
Section 7.9 Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the calculation of amounts owed pursuant to Sections 2.3, 4.1 and 4.2 within the relevant period designated in this TRA Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert in the particular area of disagreement, acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator (the “Expert”), mutually acceptable to the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative. The Expert shall be a partner or principal of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, Deloitte, KPMG, BDO USA, LLP, Grant Thornton LLP, Alvarez & Marsal, or RSM US LLP, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative agree in writing otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with any party to this TRA Agreement, any Affiliate of any such parties, or any other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall cause the Expert to be selected by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise (the “ICC”) in accordance with the criteria set forth above in this Section 7.9. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30) calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen (15) calendar days or, in each case, as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this TRA Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The sum of (a) the costs and expenses relating to (i) the engagement (and, if applicable, selection by the ICC) of such Expert and (ii) if applicable, amending any Tax Return in connection with the decision of such Expert and (b) the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative incurred in the conduct of such proceeding shall be allocated between the Corporate Taxpayer, on the one hand, and the TRA Party Representative (on behalf of the TRA Parties), on the other hand, in the same proportion that the aggregate amount of the disputed items so submitted to the Expert that is unsuccessfully disputed by each such party (as finally determined by the Expert) bears to the total amount of such disputed items so submitted, and each such party shall promptly reimburse the other party for the excess that such other party has paid in respect of such costs and expenses over the amount it has been so allocated. The Corporate Taxpayer may withhold payments under this TRA Agreement to collect amounts due under the preceding sentence. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.9 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and each of the TRA Parties and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.
Section 7.10 Withholding. The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this TRA Agreement such amounts as the Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local, foreign or other Tax law; provided, however, that the Corporate Taxpayer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to notify and shall reasonably cooperate with the TRA Party Representative prior to the making of such deductions and withholding payments to determine whether any such deductions or withholding payments (other than any deduction or withholding required by reason of such TRA Party’s failure to comply with the last sentence of this Section 7.10) are required under applicable law and in obtaining any available exemption or reduction of, or otherwise minimizing to the extent permitted by applicable law, such deduction and withholding. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this TRA Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such withholding was made. To the extent that any payment pursuant to this TRA Agreement is not reduced by such deductions or withholdings, such recipient shall indemnify the applicable withholding agent for any amounts imposed by any Taxing Authority together with any costs and expenses related thereto. Each TRA Party shall promptly provide the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo or other applicable withholding agent with any applicable Tax forms and certifications (including IRS Form W-9 or the applicable version of IRS Form W-8) reasonably requested and shall promptly provide an update of any such Tax form or certificate previously delivered if the same has become incorrect or has expired.
28
Section 7.11 Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.
(a) If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of corporations that files a consolidated, combined or unitary income Tax Return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state or local Tax law, then: (i) the provisions of this TRA Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated, combined or unitary taxable income of the group as a whole.
(b) If the Corporate Taxpayer (or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) transfers or is deemed to transfer any Unit or any Reference Asset to a transferee that is treated as a corporation for United States federal income Tax purposes (other than a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) in a transaction in which the transferee’s basis in the property acquired is determined in whole or in part by reference to such transferor’s basis in such property, then the Corporate Taxpayer shall cause such transferee to assume the obligation to make payments hereunder with respect to the applicable Tax Attributes associated with any Reference Asset or interest therein acquired (directly or indirectly) in such transfer (taking into account any gain recognized in the transaction) in a manner consistent with the terms of this TRA Agreement as the transferee (or one of its Affiliates) actually realizes Tax benefits from the Tax Attributes.
(c) If OpCo transfers (or is deemed to transfer for United States federal income Tax purposes) any Reference Asset to a transferee that is treated as a corporation for United States federal income Tax purposes (other than a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) in a transaction in which the transferee’s basis in the property acquired is determined in whole or in part by reference to such transferor’s basis in such property, OpCo shall be treated as having disposed of the Reference Asset in a wholly taxable transaction in which income, gain or loss is allocated to the Corporate Taxpayer in accordance with the LLC Agreement. The consideration deemed to be received by OpCo in a transaction contemplated in the prior sentence shall be equal to the fair market value of the deemed transferred asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a transfer of a partnership interest. The transactions described in this Section 7.11(c) and Section 7.11(e) below shall be taken into account in determining the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, as applicable, for such Taxable Year based on the income, gain or loss deemed allocated to the Corporate Taxpayer using the Non-Adjusted Tax Basis of the Reference Assets in calculating its Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year and using the actual Tax basis of the Reference Assets in calculating its Actual Tax Liability, determined using the “with and without” methodology. Thus, for example, in determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability of the Corporate Taxpayer, the taxable income of the Corporate Taxpayer shall be determined by treating OpCo as having sold the applicable Reference Asset for its fair market value, recovering any basis applicable to such Reference Asset (using the Non-Adjusted Tax Basis), while the Actual Tax Liability of the Corporate Taxpayer would be determined by recovering the actual Tax basis of the Reference Asset that reflects any Basis Adjustments.
29
(d) If any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) that owns any Unit deconsolidates from the group (or the Corporate Taxpayer deconsolidates from the group), then the Corporate Taxpayer shall cause such member (or the parent of the consolidated group in a case where the Corporate Taxpayer deconsolidates from the group) to assume the obligation to make payments hereunder with respect to the applicable Tax Attributes associated with any Reference Asset it owns (directly or indirectly) in a manner consistent with the terms of this TRA Agreement as the member (or one of its Affiliates) actually realizes Tax benefits. If a transferee or a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) assumes an obligation to make payments pursuant to this Section 7.11(d), then the initial obligor is relieved of the obligation assumed.
(e) Except as otherwise set forth in Section 7.11(d), if the Corporate Taxpayer (or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) transfers (or is deemed to transfer for United States federal income Tax purposes) any Unit in a transaction that is wholly or partially taxable, then for purposes of calculating payments under this TRA Agreement, OpCo shall be treated as having disposed of the portion of any Reference Asset (determined based on a pro rata share of an undivided interest in each Reference Asset) that is indirectly transferred by the Corporate Taxpayer or other entity described above (i.e., taking into account the number of Units transferred) in a wholly or partially taxable transaction, as applicable, in which all income, gain or loss is allocated to the Corporate Taxpayer in accordance with the LLC Agreement. The consideration deemed to be received by OpCo shall be equal to the fair market value of the deemed transferred asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a transfer of a partnership interest.
Section 7.12 Confidentiality.
(a) Subject to Section 6.3, each TRA Party acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporate Taxpayer is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this TRA Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates and successors or concerning OpCo and its Affiliates and successors learned by the TRA Party pursuant to this TRA Agreement. This Section 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of the TRA Party in violation of this TRA Agreement) or is generally known and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for the TRA Party to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any Taxing Authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any Taxing Authority with respect to such returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this TRA Agreement, to the extent required by applicable law or to the extent reasonably necessary for the TRA Party to comply with any applicable reportable transaction requirements under applicable law, each TRA Party (and each employee, representative or other agent of the TRA Party, as applicable) may disclose the Tax treatment and Tax structure of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other Tax analyses) that are provided to the TRA Party relating to such Tax treatment and Tax structure.
30
(b) If a TRA Party breaches any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have the right to seek to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.
(c) In no event shall this Section 7.12 limit any obligation of any party under the LLC Agreement or the Business Combination Agreement.
Section 7.13 TRA Party Representative. By executing this TRA Agreement, each of the TRA Parties shall be deemed to have irrevocably appointed the TRA Party Representative as its agent and attorney in fact with full power of substitution to act from and after the date hereof and to do any and all things and execute any and all documents on behalf of such TRA Parties which may be necessary, convenient or appropriate to facilitate any matters under this TRA Agreement, including: (i) execution of the documents and certificates required pursuant to this TRA Agreement; (ii) except to the extent provided in this TRA Agreement, receipt and forwarding of notices and communications pursuant to this TRA Agreement; (iii) administration of the provisions of this TRA Agreement; (iv) any and all consents, waivers, amendments or modifications deemed by the TRA Party Representative to be necessary or appropriate under this TRA Agreement and the execution or delivery of any documents that may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith; (v) taking actions the TRA Party Representative is authorized to take pursuant to the other provisions of this TRA Agreement; (vi) negotiating and compromising, on behalf of such TRA Parties, any dispute that may arise under, and exercising or refraining from exercising any remedies available under, this TRA Agreement and executing, on behalf of such TRA Parties, any settlement agreement, release or other document with respect to such dispute or remedy; and (vii) engaging attorneys, accountants, agents or consultants on behalf of such TRA Parties in connection with this TRA Agreement and paying any fees related thereto on behalf of such TRA Parties, subject to reimbursement by such TRA Parties. The TRA Party Representative may resign upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Corporate Taxpayer.
[Signature Page Follows]
31
E2OPEN HOLDINGS, LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Laura Fese | |
Name: Laura Fese | ||
Title: Vice President and Secretary | ||
E2OPEN PARENT HOLDINGS, INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Deepa Kurian | |
Name: Deepa Kurian | ||
Title: Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer | ||
INSIGHT E2OPEN AGGREGATOR, LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Andrew Prodromos | |
Name: Andrew Prodromos | ||
Title: Authorized Signatory |
TRA PARTIES: | ||
/s/ Adam Berger | ||
Adam Berger | ||
ALTAI CAPITAL EAGLE LP | ||
By: | /s/ Rishi Bajaj | |
Name: Rishi Bajaj | ||
Title: Managing Member | ||
/s/ Ashish Shete | ||
Ashish Shete | ||
/s/ Azza Hararah | ||
Azza Hararah | ||
/s/ Betsy Atkins | ||
Betsy Atkins | ||
CL PARENT HOLDINGS, LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Mark Nix | |
Name: Mark Nix | ||
Title: Manager |
/s/ Corey Rhodes | |||
Corey Rhodes | |||
/s/ Diane Krakara Emery | |||
Diane Krakara Emery | |||
EFFEM MASTER FUND II PARALLEL, L.P. | |||
By: Performance Direct Master II GP, LLC, its General Partner | |||
By: Performance Equity Management, LLC, its Manager | |||
By: | /s/ Frank Brenninkmeyer | ||
Name: Frank Brenninkmeyer | |||
Title: Managing Director | |||
EFFEM MASTER FUND II, L.P. | |||
By: Performance Direct Master II GP, LLC, its General Partner | |||
By: Performance Equity Management, LLC, its Manager | |||
By: | /s/ Frank Brenninkmeyer | ||
Name: Frank Brenninkmeyer | |||
Title: Managing Director |
HELIOS ASSOCIATES, LLC | |||
By: | /s/ Elliot Greenberg | ||
Name: Elliot Greenberg | |||
Title: Vice President | |||
/s/ Hongliang Dai | |||
Hongliang Dai | |||
INSIGHT E2OPEN AGGREGATOR, LLC | |||
By: | /s/ Andrew Prodromos | ||
Name: Andrew Prodromos | |||
Title: Authorized Signatory | |||
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS GROWTH-BUYOUT CONINVESTMENT FUND (CAYMAN), L.P. | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, L.P., its General Partner | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, Ltd., its General Partner | |||
By: | /s/ Andrew Prodromos | ||
Name: Andrew Prodromos | |||
Title: Authorized Signatory |
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS GROWTH-BUYOUT CONINVESTMENT FUND (DELAWARE), L.P. | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, L.P., its General Partner | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, Ltd., its General Partner | |||
By: | /s/ Andrew Prodromos | ||
Name: Andrew Prodromos | |||
Title: Authorized Signatory | |||
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS (CAYMAN) IX, L.P. | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates IX, L.P., its General Partner | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates IX, Ltd., its General Partner | |||
By: | /s/ Andrew Prodromos | ||
Name: Andrew Prodromos | |||
Title: Authorized Signatory | |||
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS (DELAWARE) IX, L.P. | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates IX, L.P., its General Partner | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates IX, Ltd., its General Partner | |||
By: | /s/ Andrew Prodromos | ||
Name: Andrew Prodromos | |||
Title: Authorized Signatory | |||
/s/ James Andrew Brawford | |||
James Andrew Brawford |
/s/ James Ganesh Prusty | ||
James Ganesh Prusty | ||
/s/ Jarett Jay Janik | ||
Jarett Jay Janik | ||
/s/ Kerry Ormond | ||
Kerry Ormond | ||
/s/ Michael Farlekas | ||
Michael Farlekas | ||
Mumford 2014 investments llc | ||
By: | /s/ John B. Mumford | |
Name: John B. Mumford | ||
Title: Vice President | ||
/s/ Nilesh S. Khare | ||
Nilesh S. Khare | ||
/s/ Olga P. Grishina | ||
Olga P. Grishina |
PERFORMANCE DIRECT INVESTMENTS III, L.P. | ||
By: | Performance Direct Investments III GP, LLC, its General Partner | |
By: | Performance Equity Management, LLC, its Manager |
By: | |||
Name: Frank Brenninkmeyer | |||
Title: Managing Director |
PERFORMANCE EFFEM PE FUND, L.P. (SERIES 2017) | ||
By: | Performance EFFEM PE Fund GP, LLC, its General Partner | |
By: | Performance Equity Management, LLC, its Manager |
By: | |||
Name: Frank Brenninkmeyer | |||
Title: Managing Director |
/s/ Peter Hantman | ||
Peter Hantman | ||
/s/ Robert F. Byrne | ||
Robert F. Byrne |
SESAME INVESTMENTS LP | |
By: Middleton Investments Limited, as general partner | |
By: Elliott Investment Management L.P., as investment | |
manager |
By: | /s/ Elliot Greenberg | ||
Name: Elliot Greenberg | |||
Title: Vice President |
/s/ Shawn Harold Lane | ||
Shawn Harold Lane | ||
/s/ Thara Edson | ||
Thara Edson | ||
/s/ Timothy Maudlin | ||
Timothy Maudlin |
/s/ John Rumasuglia | ||
John Rumasuglia | ||
/s/ Mark Woodward | ||
Mark Woodward | ||
/s/ Prashanth V. Boccasam | ||
Prashanth V. Boccasam | ||
/s/ Vinay Gopal | ||
Vinay Gopal | ||
/s/ Aloysius Kantharaj | ||
Aloysius Kantharaj |
Final Form
EXHIBIT A
This JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below), is by and among E2open Parent Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporate Taxpayer”), ______________________ (“Transferor”) and ______________________ (“Transferee”).
WHEREAS, on ______________________, Transferee shall acquire ______________________ percent of the Transferor’s right to receive payments that may become due and payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below) (the “Acquired Interests”) from Transferor (the “Acquisition”); and
WHEREAS, Transferor, in connection with the Acquisition, has required Transferee to execute and deliver this Joinder pursuant to Section 7.6(a) of the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2021, among the Corporate Taxpayer, E2open Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the TRA Parties and the TRA Party Representative (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1.1 Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Section 1.2 Acquisition. The Transferor hereby transfers and assigns to the Transferee all of the Acquired Interests.
Section 1.3 Joinder. Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees (i) that such Transferee has received and read the Tax Receivable Agreement, (ii) that such Transferee is acquiring the Acquired Interests in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Tax Receivable Agreement and (iii) such Transferee will be treated as a “TRA Party” (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Section 1.4 Notice. Any notice, demand or other communication under the TRA Agreement to Transferee shall be given to Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Section 1.5 Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware.
Section 1.6 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Joinder may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts, by fax, email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.
Corporate Taxpayer: | ||
E2OPEN PARENT HOLDINGS, INC. | ||
By: |
Name: |
Title: |
[TRANSFEROR] |
By: |
Name: |
Title: |
[TRANSFEREE] |
By: |
Name: |
Title: |
Address for notices: |
Exhibit 10.3
INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), dated as of February 4, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and among (i) E2open Parent Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and successor to CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I, a Cayman Islands exempted company (including any of its successors or assigns, “PubCo”); (ii) (A) Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund (Cayman), L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“GBCF Cayman”), (B) Insight Venture Partners Growth-Buyout Coinvestment Fund (Delaware), L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“GBCF Delaware”), (C) Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) IX, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“IVP Cayman”) and (D) Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) IX, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (together with GBCF Cayman, GBCF Delaware, and IVP Cayman, the “IVP Blocked Equityholders”); (iii) (A) Helios Associates, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Helios”), and (B) Sesame Investments LP, a Delaware limited partnership (together with Helios, the “Elliott Equityholders”); (iv) (A) EFFEM Master Fund II Parallel, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“PEM Parallel Fund II”), (B) EFFEM Master Fund II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“PEM Fund II”) and (C) Performance EFFEM PE Fund II, L.P. (Series 2017) (together with PEM Parallel Fund II and PEM Fund II, the “PEM Blocked Equityholders,” and collectively with the IVP Blocked Equityholders and the Elliott Equityholders, the “Blocked Equityholders”); (v) Insight E2open Aggregator, LLC (“IVP Aggregator”, together with the IVP Blocked Equityholders, the “IVP Equityholders”); (vi) Performance Direct Investments III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (together with the PEM Blocked Equityholders, the “PEM Equityholders,” and collectively with the Blocked Equityholders and the IVP Aggregator, the “Equityholders”); (vii) CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”); (viii) CC NB Sponsor 1 Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“CC Capital”); (ix) Neuberger Berman Opportunistic Capital Solutions Master Fund LP, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“NBOKS” and, together with CC Capital, the “Founder Holders”); and (x) Eva F. Huston and Keith W. Abell (each, a “CCNB1 Independent Director” and, together, the “CCNB1 Independent Directors”). Each of PubCo, each Equityholder, the Sponsor, each Founder Holder and each CCNB1 Independent Director may be referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, PubCo has entered into that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2020 (as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “BCA”), by and among PubCo, the Blocker Merger Subs (as defined in the BCA), each wholly owned subsidiaries of PubCo, the Company Merger Sub (as defined in the BCA), a wholly owned subsidiary of PubCo, the Blockers (as defined in the BCA), E2open Holdings, LLC (formerly known as Eagle Parent Holdings, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (the “Operating Company”), and the other parties thereto, in connection with the business combination of PubCo and the Operating Company (the “Business Combination”) and other transactions contemplated therein;
WHEREAS, pursuant to the BCA, at the Closing, among other things (i) the Company Merger Sub will merge with and into the Operating Company and the Operating Company will become a subsidiary of PubCo whereby PubCo will acquire a certain number of common units in the Operating Company (“Common Units”) and (ii) (A) the holders of Equity Securities of the Operating Company (including IVP Aggregator but excluding the Blockers) immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the BCA), will each receive (1) a certain number of Common Units and the same number of shares of Class V Common Stock and (2) a certain number of unvested performance-based restricted Common Units (“Restricted Common Units”), and (B) the Blocked Equityholders, immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the BCA), will each receive (1) a certain number of shares of Class A Common Stock and (2) a certain number of shares of Class B Common Stock, in each case in accordance with the terms of the BCA;
WHEREAS, upon the consummation of the Business Combination, PubCo and the other persons holding Common Units and Restricted Common Units, including IVP Aggregator, entered into that certain third amended and restated operating agreement of the Operating Company (as it may be further amended, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms of such agreement, the “LLC Agreement”);
WHEREAS, pursuant to the LLC Agreement, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the LLC Agreement, (i) the Restricted Common Units will vest and become Common Units and (ii) PubCo will issue to the holders of such Common Units an additional number of shares of Class V Common Stock such that each such holder holds the same number of Common Units and shares of Class V Common Stock, and upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, the shares of Class B Common Stock will convert automatically into shares of Class A Common Stock of PubCo;
WHEREAS, each of the Equityholders holding Common Units has the right to exchange such Common Units, along with the cancelation of an equal number of shares of Class V Common Stock, for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement;
WHEREAS, PubCo, the Sponsor and the CCNB1 Independent Directors entered into that certain Registration and Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2020 (the “Original RRA”);
WHEREAS, in connection with the execution of this Agreement, PubCo, the Sponsor and the CCNB1 Independent Directors desire to terminate the Original RRA and replace it with this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, on the Effective Date, the Parties desire to set forth their agreement with respect to governance, registration rights and certain other matters, in each case in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
2 |
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
Article
I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Action” means any action, suit, charge, litigation, arbitration, or other proceeding at law or in equity (whether civil, criminal or administrative) by or before any Governmental Entity.
“Adverse Disclosure” means any public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure, in the good faith determination of the Board, after consultation with counsel to PubCo, (a) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein (in the case of any Prospectus and any preliminary Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (b) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed, and (c) PubCo has a bona fide, material business purpose for not making such information public.
“Affiliate” of any particular Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, its capacity as a sole or managing member or otherwise; provided that no Party shall be deemed an Affiliate of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries for purposes of this Agreement.
“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act.
“BCA” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Beneficially Own” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act; provided, that, a Transfer with respect to any Equity Securities shall, for purposes of this Agreement, means that the Transferor no longer Beneficially Owns such Equity Securities (except, for the avoidance of doubt, for any Transfer to Permitted Transferees or with respect to pledges or encumbrances which do not Transfer economic risk). “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned,” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.
“Blocked Equityholder” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“Board” means the board of directors of PubCo.
“Business Combination” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the State of New York.
“Bylaws” means the bylaws of PubCo, as in effect on the Closing Date, as the same may be amended from time to time.
3 |
“CC Capital” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“CCNB1” means CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I, a Cayman Islands exempted company.
“CCNB1 Independent Directors” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“CEO Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).
“Certificate of Incorporation” means the certificate of incorporation of PubCo, as in effect on the Closing Date, as the same may be amended from time to time.
“Class A Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo, or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that are issued or issuable in consideration for the Class A common stock or into which the Class A common stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.
“Class B Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo, or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that are issued or issuable in consideration for the Class B common stock or into which the Class B common stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.
“Class V Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Class V common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo, or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that are issued or issuable in consideration for the Class V common stock or into which the Class V common stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.
“Closing” has the meaning given to such term in the BCA.
“Closing Date” has the meaning given to such term in the BCA.
“Common Stock” means shares of the Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock and the Class V Common Stock, including any shares of the Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock and the Class V Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of any warrant or other right to acquire shares of the Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock and the Class V Common Stock.
“Common Units” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Company Units” means the Common Units and the Restricted Common Units.
“Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.
4 |
“Demanding Holders” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).
“E2open” means E2open, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
“Economic Interests” mean (a) for the IVP Equityholders, (i) Common Units, plus any Common Units issued upon the conversion of Restricted Common Units pursuant to clause (y) below and (ii) shares of Class A Common Stock, plus any shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to clause (y) below, in each case owned by the IVP Equityholders or their Permitted Transferees, (b) for the Elliott Equityholders, shares of Class A Common Stock, plus any shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to clause (y) below, in each case owned by the Elliott Equityholders or their Permitted Transferees, (c) for the Sponsor, 12,766,286 shares of Class A Common Stock, plus any shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to clause (y) below owned by the Sponsor or its Permitted Transferees, and (d) for CC Capital, 6,383,143 shares of Class A Common Stock, plus any shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to clause (y) below owned by CC Capital or its Permitted Transferees, in the case of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d), as equitably adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like. For purposes of computing the percentage of Economic Interests held by the IVP Equityholders in clause (a), the Elliott Equityholders in clause (b), the Sponsor in clause (c) and CC Capital in clause (d) in Section 3.1 and Section 6.4(b), in each case, Restricted Common Units and Class B Common Stock shall (x) not be included as held as of the Closing Date or at the applicable time while unvested and remaining Restricted Common Units or shares of Class B Common Stock and (y) be included as being held as of the Closing Date and at the applicable time beginning only if and when they vest and convert into Common Units or shares of Class A Common Stock.
“Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“Equity Securities” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares or equity (or such other interests), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, equity appreciation rights, phantom equity rights, profit participation and all of the other ownership or profit interests of such Person (including partnership or member interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.
“Equityholders” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
5 |
“Family Member” means with respect to any Person, a spouse, lineal descendant (whether natural or adopted) or spouse of a lineal descendant of such Person or any trust created for the benefit of such Person or of which any of the foregoing is a beneficiary.
“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
“Form S-1 Shelf” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).
“Form S-3 Shelf” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).
“Forward Purchase Agreement” means that certain forward purchase agreement, dated as of April 28, 2020, among PubCo and NBOKS, as amended by that certain Side Letter, dated as of October 14, 2020, by and between NBOKS and PubCo, pursuant to which NBOKS agreed to purchase up to an aggregate of 20,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of PubCo and a number of redeemable warrants to purchase Class A ordinary shares of PubCo equal to 1/4 the number of Class A ordinary shares of PubCo purchased, in a private placement to occur concurently with the Closing.
“Founder Holders” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“GBCF Cayman” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“GBCF Delaware” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“Governmental Entity” means any nation or government, any state, province or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any court, arbitrator (public or private) or other body or administrative, regulatory or quasi-judicial authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of any federal, state, local or foreign jurisdiction.
“Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a Party to, or who succeeds to rights under, this Agreement pursuant to Article VI; provided that a Party who does not hold Registrable Securities as of the Effective Date and who acquires Registrable Securities after the Effective Date will not be a Holder until such Party gives PubCo a representation in writing of the number of Registrable Securities it holds.
“Holder Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10(b).
“IVP Aggregator” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“IVP Blocked Equityholders” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“IVP Cayman” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“IVP Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).
“IVP Equityholders” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
6 |
“IVP Representative” means IVP Aggregator, or such other Person, which Person must be an Affiliate of Insight Venture Management, LLC, who is identified as the replacement IVP Representative by the then existing IVP Representative giving prior written notice to PubCo.
“Laws” means all laws, acts, statutes, constitutions, treaties, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations, and rulings of a Governmental Entity, including common law. All references to “Laws” shall be deemed to include any amendments thereto, and any successor Law, unless the context otherwise requires.
“LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Lock-Up Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).
“Lock-Up Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).
“Maximum Number of Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e).
“Minimum Takedown Threshold” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).
“Misstatement” means an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
“NBOKS” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“Necessary Action” means, with respect to any Party and a specified result, all actions (to the extent such actions are not prohibited by applicable Law and within such Party’s control, and in the case of any action that requires a vote or other action on the part of the Board to the extent such action is consistent with fiduciary duties that PubCo’s directors may have in such capacity) necessary to cause such result, including (a) calling special meetings of stockholders, (b) voting or providing a written consent or proxy, if applicable in each case, with respect to shares of Common Stock, (c) causing the adoption of stockholders’ resolutions and amendments to the Organizational Documents, (d) executing agreements and instruments, (e) making, or causing to be made, with Governmental Entities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result and (f) nominating certain Persons for election to the Board in connection with the annual or special meeting of stockholders of PubCo.
“Operating Company” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Organizational Documents” means the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws.
“Original RRA” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Participation Conditions” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d).
“Party” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
7 |
“Permitted Transferee” means with respect to any Person, (i) any Family Member of such Person and (ii) any Affiliate of such Person (including any partner, shareholder, member controlling or under common control with such Member and Affiliated investment fund or vehicle) of such Person, but excluding any Affiliate under this clause (ii) who operates or engages in a business which competes with the business of PubCo or the Operating Company and any portfolio company; provided that no Affiliated investment fund or vehicle of any Person (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding portfolio companies) shall be deemed to operate or engage in any such competing business, including as a result of ownership of securities (including a controlling interest) of any portfolio company that engages in or competes with the business of PubCo or the Operating Company so long as such securities are not the only securities held by such Affiliated investment fund or vehicle of such Person.
“Person” means any natural person, sole proprietorship, partnership, trust, unincorporated association, corporation, limited liability company, entity or Governmental Entity.
“Piggyback Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).
“Potential Takedown Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d).
“Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such prospectus, and all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.
“PubCo” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“Registrable Securities” means (a) any shares of Class A Common Stock, including Class A Common Stock (i) to be issued pursuant to the LLC Agreement upon exchange of Common Units (along with the cancelation of an equal number of shares of Class V Common Stock), and (ii) to be issued as a result of the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock, (b) any Warrants or any shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise thereof and (c) any Equity Securities of PubCo or any Subsidiary of PubCo that may be issued or distributed or be issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (a) or (b) by way of conversion, dividend, stock split or other distribution, merger, consolidation, exchange, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transaction, in each case held by a Holder, other than any security received pursuant to an incentive plan adopted by PubCo on or after the Closing Date; provided, however, that any such Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities to the extent (A) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such Registrable Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Registrable Securities have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement, (B) such Registrable Securities shall have ceased to be outstanding or (C) such Registrable Securities have been sold to, or through, a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or other public securities transaction.
“Registration” means a registration, including any related Shelf Takedown, effected by preparing and filing a registration statement, prospectus or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.
8 |
“Registration Expenses” means the out-of-pocket expenses of a Registration, including the following:
(a) | all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA) and any securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is then listed; |
(b) | fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky Laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of Registrable Securities); |
(c) | printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; |
(d) | reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for PubCo; |
(e) | reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of PubCo incurred specifically in connection with such Registration; and |
(f) | reasonable fees and expenses of one (1) legal counsel selected by the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders in an Underwritten Offering in an amount not to exceed $75,000 for each Registration. |
“Registration Statement” means any registration statement that covers the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus included in such registration statement, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement, and all exhibits to and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.
“Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, equity financing partners or financial advisors or other Person acting on behalf of such Person.
“Requesting Holder” means any Equityholder requesting piggyback rights pursuant to Section 4.2 of this Agreement with respect to an Underwritten Shelf Takedown.
“Restricted Common Units” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
“Shelf” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).
“Shelf Registration” means a registration of securities pursuant to a Registration Statement filed with the SEC in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect).
9 |
“Shelf Takedown” means an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or any proposed transfer or sale using a Registration Statement, including a Piggyback Registration.
“Shelf Takedown Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d).
“Shelf Takedown Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).
“Special Holder” means each of the Sponsor, the Founder Holders, each Elliott Equityholder and each IVP Equityholder, at such times as such Party is a Holder.
“Sponsor” means CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I Sponsor LLC, or, upon its dissolution, the Founder Holders.
“Sponsor Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).
“Sponsor Representative” means CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I Sponsor LLC or, after the dissolution of CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I Sponsor LLC, such other Person who is an Affiliate of one or more of the Founder Holders, who is identified as the replacement Sponsor Representative by the then existing Sponsor Representative giving prior written notice to PubCo, the IVP Representative and the Elliott Equityholders.
“Subsequent Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).
“Subsidiaries” means, of any Person, any corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power or equity is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such Person, or one (1) or more of the Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof.
“Transfer” means, when used as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary, direct or indirect, transfer, sale, pledge, hedge, encumbrance, or hypothecation or other disposition, contract or legally binding agreement to undertake any of the foregoing, by the Transferor (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and, when used as a verb, the Transferor voluntarily or involuntarily, directly or indirectly, transfers, sells, pledges, hedges, encumbers or hypothecates or otherwise disposes of (whether by operation of law or otherwise), contracts or agrees (in a legally binding manner) to do any of the foregoing, including, in each case, (a) the establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to, or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any security or (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another Person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise. The terms “Transferee,” “Transferor,” “Transferred,” and other forms of the word “Transfer” shall have the correlative meanings.
“Underwriter” means any investment banker(s) and manager(s) appointed to administer the offering of any Registrable Securities as principal in an Underwritten Offering.
“Underwritten Offering” means a Registration in which securities of PubCo are sold to an Underwriter for distribution to the public.
10 |
“Underwritten Shelf Takedown” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).
“Voting Securities” means Equity Securities of PubCo which are entitled to vote generally in the election of directors to the Board.
“Warrants” means the following outstanding warrants of PubCo, each exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock, (a) warrants to purchase 10,280,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issued to the Sponsor pursuant to that certain private placement warrants purchase agreement, dated April 28, 2020, by and among the Sponsor and PubCo, for a purchase price of $11.50 per warrant and (b) warrants to purchase 5,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issued to NBOKS pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement.
“Well-Known Seasoned Issuer” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act.
“Withdrawal Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(f).
Section 1.2 Interpretive Provisions. For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) the meanings of defined terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms.
(b) the words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.
(c) references in this Agreement to any Law shall be deemed also to refer to such Law, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(d) whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall mean “without limitation.”
(e) the captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
(f) pronouns of any gender or neuter or, as appropriate, the other pronoun forms.
Article
II
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Each of the Parties to this Agreement hereby represents and warrants to each other Party to this Agreement that as of the date such Party executes this Agreement:
Section 2.1 Existence; Authority; Enforceability. Such Party has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. Such Party who is not an individual is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, have been authorized by all necessary action, and no other act or proceeding on its part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
11 |
Section 2.2 Absence of Conflicts. The execution and delivery by such Party of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and will not (a) conflict with, or result in the breach of any provision of the constitutive documents of such Party who is not an individual; (b) result in any violation, breach, conflict, default or event of default (or an event which with notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default or event of default), or give rise to any right of acceleration or termination or any additional payment obligation, under the terms of any contract, agreement or permit to which such Party is a Party or by which such Party’s assets or operations are bound or affected; or (c) violate any law applicable to such Party.
Section 2.3 Consents. Other than any consents which have already been obtained, no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such Party in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or (b) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated herein.
Article
III
GOVERNANCE
Section 3.1 Board of Directors.
(a) Composition of the Board. Each of the Sponsor, the Elliott Equityholders, the IVP Equityholders, severally and not jointly, agrees with PubCo to take all Necessary Action to cause (x) the Board to be comprised of nine (9) directors and (y) those individuals to be nominated in accordance with this Article III, initially (i) three (3) of whom have been or will be nominated by the IVP Representative, initially Ryan M. Hinkle and Timothy I. Maudlin (with one (1) vacancy) and thereafter designated pursuant to Section 3.1(b) or Section 3.1(e) of this Agreement (each, an “IVP Director”), (ii) five (5) of whom have been or will be nominated by CC Capital (on behalf of the Sponsor), initially Chinh E. Chu, Eva F. Huston and Stephen C. Daffron (and two (2) vacancies) and thereafter designated pursuant to Section 3.1(c) or Section 3.1(e) of this Agreement (each, a “Sponsor Director”), and (iii) the CEO of E2open, initially Michael Farlekas (the “CEO Director”). Each of the Sponsor, the Elliott Equityholders, the IVP Equityholders, severally and not jointly, agrees with PubCo to take all Necessary Action to cause the foregoing directors to be divided into three classes of directors, with each class serving for staggered three year-terms as follows:
(i) the Class I directors shall include: three (3) Sponsor Directors, initially Eva F. Huston and Stephen C. Daffron (and one (1) vacancy);
(ii) the Class II directors shall include: two (2) IVP Directors, initially Ryan M. Hinkle and Timothy I. Maudlin, and one (1) Sponsor Director, initially vacant; and
12 |
(iii) the Class III directors shall include: one (1) IVP Director, initially vacant, one (1) Sponsor Director, initially Chinh E. Chu, and the CEO Director.
Any vacancies existing on the Board as of the date hereof shall be filled in accordance with Section 3.1(e). The initial term of the Class I directors shall expire immediately following PubCo’s 2021 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected. The initial term of the Class II directors shall expire immediately following PubCo’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected. The initial term of the Class III directors shall expire immediately following PubCo’s 2023 annual meeting at which directors are elected.
(b) IVP Equityholder Representation. For so long as the IVP Equityholders and their Permitted Transferees Beneficially Own Economic Interests (in PubCo and the Operating Company, without duplication) representing the percentage of the Economic Interests held by the IVP Equityholders immediately after the Closing shown below (or the percentage of Voting Securities shown below, if relevant), PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election as directors at each applicable annual or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected, that number of individuals designated by the IVP Representative that, if elected, will result in the IVP Equityholders having the number of directors serving on the Board that is shown in the column labeled “Number of IVP Directors” below; provided, that after the number of IVP Directors is reduced because the percentage Beneficially Owned of such Economic Interests is reduced, the IVP Equityholders and their Permitted Transferees cannot subsequently increase the number of IVP Directors entitled to be designated as a result of their acquisition of Beneficial Ownership of additional Economic Interests (in PubCo and the Operating Company, without duplication).
Economic Interests Beneficially Owned by the IVP
Equityholders (and their Permitted Transferees) as a Percentage of the Economic Interests Held by the IVP Equityholders immediately after the Closing |
Number of IVP Directors | |
85% or greater | 3 | |
66% or greater, but less than 85% | 2 | |
33% or greater (or, if greater, 2% of the Voting Securities of Pubco), but less than 66% | 1 | |
Less than the greater of 33% and 2% of the Voting Securities of PubCo | 0 |
(c) Sponsor Representation. For so long as the Sponsor and its Permitted Transferees (including CC Capital and NBOKS and their Permitted Transferees) Beneficially Own Economic Interests in PubCo representing at least the percentage, shown below, of the Economic Interests Beneficially Owned by CC Capital immediately after the Closing shown below, PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election as directors at each applicable annual or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that number of individuals designated by CC Capital (on behalf of the Sponsor) that, if elected, will result in the Sponsor having the number of directors serving on the Board that is shown below; provided, that after the number of Sponsor Directors is reduced because the percentage Beneficially Owned of such Economic Interests is reduced, the Sponsor and its Permitted Transferees cannot subsequently increase the number of Sponsor Directors entitled to be designated as a result of its acquisition of Beneficial Ownership of additional Economic Interests in PubCo.
13 |
Economic Interests Beneficially Owned by the
Sponsor (and its Permitted Transferees) as a Percentage of the Economic Interests Beneficially Owned by CC Capital immediately after the Closing |
Number of Sponsor Directors | |
85% | 5 | |
68% | 4 | |
51% | 3 | |
34% | 2 | |
17% | 1 | |
0% | 0 |
(d) Decrease in Directors. Upon any decrease in the number of directors that the IVP Representative or the Sponsor, as applicable, is entitled to designate for nomination to the Board pursuant to Section 3.1(b) or Section 3.1(c), the IVP Equityholders or the Sponsor, as applicable, shall take all Necessary Action to cause the appropriate number of IVP Directors or Sponsor Directors, as applicable, to offer to tender their resignation promptly, and no later than, sixty (60) days prior to the expected date of PubCo’s next annual meeting of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may, in its sole discretion and with the express written consent of such individual, recommend for nomination an IVP Director or Sponsor Director that has tendered his or her resignation pursuant to this Section 3.1(d).
(e) Removal; Vacancies. Except as provided in Section 3.1(d), and subject to the Organizational Documents, the IVP Representative or CC Capital (on behalf of the Sponsor), as applicable, shall have the exclusive right to (i) remove their nominees from the Board, and PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to cause the removal of any such nominee at the request of the applicable Party and (ii) designate directors for election to the Board to fill vacancies existing on the date hereof or created by reason of death, removal or resignation of its nominees to the Board, and PubCo, the Sponsor, the Elliott Equityholders and the IVP Equityholders shall take all Necessary Action to cause any such vacancies created pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above to be filled by replacement directors designated by the applicable Party as promptly as practicable after such designation (and in any event prior to the next meeting or action of the Board or applicable committee). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.1(e), no Party shall have the right to designate a replacement director, and PubCo shall not be required to take any action to cause any vacancy to be filled by any such designee, to the extent that election or appointment of such designee to the Board would result in a number of directors nominated by such Party in excess of the number of directors that such Party is then entitled to nominate for membership on the Board pursuant to this Agreement.
(f) Committees. In accordance with PubCo’s Organizational Documents, (i) the Board shall establish and maintain committees of the Board for (x) Audit, (y) Compensation and (z) Nominating and Corporate Governance, and (ii) the Board may from time to time by resolution establish and maintain other committees of the Board. For so long as the IVP Equityholders are entitled to designate at least one (1) director to serve on the Board pursuant to Section 3.1(b), each committee of the Board shall, at the IVP Representative’s option, include at least one (1) IVP Director, and for so long as CC Capital (on behalf of the Sponsor) is entitled to designate at least one (1) director to serve on the Board pursuant to Section 3.1(c), each committee of the Board shall, at CC Capital’s option, including at least one (1) Sponsor Director, in each case subject to applicable Laws and applicable stock exchange regulations, and subject to requisite independence requirements applicable to such committee.
14 |
(g) Reimbursement of Expenses. PubCo shall reimburse the directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Board and any committees thereof, including travel, lodging and meal expenses.
(h) Indemnification. For so long as any IVP Director or Sponsor Director serves as a director of PubCo, (i) PubCo shall provide such IVP Director or Sponsor Director with the same expense reimbursement, benefits, indemnity, exculpation and other arrangements provided to the other directors of PubCo and (ii) PubCo shall not amend, alter or repeal any right to indemnification or exculpation covering or benefiting any IVP Director or Sponsor Director nominated pursuant to this Agreement as and to the extent consistent with applicable Law, the last sentence of Section 10.1(G) of the Certificate of Incorporation, Article VIII of the Certificate of Incorporation, Article IV of the Bylaws and any indemnification agreements with directors (whether such right is contained in the Organizational Documents or another document) (except to the extent such amendment or alteration permits PubCo to provide broader indemnification or exculpation rights on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto).
Section 3.2 Voting Agreement. For the Standstill Period, each of the Sponsor, the Founder Holders, each IVP Equityholder and each Elliott Equityholder severally and not jointly agree with PubCo to cause all Equity Securities such Person has the right to vote as of the applicable record date, to be present in person or by proxy for quorum purposes and to be voted at any meeting of stockholders or at any adjournments or postponements thereof, and to consent in connection with any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting in favor of each director nominated in accordance with Section 3.1(a), Section 3.1(b) and Section 3.1(c), and recommended by the Board for election at any such meeting or through any such written consent. The Sponsor, the Founder Holders, the Founder Holders, each IVP Equityholder and each Elliott Equityholder, severally and not jointly, agree with PubCo not to take action to remove any director (other than a director nominated by such person) from office unless such removal is for cause or if the applicable Party nominating such director is no longer entitled to nominate such director pursuant to Section 3.1.
Section 3.3 Standstill.
(a) Each IVP Equityholder, each Elliott Equityholder, the Founder Holders and the Sponsor (each a, “Standstill Party”), severally and not jointly, agree with PubCo that, from the Effective Date until, and including, the date that is the later of (i) one (1) year after the Effective Date and (ii) the date on which PubCo’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected occurs (or any postponement or adjournment thereof) (such period, the “Standstill Period”), such Standstill Party shall not, directly or indirectly:
15 |
(i) make, engage in, or in any way, participate in any “solicitation” of “proxies” (as such terms are used in Regulation 14 of the Exchange Act) to vote, or seek to advise or influence any Person with respect to the voting of, any Equity Securities of PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries in favor of the election of any person as a director who is not nominated pursuant to this Agreement or by the Board (or its nominating committee) or in opposition of any individual nominated or designated for appointment or election to the Board by PubCo pursuant to this Agreement (including any “withhold,” “vote no” or similar campaign even if conducted as an exempt solicitation) or otherwise in opposition of any IVP Director or Sponsor Director (including by “solicitation” of “proxies” in favor of any opposing nominee of any such individual);
(ii) nominate any person as a director who is not nominated pursuant to this Agreement or by the Board (or its nominating committee) (other than by making a non-public proposal or request to the Board or its nominating committee in a manner which would not require the Board or PubCo to make any public disclosure);
(iii) take any action in support of or make any proposal or request that constitutes: (i) a change in the number or term of directors or to fill any vacancies on the Board (other than in accordance with this Agreement) or (ii) a change to the composition of the Board, other than by making a non-public proposal or request to the Board (or its nominating committee) in a manner which would not require the Board or PubCo to make any public disclosure;
(iv) enter into a voting trust, voting agreement or similar voting arrangement with respect to any Equity Securities of PubCo, or subject any Equity Securities of PubCo to any voting trust, voting agreement or similar voting arrangement (excluding customary brokerage accounts, margin accounts, prime brokerage accounts and similar other accounts), in each case other than (A) this Agreement, (B) solely with Affiliates or Permitted Transferees of the Standstill Party or (C) granting proxies in solicitations approved by the Board;
(v) form, join or in any way participate in a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or knowingly advise, assist or encourage, or enter into any agreement with, any other Person, in connection with any action contemplated by this Section 3.3(a); or
(vi) make any public disclosure inconsistent with this Section 3.3(a), or take any action that would reasonably be expected to require PubCo to make any public disclosure with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 3.3(a).
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.3, the foregoing provisions of Section 3.3(a) shall not, and are not intended to:
(i) prohibit any Party or its Affiliates from privately communicating with, including making any offer or proposal to, the Board (in a manner which would not require the Board or PubCo to make any public disclosure);
(ii) restrict in any manner how a Party or its Affiliates vote their Common Stock or other Common Stock, except as provided in Section 3.2 or otherwise as set forth in this Agreement;
16 |
(iii) restrict the manner in which any IVP Director or Sponsor Director may (A) vote on any matter submitted to the Board or the stockholders of PubCo, (B) participate in deliberations or discussions of the Board (including making suggestions or raising issues to the Board) in his or her capacity as a member of the Board, or (C) take actions required by his or her exercise of legal duties and obligations as a member of the Board or refrain from taking any action prohibited by his or her legal duties and obligations as a member of the Board, provided the foregoing shall not limit an Equityholder’s, the Sponsor’s or the Founder Holders’ obligations hereunder; or
(iv) restrict the Sponsor, any Founder Holder or any Equityholder or any of their respective Permitted Transferees from selling or transferring any of their Common Stock in accordance with this Agreement.
Section 3.4 Sharing of Information. To the extent permitted by antitrust, competition or any other applicable Law, each Equityholder and the Sponsor, severally and not jointly, agrees with PubCo and acknowledges that the directors designated by the Sponsor and the IVP Representative may share confidential, non-public information about PubCo and its subsidiaries (“Confidential Information”) with the Sponsor (or the Founder Holders) and the IVP Equityholders. Further, each Equityholder and the Sponsor recognizes that it, or its Affiliates, Permitted Transferees and Representatives, has acquired or will acquire Confidential Information in connection with this Agreement or otherwise, the use or disclosure of which could cause PubCo substantial loss and damages that could not be readily calculated and for which no remedy at Law would be adequate. Accordingly, each Equityholder and the Sponsor, severally and not jointly, covenants and agrees with PubCo that it will not (and will cause its respective Affiliates, Permitted Transferees and Representatives not to) at any time, except with the prior written consent of PubCo, directly or indirectly, disclose any Confidential Information known to it to any third party, unless (a) such information becomes known to the public through no fault of such Party, (b) disclosure is required by applicable Law or court of competent jurisdiction or requested by a Governmental Entity; provided that such Party promptly notifies PubCo of such requirement or request and takes commercially reasonable steps, at the sole cost and expense of PubCo, to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure, (c) such information was available or becomes available to such Party before, on or after the Effective Date, without restriction, from a source (other than PubCo) without any breach of duty to PubCo or (d) such information was independently developed by such Party or its Representatives without the use of the Confidential Information. Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit any of the IVP Equityholders or the Sponsor (or the Founder Holders) from disclosing Confidential Information to any Affiliate, Representative, limited partner, member or shareholder of such Party; provided that such Party shall be responsible for any breach of this Section 3.3 by any such Person. No Confidential Information shall be deemed to be provided to any Person, including any Affiliate of an Equityholder or Sponsor, unless such Confidential Information is actually provided to such Person. PubCo and each Equityholder and the Sponsor, severally and not jointly, acknowledges and agrees with PubCo that each of the Equityholders, the Sponsor and their respective Affiliates (including CC Capital and NBOKS) may currently be invested in, may invest in, or may consider investments in companies that compete either directly or indirectly with PubCo and its subsidiaries, or operate in the same or similar business as PubCo and its subsidiaries, and that nothing herein shall be in any way construed to prohibit or restrict the Equityholders, the Sponsor or their respective Affiliates’ (including CC Capital and NBOKS) ability to maintain, make or consider such other investments (including purchasing publicly traded securities). PubCo and each Equityholder and the Sponsor, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees with PubCo that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, each of the Equityholders and the Sponsor (other than any Equityholder that is an employee of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries) and their respective Affiliates (including CC Capital and NBOKS) shall not be liable to PubCo, the Sponsor or any other Equityholder for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by such Equityholder or the Sponsor, as applicable, or such Party’s Affiliates in any entity competitive with PubCo, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer, employee or other representative of any such Equityholder or the Sponsor, as applicable, or such Party’s Affiliates to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on PubCo; provided, however, that (x) no Confidential Information is used or disclosed in connection with such activities and (y) the foregoing shall not relieve any director or officer of PubCo from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to PubCo. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, (1) each of the IVP Equityholders and the Sponsor, CC Capital and NBOKS (a) may disclose Confidential Information in connection with routine supervisory audit or regulatory examinations (including by regulatory or self-regulatory bodies) to which they are subject in the course of their respective businesses without liability hereunder and (b) shall not be required to provide notice to any party in the course of any such routine supervisory audit or regulatory examination, provided that such routine audit or examination does not specifically target PubCo, any of its subsidiaries or the Confidential Information and (2) the Sponsor, CC Capital, NBOKS and each Equityholder that is a private equity, venture capital or other investment firm and their respective Affiliates may provide information about the subject matter of this Agreement to prospective and existing investors in connection with fund raising, marketing, informational, transactional or reporting activities.
17 |
Section 3.5 Legend. In order to enforce the obligations set forth in this Article III, PubCo shall place restrictive legends in the form set forth below on the certificates or book entries representing the Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement, including any Registrable Securities Transferred to a Permitted Transferee. Within two (2) Business Days of PubCo’s receiving a request to remove such legend by a Holder or the duly appointed transfer agent of PubCo, PubCo shall notify the Sponsor and the IVP Representative of such request in writing, including the number of Registrable Securities with respect to which such request relates and, if in connection with a proposed Transfer, the date such Transfer is, or is to be, effected. All certificates or book entries representing Registrable Securities, as the case may be, shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:
THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, DATED FEBRUARY 4, 2021 (THE “INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT”), BY AND AMONG E2OPEN PARENT HOLDINGS, INC. (THE “COMPANY”), CC NEUBERGER PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS I SPONSOR LLC AND THE OTHER PARTIES NAMED THEREIN, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME (COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AND SHALL BE PROVIDED FREE OF CHARGE TO ANY PARTY MAKING A BONA FIDE REQUEST THEREFOR). AND NO TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES WILL BE VALID OR EFFECTIVE UNTIL ANY CONDITIONS CONTAINED IN THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, IF ANY, HAVE BEEN FULFILLED.
18 |
Article
IV
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Section 4.1 Shelf Registration.
(a) Filing. PubCo shall file, within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date, a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3 Shelf”), or if PubCo is ineligible to use a Form S-3 Shelf, a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1 Shelf,” and together with the Form S-3 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration), the “Shelf”), in each case, covering the resale of all Registrable Securities (determined as of two (2) Business Days prior to such filing) on a delayed or continuous basis. PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf to become effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after the initial filing thereof. The Shelf shall provide for the resale of the Registrable Securities included therein pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Special Holder. PubCo shall maintain the Shelf in accordance with the terms hereof, and shall prepare and file with the SEC such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements as may be necessary to keep such Shelf continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. In the event PubCo files a Form S-1 Shelf, PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to convert the Form S-1 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration) to a Form S-3 Shelf as soon as practicable after PubCo is eligible to use Form S-3.
(b) Subsequent Shelf Registration. If any Shelf ceases to be effective under the Securities Act for any reason at any time while there are any Registrable Securities, PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable cause such Shelf to again become effective under the Securities Act (including obtaining the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf), and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable amend such Shelf in a manner reasonably expected to result in the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf or file an additional Registration Statement as a Shelf Registration (a “Subsequent Shelf Registration”) registering the resale of all outstanding Registrable Securities from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Special Holder. If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause such Subsequent Shelf Registration to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is reasonably practicable after the filing thereof (it being agreed that the Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement if PubCo is then a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer at the time of filing) and (ii) keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. Any such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-3 to the extent that PubCo is eligible to use such form. Otherwise, such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on another appropriate form. In the event that any Holder holds Registrable Securities that are not registered for resale on a delayed or continuous basis, PubCo, upon request of a Holder, shall promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the resale of such Registrable Securities to be covered by either, at PubCo’s option, the Shelf (including by means of a post-effective amendment) or a Subsequent Shelf Registration and cause the same to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and such Shelf or Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be subject to the terms hereof.
19 |
(c) Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. At any time and from time to time after the Shelf has been declared effective by the SEC, the Special Holders may request (each, a “Shelf Takedown Request”) to sell all or any portion of their Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); provided that PubCo shall only be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if such offering (i) shall include securities with a total offering price (exclusive of piggyback securities and before deduction of underwriting discounts) reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $10.0 million (the “Minimum Takedown Threshold”) or (ii) shall be made with respect to all of the Registrable Securities of the Demanding Holder, provided that any request for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to this clause (ii) made by the Sponsor Representative as representative of the Founder Holders, shall apply to all Registrable Securities then held by the Founder Holders. All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to PubCo, which shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the expected price range of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, provided that each Holder agrees that the fact that such a notice has been delivered shall constitute Confidential Information subject to Section 3.3. The Special Holders that requested such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (the “Demanding Holders”) shall have the right to select the Underwriters for such offering (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally or regionally recognized investment banks), and to agree to the pricing and other terms of such offering; provided that such selection shall be subject to the consent of PubCo, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall any Special Holder or any Transferee thereof request an Underwritten Shelf Takedown during the Lock-Up Period. There shall be no limit to the number of Underwritten Shelf Takedowns that may be requested by any Special Holder, subject to the proviso in the first sentence of this Section 4.1(c).
(d) Shelf Takedown Participation. Promptly upon receipt of a Shelf Takedown Request (but in no event more than two (2) Business Days thereafter (or more than twenty-four (24) hours thereafter in connection with an underwritten “block trade”)) for any Underwritten Shelf Takedown, PubCo shall deliver a notice (a “Shelf Takedown Notice”) to each other Special Holder with Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement (each, a “Potential Takedown Participant”). The Shelf Takedown Notice shall offer each such Potential Takedown Participant the opportunity to include in any Underwritten Shelf Takedown such number of Registrable Securities as each such Potential Takedown Participant may request in writing. PubCo shall include in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown all such Registrable Securities with respect to which PubCo has received written requests for inclusion therein within three (3) Business Days (or within twenty-four (24) hours in connection with an underwritten “block trade”) after the date that the Shelf Takedown Notice has been delivered. Any Potential Takedown Participant’s request to participate in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall be binding on the Potential Takedown Participant; provided that each such Potential Takedown Participant that elects to participate may condition its participation on the Underwritten Shelf Takedown being completed within ten (10) Business Days of its acceptance at a price per share (after giving effect to any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) to such Potential Takedown Participant of not less than a percentage of the closing price for the shares on their principal trading market on the Business Day immediately prior to such Potential Takedown Participant’s election to participate, as specified in such Potential Takedown Participant’s request to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (the “Participation Conditions”). Notwithstanding the delivery of any Shelf Takedown Notice, but subject to the Participation Conditions (to the extent applicable), all determinations as to whether to complete any Underwritten Shelf Takedown and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Underwritten Shelf Takedown contemplated by this Section 4.1(d) shall be determined by the Requesting Holder.
20 |
(e) Reduction of Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, in good faith, advise PubCo, the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) in writing that the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) desire to sell, taken together with all other shares of Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell and all other Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, that have been requested to be sold in such Underwritten Offering pursuant to separate written contractual piggyback registration rights held by any other stockholders, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of Equity Securities that can be sold in the Underwritten Offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of such securities, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of Securities”), then PubCo shall include in such Underwritten Offering, as follows: at all times (i) first, the Registrable Securities of the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Demanding Holder and Requesting Holder (if any) has requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities of other Persons that PubCo is obligated to include in such Underwritten Offering pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.
(f) Withdrawal. Any of the Demanding Holders initiating an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the right to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification (a “Withdrawal Notice”) to PubCo and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of such Demanding Holder’s intention to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, prior to the public announcement of the Underwritten Shelf Takedown by PubCo; provided that a Special Holder may elect to have PubCo continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if the Minimum Takedown Threshold would still be satisfied or if the Underwritten Shelf Takedown would be made with respect to all of the Registrable Securities of such Special Holder. Following the receipt of any Withdrawal Notice, PubCo shall promptly forward such Withdrawal Notice to any other Special Holders that had elected to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, PubCo shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Underwritten Shelf Takedown prior to delivery of a Withdrawal Notice under this Section 4.1(f).
21 |
(g) Long-Form Demands. Upon the expiration of the Lock-Up Period and during such times as no Shelf is effective, each Special Holder may demand that PubCo file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 for the purpose of conducting an Underwritten Offering of any or all of such Special Holder’s Registrable Securities. PubCo shall file such Registration Statement within thirty (30) days of receipt of such demand and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to be declared effective within sixty (60) days of filing. The provisions of Sections 4.1(c)-(f) shall apply to this Section 4.1(g) as if a demand under this Section 4.1(g) were an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, provided that in order to withdraw a demand under this Section 4.1(g), such withdrawal must be received by PubCo prior to PubCo having publicly filed a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 4.1(g).
Section 4.2 Piggyback Registration.
(a) Piggyback Rights. If PubCo or any Special Holder proposes to conduct a registered offering of, or if PubCo proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of Equity Securities of PubCo, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into Equity Securities of PubCo, for its own account or for the account of stockholders of PubCo, other than a Registration Statement (or any registered offering with respect thereto) (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to PubCo’s existing stockholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of PubCo or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then PubCo shall give written notice of such proposed offering to all Special Holders and the PEM Equityholders as soon as practicable but not less than three (3) calendar days before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement or, in the case of an underwritten offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the launch date of such offering, which notice shall (A) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any and if known, in such offering, and (B) offer to all of the Special Holders and the PEM Equityholders the opportunity to include in such registered offering such number of Registrable Securities as such Special Holders or PEM Equityholders, as applicable, may request in writing within two (2) calendar days after receipt of such written notice (such registered offering, a “Piggyback Registration”); provided that each Special Holder and each PEM Equityholder agrees with PubCo that the fact that such a notice has been delivered shall constitute Confidential Information subject to Section 3.3. PubCo shall cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Special Holders and PEM Equityholders pursuant to this Section 4.2(a) to be included in a Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of PubCo included in such registered offering and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The inclusion of any Special Holder’s or any PEM Equityholder’s Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration shall be subject to such Special Holder’s or PEM Equityholder’s, respectively, agreement to abide by the terms of Section 4.6 below.
22 |
(b) Reduction of Piggyback Registration. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Offering that is to be a Piggyback Registration (other than an Underwritten Shelf Takedown), in good faith, advises PubCo, the Special Holders and the PEM Equityholders, in each case, participating in the Piggyback Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of shares of Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell, taken together with (i) the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been demanded pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with Persons other than the Special Holders and PEM Equityholders hereunder and (ii) the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to this Section 4.2, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, then:
(i) If the Registration is initiated and undertaken for PubCo’s account, PubCo shall include in any such Registration (A) first, the Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Special Holders and PEM Equityholders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.2(a) (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Special Holder and each PEM Equityholder has requested be included in such Registration), which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, as to which Registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggyback registration rights of other stockholders of PubCo, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; or
(ii) If the Registration is pursuant to a request by Persons other than the Special Holders, then PubCo shall include in any such Registration (A) first, the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, of such requesting Persons, other than the Special Holders and the PEM Equityholders, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Special Holders and the PEM Equityholders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.2(a) (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Special Holder and each PEM Equityholder has requested be included in such Registration) which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, for the account of other Persons that PubCo is obligated to register pursuant to separate written contractual piggyback registration rights of such Persons, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.2(b), in the event a Demanding Holder has submitted notice for a bona fide Underwritten Shelf Takedown and all sales pursuant to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 4.1 have not been effected in accordance with the applicable plan of distribution or submitted a Withdrawal Notice prior to such time that PubCo has given written notice of a Piggyback Registration to all Special Holders and PEM Equityholders pursuant to this Section 4.2, then any reduction in the number of Registrable Securities to be offered in such offering shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.1(e), instead of this Section 4.2(b).
23 |
(c) Piggyback Registration Withdrawal. Any Special Holder and any PEM Equityholder shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to PubCo and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of such Special Holder’s or such PEM Equityholder’s intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the SEC with respect to such Piggyback Registration or, in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement with respect to such Piggyback Registration used for marketing such transaction. PubCo (whether on its own good faith determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by Persons pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement filed with the SEC in connection with a Piggyback Registration (which, in no circumstance, shall include the Shelf) at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, PubCo shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to its withdrawal under this Section 4.2(c).
Section 4.3 Restriction on Transfer. In connection with any Underwritten Offering of Equity Securities of PubCo, (i) each Holder that holds more than 1.0% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to the exchange of all outstanding Company Units), agrees that it shall not Transfer any Common Stock (other than those included in such offering pursuant to this Agreement), without the prior written consent of PubCo, during the seven (7) days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the date of pricing of such offering, except in the event the Underwriter managing the offering otherwise agrees by written consent, and further agrees to execute a customary lock-up agreement in favor of the Underwriter or Underwriters to such effect (in each case on substantially the same terms and conditions as all such Holders) and (ii) PubCo will cause each of its directors and officers to execute a lock-up on terms at least as restrictive as that contemplated by the preceding clause (i). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Holder shall not be subject to this Section 4.3 with respect to an Underwritten Offering unless each Holder that holds at least 1.0% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to the exchange of all outstanding Company Units) and each of PubCo’s directors and officers have executed a lock-up on terms at least as restrictive with respect to such Underwritten Offering as requested of the Holders.
Section 4.4 General Procedures. In connection with effecting any Registration and/or Shelf Takedown, subject to applicable Law and any regulations promulgated by any securities exchange on which PubCo’s Equity Securities are then listed, each as interpreted by PubCo with the advice of its counsel, PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts (except as set forth in clause (d) below) to effect such Registration to permit the sale of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration in accordance with the intended plan of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto PubCo shall, as expeditiously as possible:
24 |
(a) prepare and file with the SEC as soon as practicable a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold;
(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, and such supplements to the Prospectus, as may be reasonably requested by any Special Holder or PEM Equityholder or as may be required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by PubCo or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder to keep the Registration Statement effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;
(c) prior to filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the Underwriters, if any, and the Special Holders and PEM Equityholders, in each case, who are Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, and such Special Holders’ or PEM Equityholders’ respective legal counsel, if any, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), and such other documents as the Underwriters or the Special Holders or PEM Equityholders, in each case, who are Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration or the respective legal counsel for any such Special Holders or PEM Equityholders, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Special Holders or PEM Equityholders;
(d) prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” Laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request (or provide evidence satisfactory to such Holders that the Registrable Securities are exempt from such registration or qualification) and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other Governmental Entities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of PubCo and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that PubCo shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or take any action to which it would be subject to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise so subject;
(e) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by PubCo are then listed;
25 |
(f) provide a transfer agent or warrant agent, as applicable, and registrar for all such Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;
(g) advise each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the SEC suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;
(h) at least three (3) calendar days prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into such Registration Statement or Prospectus furnish a draft thereof to each Special Holder or PEM Equityholder, in each case, who is a Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, or its counsel, if any (excluding any exhibits thereto and any filing made under the Exchange Act that is to be incorporated by reference therein);
(i) notify the Holders at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes a Misstatement, and then to correct such Misstatement as set forth in Section 4.7 hereof;
(j) permit Representatives of the Special Holders, the Underwriters, if any, and any attorney, consultant or accountant retained by such Special Holders or Underwriter to participate, at each such Person’s own expense except to the extent such expenses constitute Registration Expenses, in the preparation of the Registration Statement, and cause PubCo’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Representative, Underwriter, attorney, consultant or accountant in connection with the Registration; provided, however, that such Persons agree to confidentiality arrangements reasonably satisfactory to PubCo, prior to the release or disclosure of any such information;
(k) obtain a “cold comfort” letter, and a bring-down thereof, from PubCo’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an Underwritten Offering which the participating Special Holders or PEM Equityholders may rely on, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to the participating Special Holders;
(l) on the date the Registrable Securities are delivered for sale pursuant to such Registration, obtain an opinion and negative assurances letter, dated such date, of counsel representing PubCo for the purposes of such Registration, addressed to the Special Holders and, if participating in such Registration, the PEM Equityholders, the placement agent or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to the Registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as such Special Holders, PEM Equityholders, placement agent, sales agent, or Underwriter may reasonably request and as are customarily included in such opinions and negative assurance letters, and reasonably satisfactory to the participating Special Holders and PEM Equityholders;
26 |
(m) in the event of any Underwritten Offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing Underwriter of such offering;
(n) make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any successor rule promulgated thereafter by the SEC);
(o) if an Underwritten Offering involves Registrable Securities with a total offering price (including piggyback securities and before deduction of underwriting discounts) reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $50.0 million, use its reasonable best efforts to make available senior executives of PubCo to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in such Underwritten Offering; and
(p) otherwise, in good faith, cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested, by the Special Holders, in connection with such Registration.
Section 4.5 Registration Expenses. The Registration Expenses of all Registrations shall be borne by PubCo. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders selling any Registrable Securities in an offering shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as Underwriters’ commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, Underwriter marketing costs and, other than as set forth in the definition of “Registration Expenses,” all reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing such Holders, in each case pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities that such Holders have sold in such Registration.
Section 4.6 Requirements for Participating in Underwritten Offerings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Holder does not provide PubCo with its requested Holder Information, PubCo may exclude such Holder’s Registrable Securities from the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus if PubCo determines, based on the advice of counsel, that such information is necessary to effect the registration and such Holder continues thereafter to withhold such information. No Person may participate in any Underwritten Offering of Equity Securities of PubCo pursuant to a Registration hereunder unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting and other arrangements approved by PubCo in the case of an Underwritten Offering initiated by PubCo, and approved by the Demanding Holders in the case of an Underwritten Offering initiated by the Demanding Holders and (b) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, lock-up agreements, underwriting agreements and other customary documents as may be reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. Subject to the minimum thresholds set forth in Section 4.1(c) and Section 4.4(o) of this Agreement, the exclusion of a Holder’s Registrable Securities as a result of this Section 4.6 shall not affect the registration of the other Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration.
27 |
Section 4.7 Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure. Upon receipt of written notice from PubCo that a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement (and PubCo hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after giving such notice), or until it is advised in writing by PubCo that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed. If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement in respect of any Registration at any time would require PubCo to make an Adverse Disclosure or would require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to PubCo for reasons beyond PubCo’s control, PubCo may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement for the shortest period of time, but in no event more than ninety (90) days in any 12-month period, determined in good faith by PubCo to be necessary for such purpose. In the event PubCo exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, the Holders agree to suspend, immediately upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of the Prospectus relating to such Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. PubCo shall immediately notify the Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 4.7.
Section 4.8 Reporting Obligations. As long as any Holder shall own Registrable Securities, PubCo, at all times while it shall be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by PubCo after the Effective Date pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and to promptly furnish the Holders with true and complete copies of all such filings; provided, that any documents publicly filed or furnished with the SEC pursuant to the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System shall be deemed to have been furnished to the Holders pursuant to this Section 4.8.
Section 4.9 Other Obligations. In connection with a Transfer of Registrable Securities exempt from Section 5 of the Securities Act or through any broker-dealer transactions described in the plan of distribution set forth within the Prospectus and pursuant to the Registration Statement of which such Prospectus forms a part, PubCo shall, subject to applicable Law, as interpreted by PubCo with the advice of counsel, and the receipt of any customary documentation required from the applicable Holders in connection therewith, (a) promptly instruct its transfer agent to remove any restrictive legends applicable to the Registrable Securities being Transferred and (b) cause its legal counsel to deliver the necessary legal opinions, if any, to the transfer agent in connection with the instruction under clause (a). In addition, PubCo shall cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by the Holders, in connection with the aforementioned Transfers; provided, however, that PubCo shall have no obligation to participate in any “road shows” or assist with the preparation of any offering memoranda or related documentation with respect to any Transfer of Registrable Securities in any transaction that does not constitute an Underwritten Offering.
Section 4.10 Indemnification and Contribution.
(a) PubCo agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by Law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, managers, directors and Representatives and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) caused by, resulting from, arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) any violation or alleged violation by PubCo of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities Laws, except in each case insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to PubCo by such Holder expressly for use therein. PubCo shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing sentence with respect to the indemnification of each Holder.
28 |
(b) In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such Holder shall furnish to PubCo in writing such information and affidavits as PubCo reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (the “Holder Information”) and, to the extent permitted by Law, such Holder shall indemnify PubCo, its directors and officers and each Person who controls PubCo (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders of Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Holder of Registrable Securities shall be in proportion to and limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. The Holders of Registrable Securities shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers, directors and each Person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing sentence with respect to indemnification of PubCo.
(c) Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Section 4.10 shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which such Person seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement) or which settlement does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.
29 |
(d) The indemnification provided hereunder shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, manager, director, Representative or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the Transfer of securities.
(e) If the indemnification provided in this Section 4.10 from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action; provided, however, that the liability of any Holder under this Section 4.10(e) shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder in such offering giving rise to such liability. The amount paid or payable by a Party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 4.10(a), 4.10(b) and 4.10(c), any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such Party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The Parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.10(e) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 4.10(e). No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this Section 4.10(e) from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
Section 4.11 Other Registration Rights. Other than the registration rights set forth in the Forward Purchase Agreement, the Backstop Agreement and the Subscription Agreements (as defined in the BCA), PubCo represents and warrants that no Person, other than a Holder of Registrable Securities pursuant hereto, has any right to require PubCo to register any securities of PubCo for sale or to include such securities of PubCo in any Registration Statement filed by PubCo for the sale of securities for its own account or for the account of any other Person. Further, each of PubCo, the Sponsor and the Sponsor Representative represents and warrants that this Agreement supersedes any other registration rights agreement or other similar agreement, other than the registration rights set forth in the Forward Purchase Agreement, the Backstop Agreement and the Subscription Agreements.
30 |
Section 4.12 Rule 144. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, PubCo covenants that it will (a) make available at all times information necessary to comply with Rule 144, if such Rule is available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, and (b) take such further action as the Holders may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable them to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities), as such rule may be amended from time to time. Upon the reasonable request of any Holder, PubCo will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether PubCo has complied with such information requirements, and, if not, the specific reasons for non-compliance.
Section 4.13 Term. Article IV shall terminate with respect to any Holder on the date that such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities. The provisions of Section 4.8 and Section 4.10 shall survive any such termination with respect to such Holder.
Section 4.14 Holder Information. Each Holder agrees, if requested in writing by PubCo, to represent to PubCo the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder in order for PubCo to make determinations hereunder, including for purposes of Section 4.12 hereof.
Section 4.15 Termination of Original RRA. Upon the Closing, PubCo, the Sponsor and the CCNB1 Independent Directors hereby agree that the Original RRA and all of the respective rights and obligations of the parties thereunder are hereby terminated in their entirety and shall be of no further force or effect.
Section 4.16 Distributions.
(a) In the event that, pursuant to a dissolution of the Sponsor, the Sponsor distributes all of its Registrable Securities to its members, the Founder Holders shall be treated as the Sponsor hereunder; provided, that such Founder Holders, taken as a whole, shall not be entitled to rights in excess of those conferred on the Sponsor, as if the Sponsor remained a single entity party to this Agreement.
(b) In the event that any Elliott Equityholder (i) distributes all of its Registrable Securities to its direct equity holders or (ii) contributes all of its Registrable Securities to a controlled Affiliate, which Affiliate must be a Permitted Transferee, such distributees or contributees, as applicable, shall be treated as such Elliott Equityholder hereunder; provided, that such distributees or contributees, taken as a whole, shall not be entitled to rights in excess of those conferred on the Elliott Equityholders, as if they remained a single party to this Agreement.
(c) In the event that any IVP Equityholder (i) distributes all of its Registrable Securities to its direct equity holders or (ii) contributes all of its Registrable Securities to a controlled Affiliate, which Affiliate must be a Permitted Transferee, such distributees or contributees, as applicable, shall be treated as such IVP Equityholder hereunder; provided, that only the IVP Representative shall be entitled to take any action hereunder that any such IVP Equityholder is entitled to take; provided, further, that such distributees or contributees, taken as a whole, shall not be entitled to rights in excess of those conferred on the IVP Equityholders, as if they remained a single party to this Agreement.
31 |
(d) In the event that any PEM Equityholder (i) distributes all of its Registrable Securities to its direct equity holders or (ii) contributes all of its Registrable Securities to a controlled Affiliate, which Affiliate must be a Permitted Transferee, such distributees or contributees, as applicable, shall be treated as such PEM Equityholder hereunder; provided, that such distributees or contributees, taken as a whole, shall not be entitled to rights in excess of those conferred on the PEM Equityholders, as if they remained a single party to this Agreement.
Section 4.17 Adjustments. If there are any changes in the Common Stock as a result of stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation, recapitalization or other similar event, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions of this Agreement, as may be required, so that the rights, privileges, duties and obligations hereunder shall continue with respect to the Common Stock as so changed.
Article
V
LOCK-UP
Section 5.1 Lock-Up.
(a) Other than pursuant to the LLC Agreement, no Special Holder (including any Founder Holder), other Equityholder or CCNB1 Independent Director shall Transfer, or make a public announcement of any intention to effect such Transfer, of any Lock-Up Shares (as defined below) Beneficially Owned or otherwise held by such Person during the Lock-Up Period (as defined below); provided, that such prohibition shall not apply to Transfers permitted pursuant to Section 5.2. The “Lock-Up Period” shall be the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is six (6) months following the Closing Date. The “Lock-Up Shares” means (i) the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class V Common Stock, Common Units and Restricted Common Units held by the Special Holders, the Equityholders or the CCNB1 Independent Directors as of the Closing Date, and (ii) shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the LLC Agreement upon exchange of Company Units held as of the Closing Date, along with an equal number of Class V Common Stock, for Class A Common Stock; provided however that (w) any Equity Securities purchased by NBOKS or any Founder Holder (or Affiliate thereof) pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement or any other forward purchase agreement entered into with PubCo in connection with PubCo’s initial public offering, (x) any Equity Securities purchased by NBOKS or any Affiliate of NBOKS in connection with that certain Backstop Agreement, by and between PubCo and NBOKS, dated as of October 14, 2020; (y) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to any Subscription Agreement (as defined in the BCA) entered into with PubCo in connection with the entry into the BCA (including any such agreement entered into by CC Capital or any of its Affiliates) and (z) any warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock or any Class A Common Stock underlying such warrants, shall not be “Lock-Up Shares” under this Agreement.
(b) During the Lock-Up Period, any purported Transfer of Lock-Up Shares other than in accordance with this Agreement shall be null and void, and PubCo shall refuse to recognize any such Transfer for any purpose.
32 |
(c) The Special Holders, the other Equityholders and the CCNB1 Independent Directors acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Equity Securities in the Operating Company (including Common Units and Restricted Common Units), shares of Class V Common Stock and shares of Class A Common Stock, in each case, Beneficially Owned by such Person shall remain subject to any restrictions on Transfer under applicable securities Laws of any Governmental Entity, including all applicable holding periods under the Securities Act and other rules of the SEC, and under the LLC Agreement.
Section 5.2 Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, during the Lock-Up Period, the Special Holders, other Equityholders and the CCNB1 Independent Directors may Transfer, without the consent of PubCo, any of such Person’s Lock-Up Shares to (i) any of such Person’s Permitted Transferees, upon written notice to PubCo and, in the case of such a Transfer by the Sponsor (including a Founder Holder), also to the IVP Representative, and in the case of such a Transfer by (x) an Elliott Equityholder or its Permitted Transferees or (y) an IVP Equityholder or its Permitted Transferees, also to the Sponsor or (ii) (a) a charitable organization, upon written notice to PubCo and, in the case of such a Transfer by the Sponsor (including a Founder Holder) also to the IVP Representative, and in the case of such a Transfer by (I) an Elliott Equityholder or its Permitted Transferees or (II) an IVP Equityholder or its Permitted Transferees, also to the Sponsor; (b) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (c) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; or (d) pursuant to any liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of PubCo’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the Business Combination; provided, that in connection with any Transfer of such Lock-Up Shares pursuant to clause (ii) above, (x) the restrictions and obligations contained in Section 5.1 and this Section 5.2 will continue to apply to such Lock-Up Shares after any Transfer of such Lock-Up Shares, and (y) the Transferee of such Lock-Up Shares shall have no rights under this Agreement, unless, for the avoidance of doubt, such Transferee is a Permitted Transferee in accordance with this Agreement. Any Transferee of Lock-Up Shares who is a Permitted Transferee of the Transferor pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a joinder in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of this Agreement.
Article
VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 6.1 Assignment; Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries.
(a) Except as otherwise permitted hereunder, no Party may assign such Party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of PubCo and the IVP Representative (for so long as the IVP Representative has the right to appoint a nominee to the Board), in the case of an assignment by the Sponsor (including a Founder Holder) or a CCNB1 Independent Director, or the Sponsor (for so long as CC Capital (on behalf of the Sponsor) has the right to appoint a nominee to the Board), in the case of an assignment by an Equityholder. Any such assignee may not again assign those rights, other than in accordance with this Article VI. Any attempted assignment of rights or obligations in violation of this Article VI shall be null and void.
33 |
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein (other than the succeeding sentence of this Section 6.1(b)), no Holder may Transfer such Holder’s rights or obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, except in connection with a Transfer of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, in whole or in part, to (a) any Person with the prior written consent of PubCo or (b) any of such Holder’s Permitted Transferees. In no event can the Sponsor (including the Founder Holders), the Equityholders or the IVP Representative assign any of such Person’s rights under Section 3.1. Any Transferee of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 6.1(b) shall be required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to this Agreement, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of this Agreement, as applicable and to the extent in accordance with this Section 6.1(b).
(c) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and representatives, but shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the successors, assigns, heirs and representatives of any Party only to the extent that they are permitted successors, assigns, heirs and representatives pursuant to the terms hereof; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Section 3.1, Section 3.2, Section 3.3, Section 3.4 and Section 5.1 shall only inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by (i) PubCo (with respect to each other Party) and (ii) each other Party (with respect to PubCo’s obligations to such other Party, as applicable).
(d) Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Party, other than the Parties and their respective permitted successors, assigns, heirs and representatives, any rights or remedies under this Agreement or otherwise create any third party beneficiary hereto.
Section 6.2 Termination. Section 3.1 shall terminate in accordance with its terms. Sections 3.2 and 3.3 shall terminate at the end of the Standstill Period. Article IV of this Agreement shall terminate as set forth in Section 4.13. The remainder of this Agreement shall terminate automatically (without any action by any Party) as to each Holder when such Holder ceases to hold any Registrable Securities; provided, that, a Party may elect to terminate all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement prior to such time (which termination shall terminate such Party’s rights under Section 6.4(b), but shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, terminate such Party’s obligations under Section 3.1, Section 3.2, Section 3.3, Article V and Article VI).
Section 6.3 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable by any Governmental Entity, the remaining provisions hereof, to the extent permitted by Law shall remain in full force and effect.
Section 6.4 Entire Agreement; Amendments; No Waiver.
(a) This Agreement, together with Exhibit A to this Agreement, the BCA, the LLC Agreement, and all other Ancillary Agreements (as such term is defined in the BCA), constitute the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings and discussions, whether oral or written, relating to such subject matter in any way and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements among the Parties in connection with such subject matter except as set forth in this Agreement and therein.
34 |
(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part at any time without the express written consent of (i) PubCo, (ii) for so long as the IVP Equityholders and their Permitted Transferees collectively Beneficially Own Economic Interests (in the Operating Company and PubCo, without duplication) representing 20% or more of the Economic Interests held by the IVP Equityholders immediately after the Closing, the IVP Representative, and (iii) for so long as the Sponsor and its Permitted Transferees collectively Beneficially Own Economic Interests in PubCo representing 20% or more of the Economic Interests held by the Sponsor immediately after the Closing, the Sponsor Representative; provided that any such amendment or modification that would be materially adverse in any respect to any Holder shall require the prior written consent of such Holder; provided, further that a provision that has terminated with respect to a Party shall not require any consent of such Party (and such Party’s Economic Interests shall not be considered in computing any percentages) with respect to amending or modifying such provision.
(c) No waiver of any provision or default under, nor consent to any exception to, the terms of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the Party to be bound and then only to the specific purpose, extent and instance so provided.
Section 6.5 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Agreement and any other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts and by fax, email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. No Party shall raise the use of a fax machine or email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a fax machine or email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each Party forever waives any such defense.
Section 6.6 Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered (or, if delivery is refused, upon presentment) or received by email (with confirmation of transmission) prior to 5:00 p.m. eastern time on a Business Day and, if otherwise, on the next Business Day, (b) one (1) Business Day following sending by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid) or (c) three (3) calendar days following mailing by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Unless another address is specified in writing pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.6, notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the addresses indicated below.
if to PubCo, to:
c/o E2open, LLC
9600 Great Hills Trail, Suite 300E
Austin, TX 78759
Attention: Michael Farlekas
Laura Fese
Email: Michael.Farlekas@e2open.com
Laura.Fese@e2open.com
35 |
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Morgan D. Elwyn
Robert A. Rizzo
Claire James
Email: melwyn@willkie.com
rrizzo@willkie.com
cejames@willkie.com
and
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Peter Martelli, P.C.
Lauren M. Colasacco, P.C.
Jessica T. Murray
Christian Nagler
Peter Seligson
Email: peter.martelli@kirkland.com
lauren.colasacco@kirkland.com
jessica.murray@kirkland.com
christian.nagler@kirkland.com
peter.seligson@kirkland.com
if to the IVP Equityholders, to:
c/o Insight Venture Management, LLC
1114 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor
New York, NY 10036
Attention: Andrew Prodromos
Email: aprodromos@insightpartners.com
36 |
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Morgan D. Elwyn
Robert A. Rizzo
Claire James
Email: melwyn@willkie.com
rrizzo@willkie.com
cejames@willkie.com
if to the Elliott Equityholders, to:
c/o Elliott Investment Management LP
Phillips Point, East Tower
777 S. Flagler Drive, Suite 1000
West Palm Beach, FL 33401
Attention: Isaac Kim
Email: iKim@egc-capital.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
200 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10166
Attention: Richard Birns
Email: RBirns@gibsondunn.com
if to the PEM Equityholders, to:
c/o Performance Equity Management, LLC
5 Greenwich Office Park, Third Floor
Greenwich, CT 06831
Attention: Frank Brenninkmeyer
Email: FBrenninkmeyer@perform-equity.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Nixon Peabody LLP
55 West 46th Street
New York, NY 10036
Attention: Ted Ughetta
E-mail: tughetta@nixonpeabody.com
if to the Sponsor or the CCNB1 Independent Directors, as applicable, to:
CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I Sponsor LLC
200 Park Avenue, 58th Floor
New York, NY 10166
Attention: Douglas Newton
Email: newton@cc.capital
37 |
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Peter Martelli, P.C.
Lauren M. Colasacco, P.C.
Jessica T. Murray
Christian Nagler
Peter Seligson
Email: peter.martelli@kirkland.com
lauren.colasacco@kirkland.com
jessica.murray@kirkland.com
christian.nagler@kirkland.com
peter.seligson@kirkland.com
Section 6.7 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction. The Law of the State of Delaware shall govern (a) all Actions, claims or matters related to or arising from this Agreement (including any tort or non-contractual claims) and (b) any questions concerning the construction, interpretation, validity and enforceability of this Agreement, and the performance of the obligations imposed by this Agreement, in each case without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH SUCH PARTY’S LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES SUCH PARTY’S JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. Each of the Parties submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of first, the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or if such court declines jurisdiction, then to the Federal District Court for the District of Delaware, in any Action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, agrees that all claims in respect of the Action shall be heard and determined in any such court and agrees not to bring any Action arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other courts. Nothing in this Section 6.7, however, shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law or at equity. Each Party agrees that a final judgment in any Action so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law or at equity.
38 |
Section 6.8 Specific Performance. Each Party hereby agrees and acknowledges that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the Parties fail to comply with any of the obligations imposed on them by this Agreement and that, in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Party will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at Law. Any such Party shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which such Party may be entitled at Law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, without the posting of any bond, and if any Action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the Parties shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at Law.
Section 6.9 Subsequent Acquisition of Shares. Any Equity Securities of PubCo or Operating Company acquired subsequent to the Effective Date by a Holder shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such shares shall be considered to be “Registrable Securities” as such term is used in this Agreement.
[Signature Pages Follow]
39 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has duly executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
PUBCO: | ||
E2OPEN PARENT HOLDINGS, INC. (f/k/a CC NEUBERGER PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS I) | ||
By: | /s/ Michael Farlekas | |
Name: Michael Farlekas | ||
Title: CEO | ||
SPONSOR: | ||
CC NEUBERGER PRINCIPAL HOLDINGS I LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Douglas Newton | |
Name: Douglas Newton | ||
Title: Authorized Signatory |
EQUITYHOLDERS: | |||
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS GROWTH-BUYOUT CONINVESTMENT FUND (CAYMAN), L.P. | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, L.P., its General Partner | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, Ltd., its General Partner | |||
By: | /s/ Andrew Prodromos | ||
Name: Andrew Prodromos | |||
Title: Authorized Signatory | |||
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS GROWTH-BUYOUT CONINVESTMENT FUND (DELAWARE), L.P. | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, L.P., its General Partner | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates Growth-Buyout Coinvestment, Ltd., its General Partner | |||
By: | /s/ Andrew Prodromos | ||
Name: Andrew Prodromos | |||
Title: Authorized Signatory | |||
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS (CAYMAN) IX, L.P. | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates IX, L.P., its General Partner | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates IX, Ltd., its General Partner | |||
By: | /s/ Andrew Prodromos | ||
Name: Andrew Prodromos | |||
Title: Authorized Signatory |
EQUITYHOLDERS (Continued): | |||
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS (DELAWARE) IX, L.P. | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates IX, L.P., its General Partner | |||
By: Insight Venture Associates IX, Ltd., its General Partner | |||
By: | /s/ Andrew Prodromos | ||
Name: Andrew Prodromos | |||
Title: Authorized Signatory | |||
INSIGHT E2OPEN AGGREGATOR, LLC | |||
By: | /s/ Andrew Prodromos | ||
Name: Andrew Prodromos | |||
Title: Authorized Signatory |
EQUITYHOLDERS (Continued): | |||
HELIOS ASSOCIATES, LLC | |||
By: | /s/ Elliot Greenberg | ||
Name: Elliot Greenberg | |||
Title: Vice President | |||
SESAME INVESTMENTS LP | |||
By: Middleton Investments Limited, as general partner | |||
By: Elliott Investment Management L.P., as investment manager | |||
By: | /s/ Elliot Greenberg | ||
Name: Elliot Greenberg | |||
Title: Vice President |
EQUITYHOLDERS (Continued): | |||
EFFEM MASTER FUND II PARALLEL, L.P. | |||
By: Performance Direct Master II GP, LLC, its General Partner | |||
By: Performance Equity Management, LLC, its Manager | |||
By: | /s/ Frank Brenninkmeyer | ||
Name: Frank Brenninkmeyer | |||
Title: Managing Director | |||
EFFEM MASTER FUND II, L.P. | |||
By: Performance Direct Master II GP, LLC, its General Partner | |||
By: Performance Equity Management, LLC, its Manager | |||
By: | /s/ Frank Brenninkmeyer | ||
Name: Frank Brenninkmeyer | |||
Title: Managing Director | |||
PERFORMANCE EFFEM PE FUND, L.P. (SERIES 2017) | |||
By: Performance EFFEM PE Fund GP, LLC, its General Partner | |||
By: Performance Equity Management, LLC, its Manager | |||
By: | /s/ Frank Brenninkmeyer | ||
Name: Frank Brenninkmeyer | |||
Title: Managing Director |
PERFORMANCE DIRECT INVESTMENTS III, L.P. | |||
By: Performance Direct Investments III GP, LLC, its General Partner | |||
By: Performance Equity Management, LLC, its Manager | |||
By: | /s/ Frank Brenninkmeyer | ||
Name: Frank Brenninkmeyer | |||
Title: Managing Director |
FOUNDER HOLDERS: | ||
CC NB SPONSOR 1 HOLDINGS LLC | ||
By: | /s/ Chinh E. Chu | |
Name: | Chinh E. Chu | |
Title: | President & Senior Managing Director | |
NEUBERGER BERMAN OPPORTUNISTIC CAPITAL SOLUTIONS MASTER FUND LP | ||
By: | /s/ Charles Kantor | |
Name: | Charles Kantor | |
Title: | Managing Director |
THE CCNB1 INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS: | |
/s/ Eva F. Huston | |
Eva F. Huston | |
/s/ Keith W. Abell | |
Keith W. Abell |
Exhibit A
Form of Joinder
This Joinder (this “Joinder”) to the Investor Rights Agreement (each as defined below), made as of , is between (“Transferor”) and (“Transferee”).
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Transferee is acquiring Registrable Securities (the “Acquired Interests”) from Transferor;
WHEREAS, Transferor is a party to that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2021, among E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (“PubCo”) and the other persons party thereto (the “Investor Rights Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, Transferee is required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to the Investor Rights Agreement by executing and delivering this Joinder, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of the Investor Rights Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1.1 Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement.
Section 1.2 Acquisition. The Transferor hereby Transfers to the Transferee all of the Acquired Interests.
Section 1.3 Joinder. Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) such Transferee has received and read the Investor Rights Agreement, (b) such Transferee is acquiring the Acquired Interests in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Investor Rights Agreement and (c) such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of the Investor Rights Agreement.
Section 1.4 Notice. Any notice, demand or other communication under the Investor Rights Agreement to Transferee shall be given to Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Investor Rights Agreement.
Section 1.5 Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware.
Section 1.6 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Joinder may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts, by fax, email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.
[TRANSFEROR] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
[TRANSFEREE] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Address for notices: |
[Signature Page - Investor Rights Agreement]
Exhibit 10.4
FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and effective as of [ ], 2021, between E2open Parent Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [name of director/officer] (“Indemnitee”). This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all previous Agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering the subject matter of this Agreement.
WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation; and
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time−consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself; and
WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as amended, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) provides that the Company shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, the By-laws of the Company (as amended, the “By-laws”) provide for certain procedures addressing indemnification rights, and directors and officers may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”); and
WHEREAS, the indemnification provisions set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws and the DGCL are not exclusive, and contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification; and
WHEREAS, uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons; and
WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future; and
WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify and hold harmless, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so protected against liabilities; and
WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-laws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, as well as any rights of Indemnitee under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, and this Agreement and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and
WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance Indemnitee’s continued service to the Company in an effective manner, and Indemnitee’s reliance on the aforesaid provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by such provisions will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of such provisions or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or any acquisition or business combination transaction relating to the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancement of expenses to Indemnitee as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies; and
WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified hereunder.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders Indemnitee’s resignation or is no longer serving in such capacity. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company or any other Enterprise (as hereafter defined) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s service to the Company or other Enterprise, if any, is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company or any other Enterprise, other applicable formal severance policies or contracts duly adopted by the Board, or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws and the DGCL.
Section 2. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:
1. “Agent” shall mean any person who is or was a director, officer, or employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or other person authorized by the Company to act for the Company, to include such person serving in such capacity as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or other official of any other Enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.
2. “Change of Control” shall mean the first to occur of the following with respect to the Company or any upstream holding company (which, for purposes of this definition, shall be included in references to “the Company”):
a. Any “Person,” as that term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
2
b. The Company is merged or consolidated with any other corporation or other entity, other than: (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (B) the Company engages in a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no “Person” (as defined above) acquires fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a merger or consolidation involving the Company shall not be considered a “Change of Control” if the Company is the surviving corporation and shares of the Company are not converted into or exchanged for stock or securities of any other corporation, cash or any other thing of value, unless persons who beneficially owned shares of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction own beneficially less than a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately following the merger or consolidation;
c. The Company, or any Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company, sells, assigns or otherwise transfers assets in a transaction or series of related transactions, if the aggregate market value of the assets so sold, assigned or otherwise transferred exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s consolidated book value, determined by the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, measured at the time at which such transaction occurs or the first of such series of related transactions occurs; provided that such a transfer effected pursuant to a spin-off or split-up where shareholders of the Company retain ownership of the transferred assets proportionate to their pro rata ownership interest in the Company shall not be deemed a “Change of Control”;
d. The Company dissolves and liquidates substantially all of its assets; or
e. At any time after the date hereof when the “Continuing Directors” cease to constitute a majority of the Board. For this purpose, a “Continuing Director” shall mean: (A) the individuals who, at the date hereof, constitute the Board; and (B) any new Directors (other than Directors designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of this definition) whose appointment to the Board or nomination for election by Company shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then-serving Continuing Directors.
3
3. “Claim” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative or any other type whatsoever, and whether made pursuant to federal, state or other law.
4. “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or Agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.
5. “Delaware Court” shall mean the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.
6. “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
7. “Enterprise” shall mean the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the Indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee, Agent or trustee.
8. “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
9. “Expenses” shall include all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, fees of private investigators and professional advisors, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, fax transmission charges, secretarial services, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements, obligations or expenses in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settlement or appeal of, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding (as defined below). Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding (as defined below), including without limitation the principal, premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or Fines against Indemnitee.
10. “Fines” shall include any excise tax or penalties assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, trustee, fiduciary or Agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, trustee, fiduciary or Agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.
11. “Indemnitee-Related Entities” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the Indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or Agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.
4
12. “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
13. “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative or any other type whatsoever in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or, while a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, Agent or trustee of another Enterprise, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, Agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, Agent or trustee.
In connection with any merger or consolidation, references to the “Company” shall include not only the resulting or surviving company, but also any constituent company or constituent of a constituent company, which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or Agents. The intent of this provision is that a person who is or was a director of such constituent company after the date hereof or is or was serving at the request of such constituent company as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another Enterprise after the date hereof, shall stand in the same position under this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving company as the person would have under this Agreement with respect to such constituent company if its separate existence had continued.
Section 3. Indemnification in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, Fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, Fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding (or any part thereof).
5
Section 4. Indemnification in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless against all Expenses reasonably incurred or suffered by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding (or any part thereof). No indemnification or hold harmless for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that any court in which the Proceeding was brought or the Delaware Court shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.
Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who Is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in, and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred or suffered by Indemnitee in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, then the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
Section 6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified and held harmless against all Expenses reasonably incurred or suffered by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.
Section 7. Additional Indemnification.
(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Section 3, Section 4 or Section 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, Fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred or suffered by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.
(b) For purposes of Section 7(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to: to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.
6
Section 8. Contribution in the Event of Joint Liability.
(a) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification and hold harmless rights provided for in this Agreement are unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part for any reason whatsoever, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying and holding harmless Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, liabilities, Fines, penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.
(b) The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.
(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.
Section 9. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity payment:
(a) in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee for which payment has actually been received by or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount actually received under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, other indemnity provision or otherwise;
(b) in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive−based or equity−based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes−Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes−Oxley Act”) or Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes−Oxley Act);
(c) if a final decision by a court of competent jurisdiction determines that such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law; or
(d) except as otherwise provided in Section 14(e), in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation.
7
Section 10. Advances of Expenses; Defense of Claim.
(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, and to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall advance the Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Company of a claim for an advancement of Expenses. Requests shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses, but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Indemnitee shall be entitled to continue to receive advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Section 10(a) unless and until the matter of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder has been finally adjudicated by court order or judgment from which no further right of appeal exists. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it ultimately is determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the other provisions of this Agreement. Indemnitee shall qualify for advancement of Expenses upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, which shall constitute the requisite undertaking with respect to repayment of advances made hereunder and no other form of undertaking shall be required to qualify for advances made hereunder other than the execution of this Agreement unless otherwise (i) required by law or (ii) in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such Indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined after final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under the By-laws or otherwise. This Section 10(a) shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 9.
(b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.
(c) The Company shall not settle any action, claim or Proceeding (in whole or in part) that would impose any Expense, judgment, Fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.
Section 11. Procedure for Notification and Application for Indemnification.
(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder, including upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document related to any Proceeding or matter that may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder, as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof or Indemnitee’s becoming aware thereof. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation that it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement, or otherwise, unless the Company’s ability to participate in the defense of such claim was materially and adversely affected by such failure. Indemnitee may deliver to the Company a written application to indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee in accordance with this Agreement. Such application(s) may be delivered from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in Indemnitee’s sole discretion. Following such a written application for indemnification by Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined according to Section 12(a).
8
Section 12. Procedure upon Application for Indemnification.
(a) A determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods, which, in connection with a Change of Control, shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or (ii) by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing with respect to any determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, then payment to Indemnitee shall be made within sixty (60) days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Company. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 12(b). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and certifying that the Independent Counsel so selected meets the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2. If the Independent Counsel is selected by the Board, then the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and certifying that the Independent Counsel so selected meets the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, then the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(b), no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, then either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Delaware Court, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 12(a). Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding pursuant to Section 14(a), Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
9
(c) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify and hold harmless such Independent Counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
Section 13. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11 and the By-laws, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
(b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 12 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the written request therefor, then the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a final judicial determination that any or all such indemnification is expressly prohibited under applicable law; provided, however, that such sixty (60) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.
10
(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.
(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director. The provisions of this Section 13(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.
(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, Agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.
Section 14. Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, is not timely made pursuant to Section 10, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) within the time period required under Section 13(b), (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 3, 4, 5, Section 6 or Section 7 or the last sentence of Section 12(a) within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) a contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Section 8, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.
(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 14 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 14, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 12(a) adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose; provided that, in any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense of the Company that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding pursuant to this Section 14, then Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 10 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).
11
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, then the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within twenty (20) days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) advance to Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding brought by Indemnitee (i) to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement or any other indemnification, advancement or contribution agreement or provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the By−laws now or hereafter in effect; or (ii) for recovery or advances under any insurance policy maintained by any person for the benefit of Indemnitee, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advance, contribution or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.
Section 15. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.
(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, any agreement, a vote of members or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
12
(b) The DGCL and the By-laws permit the Company to purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection or make other arrangements (“Indemnification Arrangements”) on behalf of Indemnitee against any liability asserted against Indemnitee or incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee or in such capacity as a director, officer, employee or Agent of the Company, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement or under the DGCL, as it may then be in effect. The purchase, establishment, and maintenance of any such Indemnification Arrangement shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such Indemnification Arrangement.
(c) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, trustees, partners, managing members, fiduciaries, employees, or Agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or Agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise), the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, then the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
(d) Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation against or contribution by the Indemnitee-Related Entities and no right of advancement, indemnification or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company. In the event any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of Expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company, and the Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
(e) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, Agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such Enterprise.
13
Section 16. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee serves as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another Enterprise which Indemnitee serves at the request of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, whether or not Indemnitee is acting in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement.
Section 17. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
Section 18. Enforcement and Binding Effect.
(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve and/or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.
(b) Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Certificate of Incorporation or By−laws as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(c) The rights to be indemnified and to receive contribution and advancement of Expenses provided by or granted to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to Indemnitee’s service as an officer or director of the Company prior to the date of this Agreement.
(d) The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Company or a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another Enterprise at the Company’s request, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.
14
(e) The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Delaware Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.
Section 19. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
Section 20. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand to the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) sent by e-mail upon confirmation of receipt (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) or (iii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:
(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide in writing to the Company.
(b) If to the Company to E2open Parent Holdings, Inc., c/o E2open, LLC, 9600 Great Hills Trail, Suite 300E, Austin, Texas 78759, Attn: General Counsel, or to such other address as the Company shall provide in writing to Indemnitee.
Section 21. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally: (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country; (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement; (c) appoint irrevocably, to the extent such party is not a resident of the State of Delaware, Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, DE 19808 as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware; (d) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court; and (e) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum, or is subject (in whole or in part) to a jury trial.
15
Section 22. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
Section 23. Miscellaneous. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
[Signature Page follows]
16
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed and delivered this Indemnification Agreement as of the day and year first written above.
E2OPEN PARENT HOLDINGS, INC. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
INDEMNITEE | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Address |
1
Exhibit 10.5
FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
This letter agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of February 4, 2021 by and between E2open Parent Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and successor to CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I, a Cayman Islands exempted company (including any of its successors or assigns, “PubCo”) and [___] (the “Holder”). Each of PubCo and Holder may be referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Section 1.3 hereof.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, PubCo entered into a Business Combination Agreement with E2open Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), Sonar Company Merger Sub, LLC (“Company Merger Sub”) and the other parties thereto, dated as of October 14, 2020 (as amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of such agreement, the “BCA”), pursuant to which, among other things, on the date hereof (i) Company Merger Sub merged with and into the Company, with the Company surviving as a subsidiary of PubCo and (ii) the Company’s limited liability company agreement was amended and restated in substantially the form set forth in an exhibit attached to the BCA (the “Company A&R LLCA”), pursuant to which PubCo became the sole managing member of the Company;
WHEREAS, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the BCA, PubCo entered into an Investor Rights Agreement with CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), CC NB Sponsor 1 Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“CC Capital”); Neuberger Berman Opportunistic Capital Solutions Master Fund LP, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“NBOKS” and, together with CC Capital, the “Founder Holders”); and Eva F. Huston and Keith W. Abell (together, the “CCNB1 Independent Directors”) and the other parties thereto (together with the Sponsor, Founder Holders and CCNB1 Independent Directors, the “Company Equityholders”), dated as of the date hereof (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Company Equityholders agreed to certain restrictions with respect to shares held in PubCo, including shares in PubCo received as consideration pursuant to the BCA;
WHEREAS, as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the BCA, among other things, the Holder has received Lock-Up Shares (as defined below); and
WHEREAS, the Parties desire to set forth their agreement with respect to certain matters, in each case, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect to the Lock-Up Shares received by Holder under the BCA.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE
I
Lock Up
Section 1.1 Lock-Up.
(a) Holder shall not Transfer, or make a public announcement of any intention to effect such Transfer, of any Lock-Up Shares Beneficially Owned or otherwise held by the Holder during the Lock-Up Period; provided, that such prohibition shall not apply to Transfers permitted pursuant to Section 1.2 or, with respect to any Common Units or Restricted Common Units held by Holder, the Company A&R LLCA. The “Lock-Up Period” shall be the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the date that is six (6) months following the date hereof. The “Lock-Up Shares” means (i) the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, including the Series B-1 Common Stock and the Series B-2 Common Stock, Class V Common Stock, Common Units and Restricted Common Units held by the Holder as of the date hereof, and (ii) shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the Company A&R LLCA upon exchange of any Common Units or Restricted Common Units held as of the date hereof, along with an equal number of Class V Common Stock, for Class A Common Stock.
(b) During the Lock-Up Period, any purported Transfer of Lock-Up Shares other than in accordance with this Agreement shall be null and void, and PubCo shall refuse to recognize any such Transfer for any purpose.
(c) The Holder acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Equity Securities in the Company (including Common Units and Restricted Common Units), shares of Class V Common Stock and shares of Class A Common Stock, in each case, Beneficially Owned by the Holder, shall remain subject to any restrictions on Transfer under applicable securities Laws of any Governmental Entity, including all applicable holding periods under the Securities Act and other rules of the SEC, and under the Company A&R LLCA.
Section 1.2 Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, during the Lock-Up Period, the Holder may Transfer, without the consent of PubCo, any of its Lock-Up Shares to (i) any of its Permitted Transferees, upon written notice to PubCo or (ii) (a) a charitable organization, upon written notice to PubCo; (b) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (c) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; or (d) pursuant to any liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of PubCo’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the date hereof; provided, that in connection with any Transfer of such Lock-Up Shares pursuant to clause (ii) above, (x) the restrictions and obligations contained in Section 1.1 and this Section 1.2 will continue to apply to such Lock-Up Shares after any Transfer of such Lock-Up Shares, and (y) the Transferee of such Lock-Up Shares shall have no rights under this Agreement, unless, for the avoidance of doubt, such Transferee is a Permitted Transferee in accordance with this Agreement. Any Transferee of Lock-Up Shares who is a Permitted Transferee of the Transferor pursuant to this Section 1.2 shall be required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a joinder in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of this Agreement.
Section 1.3 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Action” means any action, suit, charge, litigation, arbitration, notice of violation or citation received, or other proceeding at law or in equity (whether civil, criminal or administrative) by or before any Governmental Entity.
“Affiliate” of any particular Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, its capacity as a sole or managing member or otherwise; provided that no Party shall be deemed an Affiliate of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries for purposes of this Agreement.
2
“Beneficially Own” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act; provided, that, a Transfer with respect to any Equity Securities shall, for purposes of this Agreement, mean that the Transferor no longer Beneficially Owns such Equity Securities (except, for the avoidance of doubt, for any Transfer to Permitted Transferees or with respect to pledges or encumbrances which do not Transfer economic risk). “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owned,” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.
“Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the State of New York.
“Certificate of Incorporation” means the certificate of incorporation of PubCo, as in effect on the date hereof, as the same may be amended from time to time.
“Class A Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo, or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that are issued or issuable in consideration for the Class A common stock or into which the Class A common stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.
“Class B Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo, or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that are issued or issuable in consideration for the Class B common stock or into which the Class B common stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.
“Class V Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Class V common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo, or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that are issued or issuable in consideration for the Class V common stock or into which the Class V common stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.
“Common Stock” means shares of the Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock and the Class V Common Stock, including any shares of the Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock and the Class V Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of any warrant or other right to acquire shares of the Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock and the Class V Common Stock.
“Common Unit” means a common unit of the Company.
“Equity Securities” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares or equity (or such other interests), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, equity appreciation rights, phantom equity rights, profit participation and all of the other ownership or profit interests of such Person (including partnership or member interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
“Family Member” means with respect to any Person, a spouse, lineal descendant (whether natural or adopted) or spouse of a lineal descendant of such Person or any trust created for the benefit of such Person or of which any of the foregoing is a beneficiary.
3
“Governmental Entity” means any nation or government, any state, province or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any court, arbitrator (public or private) or other body or administrative, regulatory or quasi-judicial authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of any federal, state, local or foreign jurisdiction.
“Laws” means all laws, acts, statutes, constitutions, treaties, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations, and rulings of a Governmental Entity, including common law. All references to “Laws” shall be deemed to include any amendments thereto, and any successor Law, unless the context otherwise requires.
“Permitted Transferee” means with respect to any Person, (i) any Family Member of such Person and (ii) any Affiliate of such Person (including any partner, shareholder, member controlling or under common control with such Member and Affiliated investment fund or vehicle) of such Person, but excluding any Affiliate under this clause (ii) who operates or engages in a business which competes with the business of PubCo or its subsidiaries and any portfolio company.
“Person” means any natural person, sole proprietorship, partnership, trust, unincorporated association, corporation, limited liability company, entity or Governmental Entity.
“Restricted Common Unit” means an unvested performance-based restricted Common Unit.
“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
“Series B-1 Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Series B-1 common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo, a series of the Class B Common Stock which is convertible into Class A Common Stock on the conditions set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that are issued or issuable in consideration for the Series B-1 common stock or into which the Series B-1 common stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.
“Series B-2 Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Series B-2 common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo, a series of the Class B Common Stock which is convertible into Class A Common Stock on the conditions set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that are issued or issuable in consideration for the Series B-2 common stock or into which the Series B-2 common stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.
“Transfer” means, when used as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary, direct or indirect, transfer, sale, pledge, hedge, encumbrance, or hypothecation or other disposition, contract or legally binding agreement to undertake any of the foregoing, by the Transferor (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and, when used as a verb, the Transferor voluntarily or involuntarily, directly or indirectly, transfers, sells, pledges, hedges, encumbers or hypothecates or otherwise disposes of (whether by operation of law or otherwise), contracts or agrees (in a legally binding manner) to do any of the foregoing, including, in each case, (a) the establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to, or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any security or (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another Person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise. The terms “Transferee,” “Transferor,” “Transferred,” and other forms of the word “Transfer” shall have the correlative meanings.
4
ARTICLE
II
Miscellaneous
Section 2.1 Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered (or, if delivery is refused, upon presentment) or received by email (with confirmation of transmission) prior to 5:00 p.m. eastern time on a Business Day and, if otherwise, on the next Business Day, (b) one (1) Business Day following sending by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid) or (c) three (3) calendar days following mailing by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Unless another address is specified in writing pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.1, notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the addresses indicated below.
if to PubCo, to:
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc.
c/o E2open, LLC
9600 Great Hills Trail, Suite 300E
Austin, TX 78759
Attention: | Michael Farlekas |
Laura Fese
Email: | Michael.Farlekas@e2open.com |
Laura.Fese@e2open.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Attention: | Morgan D. Elwyn |
Robert A. Rizzo
Claire James
Email: | melwyn@willkie.com |
rrizzo@willkie.com
cejames@willkie.com
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: | Peter Martelli, P.C. |
Lauren M. Colasacco, P.C.
Jessica T. Murray
Christian Nagler
Peter Seligson
Email: | peter.martelli@kirkland.com |
lauren.colasacco@kirkland.com
jessica.murray@kirkland.com
christian.nagler@kirkland.com
peter.seligson@kirkland.com
5
if to the Holder, to:
[___]
[___]
[___]
[___]
Section 2.2 Assignment; Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries.
(a) Except as otherwise permitted hereunder, no Holder may assign such Holder’s rights or obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of PubCo. Any such assignee may not again assign those rights, other than in accordance with this Section 2.2(a). Any attempted assignment of rights or obligations in violation of this Section 2.2(a) shall be null and void.
(b) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and representatives, but shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the successors, assigns, heirs and representatives of any Party only to the extent that they are permitted successors, assigns, heirs and representatives pursuant to the terms hereof.
(c) Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Party, other than the Parties and their respective permitted successors, assigns, heirs and representatives, any rights or remedies under this Agreement or otherwise create any third party beneficiary hereto.
Section 2.3 Termination. The Holder’s obligations under this Agreement shall terminate concurrently with the termination of the Lock-Up Period.
Section 2.4 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable by any Governmental Entity, the remaining provisions hereof, to the extent permitted by Law shall remain in full force and effect.
Section 2.5 Entire Agreement; Amendments; No Waiver.
(a) This Agreement, together with Exhibit A to this Agreement, the BCA, the Company A&R LLCA, and all other Ancillary Agreements (as such term is defined in the BCA), constitute the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings and discussions, whether oral or written, relating to such subject matter in any way and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements among the Parties in connection with such subject matter except as set forth in this Agreement and therein.
(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part at any time without the express written consent of PubCo; provided that any such amendment or modification that would be materially adverse in any respect to the Holder shall require the prior written consent of the Holder; provided, further, that a provision that has terminated with respect to a Party shall not require any consent of such Party with respect to amending or modifying such provision.
(c) No waiver of any provision or default under, nor consent to any exception to, the terms of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the Party to be bound and then only to the specific purpose, extent and instance so provided.
6
Section 2.6 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Agreement and any other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts and by fax, email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. No Party shall raise the use of a fax machine or email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a fax machine or email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each Party forever waives any such defense.
Section 2.7 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction. The law of the State of Delaware shall govern (a) all Actions, claims or matters related to or arising from this Agreement (including any tort or non-contractual claims) and (b) any questions concerning the construction, interpretation, validity and enforceability of this Agreement, and the performance of the obligations imposed by this Agreement, in each case without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH SUCH PARTY’S LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES SUCH PARTY’S JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. Each of the Parties submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of first, the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or if such court declines jurisdiction, then to the Federal District Court for the District of Delaware, in any Action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, agrees that all claims in respect of the Action shall be heard and determined in any such court and agrees not to bring any Action arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other courts. Nothing in this Section 2.7, however, shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law or at equity. Each Party agrees that a final judgment in any Action so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law or at equity.
Section 2.8 Specific Performance. Each Party hereby agrees and acknowledges that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the Parties fail to comply with any of the obligations imposed on them by this Agreement and that, in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Party will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at Law. Any such Party shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which such Party may be entitled at Law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, without the posting of any bond, and if any Action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the Parties shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at Law.
Section 2.9 Subsequent Acquisition of Shares. Any Equity Securities of PubCo or the Company acquired subsequent to the date hereof and prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period by the Holder shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such shares shall be considered to be “Lock-Up Shares” as such term is used in this Agreement.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PubCo and Holder have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
PUBCO: | ||
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
HOLDER | ||
Name: |
[Signature Page - Lock Up Agreement]
Exhibit A
Form of Joinder
This Joinder (this “Joinder”) to the Lock Up Agreement (each as defined below), made as of , is between (“Transferor”) and (“Transferee”).
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Transferee is acquiring Registrable Securities (the “Acquired Interests”) from Transferor;
WHEREAS, Transferor is a party to that certain Lock Up Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2021 among E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (“PubCo”) and (the “Lock Up Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, Transferee is required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to the Lock Up Agreement by executing and delivering this Joinder, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of the Lock Up Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1.1 Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Lock Up Agreement.
Section 1.2 Acquisition. The Transferor hereby Transfers to the Transferee all of the Acquired Interests.
Section 1.3 Joinder. Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) such Transferee has received and read the Lock Up Agreement, (b) such Transferee is acquiring the Acquired Interests in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Lock Up Agreement and (c) such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of the Lock Up Agreement.
Section 1.4 Notice. Any notice, demand or other communication under the Lock Up Agreement to Transferee shall be given to Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 2.1 of the Lock Up Agreement.
Section 1.5 Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware.
Section 1.6 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Joinder may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts, by fax, email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.
[TRANSFEROR] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
[TRANSFEREE] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Address for notices:
Exhibit 10.6
Execution Version
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of
February 4, 2021
among
E2OPEN INTERMEDIATE, LLC,
as Holdings,
E2OPEN, LLC,
as Borrower,
the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party hereto,
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent,
and
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
CREDIT SUISSE LOAN FUNDING LLC,
GOLUB CAPITAL LLC,
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,
JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC
and
BLACKSTONE HOLDINGS FINANCE CO. L.L.C.,
as Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | |
ARTICLE I Definitions | 1 |
SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms. | 1 |
SECTION 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings. | 67 |
SECTION 1.03 Terms Generally. | 67 |
SECTION 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP. | 68 |
SECTION 1.05 Effectuation of Transactions. | 68 |
SECTION 1.06 Limited Conditionality Acquisition. | 69 |
SECTION 1.07 Certain Determinations. | 69 |
SECTION 1.08 Divisions. | 70 |
SECTION 1.09 Interest Rates; LIBOR Notification. | 70 |
ARTICLE II The Credits | 71 |
SECTION 2.01 Commitments. | 71 |
SECTION 2.02 Loans and Borrowings. | 72 |
SECTION 2.03 Requests for Borrowings. | 72 |
SECTION 2.04 [Reserved]. | 72 |
SECTION 2.05 Letters of Credit. | 73 |
SECTION 2.06 Funding of Borrowings. | 80 |
SECTION 2.07 Interest Elections. | 80 |
SECTION 2.08 Termination and Reduction of Commitments. | 81 |
SECTION 2.09 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. | 82 |
SECTION 2.10 Amortization of Term Loans. | 83 |
SECTION 2.11 Prepayment of Loans. | 83 |
SECTION 2.12 Fees. | 93 |
SECTION 2.13 Interest. | 94 |
SECTION 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest. | 95 |
SECTION 2.15 Increased Costs. | 100 |
SECTION 2.16 Break Funding Payments. | 102 |
SECTION 2.17 Taxes. | 102 |
SECTION 2.18 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs. | 105 |
SECTION 2.19 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. | 107 |
SECTION 2.20 Incremental Credit Extensions. | 108 |
SECTION 2.21 Refinancing Amendments. | 111 |
SECTION 2.22 Defaulting Lenders. | 111 |
SECTION 2.23 Illegality. | 113 |
SECTION 2.24 Loan Modification Offers. | 114 |
ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties | 115 |
SECTION 3.01 Organization; Powers. | 115 |
SECTION 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability. | 115 |
SECTION 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. | 115 |
SECTION 3.04 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect. | 116 |
SECTION 3.05 Properties; Insurance. | 116 |
SECTION 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters. | 116 |
SECTION 3.07 Compliance with Laws. | 117 |
SECTION 3.08 Investment Company Status. | 117 |
SECTION 3.09 Taxes. | 117 |
SECTION 3.10 ERISA; Labor Matters. | 117 |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page | |
SECTION 3.11 Disclosure. | 118 |
SECTION 3.12 Subsidiaries. | 118 |
SECTION 3.13 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. | 118 |
SECTION 3.14 Solvency. | 118 |
SECTION 3.15 Federal Reserve Regulations. | 119 |
SECTION 3.16 Use of Proceeds. | 119 |
SECTION 3.17 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. | 119 |
SECTION 3.18 Security Documents. | 120 |
ARTICLE IV Conditions | 120 |
SECTION 4.01 Effective Date. | 120 |
SECTION 4.02 Each Credit Event after the Effective Date. | 122 |
ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants | 123 |
SECTION 5.01 Financial Statements and Other Information. | 123 |
SECTION 5.02 Notices of Material Events. | 126 |
SECTION 5.03 Information Regarding Collateral. | 126 |
SECTION 5.04 Existence; Conduct of Business. | 127 |
SECTION 5.05 Payment of Taxes, etc. | 127 |
SECTION 5.06 Maintenance of Properties. | 127 |
SECTION 5.07 Insurance. | 127 |
SECTION 5.08 Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights. | 128 |
SECTION 5.09 Compliance with Laws. | 128 |
SECTION 5.10 Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit. | 129 |
SECTION 5.11 Additional Subsidiaries. | 129 |
SECTION 5.12 Further Assurances. | 130 |
SECTION 5.13 Designation of Subsidiaries. | 130 |
SECTION 5.14 Certain Post-Closing Obligations. | 130 |
SECTION 5.15 Maintenance of Ratings. | 131 |
ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants | 131 |
SECTION 6.01 Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities. | 131 |
SECTION 6.02 Liens. | 136 |
SECTION 6.03 Fundamental Changes; Holdings Covenant. | 139 |
SECTION 6.04 Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions. | 142 |
SECTION 6.05 Asset Sales. | 145 |
SECTION 6.06 Sale and Leaseback Transactions. | 147 |
SECTION 6.07 Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness. | 148 |
SECTION 6.08 Transactions with Affiliates. | 153 |
SECTION 6.09 Restrictive Agreements. | 154 |
SECTION 6.10 Financial Performance Covenant. | 155 |
SECTION 6.11 Changes in Fiscal Periods. | 155 |
SECTION 6.12 Amendment of Junior Financing Documents. | 155 |
ARTICLE VII Events of Default | 155 |
SECTION 7.01 Events of Default. | 155 |
SECTION 7.02 Right to Cure. | 158 |
SECTION 7.03 Application of Proceeds. | 160 |
-ii-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page
ARTICLE VIII Administrative Agent | 161 |
SECTION 8.01 Appointment and Authority. | 161 |
SECTION 8.02 Rights as a Lender. | 161 |
SECTION 8.03 Exculpatory Provisions. | 162 |
SECTION 8.04 Reliance by Agents. | 163 |
SECTION 8.05 Delegation of Duties. | 164 |
SECTION 8.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent; Mergers. | 164 |
SECTION 8.07 Non-Reliance on Agents and Lenders. | 165 |
SECTION 8.08 No Other Duties, Etc. | 166 |
SECTION 8.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. | 166 |
SECTION 8.10 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement. | 167 |
SECTION 8.11 Withholding Taxes. | 167 |
SECTION 8.12 Credit Bidding. | 168 |
ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous | 169 |
SECTION 9.01 Notices. | 169 |
SECTION 9.02 Waivers; Amendments. | 169 |
SECTION 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. | 172 |
SECTION 9.04 Successors and Assigns. | 174 |
SECTION 9.05 Survival. | 180 |
SECTION 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. | 181 |
SECTION 9.07 Severability. | 181 |
SECTION 9.08 Right of Setoff. | 182 |
SECTION 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. | 182 |
SECTION 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. | 183 |
SECTION 9.11 Headings. | 183 |
SECTION 9.12 Confidentiality. | 183 |
SECTION 9.13 USA PATRIOT Act. | 184 |
SECTION 9.14 Release of Liens and Guarantees. | 184 |
SECTION 9.15 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. | 185 |
SECTION 9.16 Interest Rate Limitation. | 186 |
SECTION 9.17 Intercreditor Agreement | 186 |
SECTION 9.18 Judgment Currency | 186 |
SECTION 9.19 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions | 186 |
SECTION 9.20 Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs | 187 |
-iii-
SCHEDULES: | ||
Schedule 1.01 | — | Excluded Subsidiaries |
Schedule 2.01 | — | Commitments and Loans |
Schedule 3.03 | — | Government Approvals; No Conflicts |
Schedule 3.06 | — | Litigation and Environmental Matters |
Schedule 3.12 | — | Subsidiaries |
Schedule 5.14 | — | Certain Post-Closing Obligations |
Schedule 6.01 | — | Existing Indebtedness |
Schedule 6.02 | — | Existing Liens |
Schedule 6.04(e) | — | Existing Investments |
Schedule 6.08 | — | Existing Affiliate Transactions |
Schedule 6.09 | — | Existing Restrictions |
Schedule 9.01 | — | Notices |
EXHIBITS: | ||
Exhibit A | — | Form of Assignment and Assumption |
Exhibit B | — | Form of Guarantee Agreement |
Exhibit C | — | Form of Perfection Certificate |
Exhibit D | — | Form of Collateral Agreement |
Exhibit E | — | Form of Compliance Certificate |
Exhibit F | — | [Reserved] |
Exhibit G | — | Form of Solvency Certificate |
Exhibit H | — | Form of Closing Certificate |
Exhibit I | — | Form of Master Intercompany Note |
Exhibit J | — | Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice |
Exhibit K | — | Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response |
Exhibit L | — | Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice |
Exhibit M | — | Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer |
Exhibit N | — | Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice |
Exhibit O | — | Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer |
Exhibit P | — | Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice |
Exhibit Q-1 | — | Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate 1 |
Exhibit Q-2 | — | Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate 2 |
Exhibit Q-3 | — | Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate 3 |
Exhibit Q-4 | — | Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate 4 |
Exhibit R | — | Form of Note |
Exhibit S | — | Form of Notice of Borrowing |
Exhibit T | — | Form of Letter of Credit Request |
-iv-
CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 4, 2021 (this “Agreement”), among E2OPEN, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), E2OPEN INTERMEDIATE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party hereto and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA (“Goldman Sachs”), as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent.
The parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE
I
Definitions
SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms.
As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
“ABR” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.
“Acceptable Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D)(2).
“Acceptable Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D)(3).
“Acceptance and Prepayment Notice” means an irrevocable written notice from a Term Lender accepting a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment at the Acceptable Discount specified therein pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D)(2) substantially in the form of Exhibit P.
“Acceptance Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D)(2).
“Accepting Lenders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.24(a).
“Acquired EBITDA” means, with respect to any Pro Forma Entity, for any period, the amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity (determined as if references to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” were references to such Pro Forma Entity and its subsidiaries that will become Restricted Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Pro Forma Entity.
“Acquired Entity or Business” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”
“Acquisition” means the acquisition of Parent and its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.
“Acquisition Agreement” that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of the Signing Date (including the schedules, exhibits and disclosure letters thereto), by and among CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I, a Cayman Islands exempted company, which shall domesticate as a Delaware corporation and change its name to E2open Holdings, LLC, in each case, immediately prior to the Closing (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) on the Effective Date (as so domesticated and renamed, the “Public Parent”), various merger subsidiaries created and controlled by the Public Parent, Sonar Company Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Parent, and Insight Venture Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
“Acquisition Indebtedness” means Indebtedness incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other permitted Investment.
“Additional Lender” means any Additional Revolving Lender or any Additional Term Lender, as applicable.
“Additional Revolving Commitment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.20(a).
“Additional Revolving Lender” means any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that agrees to provide any portion of any (a) Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase or Additional Revolving Commitment pursuant to an Incremental Facility Amendment in accordance with Section 2.20 or (b) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any existing Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.21; provided that each Additional Revolving Lender shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (and, if such Additional Revolving Lender will provide an Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase or Additional Revolving Commitment, each Issuing Bank), in each case only if such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, to such bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor (such approval in each case not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and the Borrower.
“Additional Term Lender” means, at any time, any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that agrees to provide any portion of any (a) Incremental Term Loans pursuant to an Incremental Facility Amendment in accordance with Section 2.20 or (b) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any existing Term Loans or Term Commitments, as applicable, pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.21; provided that each Additional Term Lender shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent if such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Term Loans or Term Commitments, as applicable, to such bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and the Borrower.
“Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, subject to Section 2.14, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, for any Interest Period, a rate per annum equal to the product of (i) the LIBO Rate as in effect at such time for such Interest Period and (ii) the Statutory Reserve Rate; provided that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any Interest Period shall not: (A) with respect to the Term Loans, be less than 0.50% per annum and (B) with respect to the Revolving Loans, be less than 0.00% per annum.
“Administrative Agent” means Goldman Sachs, in its capacity as administrative agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Article VIII.
“Administrative Questionnaire” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
“Affected Class” has the meaning specified in Section 2.24(a).
“Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.
-2-
“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly or indirectly Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
“Affiliated Debt Fund” means any Affiliated Lender that is engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course, and for which no personnel primarily responsible for making investment decisions in respect of the applicable Sponsors’ equity interest in Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) has the right to make investment decisions.
“Affiliated Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that is any of the Sponsors or an Affiliate of any of the Sponsors (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries) at such time.
“After Year End Payment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(d).
“Agent” means the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners and any successors and assigns in such capacity, and “Agents” means two or more of them.
“Agent Parties” has the meaning given to such term in Section 9.01(c).
“Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in the preliminary statements hereto.
“Agreement Currency” has the meaning given to such term in Section 9.18.
“Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the NYFRB Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1.00% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%; provided that for the purpose of this definition, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the LIBO Screen Rate (or if the LIBO Screen Rate is not available for such one month Interest Period, the Interpolated Rate) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day; provided further that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any Interest Period shall not be less than (x) with respect to Term Loans, 0.50% per annum, and (y) with respect to Revolving Loans, 0% per annum. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively. If the Alternate Base Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.14 hereof (for the avoidance of doubt, only until the Benchmark Replacement has been determined pursuant to Section 2.14), then the Alternate Base Rate shall be the greater of clause (a) and (b) above and shall be determined without reference to clause (c) above.
“Anti-Corruption Laws” means the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, and all other applicable laws, rules, and regulations concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.
“Applicable Account” means, with respect to any payment to be made to the Administrative Agent hereunder, the account specified by the Administrative Agent from time to time for the purpose of receiving payments of such type.
“Applicable Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C)(2).
-3-
“Applicable Fronting Exposure” means, with respect to any Person that is an Issuing Bank at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit issued by such Person in its capacity as an Issuing Bank (if applicable) that remains available for drawing at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements made by such Person in its capacity as an Issuing Bank (if applicable) that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time.
“Applicable Percentage” means, at any time with respect to any Revolving Lender, the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment at such time (or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, such Lender’s share of the total Revolving Exposure at that time); provided that, at any time any Revolving Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments (disregarding any such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments pursuant to this Agreement and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.
“Applicable Rate” means, with respect to any Loan, the applicable rate per annum set forth in the tables below under the caption “ABR Loans” or “Eurodollar Loans”, as the case may be, based upon the First Lien Leverage Ratio as of last day of the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements, and the related Compliance Certificate, have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) and Section 5.01(e); provided that until the financial statements, and the related Compliance Certificate, for the fiscal year of the Borrower ending on February 28, 2021 are delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) (or, if earlier, the financial statements for the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending on May 31, 2021 are delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b)) and Section 5.01(e), the “Applicable Rate” for each Loan shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth below in Category I:
Category |
First Lien Leverage
Ratio |
Term Loans | |
Eurodollar Loans | ABR Loans | ||
Category I | Equal to or Greater than 3.30 to 1.00 | 3.50% | 2.50% |
Category II | Less than 3.30 to 1.00 | 3.25% | 2.25% |
Category |
First Lien Leverage
Ratio |
Revolving Loans | |
Eurodollar Loans | ABR Loans | ||
Category I | Equal to or Greater than 3.80 to 1.00 | 3.00% | 2.00% |
-4-
Category |
First Lien Leverage
Ratio |
Revolving Loans | |
Eurodollar Loans | ABR Loans | ||
Category II | Less than 3.80 to 1.00 but equal to or greater than 3.30 to 1.00 | 2.75% | 1.75% |
Category III | Less than 3.30 to 1.00 | 2.50% | 1.50% |
The Applicable Rate shall be re-determined (and set) quarterly commencing on and including the Business Day following the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of the certified calculation of the First Lien Leverage Ratio in a Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(e); provided that if the Borrower fails to provide such certification when such certification is due, at the option of the Administrative Agent or, in the case of Revolving Loans, a Majority in Interest of the Revolving Lenders, the Applicable Rate shall be set at the margin in Category I as of the first day of the fiscal month following the date on which the certification was required to be delivered until the date on which such certification is delivered (on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default occasioned by the failure to timely deliver such certification, the Applicable Rate shall be set at the margin based upon the calculations disclosed by such certification). In the event that the information regarding the First Lien Leverage Ratio contained in any certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(e) is shown to be inaccurate, and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Rate for any period (an “Applicable Period”) than the Applicable Rate actually applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the Borrower shall, as promptly as practicable, deliver to the Administrative Agent a correct certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Rate shall be determined as if the correct Applicable Rate (as set forth in the table above) were applicable for such Applicable Period, and (iii) the Borrower shall, within five (5) Business Days of delivery of such correct certificate, deliver to the Administrative Agent full payment in respect of the accrued additional interest as a result of such increased Applicable Rate for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the Administrative Agent to the affected Loan Document Obligations in accordance with this Agreement.
“Approved Bank” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Permitted Investments.”
“Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities and that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.
“Article 55 BRRD” means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.
“Asset Sale Prepayment Percentage” means 100%.
“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any Person whose consent is required by Section 9.04), substantially in the form of Exhibit A or any other form reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent.
-5-
“Auction Agent” means (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(A); provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent).
“Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its subsidiaries as of the end of, and the related audited consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, cash flows and members’ equity of the Borrower and its subsidiaries for, the fiscal years of the Borrower ended as of February 29, 2020, February 28, 2019 and February 28, 2018.
“Available Amount” means, as of any date of determination, a cumulative amount equal to (without duplication and without duplication of any amount included in the Available Equity Amount):
(a) the greater of $50,000,000 and 42.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time (the “Starter Basket”), plus
(b) the sum of an amount (which amount shall not be less than zero) equal to the sum of (x) Excess Cash Flow (but not less than zero in any period) for the fiscal year ending on or about February 28, 2022 and (y) Excess Cash Flow for each succeeding completed fiscal year as of such date, in each case, that was not required to prepay Term Borrowings pursuant to Section 2.11(d) (this clause (b), the “Retained ECF Basket”), plus
(c) returns, profits, distributions and similar amounts received in (or converted into) cash or Permitted Investments (and the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of non-cash returns, profits, distributions and similar amounts) by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on Investments made using the Available Amount, plus
(d) Investments of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Unrestricted Subsidiary made using the Available Amount that has been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or that has been merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the Investments of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such re-designation or merger or consolidation (provided that in the case of original investments made in cash, the fair market value shall be such cash value)), plus
(e) the Net Proceeds of a sale or other Disposition received by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including the issuance of stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or (ii) of Investments made using the Available Amount, plus
(f) to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income, dividends or other distributions or returns on capital received in cash or Permitted Investments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus
(g) without duplication of any amount included in the Available Equity Amount, the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of other property (other than contributions in the form of cash or Permitted Investments) received by the Borrower since the Effective Date from any Person (other than a Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary) as a capital contribution or in exchange for Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent entities which are then contributed to the Borrower after the Effective Date for Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower, plus
-6-
(h) the aggregate amount of any Retained Declined Proceeds since the Effective Date.
“Available Closing Date Equity” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Acquisition Agreement (as in effect on the Signing Date).
“Available Equity Amount” means a cumulative amount equal to (without duplication, and without duplication of any amount included in the Available Amount):
(a) without duplication of any amount included in the Available Amount, the Net Proceeds of new public or private issuances after the Effective Date of Qualified Equity Interests (excluding (i) Qualified Equity Interests the proceeds of which will be applied as Cure Amounts, (ii) the Available Closing Date Equity (other than to the extent contributed to the Borrower) and (iii) any other Qualified Equity Interests used for, or otherwise having the effect of increasing, any other basket under this Agreement) of any parent of the Borrower which are contributed to the Borrower, plus
(b) capital contributions received by the Borrower after the Effective Date in cash or Permitted Investments (and the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of non-cash capital contributions) in respect of Qualified Equity Interests (excluding (i) Qualified Equity Interests the proceeds of which will be applied as Cure Amounts, (ii) the Available Closing Date Equity (other than to the extent received by the Borrower) and (iii) any other Qualified Equity Interests used for, or otherwise having the effect of increasing, any other basket under this Agreement), plus
(c) the net cash proceeds received by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interest issuances issued after the Effective Date and which have been exchanged or converted into Qualified Equity Interests, plus
(d) returns, profits, distributions and similar amounts received in cash or Permitted Investments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on Investments made using the Available Equity Amount (not to exceed the original amount of such Investments).
“Available General RP Capacity Amount” shall mean (i) the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made at the time of determination pursuant to Section 6.07(a)(xv) plus (ii) the amount of prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of any Junior Financing that may be made at the time of determination pursuant to Section 6.07(b)(vi)(A) minus (iii) the sum of the amount of the Available General RP Capacity Amount utilized by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary prior to such time to make (a) Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.07(a)(xv), (b) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of any Junior Financing pursuant to Section 6.07(b)(vi)(A), (c) Investments pursuant to Section 6.04(m)(A)(ii) utilizing the Available General RP Capacity Amount or (d) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of any Junior Financing pursuant to Section 6.07(b)(vi)(B) utilizing the Available General RP Capacity Amount.
“Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.
-7-
“Bail-In Legislation” means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).
“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
“Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment or has had any order for relief in such proceeding entered in respect thereof; provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, unless such ownership interest results in or provides such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permits such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.
“Basel III” means: (i) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on 16 December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated; (ii) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and (iii) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to Basel III.
“Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership or control as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.
“Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.
“BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an ‘affiliate’ (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.
“Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, (a) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board, (b) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers, board of directors, manager or managing member of such Person or the functional equivalent of the foregoing or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board, manager or managing member, (c) in the case of any partnership, the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of such Person and (d) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.
-8-
“Board of Governors” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.
“Bookrunner” means each of Goldman Sachs, Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC, Golub Capital LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Jefferies Finance LLC and Blackstone Holdings Finance Co. L.L.C., each in its capacity as a bookrunner.
“Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements hereto.
“Borrower Materials” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.
“Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment” means the offer by the Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a Specified Discount to par pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).
“Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Term Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).
“Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Term Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range at a discount to par pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).
“Borrowing” means Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.
“Borrowing Minimum” means (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, $500,000 and (b) in the case of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, $250,000.
“Borrowing Multiple” means (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, $500,000 and (b) in the case of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, $250,000.
“Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.
“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by Requirements of Law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.
“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of Section 6.02, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased and such property shall be deemed to be owned by the lessee.
“Capitalized Commission Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of commissions that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
-9-
“Capitalized Leases” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP as in effect prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP as in effect prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases.
“Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Cash Management Obligations” means (a) obligations of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository, cash pooling arrangements and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds and (b) other obligations in respect of netting services, employee credit or purchase card programs and similar arrangements.
“Cash Management Services” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Secured Cash Management Obligations”.
“Casualty Event” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards, in each case, in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.
“Change in Law” means: (a) the adoption of any rule, regulation, treaty or other law after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any rule, regulation, treaty or other law or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all rules, regulations, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank of International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall, in each case, be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” to the extent enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued after the date of this Agreement, but only to the extent such rules, regulations, or published interpretations or directives are applied to Holdings and its Subsidiaries by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in substantially the same manner as applied to other similarly situated borrowers under comparable syndicated credit facilities, including for purposes of Section 2.15.
“Change of Control” means (a) the failure of Holdings, directly or indirectly through Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, to own all of the Equity Interests of the Borrower, (b) the acquisition of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, by any Person or group, other than the Permitted Holders (directly or indirectly, including through one or more holding companies), of Equity Interests representing 35% or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Public Parent and the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power so held is greater than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the Equity Interests in the Public Parent held by the Permitted Holders, unless the Permitted Holders (directly or indirectly, including through one of more holding companies) otherwise have the right (pursuant to contract, proxy or otherwise), directly or indirectly, to designate, nominate or appoint (and do so designate, nominate or appoint) a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings or the Public Parent or (c) the occurrence of a “Change of Control” (or similar event, however denominated), as defined in the documentation governing any Junior Financing that is Material Indebtedness.
-10-
For purposes of this definition, (i) “beneficial ownership” shall be as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act, (ii) the phrase “Person or group” is within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person or “group” and its subsidiaries and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan, and (iii) if any Person or “group” includes one or more Permitted Holders, the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Holdings, the Public Parent or the Borrower, as applicable, directly or indirectly owned by the Permitted Holders that are part of such Person or “group” shall not be treated as being owned by such Person or “group” for purposes of determining whether clause (b) of this definition is triggered.
“CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.
“CFC Holdco” means any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that has no material assets other than Equity Interests and debt, if any, in one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.
“Class” when used in reference to (a) any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Other Revolving Loans, Initial Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans or Other Term Loans, (b) any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment, Other Revolving Commitment, Term Commitment or Other Term Commitment and (c) any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a particular Class of Loans or Commitments. Other Term Commitments, Other Term Loans, Other Revolving Commitments (and the Other Revolving Loans made pursuant thereto) and Incremental Term Loans that have different terms and conditions shall be construed to be in different Classes.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
“Collateral” means any and all assets, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, on which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Security Documents as security for the Secured Obligations.
“Collateral Agent” means Goldman Sachs, in its capacity as Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Article VIII.
“Collateral Agreement” means the Collateral Agreement among the Borrower, each other Loan Party and the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
“Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” means, at any time, the requirement that:
(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received from
-11-
(i) Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower, each other Loan Party and each of the other Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) either (x) a counterpart of the Guarantee Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person or (y) in the case of any Person that becomes a Loan Party after the Effective Date (including by ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary), a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement, in substantially the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, and
(ii) Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and each other Loan Party either (x) a counterpart of the Collateral Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person or (y) in the case of any Person that becomes a Loan Party after the Effective Date (including by ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary), a supplement to the Collateral Agreement, in substantially the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person;
in each case under this clause (a) together with, in the case of any such Loan Documents executed and delivered after the Effective Date, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, opinions and documents of the type referred to in Sections 4.01(b) and 4.01(d);
(b) subject to Section 5.14, all outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Equity Interests constituting Excluded Assets or Equity Interests of Immaterial Subsidiaries) owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, and the Administrative Agent shall have received certificates, if any, of such entity reflecting the pledge, or other instruments, if any, representing all such Equity Interests (other than such Equity Interests in Immaterial Subsidiaries), together with undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;
(c) subject to Section 5.14, (i) if any intercompany Indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary in a principal amount of $7,500,000 or more is owing by such obligor to any Loan Party and such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by a promissory note, such promissory note shall be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such promissory notes, together with undated instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank; provided, however, that the foregoing delivery requirement with respect to any intercompany indebtedness may be satisfied by delivery of an omnibus or global intercompany note executed by all Loan Parties as payees and all such obligors as payors in the form of the Master Intercompany Note and (ii) if any Indebtedness for borrowed money of any Person that is not a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary in a principal amount of $7,500,000 or more is owing by such obligor to any Loan Party and such Indebtedness is evidenced by a promissory note, such promissory note shall be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such promissory notes, together with undated instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;
(d) with respect to any Collateral owned by any Loan Party, all certificates, agreements, documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and Intellectual Property Security Agreements required by this Agreement, the Security Documents, Requirements of Law and reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, delivered, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Security Documents and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, this Agreement, the Security Documents and the other provisions of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Administrative Agent for filing, registration or recording; and
-12-
(e) the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Material Real Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property; provided, that, to the extent any Mortgaged Property is located in a jurisdiction that imposes mortgage recording taxes, intangibles tax, documentary tax or similar recording fees or taxes, the Administrative Agent will cooperate with the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party in order to minimize the amount of tax payable in connection with such Mortgage as permitted by, and in accordance with, applicable law including, to the extent permitted by applicable law, limiting the amount secured by such Mortgage to the book value of such Mortgaged Property, as reasonably determined by the Borrower, if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such book value, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance (or marked unconditional commitment to issue such policy or policies) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a first priority Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 6.02, together with such customary lender’s endorsements (other than a creditor’s rights endorsement) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to the extent available in the applicable jurisdiction at commercially reasonable rates (it being agreed that the Administrative Agent shall accept zoning reports from a nationally recognized zoning company in lieu of zoning endorsements to such title insurance policies), in an amount equal to the fair market value of such Mortgaged Property or as otherwise reasonably agreed by the parties; provided that in no event will the Borrower be required to obtain independent appraisals of such Mortgaged Properties, unless required by FIRREA, (iii) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property, and if any Mortgaged Property is located in an area determined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) to be located in special flood hazard area, a duly executed notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance and evidence of such flood insurance as provided in Section 5.07(b), (iv) opinions, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, from counsel qualified to opine in each jurisdiction where a Mortgaged Property is located regarding the enforceability of the Mortgage such other matters as may be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (v) a survey or existing survey together with a no change affidavit of such Mortgaged Property, in compliance with the 2016 Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for ALTA/NSPS Land Title Surveys or such other ALTA/NSPS requirements as are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (vi) evidence of payment of title insurance premiums and expenses and all recording, mortgage, transfer and stamp taxes and fees payable in connection with recording the Mortgage, any amendments thereto and any fixture filings in appropriate county land office(s).
-13-
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (a) the foregoing provisions of this definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Loan Parties, or the provision of Guarantees by any Subsidiary, if, and for so long as the Administrative Agent and the Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost, burden, difficulty or consequence of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or providing such Guarantees (taking into account any adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Affiliates (including the imposition of withholding or other material taxes)), outweighs the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom; (b) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Security Documents; (c) [reserved]; (d) in no event shall any Loan Party be required to complete any filings or other action with respect to the perfection of security interests in any jurisdiction outside of the United States, and no actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required to be taken, nor shall the Administrative Agent be authorized to take any such action, to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the United States or to perfect or make enforceable any security interests in any such assets (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction) (provided, that to the extent a non-U.S. Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary and becomes a Guarantor pursuant to clause (a)(i) above, the applicable Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent (or its designees) shall enter into such customary local law security agreements and/or make such local law filings as may be reasonably and mutually agreed); (e) in no event shall any Loan Party be required to complete any filings or other action with respect to perfection of security interests in assets subject to certificates of title beyond the filing of UCC financing statements; (f)(i) in the case of intercompany debt described in the first clause (c)(i) of this definition, other than the filing of UCC financing statements and the delivery of the Master Intercompany Note, no perfection shall be required with respect to promissory notes evidencing such debt for borrowed money in a principal amount (individually) of less than $10,000,000 and (ii) in the case of third party debt described in the first clause (c)(ii) of this definition, other than the filing of UCC financing statements, no perfection shall be required with respect to promissory notes evidencing such debt for borrowed money in a principal amount (individually) of less than $10,000,000; (g) in no event shall any Loan Party be required to complete any filings or other action with respect to security interests in Intellectual Property beyond the filing of Intellectual Property Security Agreements with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office; (h) no actions shall be required to perfect a security interest in letter of credit rights (other than the filing of UCC financing statements), except to the extent constituting a supporting obligation for other Collateral as to which perfection is accomplished by the filing a UCC financing statement; and (i) in no event shall the Collateral include any Excluded Assets. The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any Guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Effective Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Effective Date) and any other obligations under this definition where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Security Documents.
“Commitment” means with respect to any Lender, its Revolving Commitment, Other Revolving Commitment of any Class, Term Commitment, Other Term Commitment of any Class or any combination thereof (as the context requires).
“Commitment Fee Percentage” means 0.375% per annum (or, if at any time following delivery of the consolidated financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b) (commencing with the consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) for the fiscal period ending February 28, 2021 (or, if delivered earlier, the consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) for the fiscal period ending May 31, 2021)), the First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 3.80 to 1.00, 0.25% per annum).
“Commitment Parties” means Goldman Sachs, Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC, Credit Suisse AG, Golub Capital LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Jefferies Finance LLC and Blackstone Holdings Finance Co. L.L.C..
“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
-14-
“Compliance Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01(e).
“Consolidated Cash Interest Charges” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis net of any interest income, which shall be determined on a cash basis only and solely in respect of Indebtedness of the type described in the definition of Consolidated Total Indebtedness and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) any non-cash interest expense and any capitalized interest, whether paid or accrued, (ii) the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (iii) amortization of deferred financing costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses (including agency costs, amendment, consent or other front end, one-off or similar non-recurring fees), (iv) any expenses resulting from discounting of indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, (v) penalties or interest related to taxes and any other amounts of non-cash interest resulting from the effects of acquisition method accounting or pushdown accounting, (vi) the accretion or accrual of, or accrued interest on, discounted liabilities (other than Indebtedness) during such period, (vii) non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement of the mark-to-market valuation of obligations under hedging agreements or other derivative instruments pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 815-Derivatives and Hedging, (viii) any one-time cash costs associated with breakage in respect of Swap Agreements for interest rates, (ix) any payments with respect to make whole premiums, commissions or other breakage costs of any Indebtedness, (x) all non-recurring interest expense consisting of liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, all as calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (xi) expensing of bridge, arrangement, structuring, commitment, fronting or other financing fees, (xii) fees and expenses (including any penalties and interest relating to Taxes but excluding any bona fide interest expense) associated with the consummation of the Transactions, (xiii) agency fees paid to the administrative agents and collateral agents under any credit facilities or other debt instruments or documents and (xiv) fees (including any ticking fees) and expenses (including any penalties and interest relating to Taxes) associated with any Investment not prohibited by Section 6.04 or the issuance of Equity Interests or Indebtedness (in each case excluding any bona fide interest expense).
“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus:
(a) without duplication and to the extent already deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:
(i) total interest expense and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, the sum of (A) premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses incurred in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets plus (B) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capitalized Leases that is treated as interest expense in accordance with GAAP plus (C) the implied interest component of synthetic leases with respect to such period plus (D) any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations or such derivative instruments plus (E) bank and letter of credit fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus (F) amortization or write-off of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium, terminated hedging obligations and other commissions, financing fees and expenses and, adjusted, to the extent included, to exclude any refunds or similar credits received in connection with the purchasing or procurement of goods or services under any purchasing card or similar program;
(ii) provision for taxes based on income, profits, revenue or capital and sales taxes, including federal, foreign, state, franchise, excise, and similar taxes paid or accrued during such period (including in respect of repatriated funds) including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations;
-15-
(iii) Non-Cash Charges;
(iv) operating expenses incurred on or prior to the Effective Date attributable to (A) salary obligations paid to employees terminated prior to the Effective Date and (B) wages paid to executives in excess of the amounts Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are required to pay pursuant to their respective employment agreements;
(v) [Intentionally omitted];
(vi) severance, relocation costs, integration and facilities’ opening costs and other business optimization expenses and operating improvements (including related to new product introductions and any operating expenses, losses or charges related to the implementation of cost savings initiatives, operating expense reductions and other similar initiatives), recruiting fees, signing costs, reserve, retention, recruiting, relocation and signing bonuses and expenses, transition costs, costs related to closure/consolidation of facilities, internal costs in respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), contract terminations, professional and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing and other one-time and nonoperational costs and expenses;
(vii) restructuring charges, accruals or reserves (including restructuring and integration costs related to acquisitions and adjustments to existing reserves), whether or not classified as restructuring expense on the consolidated financial statements;
(viii) the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of income attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back in such period) in calculating Consolidated Net Income, excluding cash distributions in respect thereof;
(ix) losses on asset sales, disposals or abandonments (other than asset sales, disposals or abandonments in the ordinary course of business);
(x) any non-cash loss attributable to the mark to market movement in the valuation of any Equity Interests, and hedging obligations or other derivative instruments (in each case, including pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging);
(xi) any loss relating to amounts paid in cash prior to the stated settlement date of any hedging obligation that has been reflected in Consolidated Net Income for such period;
(xii) any gain relating to hedging obligations that has been reflected in Consolidated Net Income in prior periods and excluded from Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (c)(iv) below;
(xiii) any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost) existing at the date of initial application of FASB Accounting Standards Codification 715, and any other items of a similar nature;
-16-
(xiv) charges, losses, lost profits, expenses (including litigation expenses, fee and charges) or write-offs to the extent indemnified or insured by a third party, including expenses or losses covered by indemnification provisions or by any insurance provider in connection with the Transactions, a Permitted Acquisition or any other acquisition or Investment, disposition or any Casualty Event, in each case, to the extent that coverage has not been denied and so long as such amounts are actually reimbursed in cash within one year after the related amount is first added to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to this clause (xiv) (and if not so reimbursed within one year, such amount shall be deducted from Consolidated EBITDA during the next measurement period);
(xv) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenses) not included in Consolidated EBITDA in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such receipts were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (c) below for any previous period and not added back;
(xvi) Earn-Out payments, contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments incurred in connection with any acquisition or other investment (including any acquisition or other investment consummated prior to the Effective Date) which are paid or accrued during the applicable period;
(xvii) Public Company Costs;
(xviii) costs and expenses incurred relating to environmental remediation, litigation or other disputes in respect of events and exposures that occurred prior to the Effective Date;
(xix) non-recurring professional services costs;
(xx) charges attributable to, and payments of, legal settlements, fines, judgments or orders;
(xxi) changes in total deferred revenue and billings-based adjustments (without giving effect to foreign currency fluctuations) in order to provide for “Total Contract Value (TCV) billings” Consolidated EBITDA calculations;
(xxii) other adjustments and add backs of the nature or of the type identified or set forth in: (A) the Model and (B) the quality of earnings delivered in connection with the Transactions; plus
(b) without duplication, (i) the amount of “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies related to any Specified Transaction, any restructuring, any business optimization activities, cost saving initiatives and operating improvements or other initiatives that are reasonably identifiable and projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions that either have been taken, with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or that are expected to be taken within 24 months after the end of the relevant Test Period (including actions initiated prior to the Effective Date) (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) (which cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies shall be added to Consolidated EBITDA until fully realized and calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of the relevant period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized from such actions; provided that no cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (b) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements or synergies that are included above or in the definition of “Pro Forma Basis” (it being understood and agreed that “run rate” shall mean the full recurring benefit that is associated with any action taken); provided, further, that all amounts added to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to this clause (b) for any Test Period, when combined with all amounts added to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of “Pro Forma Basis” for such Test Period, shall not exceed 25% of Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period (such 25% limit to be calculated after giving effect to any amounts added to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to this clause (b) or clause (a) of the definition of “Pro Forma Basis” for such Test Period and excluding amounts that would be permitted to be included in pro forma financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and adjustments supported by a quality of earnings report prepared by independent registered public accountants of recognized national standing or any other accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (so long as such quality of earnings report is delivered to the Administrative Agent)); less
-17-
(c) without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:
(i) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period);
(ii) any non-cash gain attributable to the mark to market movement in the valuation of any Equity Interests, and hedging obligations or other derivative instruments (in each case, including pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging);
(iii) any gain relating to amounts received in cash prior to the stated settlement date of any hedging obligation that has been reflected in Consolidated Net Income in such period;
(iv) any loss relating to hedging obligations that has been reflected in Consolidated Net Income in prior periods and excluded from Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clauses (a)(xi) and (a)(xii) above; and
(v) the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of loss attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary added (and not deducted in such period) to Consolidated Net Income;
in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided that:
(I) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of assets or liabilities (including the net loss or gain resulting from hedging agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances),
(II) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any adjustments resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging,
(III) there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income, the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (but not including the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired) (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired, an “Acquired Entity or Business”), and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “Converted Restricted Subsidiary”), in each case based on the Acquired EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) determined on a historical Pro Forma Basis and (B) in the case of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person multiplied by the ownership percentage of the Borrower or applicable Restricted Subsidiary therein;
-18-
(IV) there shall be (A) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations in accordance with GAAP (other than (x) if so classified on the basis that it is being held for sale unless such sale has actually occurred during such period and (y) for periods prior to the applicable sale, transfer or other disposition, if the Disposed EBITDA of such Person, property, business or asset is positive (i.e., if such Disposed EBITDA is negative, it shall be added back in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period)) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified, a “Sold Entity or Business”), and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary”), in each case based on the Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer, disposition, closure, classification or conversion) determined on a historical Pro Forma Basis and (B) to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income, included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period in which a Sold Entity or Business is disposed, an adjustment equal to the Pro Forma Disposal Adjustment with respect to such Sold Entity or Business (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such disposal) as specified in the Pro Forma Disposal Adjustment certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent (for further delivery to the Lenders); and
(V) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA any expense (or income) as a result of adjustments recorded to contingent consideration liabilities relating to the Transaction or any Permitted Acquisition (or other Investment permitted hereunder).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed to equal (a) $28,511,346.35 for the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2020, (b) $30,070,992.96 for the fiscal quarter ended May 31, 2020, (c) $27,701,288.88 for the fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2020 and (d) $28,510,499.32 for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2020 (it being understood that such amounts are subject to adjustments, as and to the extent otherwise contemplated in this Agreement, in connection with any calculation on a Pro Forma Basis); provided that such amounts of Consolidated EBITDA for any such fiscal quarter shall be adjusted to include, without duplication, any cost savings that would otherwise be included pursuant to clause (b) of this definition.
“Consolidated First Lien Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Total Indebtedness secured by Liens on any asset or other property of the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries on an equal priority basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with Liens securing the Secured Obligations.
-19-
“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding, without duplication,
(a) extraordinary (as defined under GAAP as in effect prior to FASB Update No. 2015-01) unusual, or non-recurring items for such period,
(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;
(c) any Transaction Costs incurred during such period,
(d) any fees, costs and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus or similar payment) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with or in relation to any acquisition (including any acquisition of a franchisee), non-recurring costs to acquire equipment to the extent not capitalized in accordance with GAAP, Investment, recapitalization, asset disposition, non-competition agreement, incurrence, issuance or repayment of debt or similar transaction, issuance of equity securities, option buyouts, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of or waiver or consent relating to any debt instrument or similar transaction (in each case, including the Transaction Costs and any such transaction consummated prior to the Effective Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction-related expenses in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification 805 and gains or losses associated with FASB Accounting Standards Codification 460),
(e) any income (loss) (and all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, hedging agreements or other derivative instruments,
(f) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted as a result of the Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment not prohibited under this Agreement in accordance with GAAP (including any adjustment of estimated payouts on Earn-Outs) or changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period,
(g) stock-based award compensation expenses (including any one-time compensation related to unvested options outstanding as of the Effective Date),
(h) any income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts,
(i) any income (loss) from Investments recorded using the equity method,
(j) the amount of any expense required to be recorded as compensation expense related to contingent transaction consideration,
(k) any unrealized gain or loss due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects, determined in accordance with GAAP,
(l) (i) the net income of any Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent person or a subsidiary thereof in respect of such period and (ii) the net income shall include any ordinary course dividend distribution or other payment in cash received from any Person in excess of the amounts included in clause (i) above,
-20-
(m) (A) the amount of board of directors, management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees, indemnities and related expenses paid or accrued in such period (including any termination fees payable in connection with the early termination of management and monitoring agreements) and (B) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted in the Loan Documents, and
(n) any costs or expenses incurred by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any severance agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are non-cash or otherwise funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or Net Proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Equity Interests).
There shall be included in Consolidated Net Income, without duplication, the amount of any cash tax benefits related to the tax amortization of intangible assets in such period. There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the effects from applying acquisition method accounting, including applying acquisition method accounting to inventory, property and equipment, loans and leases, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue (including deferred costs related thereto and deferred rent) required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Transactions, any acquisition or Investment consummated prior to the Effective Date and any Permitted Acquisitions (or other Investment not prohibited hereunder) or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.
In addition, to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated Net Income shall include (i) in the case of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person multiplied by the ownership percentage of the Borrower or applicable Restricted Subsidiary therein and (ii) the amount of proceeds received or due from business interruption insurance or reimbursement of expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification and other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition or other Investment or any disposition of any asset permitted hereunder.
“Consolidated Secured Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Total Indebtedness secured by Liens on any asset or other property of the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, (i) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of the acquisition method accounting in connection with the Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition (or other Investment not prohibited hereunder)) consisting only of third-party Indebtedness for borrowed money, drawn but unreimbursed obligations under letters of credit, letters of guaranty and bankers’ acceptances and third-party debt obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, loan agreements, promissory notes or similar instruments minus (ii) the sum of (x) unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) cash and cash equivalents restricted in favor of the Administrative Agent or any Lender (which may also include cash and cash equivalents securing other indebtedness secured by a Lien on Collateral).
-21-
“Consolidated Working Capital” means, at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and Permitted Investments) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans and obligations under Letters of Credit to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest and (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes; provided that, for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, increases or decreases in working capital (A) arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be measured from the date on which such acquisition or disposition occurred until the first anniversary of such acquisition or disposition with respect to the Person subject to such acquisition or disposition and (B) shall exclude (I) the impact of non-cash adjustments contemplated in the Excess Cash Flow calculation, (II) the impact of adjusting items in the definition of Consolidated Net Income and (III) any changes in current assets or current liabilities as a result of (x) the effect of fluctuations in the amount of accrued or contingent obligations, assets or liabilities under hedging agreements or other derivative obligations, (y) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (z) the effects of acquisition method accounting.
“Contract Consideration” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow”.
“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies, or the dismissal or appointment of the management, of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
“Converted Restricted Subsidiary” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”.
“Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary” has the meaning given such term in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”.
“Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b), (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b) or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).
“Covered Party” has the meaning specified in Section 9.20.
-22-
“Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) by the Borrower or any other Loan Party in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Additional Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans (or unused Revolving Commitments) (“Refinanced Debt”); provided that such exchanging, extending, renewing, replacing or refinancing Indebtedness (a) is in an original aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Refinanced Debt (plus any premium, accrued interest and fees and expenses incurred in connection with such exchange, extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing), (b) does not mature earlier than or, except in the case of Revolving Commitments, have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than the Refinanced Debt (other than with respect to any customary bridge loan facility, so long as the long-term Indebtedness into which any such customary bridge facility is to be converted or exchanged satisfies the requirements of this clause (b) and such conversion or exchange is subject only to the conditions customary for similar conversions or exchanges), (c) if such Indebtedness is unsecured or secured by the Collateral on a junior lien basis to the Secured Obligations, does not (1) mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal prior to the date that is 91 days after the maturity date of the Refinanced Debt (or if later, 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date), (2) have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than the Refinanced Debt (or any later maturing Credit Facility then in effect) plus 91 days, or (3) have mandatory prepayment, redemption or offer to purchase events more onerous than those set forth in the Refinanced Debt (and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms as the Refinanced Debt) (in each case other than with respect to any customary bridge loan facility, so long as the long-term Indebtedness into which any such customary bridge facility is to be converted or exchanged satisfies the requirements of this clause (c) and such conversion or exchange is subject only to the conditions customary for similar conversions or exchanges), (d) with respect to Refinanced Debt consisting of Revolving Commitments, will not require scheduled amortization or mandatory commitment reductions prior to the Latest Maturity Date of such Refinanced Debt, (e) in the case of Refinanced Debt originally incurred by the Borrower, be incurred by the Borrower and shall not be guaranteed by any entity that is not a Loan Party, (f) in the case of any secured Indebtedness (i) is not secured by any assets not securing the Secured Obligations, (ii) if not comprising Indebtedness hereunder, is subject to the relevant Intercreditor Agreement(s) and (iii) in the case of Refinanced Debt that was secured on a junior basis to the Secured Obligations, shall be secured on a junior basis to the Secured Obligations; provided that any unsecured Refinanced Debt shall not be refinanced with secured Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (g) in the case of Refinanced Debt that is subordinated in right of payment to the Secured Obligations, shall be subordinated on the same basis, (h) has covenants, events of default and guarantees of any such Indebtedness, that are not materially more restrictive to the Borrower, when taken as a whole, than the Refinanced Debt (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) unless (1) the Lenders under the Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable, also receive the benefit of such more restrictive terms (it being acknowledged that with respect to any “springing” financial maintenance covenant or other covenant or provision only applicable to, or for the benefit of, a revolving credit facility, shall also be added solely for the benefit of each revolving credit facility hereunder (and not for the benefit of any term loan facility hereunder) (together with, at the election of the Borrower, any applicable “equity cure” provisions with respect to any financial maintenance covenant)) (it being understood to the extent that any covenant is added for the benefit of any such Indebtedness, no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the extent that such covenant is also added for the benefit of any corresponding existing Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable), (2) any such provisions apply after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing, or (3) such terms shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, and (i) if such Indebtedness is secured on a pari passu basis with the Liens securing the Secured Obligations, such Indebtedness may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any mandatory repayments or prepayments in respect of the Term Loans or the Revolving Facility; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such resulting Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonably detailed description of the basis upon which it disagrees). For the avoidance of doubt, such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall not be subject to any “most favored nation” pricing provisions.
-23-
“Credit Facilities” means the Revolving Facility and the Term Facility.
“Cure Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.02(a).
“Cure Expiration Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.02(a).
“Cure Right” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.02(a).
“Cured Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.
“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.
“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or (iii) pay over to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender, as applicable, in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a Loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender, as applicable, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations as of the date of certification) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit under this Agreement; provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender’s, as applicable, receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent or (d) has become the subject of (i) a Bankruptcy Event or (ii) a Bail-In Action.
“Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to any Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Obligations with respect to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank other than Secured Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or cash collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.
-24-
“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 6.05(k) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash within 180 days following the consummation of the applicable Disposition or, if converted to cash after 180 days, the lesser of (a) the consideration in cash or cash equivalents received from such conversion and (b) the fair market value of such non-cash consideration at the time of such conversion).
“Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B)(2).
“Discount Range” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C)(1).
“Discount Range Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C)(1).
“Discount Range Prepayment Notice” means a written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C)(1) substantially in the form of Exhibit L.
“Discount Range Prepayment Offer” means the irrevocable written offer by a Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit M, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Auction Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.
“Discount Range Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C)(1).
“Discount Range Proration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C)(3).
“Discounted Prepayment Determination Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D)(3).
“Discounted Prepayment Effective Date” means in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment or Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer, five (5) Business Days following the receipt by each relevant Term Lender of notice from the Auction Agent in accordance with Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B), Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) or Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D), as applicable, unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Auction Agent.
“Discounted Term Loan Prepayment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(A).
“Dispose” and “Disposition” each has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.05.
“Disposed EBITDA” means, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period through (but not after) the date of such disposition, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA” (and in the component financial definitions used therein) were references to such Sold Entity or Business and its subsidiaries or to such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary.
-25-
“Disqualified Equity Interest” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest in such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, either mandatorily or at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event or condition:
(a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable or contains any mandatory put, redemption or repayment provision (other than solely for Equity Interests in such Person that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests), whether pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;
(b) is convertible or exchangeable, either mandatorily or at the option of the holder thereof, for Indebtedness or Equity Interests (other than solely for Equity Interests in such Person that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests);
(c) is redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests in such Person that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests) or is required to be repurchased by such Person or any of its Affiliates, in whole or in part, at the option of the holder thereof; or
(d) in the case of any preferred Equity Interest, provides for scheduled payments of dividends and/or distributions in cash;
in each case, on or prior to the date ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date; provided, however, that (i) an Equity Interest in any Person that would not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest but for terms thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to redeem or purchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or a “change of control” or similar event shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest if any such requirement becomes operative only after, or payment thereunder is subject to the prior, repayment in full of all the Loans and all other Loan Document Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments,(ii) if an Equity Interest in any Person is issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof) or any of its subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations of such Person and (iii) any Equity Interest in any Person that would not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest but for a requirement of payment of dividends or distributions in violation of clauses (a) or (b) above shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest if the terms of such Equity Interest (x) give the applicable issuer the option to elect to pay such dividends or distributions on a non-cash basis and (y) do not require the cash payment of dividends or distributions at any time that such cash payment is not permitted under Section 6.07 of this Agreement or would result in an Event of Default hereunder.
“Disqualified Lenders” means (i) those Persons identified by Insight or the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the Signing Date as being “Disqualified Lenders” (or, if after such date, that are acceptable to the Administrative Agent), (ii) those Persons who are competitors of the Borrower and/or any Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified by Insight or the Borrower to the Administrative Agent from time to time in writing (including by email) which designation shall become effective two (2) days after the delivery of each such written designation to the Administrative Agent, but which shall not apply retroactively to disqualify any persons that have previously acquired, or entered into a trade to acquire, an assignment or participation interest in the Loan and (iii) in the case of each Person identified pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above, any of their Affiliates (other than any such Affiliate that is primarily engaged in, or that advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course and with respect to which the primary Disqualified Lender does not possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity referenced in clause (ii) above, unless separately identified by the Borrower pursuant to clause (i) above) that are either (x) identified in writing by Insight or the Borrower from time to time or (y) clearly identifiable as Affiliates on the basis of such Affiliate’s name. Such list of Disqualified Lenders shall be available for inspection upon request by any Lender.
-26-
“dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the law of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Earn-Outs” means, with respect to any Person, obligations of such Person arising from Permitted Acquisitions or other Investments permitted hereunder which are payable to the sellers thereunder in their capacity as such based on the achievement of specified financial results or other criteria or milestones over time.
“ECF Percentage” means, with respect to the prepayment required by Section 2.11(d) with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower, if the First Lien Leverage Ratio (prior to giving effect to the applicable prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(d), but after giving effect to any voluntary prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.11(a) prior to the date of such prepayment) as of the end of such fiscal year is (a) greater than 4.05 to 1.00, 50.0% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year, (b) greater than 3.80 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 4.05 to 1.00, 25.0% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year and (c) less than or equal to 3.80 to 1.00, 0.00% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year.
“EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.
“EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
“EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
“Effective Date” means February 4, 2021.
“Effective Date Refinancing” means, collectively, the repayment, redemption, repurchase or other discharge of all existing third-party indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower under the Existing Credit Agreement and the release and termination of (x) all commitments thereunder and (y) all related liens granted by and guarantees or borrower obligations related thereto by Holdings, the Borrower and its subsidiaries.
-27-
“Effective Yield” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) the higher of (A) the Adjusted LIBO Rate on such date for a deposit in dollars with a maturity of one month and (B) the Adjusted LIBO Rate floor, if any, with respect thereto as of such date, (ii) the interest rate margins as of such date (with such interest rate margin and interest spreads to be determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate) and (iii) the amount of original issuance discount and/or upfront fees thereon (converted to yield assuming a four-year average life and without any present value discount) (it being understood that customary arrangement, underwriting, structuring or commitment fees payable to any of the Commitment Parties in connection with the applicable Term Commitment or the Revolving Commitment or to one or more arrangers, bookrunners or structuring advisors (or their affiliates) of any Incremental Facility shall be excluded).
“Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund and (d) any other Person (other than Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates), other than, in each case, (i) a natural person (a holding company, investments vehicle, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated by or for the primary benefit of a natural person), (ii) a Defaulting Lender or (iii) a Disqualified Lender; provided that a Disqualified Lender will constitute an Eligible Assignee solely to the extent that such assignment is consented to in writing by the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Loan Party and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent shall have no liability with respect to any assignment made to a Disqualified Lender unless (i) (A) the Administrative Agent has acted with gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment) or (B) such assignment resulted from a material breach of the Loan Documents by the Administrative Agent (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment) and (ii) the Borrower has not consented to such assignment or is not deemed to have consented to such assignment to the extent required by Section 9.04(b).
“Enterprise Transformative Event” means any merger, acquisition, Investment, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, in any such case by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, that is either (a) not permitted by the terms of any Loan Document immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction or (b) if permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, would not provide Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries with adequate flexibility under the Loan Documents for the continuation or expansion of their combined operations following such consummation, as reasonably determined by the Borrower acting in good faith.
“Environmental Laws” means all applicable treaties, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, judgments, orders, decrees and other applicable Requirements of Law, and all applicable injunctions or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, in each instance relating to the protection of the environment, to preservation or reclamation of natural resources, to Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials, to health or safety matters.
“Environmental Liability” means any liability, obligation, loss, claim, action, order or cost, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of medical monitoring, costs of environmental remediation or restoration, administrative oversight costs, consultants’ fees, fines, penalties and indemnities) directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law or permit, license or approval issued thereunder, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, or treatment of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
-28-
“Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any Loan Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Title IV and Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 4001(b) of ERISA or Section 414 of the Code.
“ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) any failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, in each case whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA, of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code); (e) the incurrence by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA) with respect to the termination of any Plan or by application of Section 4069 of ERISA with respect to any terminated plan; (f) the receipt by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, or to an intention to terminate or to appoint a trustee to administer any plan or plans in respect of which such Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate would be deemed to be an employer under Section 4069 of ERISA; (g) the incurrence by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan; (h) the receipt by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability, or the failure of a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to any Withdrawal Liability; or (i) the withdrawal of a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA.
“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.
“Eurodollar” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.
“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.
“Excess Cash Flow” means, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of:
(a) the sum, without duplication, of:
(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period,
-29-
(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all Non-Cash Charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital and long-term account receivables for such period,
(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and
(v) extraordinary (as defined under GAAP as in effect prior to FASB Update No. 2015-01) gains, less:
(b) the sum, without duplication, of:
(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income (including any amounts included in Consolidated Net Income pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income” to the extent such amounts are due but not received during such period) and cash charges included in clauses (a) through (j) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income” (other than cash charges to the extent financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness)),
(ii) the amount of capital expenditures made in cash or accrued during such period, except to the extent that such capital expenditures were financed with the proceeds of (x) long term Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Revolving Loans or (y) the issuance of Equity Interests,
(iii) (x) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness (including the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Leases, but excluding (A) all principal payments of Indebtedness to the extent reducing the required prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(d) as a result of the application of clauses (i) through (v) of the first proviso thereof, (B) all prepayments of revolving loans (including Revolving Loans) except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder and (C) all principal payments of Indebtedness to the extent financed with long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness)) and (y) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness, to the extent not financed with long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness),
(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,
(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital and long-term account receivables for such period,
(vi) cash payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness,
-30-
(vii) the aggregate amount of payments and expenditures actually made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such payments and expenditures are not expensed during such period, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of (x) long-term Indebtedness of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or their Restricted Subsidiaries other than Revolving Loans or (y) the issuance of Equity Interests,
(viii) cash payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of Non-Cash Charges included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income in any prior period, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of (x) long-term Indebtedness of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or their Restricted Subsidiaries other than Revolving Loans or (y) the issuance of Equity Interests,
(ix) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in respect of a prior period, at the option of the Borrower, the aggregate consideration (including Earn-Outs) required to be paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts, commitments, letters of intent or purchase orders (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to capital expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions or other Investments permitted hereunder (other than intercompany Investments or Investments in cash equivalents) to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Borrower following the end of such period (except, in each case, to the extent financed with long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness)); provided that to the extent the aggregate amount actually utilized to finance such capital expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions or other applicable Investments during such subsequent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such subsequent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,
(x) the amount of cash rent payments made in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of rent payments deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period,
(xi) the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash and/or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, and
(xii) extraordinary (as defined under GAAP as in effect prior to FASB Update No. 2015-01) losses or charges.
“Excess Cash Flow Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(d).
“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
“Excluded Account” means any (a) payroll account, (b) zero balance account, (c) withholding tax, trust and fiduciary account, (d) pension fund, escrow (including any escrow accounts for the benefit of any grantor’s customers), segregated, or similar account, (e) any accounts with an average monthly balance for all such accounts of less than $4,000,000 in the aggregate and (f) any other account reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent.
-31-
“Excluded Assets” means, (a) any fee-owned real property that is not Material Real Property and all leasehold (including ground lease) interests in real property (including requirements to deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels and collateral access letters), (b) motor vehicles, railcars, trailers, aircraft, aircraft engines, construction and earth moving equipment and other assets subject to certificates of title or ownership, (c) letter of credit rights (except to the extent constituting supporting obligations (as defined under the UCC) in which a security interest can be perfected with the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement or equivalent financing statement with a central registry), (d) commercial tort claims with an individual value, as determined by the Borrower in good faith, of less than $7,500,000 and commercial tort claims for which no complaint or counterclaim has been filed in a court of competent jurisdiction, (e) Equity Interests in any Person (other than any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries) to the extent the pledge thereof to the Administrative Agent is not permitted by the terms of such Person’s organizational, incorporation or joint venture documents, (f) Equity Interests constituting an amount greater than 65% of the total voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary or CFC Holdco, (g) Equity Interests of any Immaterial Subsidiary (except to the extent perfection of a security interest therein can be accomplished by filing of a UCC-1 financing statement or equivalent financing statement with a central registry), not-for profit Subsidiaries, captive insurance companies or other special purpose subsidiaries (including real estate special purpose entities) and each Unrestricted Subsidiary, (h) any assets (including Equity Interests) owned by any Subsidiary that is a CFC or CFC Holdco, (i) any lease, license or other agreement, government approval or franchise with any Person if, to the extent and for so long as, the grant of a Lien thereon to secure the Secured Obligations constitutes a breach of or a default under, or creates a right of termination in favor of any party (other than any Loan Party) to, such lease, license or other agreement, government approval or franchise (but only to the extent any of the foregoing is not rendered ineffective by, or is otherwise unenforceable under, the Uniform Commercial Code or any Requirements of Law), other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code, (j) any asset subject to a Lien of the type permitted by Section 6.02(iv) (whether or not incurred pursuant to such Section) or a Lien permitted by Section 6.02(xi), in each case if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of a Lien thereon to secure the Secured Obligations constitutes a breach of or a default under, or creates a right of termination in favor of any party (other than any Loan Party) to, any agreement pursuant to which such Lien has been created (but only to the extent any of the foregoing is not rendered ineffective by, or is otherwise unenforceable under, the Uniform Commercial Code or any Requirements of Law), (k) any intent-to-use trademark applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 1051, prior to the accepted filing of a “Statement of Use” and issuance of a “Certificate of Registration” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an accepted filing of an “Amendment to Allege Use” whereby such intent-to-use trademark application is converted to a “use in commerce” application pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act, (l) any asset if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of a Lien thereon to secure the Secured Obligations is prohibited by any Requirements of Law, rule or regulation, or agreements with any Governmental Authority (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Requirements of Law) or which would require consent, approval, license or authorization from any Governmental Authority or regulatory authority, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (m) margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors, as in effect from time to time) and, to the extent prohibited by, or creating an enforceable right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower), under the terms of any applicable organizational or incorporation documents, joint venture agreement or shareholders’ agreement, equity interests in any person other than Material Subsidiaries after giving effect to the anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or any other applicable Requirements of Law, (n) Excluded Accounts, (o) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in material adverse tax consequences to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent or beneficial owner thereof), the Borrower or one of their respective subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), (p) assets sold to any Person who is not a Loan Party in compliance with the Loan Documents, (q) assets owned by a Subsidiary Loan Party after the release of the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Loan Party pursuant to the Loan Documents, and (r) any assets with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (as agreed to in writing), the cost or other consequences (including adverse tax consequences as determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in good faith) of pledging such assets shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.
-32-
“Excluded Information” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(A).
“Excluded Party” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b).
“Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings, (b) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation or contractual obligation existing on the Effective Date or, if later, the date such Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, from guaranteeing the Secured Obligations or which would require any governmental or regulatory consent, approval, license or authorization to do so, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been obtained, (c) any Foreign Subsidiary that is a CFC, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a CFC or any CFC Holdco, (e) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (f) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (as agreed in writing), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences as determined in good faith by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) of providing the guaranty shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (g) any Subsidiary if the provision of a guaranty by such Subsidiary would result in material adverse tax consequences to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent or beneficial owner thereof), the Borrower or one of their respective subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), (h) any other Subsidiary excused from becoming a Loan Party pursuant to the last paragraph of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”, (i) any Subsidiary that is (or, if it were a Loan Party, would be) an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (j) any not-for profit Subsidiaries, captive insurance companies or other special purpose subsidiaries, (k) [reserved] and (l) each Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that any Immaterial Subsidiary that is a signatory to the Collateral Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed not to be an Excluded Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents unless the Borrower has otherwise notified the Administrative Agent; provided further that the Borrower may at any time and in its sole discretion, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), cause any Restricted Subsidiary to not be an Excluded Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party at any time, any Secured Swap Obligation under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Loan Party of, or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Secured Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant,” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (determined after giving effect to any “Keepwell”, support or other agreement for the benefit of such Loan Party), at the time such guarantee or grant of a security interest becomes effective with respect to such related Secured Swap Obligation. If a Secured Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Secured Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps that are or would be rendered illegal due to such guarantee or security interest.
-33-
“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on (or measured by) net income (however denominated) and franchise Taxes by a jurisdiction (i) as a result of such recipient being organized or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office in such jurisdiction, or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) any branch profits tax imposed under Section 884(a) of the Code, or any similar Tax, imposed by any jurisdiction described in clause (a) above, (c) any withholding Tax imposed pursuant to FATCA, (d) any Tax that is attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(e) and (e) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.17(a), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office.
“Existing Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2018 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Incremental Joinder, dated as of July 2, 2019, by that certain Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2019, and as may be further amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time), among the Borrower, as borrower, Holdings, the other Loan Parties (as defined therein) party thereto from time to time, the lenders and issuing banks party thereto from time to time and Golub Capital Markets LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent.
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable thereto and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities and implementing such Sections of the Code.
“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions, as determined in such manner as shall be set forth on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the effective federal funds rate; provided that if the Federal Funds Effective Rate as so determined would be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.
“Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website” means the website of the NYFRB at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.
“Fee Letter” means that certain Amended and Restated Fee Letter, dated as of October 27, 2020, among the Borrower and the Commitment Parties.
“Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or corporate controller of the Borrower.
“Financial Performance Covenant” means the covenant set forth in Section 6.10.
“Financing Transactions” means (a) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is to be a party, (b) the borrowing of Loans hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof and (c) the issuance, amendment or extension of Letters of Credit hereunder and the use of proceeds thereof.
-34-
“FIRREA” means the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended.
“First Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means a First Lien Intercreditor Agreement among the Administrative Agent and one or more Senior Representatives for holders of Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement to be secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) in customary form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.
“First Lien Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, of (a) Consolidated First Lien Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Test Period.
“Fixed Amounts” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.07(b).
“Flood Insurance Laws” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (v) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.
“Foreign Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(e)(ii).
“Foreign Prepayment Event” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(g).
“Foreign Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary that is organized under or incorporated in the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to the Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding LC Obligations, other than such LC Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or cash collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.
“Funded Debt” means all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Effective Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, (a) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under FASB Accounting Standards Codification 825-Financial Instruments, or any successor thereto (including pursuant to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Indebtedness of any subsidiary at “fair value,” as defined therein and (b) the amount of any Indebtedness under GAAP with respect to Capital Lease Obligations shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capital Lease Obligations.
-35-
“Goldman Sachs” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements hereto.
“Governmental Approvals” means all authorizations, consents, approvals, permits, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and reports to, Governmental Authorities.
“Governmental Authority” means any (i) federal, state, local, municipal, or other government, (ii) governmental or quasi-Governmental Authority of any nature (including any governmental agency, branch, department, official, or entity and any court or other tribunal), (iii) any supranational Governmental Authority (such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) or (iv) body exercising, or entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory, or taxing authority or power of any nature, including any arbitral tribunal.
“Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Effective Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
“Guarantee Agreement” means the Master Guarantee Agreement among the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive, radioactive, hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum by-products or distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances, wastes, chemicals, pollutants, contaminants of any nature and in any form regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
“Holdings” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statements hereto.
“IBA” has the meaning specified in Section 1.09.
-36-
“Identified Participating Lenders” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C)(3).
“Identified Qualifying Lenders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D)(3).
“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Material Subsidiary.
“Impacted Interest Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “LIBO Rate”.
“Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness or in the form of Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent entities, the accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.
“Incremental Cap” means, as of any date of determination, (I) the greater of $120,000,000 and 100.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time, less the aggregate principal amount of all Incremental Equivalent Debt incurred in reliance on this clause (I), plus (II) an amount equal to all voluntary prepayments and debt buy-backs and payments utilizing the “yank a bank” provisions herein (to the extent that the underlying debt is retired and not assigned) and all existing Incremental Facilities and Incremental Equivalent Debt made prior to the date of any such incurrence (in the case of any revolving facility, only so long as it is accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction thereunder) and all voluntary prepayments of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, in each case, to the extent secured on a pari passu basis with the Credit Facilities except, in each case, to the extent (x) incurred in reliance on clause (III) below or (y) financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving indebtedness) of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or their Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (III) the maximum aggregate principal amount that can be incurred without causing the First Lien Leverage Ratio, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt (which shall assume that the full amount of any revolving credit facilities and/or delayed draw credit facilities being established at such time are fully drawn) and the use of proceeds thereof and any acquisition consummated concurrently therewith and any other acquisition, disposition, debt incurrence, debt retirement and other appropriate pro forma adjustment events, including any debt incurrence or retirement subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and on or prior to the date of such incurrence (but in any event calculated without netting the cash proceeds of such Incremental Facility and any other Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt incurred concurrently), on a Pro Forma Basis (but excluding the cash proceeds of such incurrence and without giving effect to any simultaneous incurrence of any Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt made pursuant to the foregoing clause (I)), to exceed 4.30 to 1.00 as of the last day of the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent, in each case, at the Borrower’s option, either (A) at the time of the effectiveness of such Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt or (B) in the case of any Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt incurred to finance a Limited Condition Acquisition, at the time a definitive agreement is entered into with respect to the transaction to be financed by such Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt. In calculating the Incremental Cap, the Borrower may elect to use the amounts permitted under clause (III) of the preceding sentence before using clause (I) and/or (II) of the preceding sentence, and if multiple amounts are available and the Borrower does not make an election, the Borrower will be deemed to have utilized amounts permitted first under clause (III), second under clause (II) and last under clause (I).
-37-
“Incremental Equivalent Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(a)(vii).
“Incremental Facility” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).
“Incremental Facility Amendment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(d).
“Incremental Term Facility” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).
“Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).
“Incremental Term Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).
“Incurrence Based Amounts” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.07(b).
“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments to the extent the same would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (w) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business, (x) any Earn-Out obligation, purchase price adjustment or similar obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid within thirty (30) days after being due and payable, (y) liabilities associated with customer prepayments and deposits and (z) expenses accrued in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances; provided that the term “Indebtedness” shall not include (i) deferred or prepaid revenue, (ii) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty, indemnity or other unperformed obligations of the seller, (iii) contingent indemnity and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (iv) any obligations attributable to the exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto, (v) Indebtedness of any Person that is a direct or indirect parent of Holdings appearing on the balance sheet of Holdings or the Borrower, or solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP, (vi) any non-compete or consulting obligations incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, (vii) any reimbursement obligations under pre-paid contracts entered into with clients in the ordinary course of business, (viii) for the avoidance of doubt, any Qualified Equity Interests issued by Holdings or the Borrower. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) above shall (unless such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person) be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (B) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith. For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall exclude intercompany liabilities arising from their cash management, tax, and accounting operations and intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any rollover or extensions of terms).
-38-
“Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document, other than Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.
“Indemnitee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b).
“Information” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.12(a).
“Initial Revolving Loans” means the Revolving Loans made on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.01(i).
“Initial Term Loans” means the Term Loans made on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.01(i).
“Insight” means Insight Venture Management, LLC and its Affiliates (other than its portfolio companies).
“Intellectual Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.
“Intellectual Property Security Agreement” means short-form security agreements, suitable for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office (as applicable), with respect to any Intellectual Property that is registered, issued or applied for in the United States and that constitute Collateral.
“Intercreditor Agreement” means the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as the context may require.
“Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period most recently ended on or prior to such date to (b) Consolidated Cash Interest Charges for such Test Period.
“Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.
“Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each November, February, May and August and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last Business Day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period.
“Interest Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date such Borrowing is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and ending on the date that is one, two, three or six months thereafter as selected by the Borrower in its Borrowing Request (or, if agreed to by each Lender participating therein, twelve months or such other period less than one month thereafter as the Borrower may elect); provided that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month at the end of such Interest Period and (c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond (i) in the case of Term Loans, the Term Maturity Date and (ii) in the case of Revolving Loans, the Revolving Maturity Date. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.
-39-
“Intermediate Parent” means any Subsidiary of Holdings and of which the Borrower is a subsidiary.
“Interpolated Rate” means, at any time, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the LIBO Screen Rate) determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the LIBO Screen Rate for the longest period for which the LIBO Screen Rate is available for U.S. Dollars) that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period; and (b) the LIBO Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that LIBO Screen Rate is available for U.S. Dollars) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.
“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or Indebtedness or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other Indebtedness or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person (excluding, in the case of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (i) intercompany advances arising from their cash management, tax, and accounting operations and (ii) intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms)) or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. The amount, as of any date of determination, of (a) any Investment in the form of a loan or an advance shall be the principal amount thereof outstanding on such date, minus any cash payments actually received by such investor representing interest in respect of such Investment (to the extent any such payment to be deducted does not exceed the remaining principal amount of such Investment and without duplication of amounts increasing the Available Amount or the Available Equity Amount), but without any adjustment for write-downs or write-offs (including as a result of forgiveness of any portion thereof) with respect to such loan or advance after the date thereof, (b) any Investment in the form of a Guarantee shall be equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof, as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer, (c) any Investment in the form of a transfer of Equity Interests or other non-cash property by the investor to the investee, including any such transfer in the form of a capital contribution, shall be the fair market value (as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer) of such Equity Interests or other property as of the time of the transfer, minus any payments actually received by such investor representing a return of capital of, or dividends or other distributions in respect of, such Investment (to the extent such payments do not exceed, in the aggregate, the original amount of such Investment and without duplication of amounts increasing the Available Amount or the Available Equity Amount), but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the date of such Investment, and (d) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) above) by the specified Person in the form of a purchase or other acquisition for value of any Equity Interests, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of any other Person shall be the original cost of such Investment (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith), plus (i) the cost of all additions thereto and minus (ii) the amount of any portion of such Investment that has been repaid to the investor in cash as a repayment of principal or a return of capital, and of any cash payments actually received by such investor representing interest, dividends or other distributions in respect of such Investment (to the extent the amounts referred to in clause (ii) do not, in the aggregate, exceed the original cost of such Investment plus the costs of additions thereto and without duplication of amounts increasing the Available Amount or the Available Equity Amount), but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the date of such Investment. For purposes of Section 6.04, if an Investment involves the acquisition of more than one Person, the amount of such Investment shall be allocated among the acquired Persons in accordance with GAAP; provided that pending the final determination of the amounts to be so allocated in accordance with GAAP, such allocation shall be as reasonably determined by a Financial Officer.
-40-
“Investors” means the Sponsors, the Public Parent, one or more co-investors and other investors who are holders of Equity Interests in Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) on the Effective Date after giving effect to the Transactions.
“ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit).
“Issuing Bank” means, as the context may require, (a) each Lead Arranger (or an Affiliate thereof designated by such Lead Arranger), (b) a bank or other legally authorized Person designated by Administrative Agent (which Person may be Administrative Agent or an Affiliate thereof) and reasonably acceptable to Borrower; (c) any other Lender that may become an Issuing Bank hereunder as provided in Section 2.05(k) (other than any Person that shall have ceased to be an Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.05(l)), each in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder; and/or (d) collectively, all of the foregoing. Each Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates or designees of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate or designee with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or designee. In the event that there is more than one Issuing Bank at any time, references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to refer to the Issuing Bank in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all Issuing Banks, as the context requires.
“Judgment Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.18.
“Junior Financing” means (a) any Indebtedness (other than any permitted intercompany Indebtedness owing to Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) for borrowed money in a principal amount in excess of the greater of $15,000,000 and 12.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such date that is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations and (b) any Permitted Refinancing in respect of the foregoing.
“Latest Maturity Date” means, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any Other Term Loan, any Other Term Commitment, any Other Revolving Loan or any Other Revolving Commitment, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.
-41-
“LC Disbursement” means an honoring of a drawing by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
“LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit that remains available for drawing at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.13 or 3.14 of the ISP or for any Letter of Credit issued with the exclusion of Article 36 of the UCP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.
“LC Obligations” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the amount available to be drawn under Letters of Credit then outstanding, assuming compliance with all requirements for drawings referenced therein, plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of all unreimbursed LC Disbursements.
“LCA Election” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.06.
“LCA Test Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.06.
“Lead Arranger” means each of Goldman Sachs, Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC, Golub Capital LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Jefferies Finance LLC and Blackstone Holdings Finance Co. L.L.C., each in its capacity as a lead arranger.
“Legal Reservations” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.
“Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, an Incremental Facility Amendment, a Loan Modification Agreement or a Refinancing Amendment, in each case, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.
“Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to this Agreement other than any such letter of credit or bank guarantee that shall have ceased to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding hereunder pursuant to Section 9.05.
“Letter of Credit Request” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).
“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to $15,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of and not in addition to the aggregate Revolving Commitments.
“LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the LIBO Screen Rate at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that if the LIBO Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “Impacted Interest Period”) then the LIBO Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate.
-42-
“LIBO Screen Rate” means, for any day and time, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for U.S. Dollars for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on such day and time on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen that displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion); provided that if the LIBO Screen Rate as so determined would be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to zero for the purposes of this Agreement.
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, ground lease, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.
“Limited Condition Acquisition” means any Permitted Acquisition or other investment permitted hereunder by the Borrower or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third-party financing.
“Loan Document Obligations” means (a) the due and punctual payment in cash by the Borrower of (i) the principal of the Loans and LC Disbursements, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the Applicable Rate or rates provided in this Agreement (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, including obligations to pay fees, expenses, reimbursement obligations and indemnification obligations and obligations to provide cash collateral, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), (b) the due and punctual payment in cash and performance of all other monetary obligations of the Borrower under or pursuant to each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and (c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all the monetary obligations of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party (including interest and monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding).
“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, any Refinancing Amendment, any Loan Modification Agreement, any Incremental Facility Amendment, the Guarantee Agreement, the Collateral Agreement, the other Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement (if applicable), the Fee Letter and, except for purposes of Section 9.02, any Note delivered pursuant to Section 2.09(e).
“Loan Modification Agreement” means a Loan Modification Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and one or more Accepting Lenders, effecting one or more Permitted Amendments and such other amendments hereto and to the other Loan Documents as are contemplated by Section 2.24.
“Loan Modification Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 2.24(a).
-43-
“Loan Parties” means Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and any Subsidiary Loan Parties.
“Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.
“Majority in Interest”, when used in reference to Lenders of any Class, means, at any time, (a) in the case of the Revolving Lenders, Lenders having Revolving Exposures and unused Revolving Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Exposures and the unused aggregate Revolving Commitments at such time and (b) in the case of the Term Lenders of any Class, Lenders holding outstanding Term Loans of such Class representing more than 50% of all Term Loans of such Class outstanding at such time; provided that whenever there are one or more Defaulting Lenders, the total outstanding Term Loans and Revolving Exposures of, and the unused Revolving Commitments of, each Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of the Majority in Interest.
“Master Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Swap Agreement”.
“Master Intercompany Note” means the Master Intercompany Note substantially in the form of Exhibit I.
“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) on the Effective Date, a “Material Adverse Effect” (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the Effective Date) and (b) after the Effective Date, a circumstance or condition that would materially and adversely affect (i) the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under the applicable Loan Documents or (iii) the rights and remedies, taken as a whole, of an Agent and the applicable Lenders under the Loan Documents.
“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than the Loan Document Obligations), Capital Lease Obligations, unreimbursed obligations for letter of credit drawings and financial guarantees (other than ordinary course of business contingent reimbursement obligations) or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $25,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.
“Material Intellectual Property” means, collectively, any intellectual property owned by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is material to the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Material Non-Public Information” means (a) if the Borrower is a public reporting company, material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws, and (b) if the Borrower is not a public reporting company, information that is (i) of the type that would not be publicly available if the Borrower were a public reporting company and (ii) material with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws.
“Material Real Property” means real property (including fixtures) located in the United States and owned (but not leased or ground-leased) by any Loan Party with a book value, as reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith, greater than or equal to $7,500,000 (it being understood that no real property owned by any Loan Party as of the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be Material Real Property).
-44-
“Material Subsidiary” means each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower most recently ended, had net revenues or total assets for such quarter in excess of 5.0% of the consolidated net revenues or total assets, as applicable, of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such quarter; provided that in the event that the Immaterial Subsidiaries, taken together, had as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower most recently ended net revenues or total assets in excess of 10.0% of the consolidated net revenues or total assets, as applicable, of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such quarter, the Borrower shall designate at its sole discretion one or more Immaterial Subsidiaries to be a Material Subsidiary as may be necessary such that the foregoing 10.0% limit shall not be exceeded, and any such Subsidiary shall thereafter be deemed to be a Material Subsidiary hereunder; provided, further, that the Borrower may re-designate Material Subsidiaries as Immaterial Subsidiaries so long as Borrower is in compliance with the foregoing.
“Maximum Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.16.
“MFN Adjustment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(b)(i).
“MFN Cushion” means 0.50% per annum.
“Model” means the model delivered by or on behalf of Insight to the Lead Arrangers on or about October 11, 2020.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
“Mortgage” means a mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of leases and rents or other security document granting a Lien on any Mortgaged Property in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the Secured Obligations, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. Each Mortgage shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.
“Mortgaged Property” means each parcel of Material Real Property with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, Section 5.11, Section 5.12 or Section 5.14 (if any).
“Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
“Net Proceeds” means, with respect to any event, (a) the proceeds received in respect of such event in cash or Permitted Investments, including (i) any cash or Permitted Investments received in respect of any Designated Non-Cash Consideration or other non-cash proceeds (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment or Earn-Out, but excluding any interest payments), but only as and when received, (ii) in the case of a casualty, insurance proceeds that are actually received, and (iii) in the case of a condemnation or similar event, condemnation awards and similar payments that are actually received, minus (b) the sum of (i) all fees and out-of-pocket expenses paid by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such event (including attorney’s fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, underwriting discounts and commissions, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant, accountant and other customary fees), (ii) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of an asset (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction or a casualty or a condemnation or similar proceeding), (x) the amount of all payments that are permitted hereunder and are made by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such event to repay Indebtedness (other than (x) the Loans or (y) other pari passu or junior Indebtedness secured by a lien on the Collateral) secured by such asset or otherwise subject to mandatory prepayment as a result of such event, (y) the pro rata portion of net cash proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (y)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result thereof and (z) the amount of any liabilities directly associated with such asset and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) the amount of all taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable), the amount of Tax Distributions, dividends and other restricted payments that Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries may make pursuant to Section 6.07(a)(vi)(A) or (B) as a result of such event, and the amount of any reserves established by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to fund contingent liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable, that are directly attributable to such event, provided that any reduction at any time in the amount of any such reserves (other than as a result of payments made in respect thereof) shall be deemed to constitute the receipt by the Borrower at such time of Net Proceeds in the amount of such reduction.
-45-
“Non-Accepting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(c).
“Non-Cash Charges” means (a) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets (including goodwill), long-lived assets, and Investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles pursuant to GAAP (which, without limiting the foregoing, shall include any impairment charges resulting from the application of FASB Statements No. 142 and 144 and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to No. 141), (b) all losses from Investments recorded using the equity method, (c) all Non-Cash Compensation Expenses, (d) the non-cash impact of acquisition method accounting, (e) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pension and other post-employment benefits) and (f) other non-cash charges (including non-cash charges related to deferred rent) (provided, in each case, that if any non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period).
“Non-Cash Compensation Expense” means any non-cash expenses and costs that result from the issuance of stock-based awards, partnership interest-based awards and similar incentive based compensation awards or arrangements.
“Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(c).
“Non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.
“Not Otherwise Applied” means, with reference to the Available Amount, the Available Equity Amount that such amount was not previously applied pursuant to 6.04(m), 6.07(a)(vii) and 6.07(b)(vii).
“Note” means a promissory note of the Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit R, payable to a Lender in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Revolving Commitment or Term Loans, as applicable, of such Lender.
“NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
-46-
“NYFRB Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day (or for any day that is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day); provided that if none of such rates are published for any day that is a Business Day, the term “NYFRB Rate” means the rate for a federal funds transaction quoted at 11:00 a.m. on such day received by the Administrative Agent from a federal funds broker of recognized standing selected by it; provided, further, that if any of the aforesaid rates as so determined be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.
“Offered Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D)(1).
“Offered Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D)(1).
“Organizational Documents” means, with respect to any Person, the charter, articles of association or certificate of organization or incorporation and bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person.
“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of any present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising solely from such Recipient (x) having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations or received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under or enforced any Loan Documents or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to this Agreement or (y) with respect to any Taxes imposed as a result of any Loan Party’s connection with the taxing jurisdiction, having sold or assigned an interest in any Loan Documents).
“Other Revolving Commitments” means one or more Classes of Revolving Commitments hereunder or extended Revolving Commitments that result from a Refinancing Amendment or a Loan Modification Agreement.
“Other Revolving Loans” means the Revolving Loans made pursuant to any Other Revolving Commitment or a Loan Modification Agreement.
“Other Taxes” means any and all present or future recording, stamp, documentary or similar Taxes arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.19(b)).
“Other Term Commitments” means one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment or a Loan Modification Agreement.
“Other Term Loans” means one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment or a Loan Modification Agreement.
-47-
“Overnight Bank Funding Rate” means, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight Eurodollar borrowings by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB as set forth on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an overnight bank funding rate.
“Parent” means E2open Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
“Participant” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c)(i).
“Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c)(ii).
“Participating Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C)(2).
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.
“Perfection Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
“Perfection Requirements” means the need for appropriate filings, registrations, endorsements, notarizations, stampings and/or notifications of the Security Documents or the Collateral and any other steps or actions necessary in any jurisdiction or under any laws or regulations in order to create or perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties and/or to achieve the relevant priority expressed therein (including the delivery any stock certificate or promissory note required to be delivered pursuant to the applicable Loan Documents).
“Permitted Acquisition” means the purchase or other acquisition, by merger, consolidation or otherwise, by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Equity Interests in, or all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of), any Person; provided that (a) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests in a Person, (i) such Person, upon the consummation of such purchase or acquisition, will be a Restricted Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation between any Subsidiary and such Person), or (ii) such Person is merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary and such Restricted Subsidiary is the surviving entity of such merger or consolidation, (b) the business of such Person, or such assets, as the case may be, constitute a Similar Business, (c) with respect to each such purchase or other acquisition, all actions required to be taken with respect to such newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary (including each subsidiary thereof) or assets in order to satisfy the requirements set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” to the extent applicable shall have been taken to the extent required by Sections 5.11 or 5.12 (or arrangements for the taking of such actions after the consummation of the Permitted Acquisition shall have been made that are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) (other than with respect to any Subsidiary of such newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary that is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.13 or is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) and (d) after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition no Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing.
“Permitted Amendment” means an amendment to this Agreement and, if applicable the other Loan Documents, effected in connection with a Loan Modification Offer pursuant to Section 2.24, providing for an extension of a maturity date applicable to the Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders and, in connection therewith, (a) a change in the Applicable Rate with respect to the Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders and/or (b) a change in the fees payable to, or the inclusion of new fees to be payable to, the Accepting Lenders and/or (c) additional covenants or other provisions (i) with respect to which the Lenders under the Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable, also receive the benefit of such more restrictive terms (it being acknowledged that any “springing” financial maintenance covenant or other covenant or provision only applicable to, or for the benefit of, a revolving credit facility shall also be added solely for the benefit of each revolving credit facility hereunder (and not for the benefit of any term loan facility hereunder), together with, at the election of the Borrower, any applicable “equity cure” provisions with respect to any financial maintenance covenant) (it being understood to the extent that any covenant is added for the benefit of any such Indebtedness, no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the extent that such covenant is also added for the benefit of any corresponding existing Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable), (ii) to the extent any such provisions apply after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such Loan Modification Offer, or (iii) to the extent such terms shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.
-48-
“Permitted ECF Recalculation Considerations” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(d).
“Permitted Encumbrances” means:
(a) Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
(b) Liens with respect to outstanding motor vehicle fines and Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or construction contractors’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP, in each case so long as such Liens do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) Liens incurred, pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business (i) in connection with payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, public liability laws or similar legislation or (ii) securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instrument for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise supporting the payment of items of the type set forth in the foregoing clause (i);
(d) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, trade contracts, customer claims, governmental contracts and leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds, bankers acceptance facilities and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) and obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices;
(e) easements, licenses, servitudes, restrictive covenants, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions, zoning restrictions and other similar encumbrances and title defects affecting real property that, in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(f) leases or subleases of real or personal property granted to other Persons (as lessee thereof) that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(g) rights of future tenants pursuant to written leases entered into in accordance with the terms hereof;
(h) Liens securing, or otherwise arising from, judgments not constituting an Event of Default under Section 7.01(j) and any pledge and/or deposit securing any settlement of threatened litigation;
-49-
(i) Liens on (i) goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or Liens on bills of lading, drafts or other documents of title arising by operation of law or pursuant to the standard terms of agreements relating to letters of credit, bank guarantees and other similar instruments; provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of Holdings or such Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit to the extent such obligations are permitted by Section 6.01 and (ii) specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(j) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or similar filings made in respect of operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(k) rights of recapture of unused real property (other than any Mortgaged Property) in favor of the seller of such property set forth in customary purchase agreements and related arrangements with any Governmental Authority;
(l) Liens in favor of deposit banks or securities intermediaries securing customary fees, expenses or charges in connection with the establishment, operation or maintenance of deposit accounts or securities accounts;
(m) liens in favor of obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(n) Liens arising from grants of non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of Intellectual Property made in the ordinary course of business;
(o) rights of setoff, banker’s lien, netting agreements and other Liens arising by operation of law or by of the terms of documents of banks or other financial institutions in relation to the maintenance of administration of deposit accounts, securities accounts, cash management arrangements or in connection with the issuance of letters of credit, bank guarantees or other similar instruments;
(p) Liens arising from the right of distress enjoyed by landlords or Liens otherwise granted to landlords, in either case, to secure the payment of arrears of rent or performance of other obligations in respect of leased properties, so long as such Liens are not exercised or except where the exercise of such Liens would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
-50-
(q) Liens or security given to public utilities or to any municipality or Governmental Authority when required by the utility, municipality or Governmental Authority in connection with the supply of services or utilities to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;
(r) servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements, subdivision agreements, facilities sharing agreements, cost sharing agreements and other agreements pertaining to the use or development of any of the assets of the Person, provided the same do not result in (i) a substantial and prolonged interruption or disruption of the business activities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) a Material Adverse Effect; and
(s) Liens securing Priority Obligations;
provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness for borrowed money other than Liens referred to in clauses (d) and (k) above securing obligations under letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto and in clause (g) above, in each case to the extent any such Lien would constitute a Lien securing Indebtedness for borrowed money.
“Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt” means any secured Indebtedness incurred by any Loan Party in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or senior secured loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Loan Document Obligations, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, and (iii) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to the relevant Intercreditor Agreement(s); provided that if such Indebtedness is the initial Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt incurred by the Borrower, then the Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Senior Representative for such Indebtedness shall have executed and delivered the relevant Intercreditor Agreement(s). Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.
“Permitted Holders” means (a) the Sponsors, and (b) any person or entity with which any of the Sponsors forms a “group” (within the meaning of Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act) so long as, in the case of this clause (b), the applicable Sponsors beneficially own more than 50% of the relevant voting stock beneficially owned by that group.
“Permitted Investments” means any of the following, to the extent owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:
(a) dollars, euros, Swiss francs, Sterling, Canadian dollars, or such other currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
(b) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of (i) the United States, (ii) the United Kingdom, (iii) Canada, (iv) Switzerland or (v) any member nation of the European Union rated A (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P and A2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, having average maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member nation of the European Union is pledged in support thereof;
-51-
(c) time deposits with, or certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is a Lender or (ii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of foreign banks (any such bank in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) being an “Approved Bank”), in each case with average maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof;
(d) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation rated A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case with average maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof;
(e) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with an Approved Bank, a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) or recognized securities dealer covering securities described in clauses (b) and (c) above;
(f) marketable short-term money market and similar highly liquid funds substantially all of the assets of which are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (b) through (e) above;
(g) securities with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Switzerland, a member of the European Union or by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, member, commonwealth or territory having an investment grade rating from either S&P or Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof);
(h) investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in mutual funds rated AA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;
(i) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above denominated in euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized or incorporated in such jurisdiction;
(j) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, in money market investment programs that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or that are administered by financial institutions having capital of at least $250,000,000 or its equivalent, and, in either case, the portfolios of which are limited such that substantially all of such investments are of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a) through (i) of this definition;
(k) demand deposit accounts holding cash;
(l) interest bearing instruments with a maximum maturity of 180 days in respect of which the obligor is a G7 government or other G7 governmental agency or a G7 financial institution with credit ratings from S&P of at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s of at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof;
-52-
(m) other short-term investments of a type analogous to the foregoing utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries;
(n) investment funds investing at least 90% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (m) above; and
(o) any guarantee or indemnity for the obligations of a Subsidiary in connection with a Subsidiary claiming exemption from audit, the preparation and filing of its accounts or other similar exemptions (including under section 394C, 448C or 479C of the Companies Act 2006 or other similar or equivalent provisions).
“Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, exchange or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, exchanged or extended except (i) by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus underwriting discounts, other amounts paid, and fees and expenses (including upfront fees, original issue discount or initial yield payments) incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (ii) by an amount equal to any existing revolving commitments unutilized thereunder to the extent that the portion of any existing and unutilized revolving commitment being refinanced was permitted to be drawn under Section 6.01 immediately prior to such refinancing (other than by reference to a Permitted Refinancing) and such drawing shall be deemed to have been made and (iii) to the extent such excess amounts is otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(v), (a)(xii) and (a)(xxvi), Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, exchange or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, exchanged or extended; provided that the foregoing requirements of this clause (b) shall not apply to the extent such Indebtedness constitutes a customary bridge facility, so long as the long-term Indebtedness into which any such bridge facility is to be converted or exchanged satisfies the requirements of this clause (b) and such conversion or exchange is subject only to conditions customary for similar conversions or exchanges (c) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, exchanged or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations, Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations on terms not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, exchanged or extended, (d) such Permitted Refinancing is not secured by a Lien on any assets other than the collateral securing, and, to the extent secured by Collateral, with no higher priority than the Liens securing, the Indebtedness being refinanced, except for accessions and additions to such property and replacements and proceeds thereof (unless permitted to be secured by another provision of Section 6.02), (e) if unsecured, such Indebtedness shall remain unsecured (unless permitted to be secured by another provision of Section 6.02) and (f) no Loan Party that was not an obligor with respect to the Indebtedness being refinanced shall be an obligor under the Permitted Refinancing and if the Indebtedness being refinanced was (or was required to be) subject to an Intercreditor Agreement, the holders of such Permitted Refinancing (if such Indebtedness is secured) or their authorized representative on their behalf, shall become party to such Intercreditor Agreement, in each case providing for the same (or lesser) lien priority renewed, exchanged or extended. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a Permitted Refinancing may constitute a portion of an issuance of Indebtedness in excess of the amount of such Permitted Refinancing; provided that such excess amount is otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that a Permitted Refinancing includes successive Permitted Refinancings of the same Indebtedness to the extent such successive Permitted Refinancings satisfy the foregoing requirements.
-53-
“Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt” means any unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Loan Parties in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or senior unsecured loans; provided that such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness. Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity, whether existing as of the Effective Date or subsequently created or coming to exist.
“Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
“Platform” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.
“Pledged Equity Interests” has the meaning set forth in the Collateral Agreement.
“Post-Transaction Period” means, with respect to any Specified Transaction, the period beginning on the date such Specified Transaction is consummated and ending on the last day of the eighth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Specified Transaction is consummated.
“Prepayment Event” means:
(a) any non-ordinary course sale, transfer or other disposition of any property or asset of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.05(k) or the occurrence of any other Casualty Event, in each case resulting in aggregate Net Proceeds exceeding (A) with respect to any single transaction or series of related transactions, the greater of $3,500,000 and 2.50% of Consolidated EBITDA individually or (B) with respect to all dispositions pursuant to Section 6.05(k) or Casualty Events in each case not excluded pursuant to previous clause (A), the greater of $7,000,000 and 5.00% of Consolidated EBITDA in the aggregate in any fiscal year than dispositions constituting a sale and leaseback transaction to the extent consummated substantially contemporaneously with the acquisition by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of the property subject to such sale and leaseback transaction; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, only Net Proceeds in excess of such amount shall be subject to the mandatory prepayment provisions set forth in Section 2.11(c) and no Prepayment Event shall occur in any fiscal year until the Net Proceeds received during such fiscal year that are subject to clause (B) above exceed the amount set forth in clause (B) above; or
(b) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 (other than Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness) or permitted by the Required Lenders pursuant to Section 9.02.
“Prepayment Percentage” means (x) with respect to a Prepayment Event described in clause (a) of the definition of Prepayment Event, the Asset Sale Prepayment Percentage and (y) with respect to a Prepayment Event described in clause (b) of the definition of Prepayment Event, 100%.
-54-
“Prime Rate” means the per annum rate publicly quoted from time to time by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the United States (or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases quoting a prime rate of the type described, either (a) the per annum rate quoted as the base rate on such corporate loans in a different national publication as reasonably selected by Administrative Agent or (b) the highest per annum rate of interest published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve statistical release H.15 (519) entitled “Selected Interest Rates” as the Bank prime loan rate or its equivalent).
“Priority Obligation” means any obligation that is secured by a Lien on any Collateral in favor of a Governmental Authority, which Lien ranks or is capable of ranking prior to or pari passu with the Liens created thereon by the applicable Security Documents, including any such Lien securing amounts owing for wages, vacation pay, severance pay, employee deductions, sales tax, excise tax, other Taxes, workers compensation, governmental royalties and stumpage or pension fund obligations.
“Pro Forma Basis,” “Pro Forma Compliance” and “Pro Forma Effect” mean, as to any Person, for any events as described below that occur subsequent to the commencement of a period for which the effect of such events is being calculated, and giving effect to the events for which such calculation is being made, such calculation as will give pro forma effect to such events as if such events occurred on the first day of the four (4) consecutive fiscal quarter period ended on or before the occurrence of such event (the “Reference Period”):
(a) in making any determination of Consolidated EBITDA or any component thereof or the determination of financial ratios and tests hereunder, effect shall be given to the Transactions, any Specified Transaction made during the applicable Test Period and any synergies, operating improvements, operating expense reductions or cost savings pertaining to the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, that occurred during the Reference Period or with respect to any such event or transaction included in the definition of Specified Transactions and projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions that either have been taken, with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or that are expected to be taken within 24 months after the end of the relevant Reference Period net of the amount of actual benefits realized, and without duplication of any such amount included in Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to the definition thereof; provided that any increase in Consolidated EBITDA as a result of any of the foregoing pro forma adjustments shall be subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA (including any caps or percentage limitations or other limitations on adjustments for cost savings and related expenses set forth therein);
(b) in making any determination on a Pro Forma Basis, of Pro Forma Compliance or of Pro Forma Effect, (i) all Indebtedness (including Indebtedness issued, incurred or assumed as a result of, or to finance, any relevant transactions and for which the financial effect is being calculated, whether incurred under the Loan Documents or otherwise) issued, incurred, assumed or repaid during the Reference Period (or with respect to Indebtedness repaid, during the Reference Period or subsequent to the end of the Reference Period and prior to, or simultaneously with, the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made) shall be deemed to have been issued, incurred, assumed or repaid at the beginning of such period, (ii) such calculation shall be made without regard to the netting of any cash proceeds of Indebtedness incurred in connection with the relevant transactions, (iii) in the case of any Indebtedness in the nature of a revolving credit facility, the entire principal amount of such credit facility shall be deemed to have been fully drawn and (iv) interest expense of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness for which pro forma effect is being given as provided in preceding clause (i) bearing floating interest rates shall be computed on a pro forma basis at the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as of the relevant date of determination,
-55-
(c) with respect to (A) any re-designation of a Subsidiary as an Restricted Subsidiary, effect shall be given to such Subsidiary re-designation and all other Subsidiary re-designations after the first day of the relevant Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the respective Subsidiary re-designation then being designated, collectively and (B) any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, effect shall be given to such designation and all other designations of Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries after the first day of the relevant Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the then applicable designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, collectively, and
(d) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to all property acquired or disposed of in such relevant transaction shall be included as if such transaction had occurred as of the first day of the relevant Test Period. Whenever a financial ratio or test or covenant is to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, the reference to the “Test Period” for purposes of calculating such financial ratio or test shall be deemed to be a reference to, and shall be based on, the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements of Holdings were delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b).
“Pro Forma Disposal Adjustment” means, for any Test Period that includes all or a portion of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Transaction Period with respect to any Sold Entity or Business, the pro forma increase or decrease in Consolidated EBITDA projected by the Borrower in good faith as a result of contractual arrangements between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary entered into with such Sold Entity or Business at the time of its disposal or within the Post-Transaction Period and which represent an increase or decrease in Consolidated EBITDA which is incremental to the Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business for the most recent Test Period prior to its disposal.
“Pro Forma Entity” means any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary.
“Pro Forma Financial Statements” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.04(c).
“Proposed Change” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(c).
“Public Company Costs” means, as to any Person, costs associated with, or in anticipation of, or preparation for, compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and charges relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, directors’ or managers’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, charges relating to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees and listing fees.
“Public Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.
“Public Parent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Acquisition Agreement”.
“QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
-56-
“QFC Credit Support” has the meaning specified in Section 9.20.
“Qualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests of Holdings or the Borrower other than Disqualified Equity Interests.
“Qualifying Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D)(3).
“Ratio Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(a)(viii).
“Recipient” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document.
“Refinanced Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness.”
“Refinancing Amendment” means an amendment to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower executed by each of (a) the Borrower and Holdings, (b) the Administrative Agent and (c) each Additional Lender and Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness being incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.21.
“Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b)(iv).
“Registered Equivalent Notes” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act of 1933, substantially identical notes (having the same Guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.
“Reimbursement Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(f).
“Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, trustees, agents, controlling persons, advisors and other representatives of such Person and of each of such Person’s Affiliates and permitted successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.
“Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, emptying, escaping, pumping, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) and including the environment within any building, or any occupied structure, facility or fixture.
“Removal Effective Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.06.
“Repricing Transaction” means (a) the incurrence by the Borrower of any term loans that are broadly syndicated to banks, financial institutions and/or other institutional lenders or investors under credit facilities secured on a pari passu basis with the Initial Term Loans (i) having an Effective Yield that is less than the Effective Yield for the Initial Term Loans (and not by virtue of any fluctuation in any “base” rate), but excluding Indebtedness incurred in connection any transaction that would, if consummated, constitute a Change of Control, Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment or Enterprise Transformative Event) and (ii) the proceeds of which are used to prepay (or, in the case of a conversion, deemed to prepay or replace, in whole or in part, outstanding principal of Initial Term Loans or (b) any effective reduction in the Effective Yield for the Initial Term Loans (e.g., by way of amendment, waiver or otherwise), except for a reduction in connection with any transaction that would, if consummated, constitute a Change of Control, Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment or Enterprise Transformative Event, and, in the case of any transaction under either clause (a) or clause (b) above, the primary purpose of which is to lower the Effective Yield on the Initial Term Loans. Any determination by the Administrative Agent with respect to whether a Repricing Transaction shall have occurred shall be conclusive and binding on all Lenders holding the Initial Term Loans.
-57-
“Required Additional Debt Terms” means with respect to any Incremental Equivalent Debt or Ratio Debt, (a) such Indebtedness does not mature earlier than the Latest Maturity Date or have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity less than the greatest Weighted Average Life to Maturity, in each case, of the then-existing Term Loans outstanding at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness (except in the case of customary bridge loans which, subject to customary conditions (including no payment or bankruptcy event of default), would either automatically be converted into or required to be exchanged for permanent refinancing which does not mature earlier than the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such incurrence), (b) such Indebtedness, if issued, borrowed or guaranteed by a Loan Party, is not guaranteed by any entity that is not a Loan Party (except to the extent such Indebtedness that is subject to the Required Additional Debt Terms is expressly permitted to be incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party under Section 6.01), (c) such Indebtedness, if secured by assets that secure the Secured Obligations, (i) is not secured by any assets not securing the Secured Obligations and (ii) is subject to the relevant Intercreditor Agreement(s), (d) such Indebtedness shall not participate on a greater than pro rata basis than the Initial Term Loans with respect to any mandatory prepayment (other than any scheduled amortization payment) provided that the Borrower and the lenders providing the relevant Incremental Equivalent Debt or Ratio Debt shall be permitted, in their sole discretion, to elect to prepay or receive, as applicable, any such prepayment on a less than pro rata basis and (e) the covenants, events of default and guarantees of any such Indebtedness shall not be materially more restrictive to the Borrower, when taken as a whole, than the terms of the Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable, unless (1) the Lenders under the Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable, also receive the benefit of such more restrictive terms (it being acknowledged that any “springing” financial maintenance covenant or other covenant or provision only applicable to, or for the benefit of, a revolving credit facility shall also be added solely for the benefit of each revolving credit facility hereunder (and not for the benefit of any term loan facility hereunder), together with, at the election of the Borrower, any applicable “equity cure” provisions with respect to any financial maintenance covenant) (it being understood to the extent that any covenant is added for the benefit of any such Indebtedness, no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the extent that such covenant is also added for the benefit of any corresponding existing Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as applicable), (2) any such provisions apply after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such incurrence, or (3) such terms shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such resulting Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonably detailed description of the basis upon which it disagrees).
“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Exposures, Term Loans and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments at such time; provided that to the extent set forth in Section 9.02 or Section 9.04 whenever there are one or more Defaulting Lenders, the total outstanding Term Loans and Revolving Exposures of, and the unused Commitments of, each Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
-58-
“Requirements of Law” means, with respect to any Person, any statutes, laws, treaties, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, writs, injunctions or determinations of any arbitrator or court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
“Resignation Effective Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.06.
“Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.
“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer, company secretary or other similar officer, manager or a member of the Board of Directors of a Loan Party and with respect to certain limited liability companies or partnerships that do not have officers, any manager, sole member, managing member or general partner thereof, and as to any document delivered on the Effective Date or thereafter pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” any secretary, assistant secretary, company secretary or director of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
“Restricted Subsidiary” means, unless otherwise specified herein, any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
“Retained Declined Proceeds” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(e).
“Retained ECF Basket” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Available Amount”.
“Revolving Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.
“Revolving Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum possible aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, (ii) a Refinancing Amendment, (iii) an Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase or (iv) a Loan Modification Agreement. The initial amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption, Loan Modification Agreement or Refinancing Amendment pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Commitment, as the case may be. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments is $75,000,000.
-59-
“Revolving Exposure” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure at such time.
“Revolving Facility” means the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans and other extensions of credit made under this Agreement.
“Revolving Lender” means a Lender with a Revolving Commitment or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Revolving Exposure.
“Revolving Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 2.01.
“Revolving Maturity Date” means (i) February 4, 2026 (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) or (ii) with respect to any Revolving Lender that has extended its Revolving Commitment pursuant to a Permitted Amendment and with respect to any Issuing Bank that has consented to such extension, the extended maturity date set forth in any such Loan Modification Agreement.
“Revolving Test Condition” means, as of any time, that the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit (but excluding (1) any Letter of Credit that has been cash collateralized, (2) the aggregate amount of issued and undrawn and reimbursed Letters of Credit not in excess of $10,000,000, (3) Letters of Credit issued on or within 180 days of the Effective Date to backstop or replace existing letters of credit and Revolving Loans funded on the Effective Date to cash collateralize any existing letters of credit or to backstop or replace letters of credit issued on the Effective Date and (4) solely with respect to the first four full fiscal quarters of the Borrower commencing after the Effective Date, the principal amount of Revolving Loans (if any) made on the Effective Date to finance certain original issue discount and/or upfront fees in respect of the Initial Term Loans) exceeds an amount equal to 35.0% of the aggregate amount of Revolving Commitments at such time.
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor to its rating agency business.
“Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, the Crimea region of Ukraine, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).
“Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any EU member state or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country, (c) any Person owned 50% or more by any such Person in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), or (d) any Person otherwise the subject of Sanctions.
“Sanctions” means all economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.
-60-
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
“Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement among the Administrative Agent and one or more Senior Representatives for holders of Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement to be secured by the Collateral, in customary form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.
“Secured Cash Management Obligations” means the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository, cash pooling arrangements and cash management services, corporate credit and purchasing cards and related programs or any automated clearing house transfers of funds (collectively, “Cash Management Services”) provided to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whenever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor)) that are (a) owed to the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates, (b) owed on the Effective Date to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as of the Effective Date or (c) owed to a Person that is an Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of an Agent or Lender at the time such obligations are incurred.
“Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, of (a) Consolidated Secured Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Test Period.
“Secured Obligations” means (a) the Loan Document Obligations, (b) the Secured Cash Management Obligations and (c) the Secured Swap Obligations (excluding with respect to any Loan Party, Excluded Swap Obligations of such Loan Party).
“Secured Parties” means (a) each Lender, (b) each Issuing Bank, (c) the Administrative Agent, (d) the Collateral Agent, (e) each Person to whom any Secured Cash Management Obligations or Secured Swap Obligations are owed, (f) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document, Secured Swap Obligation or Secured Cash Management Obligation and (g) the permitted successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.
“Secured Swap Obligations” means the due and punctual payment and performance of all obligations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries under each Swap Agreement that (a) is with a counterparty that is the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates, (b) is in effect on the Effective Date with a counterparty that is a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Agent as of the Effective Date or (c) is entered into after the Effective Date with any counterparty that is a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Agent at the time such Swap Agreement is entered into.
“Security Documents” means the Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages and each other security agreement or pledge agreement executed and delivered pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and/or Section 5.11, 5.12 or 5.14 to secure any of the Secured Obligations.
“Senior Representative” means, with respect to any series of Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement to be secured on the Collateral on a pari passu or junior or “silent” subordinated basis, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.
-61-
“Signing Date” means October 14, 2020.
“Similar Business” means (1) any business conducted by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on the Effective Date or (2) any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to (including non-core incidental businesses acquired in connection with any permitted Investment), or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries conduct or propose to conduct on the Effective Date.
“Sold Entity or Business” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA.”
“Solicited Discount Proration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D)(3).
“Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D)(1).
“Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice” means an irrevocable written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) substantially in the form of Exhibit N.
“Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer” means the irrevocable written offer by each Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit O, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.
“Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D)(1).
“Solvent” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (i) each of the Fair Value and the Present Fair Salable Value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole exceed their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities, (ii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole do not have Unreasonably Small Capital and (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole can pay their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they mature. For the purposes of this definition, capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings provided for in Exhibit G.
“Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations” means such of the representations and warranties in the Acquisition Agreement made by, or with respect to, Sonar Company Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or Parent, in each case, as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that Holdings (or any of its Affiliates) has the right (taking into account any applicable cure provisions) to terminate its or such Affiliates’ obligations under the Acquisition Agreement or decline to consummate the Acquisition (in accordance with the terms thereof) as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties in the Acquisition Agreement.
“Specified Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B)(1).
“Specified Discount Prepayment Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B)(1).
-62-
“Specified Discount Prepayment Notice” means an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B) substantially in the form of Exhibit J.
“Specified Discount Prepayment Response” means the irrevocable written response by each Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit K, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.
“Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B)(1).
“Specified Discount Proration” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B)(3).
“Specified Representations” means the representations and warranties of the Borrower, and to the extent applicable, the other Loan Parties, set forth in Section 3.01(a), Section 3.01(b) (as it relates to the organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and perform obligations under each Loan Document to which each applicable Person is a party after giving effect to the Transactions), Section 3.02, Section 3.03(b)(i) (with respect to the incurrence of the loans and the provision of the Guarantees, in each case under the Loan Documents, and the granting of the security interests in the Collateral to secure the Secured Obligations), Section 3.08, Section 3.14, Section 3.15, Section 3.17(a) (with respect to the PATRIOT Act), 3.17(b) (with respect to the use of proceeds of the Credit Facilities on the Effective Date) and Section 3.18 (as it relates to the creation, validity and perfection of the security interests in the Collateral).
“Specified Transaction” means, with respect to any period, any Investment, sale, transfer or other disposition of assets, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, subsidiary designation or other event that by the terms of the Loan Documents requires “Pro Forma Compliance” with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.
“Sponsors” means (1) Insight Venture Management, LLC and its Affiliates, (2) CC Capital Partners, LLC and its Affiliates (excluding portfolio companies thereof) and (3) Neuberger Berman and its Affiliates (excluding portfolio companies thereof).
“Starter Basket” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Available Amount.”
“Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve, liquid asset or similar percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by any Governmental Authority of the United States. Such reserve, liquid asset or similar percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to be subject to such reserve, liquid asset or similar requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D of the Board of Governors or any other applicable law, rule or regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.
“Submitted Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C)(1).
“Submitted Discount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C)(1).
-63-
“subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held (unless parent does not Control such entity), or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent; in each case, whether existing as of the Effective Date or subsequently created or coming to exist.
“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Borrower (unless otherwise specified).
“Subsidiary Loan Party” means each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is party to the Guarantee Agreement.
“Successor Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03(a)(iv).
“Successor Holdings” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03(d).
“Supported QFC” has the meaning specified in Section 9.20.
“Swap Agreement” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
“Tax Distributions” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.07(a)(vi)(A).
“Tax Receivable Agreement” means that certain Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2021, by and among the Public Parent, Holdings and the other persons party thereto (without giving effect to any amendments, supplements or other modifications thereto, other than to the extent such amendments, supplements or other modifications are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent).
“Tax Restructuring” means any reorganizations and other activities related to tax planning and tax reorganization (as determined by Borrower in good faith) entered into after the Effective Date so long as such Tax Restructuring does not impair the Guarantee or the security interests of the Agents and the Lenders under the Security Documents in the Collateral in any material respect and is otherwise not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect and after giving effect to such Tax Restructuring, Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries otherwise comply with Sections 5.11 and 5.12.
-64-
“Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees, or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Term Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make a Term Loan hereunder on the Effective Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, (ii) a Refinancing Amendment, (iii) an Incremental Facility Amendment in respect of any Term Loans or (iv) a Loan Modification Agreement. The amount of each Lender’s Term Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Term Commitment, Loan Modification Agreement or Refinancing Amendment, as the case may be. As of the Effective Date, the total Term Commitment is $525,000,000.
“Term Facility” means the Term Loans provided to or for the benefit of the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
“Term Lender” means a Lender with a Term Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.
“Term Loans” means, individually or collectively as the context requires, Initial Term Loans, Other Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans.
“Term Maturity Date” means (a) in the case of the Initial Term Loans, February 4, 2028 and (b) in the case of any Incremental Term Facility or any Other Term Loan, the date set forth in the applicable documentation in respect thereof.
“Test Period” means, at any date of determination, the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then last ended as of such time for which financial statements are delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b); provided that for any date of determination before the delivery of the first financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), the Test Period shall be the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then last ended as of such time.
“Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Test Period.
“Transaction Costs” means all fees, premiums, costs and expenses incurred or payable by Holdings, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions.
“Transactions” means (a) the Acquisition, (b) the incurrence of the Credit Facilities and the funding of the Initial Term Loans on the Effective Date, (c) the Effective Date Refinancing, (d) the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement on the Effective Date, (e) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing and (f) the payment of the Transaction Costs related thereto.
“Type,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.
“U.S. Special Resolution Regimes” has the meaning specified in Section 9.20.
-65-
“UCC” or “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a U.S. jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” and “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
“UCP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce, in its Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit).
“UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.
“UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.
“Unaudited Financial Statements” means the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its subsidiaries as of the end of, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, cash flows and members’ equity of the Borrower and its subsidiaries for, the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended on or about November 30, 2020 (for the six-month period then ended).
“United States Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(e)(ii)(C).
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary designated by the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.13 subsequent to the Effective Date.
“USA PATRIOT Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as amended from time to time.
“Voluntary Prepayment and Repurchase Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(d).
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.
-66-
“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person at any date, a subsidiary of such Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests (other than (a) directors’ qualifying shares and (b) nominal shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law) are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
“Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
“Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.
SECTION 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings.
For purposes of this Agreement, Loans and Borrowings may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan” or “ABR Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Borrowing” or “Term Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).
SECTION 1.03 Terms Generally.
The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement (including this Agreement and the other Loan Documents), instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document, including all schedules, exhibits and other attachments thereto and as from time to time amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
-67-
SECTION 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP.
(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, but subject to Section 1.09, for purposes of determining compliance with any test contained in this Agreement, the Total Leverage Ratio, the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio, the Interest Coverage Ratio and any other financial ratio or test that are calculated with respect to any Test Period during which a Specified Transaction occurs shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis. Further, if since the beginning of any such Test Period and on or prior to the date of any required calculation of any financial ratio or test (x) any Specified Transaction has occurred or (y) any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any joint venture since the beginning of such Test Period has consummated any Specified Transaction, then, in each case, any applicable financial ratio or test shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for such Test Period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that solely for purposes of (x) calculating compliance with Section 6.10, if applicable, (y) calculating the First Lien Leverage Ratio for purposes of the definition of “Applicable Rate” and the determination of the Commitment Fee Percentage and (z) the determination of “ECF Percentage”, in each case, the date of the required calculation shall be the last day of the Test Period, and no Specified Transaction occurring thereafter shall be taken into account).
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all obligations of any Person that are or would be characterized as an operating lease as determined in accordance with GAAP as in effect prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases (whether or not such operating lease was in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as an operating lease (and not as a Capitalized Lease or Capital Lease Obligation) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP (i) resulting from the adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases or (ii) following the Effective Date that, in each case, would otherwise require such obligation to be recharacterized as a Capital Lease Obligation, to the extent that financial reporting shall not be affected hereby.
(d) Where reference is made to “Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a ‘consolidated basis’” or similar language, such consolidation shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
SECTION 1.05 Effectuation of Transactions.
All references herein to Holdings, the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be references to such Persons, and all the representations and warranties of Holdings, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed made, in each case, after giving effect to the Transactions that occurred on the Effective Date, unless the context otherwise requires.
-68-
SECTION 1.06 Limited Conditionality Acquisition.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Loan Document to the contrary, when calculating any applicable ratio, the amount or availability of the Available Amount or any other basket based on Consolidated EBITDA or total assets or whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in each case in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, the date of determination of such ratio or other provisions, determination of whether any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition, an “LCA Election”), be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into (the “LCA Test Date”) after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if such transactions occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period, and for the avoidance of doubt, if any of such ratios or other provisions are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio or amount (including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower or such person subject to such Limited Condition Acquisition) or other provisions at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition, such ratios and other provisions will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Acquisition is permitted hereunder. If the Borrower has made an LCA Election for any Limited Condition Acquisition, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such ratio shall be calculated (and tested) on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) had been consummated on the LCA Test Date.
SECTION 1.07 Certain Determinations.
(a) For purposes of determining compliance with any of the covenants set forth in Article V or Article VI (including in connection with any Incremental Facility) at the time of incurrence, any Lien, Investment, Indebtedness, Disposition, Restricted Payment or Affiliate transaction meets the criteria of one, or more than one, of the categories permitted pursuant to Article V or Article VI (including in connection with any Incremental Facility), the Borrower (i) shall, at the time of incurrence, in its sole discretion determine under which category such Lien (other than Liens with respect to the Initial Term Loans), Investment, Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness consisting of the Initial Term Loans), Disposition, Restricted Payment or Affiliate transaction (or, in each case, any portion there) is permitted and (ii) shall be permitted, in its sole discretion, to make any determination and/or to divide or classify under which category or categories such Lien, Investment, Indebtedness, Disposition, Restricted Payment or Affiliate transaction is permitted at the time of incurrence. For the avoidance of doubt, if the applicable date for meeting any requirement hereunder or under any other Loan Document falls on a day that is not a Business Day, compliance with such requirement shall not be required until noon on the first (1st) Business Day following such applicable date.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Agreement that does not require compliance with a financial ratio or test (including any Total Leverage Ratio) (any such amounts, the “Fixed Amounts”) substantially concurrently with any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Agreement that requires compliance with any such financial ratio or test (any such amounts, the “Incurrence Based Amounts”), it is understood and agreed that the Fixed Amounts (and any cash proceeds thereof) shall be disregarded in the calculation of the financial ratio or test applicable to the Incurrence Based Amounts in connection with such substantially concurrent incurrence.
-69-
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of any determination under Article V, Article VI or Article VII or any determination under any other provision of this Agreement subject to any Dollar limitation, threshold or basket, all amounts incurred, outstanding or proposed to be incurred or outstanding in currencies other than Dollars shall be translated into Dollars based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the applicable date of determination (rounded to the nearest currency unit, with 0.5 or more of a currency unit being rounded upward); provided, however, that for purposes of determining compliance with Article VI with respect to any amount in a currency other than Dollars, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness, Lien or Investment is incurred or Disposition, Restricted Payment or prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment in respect of any Junior Financing is made or such transaction with an Affiliate is entered into; provided, further, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.07(c) shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness, Lien or Investment may be incurred or Disposition, Restricted Payment or prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payments in respect of any Junior Financing may be made or such transaction with an Affiliate may be entered into at any time under such Sections. For purposes of any determination of Consolidated Total Indebtedness, amounts in currencies other than Dollars shall be translated into Dollars at the currency exchange rates used in preparing the most recently delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b) adjusted to reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of any Swap Agreements permitted hereunder for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the U.S. dollar equivalent thereof. Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify with the Borrower’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to appropriately reflect a change in currency of any country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to such change in currency.
SECTION 1.08 Divisions.
For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized and acquired on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.
SECTION 1.09 Interest Rates; LIBOR Notification.
The interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is determined by reference to the LIBO Rate, which is derived from the London interbank offered rate. The London interbank offered rate is intended to represent the rate at which contributing banks may obtain short-term borrowings from each other in the London interbank market. In July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that, after the end of 2021, it would no longer persuade or compel contributing banks to make rate submissions to the ICE Benchmark Administration (together with any successor to the ICE Benchmark Administrator, the “IBA”) for purposes of the IBA setting the London interbank offered rate. As a result, it is possible that commencing in 2022, the London interbank offered rate may no longer be available or may no longer be deemed an appropriate reference rate upon which to determine the interest rate on Eurodollar Loans. In light of this eventuality, public and private sector industry initiatives are currently underway to identify new or alternative reference rates to be used in place of the London interbank offered rate. Upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-In Election, Section 2.14 provides a mechanism for determining an alternative rate of interest. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower, pursuant to Section 2.14, of any change to the reference rate upon which the interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is based. However, the Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any other matter related to the London interbank offered rate or other rates in the definition of “LIBO Rate” or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof (including, without limitation, (i) any such alternative, successor or replacement rate implemented pursuant to Section 2.14, whether upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, and (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes pursuant to Section 2.14), including without limitation, whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, the LIBO Rate or have the same volume or liquidity as did the London interbank offered rate prior to its discontinuance or unavailability.
-70-
ARTICLE II
The Credits
SECTION 2.01 Commitments.
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) each Term Lender severally agrees to make an Initial Term Loan to the Borrower denominated in dollars on the Effective Date in a principal amount equal to its Term Commitment and (ii) each Revolving Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower denominated in dollars in an aggregate principal amount which will not result in such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment. The Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.
SECTION 2.02 Loans and Borrowings.
(a) Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class and Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments of the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder, provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and other than as expressly provided herein with respect to a Defaulting Lender, no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required hereby.
(b) Subject to Section 2.14, each Revolving Borrowing and Term Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum; provided that a Eurodollar Borrowing that results from a continuation of an outstanding Eurodollar Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to such outstanding Borrowing. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of fifteen (15) Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount equal to the entire unused balance of the aggregate Revolving Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(f).
-71-
SECTION 2.03 Requests for Borrowings.
To request a Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request in writing by telecopy, electronic mail, facsimile or overnight courier (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing of Revolving Loans, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any notice given in connection with Borrowings on the Effective Date (including Eurodollar Borrowings) may be given not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, one (1) Business Day before the Effective Date; provided further that, in each case, the Administrative Agent may in its discretion accept any later request. Each such written Borrowing Request shall be signed by the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit S and shall be irrevocable. Each such written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information:
(i) whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Revolving Borrowing, a Term Borrowing or a Borrowing of any other Class (specifying the Class thereof);
(ii) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing;
(iii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;
(iv) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;
(v) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”;
(vi) the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06, or, in the case of any ABR Revolving Borrowing requested to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f), the identity of the Issuing Bank that made such LC Disbursement; and
(vii) except in the case of any Borrowing that is made on the Effective Date, that as of the date of such Borrowing, the conditions set forth in Sections 4.02(a) and 4.02(b) are satisfied.
If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified as to any Borrowing, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section 2.03, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the applicable Class of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.
SECTION 2.04 [Reserved].
-72-
SECTION 2.05 Letters of Credit.
(a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (including Section 2.22), each Issuing Bank agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Revolving Lenders and the Borrower set forth in this Section 2.05 and elsewhere in the Loan Documents, to issue Letters of Credit for the Borrower’s own account (or for the account of any Subsidiary of the Borrower so long as the Borrower is an obligor in respect of all Loan Document Obligations arising under or in respect of such Letter of Credit), in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, which shall reflect the standard operating procedures of such Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the period from the Effective Date until the date that is the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the Revolving Maturity Date. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit or bank guarantee application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the applicable Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. For the avoidance of doubt, no Issuing Bank shall be required to provide any bank guarantees or issue any letters of credit that are not standby letters of credit.
(b) Issuance, Amendment, Renewal or Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall deliver in writing by hand delivery or facsimile (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the recipient) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days before the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (provided that, in each case, the Issuing Bank may in its discretion accept any later notice, and any such determination by the Issuing Bank to accept later notice shall be binding on the Administrative Agent) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (d) of this Section 2.05), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend or extend, as the case may be, such Letter of Credit. Each such notice shall be in the form of Exhibit T, appropriately completed (each, a “Letter of Credit Request”). If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, (i) subject to Section 9.04(b)(ii), the Applicable Fronting Exposure of each Issuing Bank shall not exceed its Revolving Commitment; provided that, in the case of any Issuing Bank that is a Lead Arranger, as applicable, but that is not a Revolving Lender on the Effective Date, (x) the Applicable Fronting Exposure of such Issuing Bank shall not exceed the aggregate amount of such Issuing Bank’s Revolving Commitment (if any) and the Revolving Commitments of such Issuing Bank’s Affiliates and/or managed funds that are Revolving Lenders and (y) the Applicable Fronting Exposure of such Issuing Bank shall be allocated on a pro rata basis to the Revolving Commitment of such Issuing Bank (if any) and the Revolving Commitments of such Issuing Bank’s Affiliates and/or managed funds that are Revolving Lenders, (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments and (iii) the aggregate LC Exposure shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. To the extent there is more than one Issuing Bank, the Borrower will use reasonable efforts to request Letters of Credit from such Issuing Banks in such a way that the aggregate LC Exposure of any Issuing Bank as a percentage of all the aggregate LC Exposures of all of the Issuing Banks in respect of all Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement shall be generally in line with such Issuing Bank’s proportionate share of the Letter of Credit Sublimit (determined based on the Letter of Credit Sublimit being divided equally among the Issuing Banks); it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Borrower shall have no obligation to request Letters of Credit pursuant to the foregoing to the extent the Borrower determines, in its sole discretion, that any such request would not be feasible or commercially beneficial. No Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if (i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall enjoin or restrain such Issuing Bank from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any Requirements of Law applicable to such Issuing Bank or any directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such Issuing Bank shall prohibit the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such Issuing Bank is not otherwise fully compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Effective Date, or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Effective Date and which such Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it, (ii) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such Issuing Bank now or hereafter in effect and applicable to letters of credit generally, (iii) except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars, (iv) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Bank, the Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $500,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit, or (v) any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, if after giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iv), any Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure remains outstanding, unless such Issuing Bank has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of cash collateral, reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate such Issuing Bank’s Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or such Letter of Credit and all other LC Exposure as to which such Issuing Bank has Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure. No Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation (i) to amend or extend any Letter of Credit if (x) such Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof or (y) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit or (ii) to issue any Letter of Credit if such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of all or any portion of the stated amount thereof after any drawing thereunder or after the expiry date of such Letter of Credit.
-73-
(c) [Reserved].
(d) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date that is one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any extension thereof, the date to which it has been extended (not in excess of one year from the last applicable expiry date)) and (ii) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date; provided that if such expiry date is not a Business Day, such Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the next succeeding Business Day; provided further that any Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed, exchanged or extended automatically for additional consecutive periods of one year or less (but not beyond the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date) unless the applicable Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof within the time period specified in such Letter of Credit or, if no such time period is specified, at least thirty (30) days prior to the then applicable expiration date, that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed, exchanged or extended; provided further that such Letter of Credit shall not be required to expire on such fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the Revolving Maturity Date if such Letter of Credit is cash collateralized or backstopped in an amount, by an institution and otherwise pursuant to arrangements, in each case reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank.
(e) Participations. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank that is the issuer thereof or the Lenders, each Revolving Lender shall be deemed to have purchased and the applicable Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have sold a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (f) of this Section 2.05, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its acquisition of participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments, and that each payment required to be made by it under the preceding sentence shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
-74-
(f) Reimbursement. If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount (in same day funds) equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives notice of such LC Disbursement (the “Reimbursement Date”), together with accrued interest thereon in accordance with clause (i) of this Section 2.05. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) unless the Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank prior to 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date such LC Disbursement is made that the Borrower intends to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for the amount of the LC Disbursement (including any accrued interest thereon) with funds other than the proceeds of Revolving Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed to have given a timely Borrowing Request to the Administrative Agent requesting Revolving Lenders to make Revolving Loans that are ABR Revolving Loans on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to such LC Disbursement (together with any accrued interest thereon), and (ii) subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified in Section 4.02, Revolving Lenders shall, on the Reimbursement Date, make Revolving Loans that are ABR Revolving Loans in an amount equal to their Applicable Percentage of such LC Disbursement (together with any accrued interest thereon), the proceeds of which shall be applied directly by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for the amount of such LC Disbursement (together with any accrued interest thereon); provided that if for any reason proceeds of Revolving Loans are not received by the Issuing Bank on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to such LC Disbursement (together with any accrued interest thereon), the Borrower shall reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank, on demand, in an amount in same day funds equal to the excess of such LC Disbursement (together with any accrued interest thereon) over the aggregate amount of such Revolving Loans, if any, which are so received. The Revolving Loans made pursuant to this paragraph (f) shall be made without regard to the Borrowing Minimum.
-75-
(g) Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (f) of this Section 2.05 is absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any term or provision herein or therein, (ii) any exchange, change, waiver or release of any Collateral for, or any other Person’s guarantee of or other liability for, any of the Secured Obligations, (iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which the Borrower or any Lender may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may be acting), the Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Person or, in the case of a Lender, against the Borrower, whether in connection herewith, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries and the beneficiary for which any Letter of Credit was procured), (iv) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (v) payment by an Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply strictly with the terms of such Letter of Credit, (vi) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; (vii) any breach hereof or any other Loan Document by any party hereto or thereto, (viii) the fact that an Event of Default or a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or (ix) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.05, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. As between the Borrower and the Issuing Bank, the Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank and the proceeds thereof, by the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit or any assignees or transferees thereof. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, none of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or any of their Related Parties shall have any liability or responsibility for: (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged other than to confirm such documents comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) failure of the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with any conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit; (iv) its honor of any presentation under a Letter of Credit that appears on its face to substantially comply with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit; (v) any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder); (vi) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vii) any loss or delay in the transmission of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit; (viii) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; or (ix) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank, including any act by a Governmental Authority and fluctuation in currency exchange rates. None of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of the Issuing Bank’s rights or powers hereunder or place the Issuing Bank under any liability to the Borrower or any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the above shall be construed to excuse any Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential, incidental, exemplary or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by Requirements of Law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable judgment) when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, an Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if (notwithstanding the appearance of substantial compliance) such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit, and any such acceptance or refusal shall be deemed not to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct.
-76-
(h) Disbursement Procedures. Each Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. Each Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing by telecopy, electronic mail, facsimile or overnight courier of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement in accordance with paragraph (f) of this Section 2.05.
(i) Interim Interest. If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section 2.05, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section 2.05 to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand has been made, on the date on which the Borrower reimburses the applicable LC Disbursement in full.
-77-
(j) Cash Collateralization. If (i) effective immediately, without demand or other notice of any kind, as of any expiration date of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit may for any reason remain outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn, (ii) effective immediately, without demand or other notice of any kind, as of the occurrence of any Event of Default under paragraph (h) or (i) of Section 7.01, or (iii) any Event of Default under paragraph (a) or (b) of Section 7.01 shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day on which the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent, the applicable Issuing Bank or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing more than 50% of the aggregate LC Exposure of all Revolving Lenders) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, an amount of cash in dollars equal to the portions of the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit, as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon. The Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph as and to the extent required by Section 2.11(b). Each such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, if any Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure remains outstanding (after giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iv)), then promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent cash collateral in an amount sufficient to cover such Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to any cash collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender). The Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent in Permitted Investments and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent first to reimburse the Issuing Banks for LC Disbursements for which they have not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, the balance shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing more than 50% of the aggregate LC Exposure of all the Revolving Lenders), such balance shall be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default or the existence of a Defaulting Lender, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three (3) Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived or after the termination of Defaulting Lender status, as applicable. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder pursuant to Section 2.11(b), such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower as and to the extent that, after giving effect to such return, the Borrower would remain in compliance with Section 2.11(b) and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(k) Designation of Additional Issuing Banks. The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, designate as additional Issuing Banks one or more Revolving Lenders that agree in writing to serve in such capacity as provided below. The acceptance by a Revolving Lender of an appointment as an Issuing Bank hereunder shall be evidenced by an agreement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such designated Revolving Lender and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such Revolving Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to include such Revolving Lender in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.
-78-
(l) Resignation or Termination of an Issuing Bank. Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Issuing Bank reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, any Issuing Bank may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower. The Borrower may terminate the appointment of any Issuing Bank as an “Issuing Bank” hereunder by providing a written notice thereof to such Issuing Bank, with a copy to the Administrative Agent. Any such termination shall become effective upon the earlier of (i) such Issuing Bank’s acknowledging receipt of such notice and (ii) the fifth (5th) Business Day following the date of the delivery thereof; provided that no such termination shall become effective until and unless the LC Exposure attributable to all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (or its Affiliates) shall have been reduced to zero. At the time any such resignation or termination shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the resigning or terminated Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b). Notwithstanding the effectiveness of any such resignation or termination, the resigning or terminated Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or termination, but shall not (a) be required (and shall be discharged from its obligations) to issue any additional Letters of Credit or extend or increase the amount of Letters of Credit then outstanding, without affecting its rights and obligations with respect to Letters of Credit previously issued by it, or (b) be deemed an Issuing Bank for any other purpose.
(m) Issuing Bank Reports to the Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank shall, in addition to its notification obligations set forth elsewhere in this Section 2.05, report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) periodic activity (for such period or recurrent periods as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent) in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, including all issuances, extensions, amendments and renewals, all expirations and cancellations and all disbursements and reimbursements, (ii) within five (5) Business Days following the time that such Issuing Bank issues, amends, renews or extends any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, and face amount of the Letters of Credit issued, amended, renewed, exchanged or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (and whether the amounts thereof shall have changed), (iii) on each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank makes any LC Disbursement, the date and amount of such LC Disbursement, (iv) on any Business Day on which the Borrower fails to reimburse an LC Disbursement required to be reimbursed to such Issuing Bank on such day, the date of such failure and amount of such LC Disbursement and (v) on any other Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank; provided that no Issuing Bank shall have any liability hereunder to any Person for any failure to deliver the reports contemplated by this paragraph (m) of Section 2.05.
(n) Applicability of ISP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued or when it is amended with the consent of the beneficiary thereof, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the applicable Issuing Bank shall not be responsible to the Borrower for, and the applicable Issuing Bank’s rights and remedies against the Borrower shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of the applicable Issuing Bank required or permitted under any law, order or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the applicable law or any order of any Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where the applicable Issuing Bank or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade (BAFT), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.
-79-
SECTION 2.06 Funding of Borrowings.
(a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the Applicable Account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank.
(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section 2.06 and may, in reliance on such assumption and in its sole discretion, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such share on demand of the Administrative Agent. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon demand of the Administrative Agent therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower agrees to pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or Borrower interest on such corresponding amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to such Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.13. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.
(c) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Term Loans and Revolving Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and to make payments pursuant to Section 9.03(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 9.03(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 9.03(c).
SECTION 2.07 Interest Elections.
(a) Each Revolving Borrowing and Term Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request or designated by Section 2.03 and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request or designated by Section 2.03. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section 2.07. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.
-80-
(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election in writing by telecopy, electronic mail, facsimile or overnight courier by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such written Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be signed by the Borrower.
(c) Each written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.03:
(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);
(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;
(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and
(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”
If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.
(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request in accordance with this Section 2.07, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the applicable Class of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.
(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.
SECTION 2.08 Termination and Reduction of Commitments.
(a) Unless previously terminated, (i) on the Effective Date, the Term Commitments in effect on such date shall terminate upon the making of the relevant Term Loans and (ii) the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date.
-81-
(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments of any Class, provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000 unless such amount represents all of the remaining Commitments of such Class and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the aggregate Revolving Exposures would exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments.
(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section 2.08 at least one (1) Business Day prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.08 shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the issuance of other Indebtedness or the occurrence of some other identifiable event or condition, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date of termination) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class.
SECTION 2.09 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.
(a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Lender on the Revolving Maturity Date and (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.10.
(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 2.09 shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein, provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to pay any amounts due hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the entries made pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 2.09, the accounts maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.09 shall control.
(e) Any Lender may request through the Administrative Agent that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced by a Note. In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a Note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns).
-82-
SECTION 2.10 Amortization of Term Loans.
(a) Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.10, the Borrower shall repay Term Borrowings on the last day of each November, February, May and August in an amount equal to 0.25% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loans outstanding on the Effective Date (commencing on the last Business Day of the second full fiscal quarter ended after the Effective Date); provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, such payment shall be due on the next preceding Business Day.
(b) To the extent not previously paid, all Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Maturity Date.
(c) Any prepayment of a Term Borrowing of any Class (i) pursuant to Section 2.11(a) shall be applied to reduce the subsequent scheduled and outstanding repayments of the Term Borrowings of such Class to be made pursuant to this Section 2.10 as directed by the Borrower (and absent such direction in direct order of maturity) and (ii) pursuant to Section 2.11(c) or 2.11(d) shall be applied to reduce the subsequent scheduled and outstanding repayments of the Term Borrowings of such Class to be made pursuant to this Section 2.10, or, except as otherwise provided in any Refinancing Amendment or Loan Modification Agreement, pursuant to the corresponding section of such Refinancing Amendment or Loan Modification Agreement, as applicable, as directed by the Borrower and, in the absence of such direction, in direct order of maturity.
(d) Prior to any repayment of any Term Borrowings of any Class hereunder, the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings of the applicable Class to be repaid and shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing by telecopy, electronic mail, facsimile or overnight courier of such election not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, one (1) Business Day before the scheduled date of such repayment. In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.16. Each repayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the repaid Borrowing. Repayments of Term Borrowings shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the amount repaid.
SECTION 2.11 Prepayment of Loans.
(a) (i) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty; provided that in the event that, on or prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Effective Date, the Borrower (i) prepays, repays, refinances, repurchases, substitutes or replaces all or any portion of the Initial Term Loans in connection with a Repricing Transaction or (ii) effects any amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent under, this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction (including in the case of any required assignment pursuant to Section 9.02(c)), the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each applicable Lender (including each Lender holding Initial Term Loans immediately prior to the consummation of such Repricing Transaction that withholds its consent to such Repricing Transaction and is replaced as a Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to Section 9.02(c)), (A) in the case of clause (i), a premium of 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loans so prepaid, repaid, refinanced, substituted or replaced and (B) in the case of clause (ii), a fee equal to 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loans that are the subject of such Repricing Transaction outstanding immediately prior to such amendment, modification, waiver or consent. For the avoidance of doubt, no prepayment fee shall be payable at any time on or after the date that is six (6) months after the Effective Date.
-83-
(ii) Notwithstanding
anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Holdings,
any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries may offer to prepay all or a portion of the outstanding
Term Loans on the following basis:
(A) Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par (such prepayment, the “Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”) pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, in each case made in accordance with this Section 2.11(a)(ii); provided that Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall not make any Borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and (y) Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall not initiate any action under this Section 2.11(a)(ii) in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (I) at least ten (10) Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date; or (II) at least three (3) Business Days shall have passed since the date Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries were notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan and/or Other Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of Holdings’, any Intermediate Parent’s, the Borrower’s or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and (z) each Lender participating in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, (1) the Borrower then may have, and later may come into possession of, information regarding the Term Loans or the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to such Lender and that may be material to a decision by such Lender to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment (“Excluded Information”), (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, made its own analysis and determination to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (3) none of Holdings, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by Requirements of Law, any claims such Lender may have against Holdings, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information; provided further that any Term Loan that is prepaid will be automatically and irrevocably cancelled.
(B) (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing the Auction Agent with three (3) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, to each Term Lender and/or each Lender with respect to any Class of Term Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate principal amount offered to be prepaid (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”) with respect to each applicable tranche, the tranche or tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the specific percentage discount to par (the “Specified Discount”) of such Term Loans to be prepaid (it being understood that different Specified Discounts and/or Specified Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third (3rd) Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”).
-84-
(2) Each relevant Term Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its relevant then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Term Lender, a “Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”), the amount and the tranches of such Lender’s Term Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount. Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable. Any Term Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Auction Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept the applicable Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.
(3) If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries will make prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this subsection (B) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective outstanding amount and tranches of Term Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to paragraph (2) above; provided that, if the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro-rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Specified Discount Proration”). The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three (3) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the principal amount, tranche and Type of Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall be due and payable by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).
-85-
(C) (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with three (3) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, to each Term Lender and/or each Lender with respect to any Class of Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of the relevant Term Loans (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”), the tranche or tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “Discount Range”) of the principal amount of such Term Loans with respect to each relevant tranche of Term Loans willing to be prepaid by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries (it being understood that different Discount Ranges and/or Discount Range Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding relevant Term Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third (3rd) Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”). Each relevant Term Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “ Submitted Discount”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Loans of the applicable tranche or tranches and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender’s Term Loans (the “Submitted Amount”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount. Any Term Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.
(2) The Auction Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received on or before the applicable Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and shall determine (in consultation with Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this subsection (C). Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries agree to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range being referred to as the “Applicable Discount”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lower of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts. Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following paragraph (3)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “Participating Lender”).
-86-
(3) If there is at least one Participating Lender, Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries will prepay the respective outstanding Term Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the relevant Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “Identified Participating Lenders”) shall be made pro-rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Discount Range Proration”). The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within five (5) Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount and tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Participating Lender of the aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).
(D) (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with three (3) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, to each Term Lender and/or each Lender with respect to any Class of Term Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate dollar amount of the Term Loans (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”) and the tranche or tranches of Term Loans that Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries is willing to prepay at a discount (it being understood that different Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Term Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the third (3rd) Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”). Each Term Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “Offered Discount”) such Term Lender is willing to allow to be applied to the prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loan and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Term Loans (the “Offered Amount”) such Term Lender is willing to have prepaid subject to such Offered Discount. Any Term Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount.
-87-
(2) The Auction Agent shall promptly provide Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received on or before the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select the largest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Term Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that is acceptable to Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries (the “Acceptable Discount”), if any. If Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third (3rd) Business Day after the date of receipt by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries from the Auction Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph (2) (the “Acceptance Date”), Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Auction Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount. If the Auction Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries by the Acceptance Date, Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.
(3) Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three (3) Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”), the Auction Agent will determine (in consultation with Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Loans (the “Acceptable Prepayment Amount”) to be prepaid by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D). If Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount. Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer with a Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required pro-rata reduction pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “Qualifying Lender”). Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this subsection (D) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “Identified Qualifying Lenders”) shall be made pro-rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Solicited Discount Proration”). On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Auction Agent shall promptly notify (I) Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender who made a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans and the tranches to be prepaid to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to such Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to such Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).
-88-
(E) In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of reasonable and customary fees and expenses from Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection therewith.
(F) If any Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with subsections (B) through (D) above, Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall make such prepayment to the Auction Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the relevant tranche of Term Loans on a pro rata basis across such installments. The Term Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11(a)(ii) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable. The aggregate principal amount of the tranches and installments of the relevant Term Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate principal amount of the tranches of Term Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.
-89-
(G) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 2.11(a)(ii), established by the Auction Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
(H) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 2.11(a)(ii), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon Auction Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.
(I) Each of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries and the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that the Auction Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 2.11(a)(ii) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Auction Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Auction Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate. The exculpatory provisions pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Auction Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 2.11(a)(ii) as well as activities of the Auction Agent.
(J) Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall have the right, by written notice to the Auction Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, Discount Range Prepayment Response Date or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, as applicable (and if such offer is revoked pursuant to the preceding clauses, any failure by such Borrower to make any prepayment to a Term Lender, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 2.11(a)(ii) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 7.01 or otherwise).
(b) In the event and on each occasion that the aggregate Revolving Exposures exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments, the Borrower shall prepay Revolving Borrowings (or, if no such Borrowings are outstanding, deposit cash collateral in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.05(j) or otherwise backstop or replace all existing Letters of Credit in a manner that is reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Banks) in an aggregate amount necessary to eliminate such excess.
(c) In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Prepayment Event, the Borrower shall, within ten (10) Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received (or, in the case of a Prepayment Event described in clause (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event,” on the date of such Prepayment Event), prepay Term Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to the Prepayment Percentage of the amount of such Net Proceeds; provided that, in the case of any event described in clause (a) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”, if the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries invest (or commit to invest) the Net Proceeds from such event (or a portion thereof) within 18 months after receipt of such Net Proceeds in the business of the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries (including any acquisitions permitted under Section 6.04), then no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this paragraph in respect of such Net Proceeds in respect of such event (or the applicable portion of such Net Proceeds, if applicable) except to the extent of any such Net Proceeds therefrom that have not been so invested (or committed to be invested) by the end of such 18-month period (or if committed to be so invested within such 18-month period, have not been so invested within 24 months after receipt thereof), at which time a prepayment shall be required in an amount equal to such Net Proceeds that have not been so invested (or committed to be invested); provided further that the Borrower may elect to deem expenditures that otherwise would be permissible reinvestments that occur prior to receipt of the Net Proceeds by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Prepayment Event triggered by clause (a) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event” to have been reinvested in accordance with this Section 2.11(b), so long as such deemed expenditure shall have been made no earlier than the execution of a definitive agreement for such Prepayment Event triggered by clause (a) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”; provided further that the Borrower may use a portion of such Net Proceeds to prepay or repurchase any other Indebtedness that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans, in each case in an amount not to exceed the product of (x) the amount of such Net Proceeds and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such other Indebtedness and the denominator of which is the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans and such other Indebtedness that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans, and such amount so used shall reduce on a dollar-for-dollar basis, any prepayment amount due hereunder in respect of such Net Proceeds.
-90-
(d) Following the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or about February 28, 2022 (each such fiscal year, an “Excess Cash Flow Period”), the Borrower shall prepay Term Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to the ECF Percentage (after giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to the Permitted ECF Recalculation Considerations (as defined below)) of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year; provided that such amount shall be reduced, at the option of the Borrower, by the aggregate amount (other than any amount applied to reduce the prepayment required under this clause (d) in respect of any prior year) of: (i) voluntary prepayments of Term Loans (and, to the extent the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced in a corresponding amount, Revolving Loans) during such fiscal year or, at the option of the Borrower, after such fiscal year and prior to the time such prepayment is due as provided below (provided that such reduction as a result of prepayments pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii) shall be limited to the actual amount of such cash prepayment), (ii) voluntary prepayments of Indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans that are incurred under Incremental Facilities (provided that in the case of the prepayment of any loans issued under any Additional Revolving Commitment there is a corresponding permanent reduction in such Additional Revolving Commitment), Incremental Equivalent Debt, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or Ratio Debt secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans, in each case, during such fiscal year or, at the option of the Borrower, after such fiscal year and prior to the time such prepayment is due as provided below (provided that such reduction as a result of prepayments pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii) or similar provisions shall be limited to the actual amount of such cash prepayment) (the aggregate amount of prepayments made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) shall be referred to as the “Voluntary Prepayment and Repurchase Amount”), (iii) amortization payments made pursuant to Section 2.10(a), (iv) except to the extent deducted in the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, the amount of any reduction in the outstanding amount of any Term Loans resulting from any assignment made in accordance with Section 9.04(g) during such fiscal year or, at the option of the Borrower, after such fiscal year and prior to the time such prepayment is due as provided below (provided that such reduction shall be limited to the actual amount of cash paid in connection with the relevant assignment) (in each case, excluding all such prepayments funded with the proceeds of other long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness)), (v) except to the extent deducted in the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, without duplication of any Contract Consideration already deducted in a previous Excess Cash Flow Period, capital expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions or other Investments not prohibited by this Agreement (other than Investments among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Investments in cash or Permitted Investments) during such fiscal year and, at the option of the Borrower, after fiscal year-end and prior to the date such prepayment is due as provided below (or committed during such period to be used for such purposes within the succeeding twelve month period, in each case subject to reversal of such deduction if any such committed amount is not actually expended within such twelve-month period), (vi) except to the extent deducted in the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, Restricted Payments (other than non-cash Restricted Payments, Restricted Payments made by any wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary to its direct parent and Restricted Payments made in reliance on clause (b) of the definition of Available Amount) and prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of any Junior Financing, in each case, during such fiscal year or, at the option of the Borrower, after such fiscal year and prior to the time such prepayment is due as provided below, other than any non-cash prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of any Junior Financing and any prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of any Junior Financing made pursuant to Section 6.07(b)(ii) and (iii)(1), in each case, except to the extent funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness) and (vii) transaction costs and expenses related to items set forth in the preceding clauses (i) through (vi) (any payments described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vii) of this proviso that are made after the end of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period but prior to the making of the applicable prepayment in respect of such Excess Cash Flow Period being referred to herein as an “After Year End Payment”); provided that (1) an Excess Cash Flow payment pursuant to this clause (d) shall only be required with respect to amounts in excess of $10,000,000 for any Excess Cash Flow Period (and only such excess amount shall be applied to the payment thereof), (2) following the making of any After Year End Payment, (i) the First Lien Leverage Ratio shall be recalculated giving Pro Forma Effect to (x) such After Year End Payment as if such payment were made during the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period and (y) mandatory prepayments pursuant to this clause (d) otherwise required to be made for the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period, and the ECF Percentage for purposes of making such Excess Cash Flow prepayment shall be determined by reference to such recalculated First Lien Leverage Ratio and (ii) such After Year End Payment shall not be applied to the calculation of the First Lien Leverage Ratio in connection with the determination of the ECF Percentage for purposes of (and shall not reduce the required amount of any subsequent Excess Cash Flow payment in another Excess Cash Flow Period and (3) to the extent the Voluntary Prepayment and Repurchase Amount for any Excess Cash Flow Period exceeds the amount of Excess Cash Flow required to be prepaid with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period, the amount of any such excess shall be permitted to be carried forward indefinitely to reduce the amount of any future Excess Cash Flow payment otherwise required on a dollar-for-dollar basis for any subsequent Excess Cash Flow Period (the foregoing the “Permitted ECF Recalculation Considerations”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Borrower may use a portion of such amount of Excess Cash Flow (as so reduced) in respect of any such fiscal year that would otherwise be required to be applied to prepay Term Loans to prepay or repurchase any other Indebtedness that is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans to the extent such other Indebtedness and the Liens securing such other Indebtedness are permitted hereunder and the documentation governing such other Indebtedness requires such a prepayment or repurchase thereof with Excess Cash Flow, in each case in an amount not to exceed the product of (A) the amount of Excess Cash Flow (as so reduced) in respect of such fiscal year otherwise required to be applied to prepay Term Borrowings (without giving effect to this sentence) and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such other Indebtedness and the denominator of which is the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans and such other Indebtedness. Each prepayment pursuant to this paragraph shall be made on or before the date that is five (5) Business Days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) with respect to the fiscal year for which Excess Cash Flow is being calculated.
-91-
(e) Prior to any optional prepayment of Borrowings pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i), the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section 2.11. In the event of any mandatory prepayment of Term Borrowings made at a time when Term Borrowings of more than one Class remain outstanding, the Borrower shall select Term Borrowings to be prepaid so that the aggregate amount of such prepayment is allocated between Term Borrowings (and, to the extent provided in the Refinancing Amendment for any Class of Other Term Loans, the Borrowings of such Class) pro rata based on the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Borrowings of each such Class; provided that any Term Lender (and, to the extent provided in the Refinancing Amendment or Loan Modification Agreement for any Class of Other Term Loans, any Lender that holds Other Term Loans of such Class) may elect, by notice to the Administrative Agent in writing by telecopy, electronic mail, facsimile or overnight courier at least two (2) Business Days prior to the prepayment date, to decline all or any portion of any prepayment of its Term Loans or Other Term Loans of any such Class pursuant to this Section 2.11 (other than an optional prepayment pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section or a mandatory prepayment as a result of the Prepayment Event set forth in clause (b) of the definition thereof, which may not be declined), in which case the aggregate amount of the prepayment that would have been applied to prepay Term Loans or Other Term Loans of any such Class but was so declined (and not used pursuant to the immediately following sentence) shall be retained by the Borrower and added to the Available Amount (such amounts, “Retained Declined Proceeds”). Optional prepayments of Term Borrowings shall be allocated among the Classes of Term Borrowings as directed by the Borrower. In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding provisions of this paragraph of the Type of Borrowing of any Class, the Administrative Agent shall make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.16; provided that, in connection with any mandatory prepayments by the Borrower of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) or (d), such prepayments shall be applied on a pro rata basis to the then outstanding Term Loans being prepaid irrespective of whether such outstanding Term Loans are ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans.
(f) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any optional prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i) in writing by telecopy, electronic mail, facsimile or overnight courier of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days before the date of prepayment or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one (1) Business Day before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment; provided that a notice of optional prepayment may state that such notice is conditional upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the issuance of other Indebtedness or the occurrence of some other identifiable event or condition, in which case such notice of prepayment may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified date of prepayment) if such condition is not satisfied. Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13, and subject to Section 2.11(a)(i), shall be without premium or penalty. At the Borrower’s election in connection with any prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.11, such prepayment shall not be applied to any Term Loan or Revolving Loan of a Defaulting Lender (under any of subclauses (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”) and shall be allocated ratably among the relevant non-Defaulting Lenders.
-92-
(g) Notwithstanding any other provisions of Section 2.11(c) or (d), (A) to the extent that any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Prepayment Event set forth in clause (a) of the definition thereof by a Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to a prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(c) (a “Foreign Prepayment Event”) or Excess Cash Flow of a Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to a payment pursuant to Section 2.11(d) are prohibited by, would violate or conflict with, or be delayed by, applicable local law from being repatriated to the Borrower, the portion of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in Section 2.11(c) or (d), as the case may be, and such amounts may be retained by such Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the Borrower determined in good faith that the applicable local law will not permit repatriation to the Borrower and once the Borrower has determined in good faith that such repatriation of any of such affected Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is permitted under the applicable local law, such repatriation will be effected as soon as practicable and such repatriated Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow will be applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) or (d), as applicable, (B) to the extent that and for so long as the Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Prepayment Event or Excess Cash Flow would have a material adverse tax or cost consequence with respect to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in Section 2.11(c) or Section 2.11(d), as the case may be, and such amounts may be retained by such Subsidiary; provided that when the Borrower determines in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Prepayment Event or Excess Cash Flow would no longer have a material adverse tax consequence with respect to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow shall be applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) or Section 2.11(d), as applicable, and (C) to the extent that and for so long as the Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Prepayment Event or Excess Cash Flow would conflict with the fiduciary duties of a Subsidiary’s directors, or result in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a material risk of personal or criminal liability for any officer, director, employee, manager, member or management or consultant of such Subsidiary, the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in Section 2.11(c) or Section 2.11(d), as the case may be, and such amounts may be retained by such Subsidiary.
SECTION 2.12 Fees.
(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in dollars for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the rate of the Commitment Fee Percentage per annum on the average daily unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of November, February, May and August of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing commitment fees, a Revolving Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure of such Lender.
(b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent in dollars for the account of each Revolving Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements but taking into account the maximum amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit, whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect) during the period from and including the Effective Date to and including the later of the date on which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to each Issuing Bank in dollars a fronting fee equal to 0.125% per annum on the daily amount of the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements but taking into account the maximum amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit, whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect) during the period from and including the Effective Date to and including the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as such Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of November, February, May and August of each year shall be payable on the last day of November, February, May and August, respectively, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to an Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within ten (10) days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
-93-
(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in the Fee Letter.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to Section 2.22, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any amounts to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 2.12.
SECTION 2.13 Interest.
(a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.
(b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default under paragraph (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by any Loan Party under a Loan Document is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, all overdue principal amounts of the Loans shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of the principal of any Loan, 2.00% per annum plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.13 or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2.00% per annum plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.13; provided that no amount shall be payable pursuant to this Section 2.13(c) to a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender; provided, further that no amounts shall accrue pursuant to this Section 2.13(c) on any overdue amount, reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement or other amount payable to a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender.
(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Revolving Commitments, provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.13 shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Revolving Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.
-94-
(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest.
(a) If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:
(1) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate of the LIBO Rate, as applicable (including because the LIBO Screen Rate is not available or published on a current basis), for such Interest Period; provided that no Benchmark Transition Event shall have occurred at such time; or
(2) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;
then in each such case, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders in writing by telecopy, electronic mail, facsimile or overnight courier as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, then such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing; provided, however, that, in each case, the Borrower may revoke any Borrowing Request that is pending when such notice is received.
(b) Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, if a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (x) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (y) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders of each Class.
(c) Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
-95-
(d) Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, (iv) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to clause (d) below and (v) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 2.14, including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 2.14.
(e) Unavailability of Tenor of Benchmark. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (i) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including Term SOFR or USD LIBOR) and either (A) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (B) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is or will be no longer representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (ii) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (A) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (B) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is or will no longer be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.
(f) Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Borrower may revoke any request for a Eurodollar Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to ABR Loans. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of Alternate Base Rate based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of Alternate Base Rate.
(g) Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Section 2.14:
“Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, any tenor for such Benchmark or payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark, as applicable, that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period pursuant to this Agreement as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest Period” pursuant to clause (d) of this Section 2.14.
-96-
“Benchmark” means, initially, USD LIBOR; provided that if a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to USD LIBOR or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2.14.
“Benchmark Replacement” means, for any Available Tenor, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date:
(1) the sum of: (a) Term SOFR and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;
(2) the sum of: (a) Daily Simple SOFR and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;
(3) the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;
provided that, in the case of clause (1), such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement is displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion. If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
“Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for any applicable Interest Period and Available Tenor for any setting of such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement:
(1) for purposes of clauses (1) and (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,” the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent:
(a) the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the Reference Time such Benchmark Replacement is first set for such Interest Period that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for the applicable Corresponding Tenor;
(b) the spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the Reference Time such Benchmark Replacement is first set for such Interest Period that would apply to the fallback rate for a derivative transaction referencing the ISDA Definitions to be effective upon an index cessation event with respect to such Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor; and
(2) for purposes of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,” the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities;
-97-
provided that, in the case of clause (1) above, such adjustment is displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such Benchmark Replacement Adjustment from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
“Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Alternate Base Rate,” the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of such Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).
“Benchmark Replacement Date” means the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:
(1) in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);
(2) in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein; or
(3) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the sixth (6th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders, so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders, written notice of objection to such Early Opt-in Election from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.
For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such determination and (ii) the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (1) or (2) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).
-98-
“Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:
(1) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);
(2) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or
(3) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are no longer representative.
For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).
“Benchmark Unavailability Period” means the period (if any) (x) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) of that definition has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with this Section 2.14 and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with this Section 2.14.
“Corresponding Tenor” with respect to any Available Tenor means, as applicable, either a tenor (including overnight) or an interest payment period having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as such Available Tenor.
“Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day, SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which will include a lookback) being established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple SOFR” for business loans; provided, that if the Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion.
“Early Opt-in Election” means, if the then-current Benchmark is USD LIBOR, the occurrence of:
(1) a notification by the Administrative Agent to (or the request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to notify) each of the other parties hereto that at least five currently outstanding U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time contain (as a result of amendment or as originally executed) a SOFR-based rate (including SOFR, a term SOFR or any other rate based upon SOFR) as a benchmark rate (and such syndicated credit facilities are identified in such notice and are publicly available for review), and
-99-
(2) the joint election by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to trigger a fallback from USD LIBOR and the provision by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the Lenders.
“Floor” means the benchmark rate floor, if any, provided in this Agreement initially (as of the execution of this Agreement, the modification, amendment or renewal of this Agreement or otherwise) with respect to USD LIBOR.
“ISDA Definitions” means the 2006 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or any successor thereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate derivatives published from time to time by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or such successor thereto.
“Reference Time” with respect to any setting of the then-current Benchmark means (1) if such Benchmark is USD LIBOR, 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day that is two London banking days preceding the date of such setting, and (2) if such Benchmark is not USD LIBOR, the time determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
“Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or any successor thereto.
“SOFR” means, with respect to any Business Day, a rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate for such Business Day published by the SOFR Administrator on the SOFR Administrator’s Website at approximately 8:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the immediately succeeding Business Day.
“SOFR Administrator” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).
“SOFR Administrator’s Website” means the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time.
“Term SOFR” means, for the applicable Corresponding Tenor as of the applicable Reference Time, the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.
“Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.
“USD LIBOR” means the London interbank offered rate for dollars.
SECTION 2.15 Increased Costs.
(a) If any Change in Law shall:
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender or any Issuing Bank (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate);
-100-
(ii) subject the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Taxes (other than Indemnified Taxes, Other Taxes or Excluded Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or
(iii) impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or issue any Letter of Credit) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then, from time to time upon request of such Lender or Issuing Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such increased costs actually incurred or reduction actually suffered; provided that the Borrower shall not be liable for such compensation if, in the case of requests for reimbursement under clause (ii) above resulting from a market disruption, (A) the relevant circumstances are not generally affecting the banking market or (B) the applicable request has not been made by (1) the Majority in Interest of Term Lenders with respect to Term Loans or (2) Majority in Interest of Revolving Lenders with respect to Revolving Loans; provided, further, that to the extent any such costs or reductions are incurred by any Lender as a result of any requests, rules, guidelines or directives enacted or promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and Basel III, then such Lender shall be compensated pursuant to this Section 2.15(a) only to the extent such Lender is imposing such charges on similarly situated borrowers where the terms of other syndicated credit facilities permit it to impose such charges.
(b) If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements or liquidity requirements has the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then, from time to time upon request of such Lender or Issuing Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction actually suffered.
(c) A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or its holding company in reasonable detail, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 2.15 delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within fifteen (15) days after receipt thereof.
-101-
(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.15 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.
SECTION 2.16 Break Funding Payments.
In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Revolving Loan or Term Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11(f) and is revoked in accordance therewith) or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19 or Section 9.02(c), then, in any such event, the Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by any Lender affected by any such event (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense (excluding loss of profit) actually incurred by it as a result of such event. Such loss, cost or expense shall in no event exceed that which would have been incurred by such Lender had it funded each Eurodollar Loan made by it at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the applicable interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Loan was in fact so funded. A certificate of any Lender setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 and the reasons therefor delivered to the Borrower shall be prima facie evidence of such amounts. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 2.16 will not apply to losses, costs or expenses resulting from Taxes, as to which Section 2.17 shall govern. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.16 if it shall not at the time be the general policy or practice of such Lender to demand such compensation in similar circumstances under comparable provisions of other credit agreements.
SECTION 2.17 Taxes.
(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Requirements of Law. If the applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of the applicable withholding agent) to deduct any Taxes from such payments, then the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions and shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, and if such Taxes are Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, then the amount payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all such required deductions have been made (including such deductions applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section 2.17), each Lender (or, in the case of a payment made to the Administrative Agent for its own account, the Administrative Agent) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made.
-102-
(b) Without duplication of any amounts described in paragraph (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Requirements of Law.
(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and any Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.17) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of any Taxes by a Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.17, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(e) Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide Borrower and the Administrative Agent with any properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by any Requirement of Law, or reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, any withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under the Loan Documents. Each such Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders any such documentation expired, obsolete or inaccurate in any respect (including any specific documentation required below in this Section 2.17(e)), deliver promptly to Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the applicable withholding agent) or promptly notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so. Unless the applicable withholding agent has received forms or other documents satisfactory to it indicating that payments under any Loan Document to or for a Lender are not subject to withholding tax or are subject to Tax at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty, Borrower, Administrative Agent or other applicable withholding agent shall withhold amounts required to be withheld by applicable law from such payments at the applicable statutory rate.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:
(i) Each Lender that is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) two properly completed and duly signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding.
(ii) Each Lender that is not a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) (such Lender, a “Foreign Lender”) shall deliver (to the extent it is legally entitled to do so) to Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent) whichever of the following is applicable:
-103-
(A) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty,
(B) two properly completed and duly signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),
(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) two properly completed and duly signed certificates, substantially in the form of Exhibit Q to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of such Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” related to such Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (any such certificate a “United States Tax Compliance Certificate”), and (y) two properly completed and duly signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor forms),
(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), two properly completed and duly signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Foreign Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, United States Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY (or other successor forms) or any other required information from each beneficial owner, as applicable (provided that, if the Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such direct or indirect partner(s)), or
(E) any other form prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law to permit Borrower and the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.
(iii) If a payment made to any Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA and to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (iii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
-104-
(f) If the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.17 or with respect to which additional amounts have been paid pursuant to this Section 2.17, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees promptly to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.17(f) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. The Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority (provided that the Administrative Agent or such Lender may delete any information therein that the Administrative Agent or such Lender deems confidential). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.17(f), in no event will the Administrative Agent or any Lender be required to pay any amount to the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.17(f) the payment of which would place the Administrative Agent or such Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the Administrative Agent or such Lender would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 2.17(f) shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to Taxes which it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other person.
(g) The agreements in this Section 2.17 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
(h) For purposes of this Section 2.17, the term “Lender” shall include any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable Requirements of Law” includes FATCA.
SECTION 2.18 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs.
-105-
(a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it under any Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Sections 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, recoupment or setoff. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to such account as may be specified by the Administrative Agent, except payments to be made directly to any Issuing Bank shall be made as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the Persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. Except as otherwise provided herein, if any payment under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate for the period of such extension. All payments or prepayments of any Loan shall be made in dollars, all reimbursements of any LC Disbursements shall be made in dollars, all payments of accrued interest payable on a Loan or LC Disbursement shall be made in dollars, and all other payments under each Loan Document shall be made in dollars.
(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.
(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans, Term Loans or participations in LC Disbursements resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant or (C) any disproportionate payment obtained by a Lender of any Class as a result of the extension by Lenders of the maturity date or expiration date of some but not all Loans or Revolving Commitments of that Class or any increase in the Applicable Rate in respect of Loans of Lenders that have consented to any such extension. The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
-106-
(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption and in its sole discretion, distribute to the Lenders or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(e) or Section 2.05(f), Section 2.06(a) or Section 2.06(b), Section 2.18(d) or Section 9.03(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion and in the order determined by the Administrative Agent (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Section until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and to be applied to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under any such Section.
SECTION 2.19 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.
(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 or any event gives rise to the operation of Section 2.23, then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or its participation in any Letter of Credit affected by such event, or to assign and delegate its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment and delegation (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Sections 2.15 or 2.17 or mitigate the applicability of Section 2.23, as the case may be, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material and would not be inconsistent with the internal policies of, or otherwise be disadvantageous in any material economic, legal or regulatory respect to, such Lender.
(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 or gives notice under Section 2.23, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or to any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 or (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment and delegation); provided that (A) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent to the extent such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans or Commitments, as applicable (and if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned and delegated, each Issuing Bank), which consents, in each case, shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (B) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and unreimbursed participations in LC Disbursements, accrued but unpaid interest thereon, accrued but unpaid fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (C) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid (unless waived) to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b)(ii) and (D) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15, or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17 or a notice given under Section 2.23, such assignment will result in a material reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender under paragraph (a) above), the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Each party hereto agrees that an assignment required pursuant to this paragraph may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the assignee and that the Lender required to make such assignment need not be a party thereto.
-107-
SECTION 2.20 Incremental Credit Extensions.
(a) The Borrower may at any time or from time to time on one or more occasions after the Effective Date, by written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent request (i) add one or more additional Classes of term loans or additional term loans of the same Class as any existing Class of term loans (an “Incremental Term Facility”) and/or increase the principal amount of the Term Loans by requesting new term loan commitments to be added to such Loans (an “Incremental Term Increase”, and together with any Incremental Term Facility, the “Incremental Term Loans”), (ii) one or more increases in the amount of the Revolving Commitments of any Class (each such increase, an “Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase”) and/or (iii) one or more additional tranches of revolving commitments (the “Additional Revolving Commitments” and, together with the Incremental Term Loans and the Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase, the “Incremental Facilities”); provided that, at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan, Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase or Additional Revolving Commitment is made or effected, no Event of Default (except, in the case of the incurrence or provision of any Incremental Facility in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i)) shall have occurred and be continuing. Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, the aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Facilities that can be incurred at any time shall not exceed the Incremental Cap at such time. Each Incremental Facility shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof if such Incremental Facilities are denominated in dollars (unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise agree); provided that such amount may be less than $2,000,000 if such amount represents all the remaining availability under the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Facilities set forth above.
-108-
(b) (i) The Incremental Term Loans (a) shall rank equal in right of payment with the Term Loans, shall be secured only by the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations, shall be secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Credit Facilities, and shall not be guaranteed by any Person which is not a Loan Party, (b) shall not mature earlier than the Term Maturity Date with respect to the Initial Term Loans (except in the case of bridge loans the terms of which provide for an automatic extension of the maturity date thereof, subject to customary conditions, to a date that is not earlier than the Term Maturity Date respect to the Initial Term Loans), (c) shall not have a shorter Weighted Average Life to Maturity (except in the case of bridge loans the terms of which provide for an automatic extension of the maturity date thereof, subject to customary conditions, to a date that is not earlier than the Term Maturity Date applicable to the then-existing Term Loans) than the remaining Term Loans, (d) shall have a maturity date (subject to clause (b)), an amortization schedule (subject to clause (c)), and interest rates (including through fixed interest rates), interest margins, rate floors, upfront fees, funding discounts, original issue discounts and prepayment terms and premiums for the Incremental Term Loans as determined by the Borrower and the Additional Term Lenders thereunder; provided that in the event that the Effective Yield for any Incremental Term Loans that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Secured Obligations (other than any Incremental Term Loans with a maturity date more than two years after the Term Maturity Date with respect to the Initial Term Loans) is greater than the Effective Yield for any Class of Term Loans by more than the MFN Cushion, then the Effective Yield for each such Class of Term Loans shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the Effective Yield for each such Class of Term Loans are equal to the Effective Yield for the Incremental Term Loans minus the MFN Cushion (provided that the “LIBOR floor” applicable to the outstanding Term Loans shall be increased to an amount not to exceed the “LIBOR floor” applicable to such Incremental Term Loans prior to any increase in the Applicable Rate applicable to such Term Loans then outstanding) (any required adjustment to the Effective Yield described in this clause (d) shall be referred to herein as an “MFN Adjustment”), (e) other than with respect to Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall not participate on a greater than pro rata basis than the Initial Term Loans with respect to any mandatory prepayment (other than any scheduled amortization payment) provided that the Borrower and the lenders providing the relevant Incremental Term Loans shall be permitted, in their sole discretion, to elect to prepay or receive, as applicable, any such prepayment on a less than pro rata basis and (f) may otherwise have terms and conditions different from those of the Term Loans (including currency denomination); provided that except with respect to matters contemplated by clauses (b), (c), (d) and (e) above, the covenants, events of default and guarantees of any such Incremental Term Loans shall not be materially more restrictive to the Borrower, when taken as a whole, than the terms of the Initial Term Loans, unless (1) the Lenders under the Term Loans also receive the benefit of such more restrictive terms (together with, at the election of the Borrower, any applicable “equity cure” provisions with respect to any financial maintenance covenant) (it being understood to the extent that any covenant is added for the benefit of any such Incremental Facility, no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the extent that such covenant is also added for the benefit of any corresponding existing Term Loans), (2) any such provisions apply after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such Incremental Facility, (3) such terms are on market terms at the time of establishment of such Incremental Term Facility, as determined in good faith by the Borrower or (4) such terms shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower; provided further that in no event shall it be a condition to the effectiveness of, or borrowing under, any such Incremental Term Loans that any representation or warranty of any Loan Party set forth herein (other than “specified representations”) be true and correct, except and solely to the extent required by the Additional Term Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans.
(ii) Any Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase shall be treated the same as the Class of Revolving Commitments being increased (including with respect to the maturity date thereof and scheduled or mandatory prepayment or commitment reductions) and shall be considered to be part of the Class of Revolving Loans being increased (it being understood that, if required to consummate an Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase, the pricing, interest rate margins, rate floors and undrawn commitment fees on the Class of Revolving Commitments being increased may be increased and additional upfront or similar fees may be payable to the lenders providing the Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase (without any requirement to pay such fees to any existing Revolving Lenders)).
(iii) Any Additional Revolving Commitments (a) shall rank equal or subordinate in right of payment with the initial Revolving Loans, shall be secured only by the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations, shall be secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Credit Facilities, and shall not be guaranteed by any Person that is not a Loan Party, (b) shall not mature earlier than the Revolving Maturity Date with respect to the Initial Revolving Loans, (c) shall not require any scheduled or mandatory prepayment or commitment reduction prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, (d) other than with respect to Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall not participate on a greater than pro rata basis than the initial Revolving Commitments with respect to any mandatory prepayment or commitment reduction, provided that the Borrower and the lenders providing the relevant Additional Revolving Commitments shall be permitted, in their sole discretion, to elect to prepay or receive, as applicable, any such prepayment or commitment reduction on a less than pro rata basis and (e) may otherwise have terms and conditions different from those of the Revolving Loans (including currency denomination); provided that except with respect to matters contemplated by clauses (b), (c),(d) and (e) above, the covenants, events of default and guarantees of any such Additional Revolving Commitments shall not be materially more restrictive to the Borrower, when taken as a whole, than the terms of the initial Revolving Commitments, unless (1) the Lenders with initial Revolving Commitments also receive the benefit of such more restrictive terms (together with, at the election of the Borrower, any applicable “equity cure” provisions with respect to any financial maintenance covenant) (it being understood to the extent that any covenant is added for the benefit of any such Additional Revolving Commitments, no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the extent that such covenant is also added for the benefit of any corresponding initial Revolving Commitments), (2) any such provisions apply after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such Incremental Facility, (3) such terms are on market terms at the time of establishment of such Additional Revolving Commitments, as determined in good faith by the Borrower or (4) such terms shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower; provided further that in no event shall it be a condition to the effectiveness of, or borrowing under, any such Additional Revolving Commitments that any representation or warranty of any Loan Party set forth herein (other than “specified representations”) be true and correct, except and solely to the extent required by the Lenders providing such Additional Revolving Commitments.
-109-
(c) Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested amount of the relevant Incremental Facility.
(d) Commitments in respect of any Incremental Facility shall become Commitments (or in the case of an Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase to be provided by an existing Lender with a Revolving Commitment, an increase in such Lender’s applicable Revolving Commitment) under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Facility Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. An Incremental Facility may be provided, subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld), by any existing Lender (it being understood that no existing Lender shall, unless it agrees, be obligated to provide any Incremental Facilities) or by any Additional Lender; provided that (i) the Administrative Agent shall have consent rights (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) with respect to such Additional Lender, if such consent would be required pursuant to Section 9.04 for an assignment of Loans or Commitments, as applicable, to such Additional Lender, (ii) solely with respect to any Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase or any Additional Revolving Commitment, the Issuing Banks shall have consent rights (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) with respect to such Additional Lender, if such consent would be required pursuant to Section 9.04 for an assignment of Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, to such Additional Lender and (iii) the restrictions applicable to Affiliated Lenders set forth in Section 9.04 shall apply to Loans and Commitments in respect of Incremental Facilities. Incremental Term Loans and loans under Incremental Revolving Commitment Increases or Additional Revolving Commitments shall be a “Loan” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Incremental Facility Amendment may, subject to Section 2.20(b), without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.20 (including, in connection with an Incremental Revolving Commitment Increase, to reallocate Revolving Exposure on a pro rata basis among the relevant Revolving Lenders). The effectiveness of any Incremental Facility Amendment and the occurrence of any credit event (including the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Loan and the issuance, increase in the amount, or extension of a Letter of Credit thereunder) pursuant to such Incremental Facility Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction of such conditions as the parties thereto shall agree and as required by this Section 2.20. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Incremental Facilities for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including capital expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments, Restricted Payments and the refinancing of Indebtedness, and any other use not prohibited by the Loan Documents.
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 2.20 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.
-110-
SECTION 2.21 Refinancing Amendments.
(a) At any time after the Effective Date, the Borrower may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Lender (but no such Lender or Additional Lender shall be obligated to provide), Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of (i) all or any portion of the Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (i) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Term Loans) or (ii) all or any portion of the Revolving Loans (or unused Revolving Commitments) under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (ii) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Revolving Loans, Other Revolving Commitments and Additional Revolving Commitments and loans issued thereunder), in the form of (x) Other Term Loans or Other Term Commitments or (y) Other Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Commitments, as the case may be; provided that the Net Proceeds of such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be applied, substantially concurrently with the incurrence thereof, to the prepayment (or reduction) of outstanding Indebtedness being so refinanced (or the case may be), as the case may be and accompanied by any prepayment premium payable thereon in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Class of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred under this Section 2.21 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $5,000,000 in the case of Other Term Loans or $5,000,000 in the case of Other Revolving Loans and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (in each case unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise agree). Any Refinancing Amendment may provide for the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower, pursuant to any Other Revolving Commitments established thereby, in each case on terms substantially equivalent to the terms applicable to Letters of Credit under the Revolving Commitments or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided that no Issuing Bank shall be required to act as “issuing bank” under any such Refinancing Amendment without its written consent. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary to treat the Loans and Commitments subject thereto as Other Term Loans, Other Revolving Commitments and/or Other Term Commitments). Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section. In addition, if so provided in the relevant Refinancing Amendment and with the consent of each Issuing Bank, participations in Letters of Credit expiring on or after the Revolving Maturity Date shall be reallocated from Lenders holding Revolving Commitments to Lenders holding extended revolving commitments in accordance with the terms of such Refinancing Amendment; provided, however, that such participation interests shall, upon receipt thereof by the relevant Lenders holding Revolving Commitments, be deemed to be participation interests in respect of such Revolving Commitments and the terms of such participation interests (including the commission applicable thereto) shall be adjusted accordingly.
(b) This Section 2.21 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.
SECTION 2.22 Defaulting Lenders.
(a) Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:
-111-
(i) Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 9.02.
(ii) Reallocation of Payments. Subject to the last sentence of Section 2.11(f), any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VII or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.08), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, in the case of a Revolving Lender, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to each Issuing Bank; third, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fourth, in the case of a Revolving Lender, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; fifth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, such Issuing Bank against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; sixth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to any Loan Party as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Loan Party against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and seventh, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or LC Disbursements and such Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clause (a) of the definition thereof, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the relevant Loans of, and LC Disbursements owed to, the relevant non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied pursuant to Section 2.05(j) or this Section 2.22(a)(ii). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post cash collateral pursuant to Section 2.05(j) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
(iii) Certain Fees. That Defaulting Lender (x) shall not be entitled to receive or accrue any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.12(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender) and (y) shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit fees as provided in Section 2.12(b).
(iv) Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure. During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.05 and the payments of participation fees pursuant to Section 2.12(b), the “Applicable Percentage” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Revolving Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided that the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Revolving Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that non-Defaulting Lender.
-112-
(v) Cash Collateral. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, cash collateralize the Applicable Fronting Exposure of each Issuing Bank in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05(j).
(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any cash Collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iv) or the proviso to the definition thereof), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided further that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.
SECTION 2.23 Illegality.
If any Lender determines that any law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Loans denominated in dollars or to convert ABR Loans denominated in dollars to Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining ABR Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, the interest rate on such ABR Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrower shall, upon three (3) Business Days’ notice from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Loans denominated in dollars of such Lender to ABR Loans (the interest rate on which ABR Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component of the Alternate Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans, and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Alternate Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing promptly upon becoming aware that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.
-113-
SECTION 2.24 Loan Modification Offers.
(a) At any time after the Effective Date, the Borrower may on one or more occasions, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, make one or more offers (each, a “Loan Modification Offer”) to all the Lenders of one or more Classes (each Class subject to such a Loan Modification Offer, an “Affected Class”) to effect one or more Permitted Amendments relating to such Affected Class pursuant to procedures reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower (including mechanics to permit cashless rollovers and exchanges by Lenders). Such notice shall set forth (i) the terms and conditions of the requested Permitted Amendment and (ii) the date on which such Permitted Amendment is requested to become effective. Permitted Amendments shall become effective only with respect to the Loans and Commitments of the Lenders of the Affected Class that accept the applicable Loan Modification Offer (such Lenders, the “Accepting Lenders”) and, in the case of any Accepting Lender, only with respect to such Lender’s Loans and Commitments of such Affected Class as to which such Lender’s acceptance has been made.
(b) A Permitted Amendment shall be effected pursuant to a Loan Modification Agreement executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrower, each applicable Accepting Lender and the Administrative Agent; provided that no Permitted Amendment shall become effective unless Holdings and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent such legal opinions, board resolutions, secretary’s certificates, officer’s certificates and other documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Loan Modification Agreement. Each Loan Modification Agreement may, without the consent of any Lender other than the applicable Accepting Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.24, including any amendments necessary to treat the applicable Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders as a new “Class” of loans and/or commitments hereunder.
(c) If, in connection with any proposed Loan Modification Offer, any Lender declines to consent to such Loan Modification Offer on the terms and by the deadline set forth in such Loan Modification Offer (each such Lender, a “Non-Accepting Lender”) then after receipt of consents from Lenders constituting the Required Lenders hereunder, the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Accepting Lender, (i) replace such Non-Accepting Lender in whole or in part by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 9.04) all or any part of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the Loans and Commitments of the Affected Class to one or more Eligible Assignees (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; provided, further, that (a) the applicable assignee shall have agreed to provide Loans and/or Commitments on the terms set forth in the applicable Permitted Amendment, (b) such Non-Accepting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of the Loans of the Affected Class assigned by it pursuant to this Section 2.24(c), accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts (including any amounts under Section 2.11(a)(i)) payable to it hereunder from the Eligible Assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) and (c) unless waived, the Borrower or such Eligible Assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b).
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 2.24 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.
-114-
ARTICLE III
Representations and Warranties
Each of the Borrower and Holdings represents and warrants to the Lenders and each Agent that (limited, on the Effective Date, to the Specified Representations):
SECTION 3.01 Organization; Powers.
Each of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is (a) duly organized or incorporated, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the relevant jurisdictions) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation, (b) has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party and (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the relevant jurisdictions) in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except in the case of clause (a) above (other than with respect to Holdings and the Borrower), clause (b) above (other than with respect to Holdings and the Borrower) and clause (c) above, where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability.
This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of Holdings and the Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings, the Borrower or such Loan Party, as the case may be, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and similar concepts under applicable law, (iii) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law or general application in any legal opinion delivered to an Agent in connection with any Loan Document (together, the “Legal Reservations”) and (iv) the Perfection Requirements.
SECTION 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts.
Except as set forth in Schedule 3.03 and subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the execution, delivery and performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (a) does not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except filings necessary to perfect Liens created under the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate (i) the Organizational Documents of Holdings, the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or (ii) any Requirements of Law applicable to Holdings, the Borrower or any other Loan Party, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture or other agreement or instrument binding upon the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or their respective assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment, repurchase or redemption to be made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation thereunder and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, except Liens created under the Loan Documents or permitted by Section 6.02, except (in the case of each of clauses (a), (b)(ii) and (c)) to the extent that the failure to obtain or make such consent, approval, registration, filing or action, or such violation, default or right, or imposition of Lien, as the case may be, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
-115-
SECTION 3.04 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect.
(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, including the notes thereto and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its subsidiaries as of the respective dates thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, including the notes thereto.
(b) The Unaudited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its subsidiaries as of the respective dates thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.
(c) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lead Arrangers the consolidated pro forma balance sheet of the Borrower and its subsidiaries as of and for the twelve-month period ending on November 30, 2020 (the “Pro Forma Financial Statements”), which have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of November 30, 2020, assuming that the Transactions had actually occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such statement of operations).
(d) Since the Effective Date, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.05 Properties; Insurance.
Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, if any (i) free and clear of all Liens except for Liens permitted by Section 6.02 and (ii) except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes, in each case, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary are maintaining insurance policies as required by Section 5.07.
SECTION 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters.
(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.06, there are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.06, and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has, to the knowledge of the Borrower, become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received written notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) has, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any basis to reasonably expect that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will become subject to any Environmental Liability.
-116-
SECTION 3.07 Compliance with Laws.
Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.08 Investment Company Status.
None of the Loan Parties is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.
SECTION 3.09 Taxes.
Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) have timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and (b) have paid or caused to be paid all Taxes levied or imposed on their properties, income or assets (whether or not shown on a Tax return) including in their capacity as tax withholding agents, except any Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that Holdings, the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, has set aside on its books adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed Tax assessment, deficiency or other claim against Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that would reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.10 ERISA; Labor Matters.
(a) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state laws.
(b) Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no ERISA Event has occurred during the six year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made or is reasonably expected to occur, and (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could reasonably be expected to be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.
(c) Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) that is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the form of such plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the trust related thereto has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from federal income tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the Internal Revenue Service; (ii) to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred that would prevent or cause the loss of such tax-qualified status; and (iii) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings and the Borrower, threatened in writing claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any such plan.
(d) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries has experienced any labor strike or work stoppage or other collective labor dispute by employees due to labor disagreements and (ii) each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance in all respects with any collective bargaining agreement to which it is a party.
-117-
SECTION 3.11 Disclosure.
(a) As of the Effective Date, the written reports, financial statements, certificates or other written factual information (other than projections and information of a general economic or industry specific nature) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or delivered thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), when taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected and pro forma financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information, when taken as a whole, was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time delivered, it being understood that (i) any such projected financial information is merely a prediction as to future events and is not to be viewed as fact, (ii) such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material.
(b) As of the Effective Date, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification provided pursuant to Section 4.01(l) is true and correct in all respects.
SECTION 3.12 Subsidiaries.
As of the Effective Date, Schedule 3.12 sets forth the name of, and the ownership interest of the Borrower and each of its subsidiaries in, each subsidiary of the Borrower.
SECTION 3.13 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.
Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries owns, licenses or possesses the right to use all Intellectual Property that is reasonably necessary for the operation of its business substantially as currently conducted. No Intellectual Property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and used in the operation of its business as currently conducted infringes upon the Intellectual Property of any Person except for such infringements that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the Intellectual Property is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.14 Solvency.
Immediately after the consummation of each of the Transactions that occurred on the Effective Date (including the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of the Loans and the use of proceeds of such Loans on the date hereof), the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are Solvent.
-118-
SECTION 3.15 Federal Reserve Regulations.
None of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry any margin stock or to refinance any Indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, or for any other purpose that entails a violation (including on the part of any Lender) of the provisions of Regulations U or X of the Board of Governors.
SECTION 3.16 Use of Proceeds.
The Borrower will use the proceeds of the (a) Initial Term Loans made on the Effective Date to directly or indirectly finance the Transactions and to fund any original issue discount or upfront fees payable in connection therewith, (b) the Revolving Loans made on the Effective Date (x) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 to directly or indirectly finance the Transactions, (y) for ordinary course working capital needs (including to refinance any indebtedness incurred for working capital purposes) or to fund working capital, purchase price or similar adjustments under the Acquisition Agreement and (z) to cash collateralize existing letters of credit, guarantees or performance or similar bonds and (c) the Revolving Loans made, and Letters of Credit issued, after the Effective Date, for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including capital expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments, Restricted Payments and the refinancing of Indebtedness, and any other use not prohibited by the Loan Documents.
SECTION 3.17 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions.
(a) On the Effective Date, the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.21(a) of the Acquisition Agreement are true and correct in all respects except to the extent that any failure to be true and correct would not have a “Material Adverse Effect” (as such term is defined in the Acquisition Agreement).
(b) Each of Holdings, the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries will not, directly or to their knowledge indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit to fund any activity or business with any Person, or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions except where such activities are authorized under a general or specific license, law, or regulation, or in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act, or other applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorism laws.
(c) Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the officers, directors, employees and agents of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, the USA PATRIOT Act, and other applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws.
(d) (i) None of Holdings, the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) to the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower, or its Restricted Subsidiaries, none of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.
(e) The Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance in all material respects by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the representations and warranties contained in clauses (c), (d) and (e) above are not made on the Effective Date.
-119-
SECTION 3.18 Security Documents.
Subject to Section 5.14, the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the Security Documents are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid, binding and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds and products thereof. In the case of (i) Pledged Equity Interests represented by certificates, (x) when such certificates are delivered to the Collateral Agent or (y) when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the appropriate filing offices, and (ii) the other Collateral described in the Collateral Agreement, which can be perfected by filing a financing statement, when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the appropriate filing offices and such other filings as are required in the Collateral Agreement have been completed, the Lien created by the Collateral Agreement shall constitute, to the extent such perfection is required by the Collateral Agreement, a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds and products thereof, as security for the Secured Obligations.
ARTICLE IV
Conditions
SECTION 4.01 Effective Date.
The obligation of each Lender to make Loans and the obligations of each Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder on the Effective Date shall be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions (or waiver thereof in accordance with Section 9.02):
(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or other electronic transmission of a signed counterpart of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a customary written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and dated the Effective Date) of each of (i) Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, New York counsel to the Loan Parties, (ii) Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth, California, P.C., California counsel to the Loan Parties and (iii) counsel in such other jurisdictions of incorporation or formation of any Loan Parties as requested by the Administrative Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinions.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Effective Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit H with appropriate insertions, or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, executed by any Responsible Officer of such Loan Party, and (ii) an officer certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Effective Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, executed by any Responsible Officer of such Loan Party, including or attaching the documents referred to in paragraph (d) of this Section 4.01.
-120-
(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of (i) each Organizational Document of each Loan Party certified, to the extent applicable, as of a recent date by the applicable Governmental Authority, (ii) with respect to each Loan Party executing the Loan Documents, an incumbency certificate identifying the name and title and bearing the signatures of the authorized signatories of such Loan Party, (iii) copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of Loan Documents to which it is a party, certified as of the Effective Date by its secretary, an assistant secretary or a Responsible Officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment and (iv) a good standing certificate (to the extent such concept exists) from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation.
(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid on the Effective Date pursuant to the Fee Letter and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid on the Effective Date, to the extent invoiced (in the case of expenses) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Effective Date (except as otherwise agreed to by the Borrower), which amounts may, at the option of the Borrower, be offset against the proceeds of the initial Loans made hereunder.
(f) The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (other than in accordance with Section 5.14) shall have been satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Perfection Certificate dated the Effective Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, together with all attachments contemplated thereby; provided that if, notwithstanding the use by the Borrower of commercially reasonable efforts without undue burden or expense to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied on the Effective Date, the requirements thereof (other than (i) the execution and delivery of the Guarantee Agreement and the Collateral Agreement by the Loan Parties, (ii) the creation and perfection of security interests in the Equity Interests of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party (provided that such Equity Interests are not Excluded Assets or owned or held by an Excluded Subsidiary), and (iii) delivery of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements with respect to perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties that may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code) are not satisfied as of the Effective Date, the satisfaction of such requirements shall not be a condition to the availability of the initial Loans on the Effective Date (but shall be required to be satisfied as promptly as practicable after the Effective Date and in any event within the period specified therefor in Schedule 5.14 or such later date as the Administrative Agent may otherwise reasonably agree). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Collateral shall be subject to any other pledges, security interest or mortgages, except for the Liens permitted under this Agreement.
(g) Since the date of the Acquisition Agreement, there shall not have occurred a “Material Adverse Effect” (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement).
(h) The Lead Arrangers shall have received the Audited Financial Statements, the Unaudited Financial Statements and the Pro Forma Financial Statements.
(i) The Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct to the extent required by the definition thereof on and as of the Effective Date and the Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, if qualified by materiality, in all respects) on and as of the Effective Date; provided that, in each case, to the extent that any such representation expressly refers to an earlier date, such representation shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.
-121-
(j) The Acquisition shall have been consummated, or substantially simultaneously with the borrowing of the Initial Term Loans on the Effective Date, shall be consummated, in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement, after giving effect to any modifications, amendments, supplements, consents, waivers or requests, other than those modifications, amendments, supplements, consents, waivers or requests (including the effects of any such requests) by the Borrower that are materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders or the Commitment Parties which have not been consented to in writing by the initial Lenders (it being understood that (i) any modifications, amendments, supplements, consents, waivers or requests that result in a decrease in the Merger Consideration (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the Signing Date) or in the Enterprise Value (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the Signing Date) (in each case other than any adjustment implemented by the terms of the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the Signing Date) of greater than 15% shall be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and the Commitment Parties, (ii) any increase in the Merger Consideration shall not be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and the Commitment Parties so long as such increase is not funded with the proceeds of additional funded indebtedness that is incurred or guaranteed by Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective subsidiaries, (iii) any amendment to the definition of “Material Adverse Effect” in the Acquisition Agreement shall be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and the Commitment Parties and (iv) the initial Lenders shall be deemed to have consented to any modification, amendment, supplement, consent, waiver or request to the extent such Lenders do not object in writing thereto within three (3) Business Days of receipt of written notice thereof).
(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate from the chief financial officer or equivalent Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying as to the solvency (as of the Effective Date) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G and (ii) certificates with respect to insurance policies of the Loan Parties as required under Section 5.07, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.
(l) (i) The Administrative Agent shall have received at least three (3) Business Days before the Effective Date all documentation and other information about the Loan Parties that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines is required by United States regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and (ii) if the Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, the Administrative Agent and each initial Lender that requests a Beneficial Ownership Certification will have received, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Effective Date, a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to the Borrower, in each case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent that the Administrative Agent has reasonably requested in writing delivered to the Loan Parties at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Effective Date.
(m) The Administrative Agent shall have received a fully executed and delivered Borrowing Request in accordance with the requirements hereof.
(n) The Effective Date Refinancing shall have been consummated, or substantially simultaneously with the funding of the Initial Term Loans, shall be consummated.
(o) The Closing (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the Signing Date) shall have occurred.
(p) The Available Closing Date Equity shall not be less than $720,000,000.
SECTION 4.02 Each Credit Event after the Effective Date.
After the Effective Date, the obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of each Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit (other than any Borrowing or issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit on the Effective Date), is subject to receipt of the request therefor in accordance herewith and to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
-122-
(a) (i) In the case of any Borrowing, other than a Borrowing under any Incremental Facility, the representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as the case may be, and (ii) in the case of any Borrowing under any Incremental Facility, “specified representations” and, solely to the extent required by the Additional Lenders providing such Incremental Facility, other representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing; provided that, in each case, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided further that, in each case, any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on the date of such credit extension or on such earlier date, as the case may be.
(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as the case may be, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or, in the case of any Borrowing under any Incremental Facility incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or an Investment not prohibited by Section 6.04, no Event of Default specified in Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing).
Each Borrowing (provided that a conversion or a continuation of a Borrowing shall not constitute a “Borrowing” for purposes of this Section 4.02) and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit (other than any Borrowing or issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit on the Effective Date) shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Holdings and the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.02.
ARTICLE
V
Affirmative Covenants
From and after the Effective Date and until the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts (other than contingent amounts not yet due) payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been fully reimbursed, each of Holdings and the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
SECTION 5.01 Financial Statements and Other Information.
Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will furnish to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of each Lender:
(a) (i) on or before the date that is one hundred and fifty (150) days (or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after the end of the fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or about February 28, 2021 and (ii) on or before the date that is one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower ending thereafter, the audited consolidated balance sheet and audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such year, and related notes thereto, setting forth in each case, in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than with respect to, or resulting from, (A) an upcoming maturity date of any indebtedness for borrowed money, (B) any actual or potential breach or inability to satisfy a financial covenant under any indebtedness for borrowed money or (C) any activities, operations, financial results, assets or liabilities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary)) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition as of the end of and for such year and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and such Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;
-123-
(b) (i) on or before the date that is sixty (60) days (or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after the end of the fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending on or about May 31, 2021, August 31, 2021 and November 30, 2021 and (ii) on or before the date that is forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending thereafter (but limited to the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower), the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case, in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by a Financial Officer as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and such portion of the fiscal year and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;
(c) [reserved];
(d) to the extent applicable, simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, the related unaudited consolidating financial information reflecting adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements;
(e) not later than five (5) days after any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) or (b) above, a certificate (a “Compliance Certificate”) of a Financial Officer in the form of Exhibit E hereof (i) certifying as to whether a Default then exists and, if a Default does then exist, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations (A) to the extent the Financial Performance Covenant is then required to be tested, demonstrating compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant, and (B) in the case of financial statements delivered under paragraph (a) above, beginning with the financial statements for the fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or about February 28, 2022, of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year;
(f) [reserved];
(g) not later than ten (10) Business Days after the delivery of financial information under Section 5.01(a) above, a detailed consolidated budget for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of projected income and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal year and setting forth the material assumptions used for purposes of preparing such budget);
(h) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and registration statements (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) filed by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with the SEC or with any national securities exchange; and
-124-
(i) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender may reasonably request in writing.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the Form 10-K or 10-Q (or the equivalent), as applicable, of the Borrower (or a parent company thereof) filed with the SEC within the applicable time periods required by applicable law and regulations or (B) the applicable financial statements of Holdings (or any Intermediate Parent or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings); provided that (i) to the extent such information relates to a parent of the Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating information, which may be unaudited, that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand, and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 5.01(a), such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than with respect to, or resulting solely from, (i) an upcoming maturity date of any indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) any actual or potential breach or inability to satisfy a financial covenant under any indebtedness for borrowed money or (iii) any activities, operations, financial results, assets or liabilities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary).
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), (b) or (h) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 9.01 (or otherwise notified pursuant to Section 9.01(d)); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent). The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents and maintaining its copies of such documents.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall be required to deliver, disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making of copies of or excerpts from, or any discussion of, any document, information, or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent (or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors)) is prohibited by applicable law, (iii) that is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product or (iv) with respect to which any Loan Party owes confidentiality obligations (to the extent not created in contemplation of such Loan Party’s obligations under this Section 5.01) to any third party.
-125-
The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Bookrunners will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive Material Non-Public Information and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to the Borrower’s or its Affiliates’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunners, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any Material Non-Public Information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 9.12); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information”; provided that the Borrower’s failure to comply with this sentence shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under this Agreement or the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials as “PUBLIC”. Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that, unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent in advance, all financial statements and certificates furnished pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above are hereby deemed to be suitable for distribution, and to be made available, to all Lenders and may be treated by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as not containing any Material Non-Public Information.
SECTION 5.02 Notices of Material Events.
Promptly after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary obtains actual knowledge thereof, the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender through the Administrative Agent) written notice of the following:
(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
(b) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and
(c) any other development or event (including without limitation, litigation) that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice delivered under this Section 5.02 shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of Holdings or the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
SECTION 5.03 Information Regarding Collateral.
(a) Holdings or the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt (and in any event within thirty (30) days or such longer period as reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent) written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name (as set forth in its certificate of organization or incorporation or like document), (ii) in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Loan Party or in the form of its organization or (iii) in any Loan Party’s organizational identification number to the extent that such Loan Party is organized or owns Mortgaged Property in a jurisdiction where an organizational identification number is required to be included in a UCC financing statement for such jurisdiction.
-126-
(b) Not later than five (5) Business Days after delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a), Holdings or the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings or the Borrower (i) setting forth any material changes to the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no material change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Effective Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 5.03 and (ii) identifying any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that has become, or ceased to be, a Material Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary during the most recently ended fiscal quarter.
SECTION 5.04 Existence; Conduct of Business.
Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, Intellectual Property and Governmental Approvals used in the conduct of its business, except to the extent (other than with respect to the preservation of the existence of Holdings and the Borrower) that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03 or any Disposition permitted by Section 6.05.
SECTION 5.05 Payment of Taxes, etc.
Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, pay all Taxes (whether or not shown on a Tax return) imposed upon it or its income or properties or in respect of its property or assets, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the same are being contested in good faith by an appropriate proceeding diligently conducted by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) the failure to make payment would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.06 Maintenance of Properties.
The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, keep and maintain all tangible property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition (subject to casualty, condemnation and ordinary wear and tear), except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.07 Insurance.
(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, maintain, with insurance companies that the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower) are financially sound and responsible at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance which the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business) and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment or the management of the Borrower) are reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business, and will furnish to the Lenders, upon written request from the Collateral Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried. Each such general liability policy of insurance (other than directors and officers policies, workers compensation policies and business interruption insurance), to the extent covering Collateral and to the extent the Collateral Agent can be granted an insurable interest therein, shall (i) in the case of each such general liability policy, name the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and (ii) in the case of each such casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or mortgagee endorsement that names the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Lenders as the loss payee or mortgagee thereunder.
-127-
(b) If any portion of any Mortgaged Property is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a special flood hazard area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then the Borrower shall, or shall cause each Loan Party to (i) if required by the Flood Insurance Laws or other applicable law, maintain, or cause to be maintained, with insurance companies that the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower) are financially sound and responsible at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) furnish to the Lenders, upon written request from the Collateral Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the flood insurance so carried.
SECTION 5.08 Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights.
The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, maintain proper books of record and account in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP (or applicable local standards) consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, during normal business hours and upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise visitation and inspection rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 5.08 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than one time during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided, further that (a) when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice and (b) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give Holdings and the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with Holdings’ or the Borrower’s independent public accountants.
SECTION 5.09 Compliance with Laws.
(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, comply with its Organizational Documents and all Requirements of Law (including ERISA, Environmental Laws, the USA PATRIOT Act, Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and other anti-money laundering, anti-corruption, sanctions and anti-terrorism laws) with respect to it, its property and operations, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
-128-
(b) The Borrower will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (i) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country except to the extent permissible for a Person required to comply with Sanctions or where such activities are authorized under a general or specific license, law, or regulation, (ii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or to the knowledge of the Borrower, any other party hereto or (iii) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any legislation.
SECTION 5.10 Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit.
The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans and Letters of Credit for the purposes set forth in Section 3.16.
SECTION 5.11 Additional Subsidiaries.
(a) If (i) any additional Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent is formed or acquired after the Effective Date, (ii) if any Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary or (iii) if the Borrower, at its option, elects to cause a Domestic Subsidiary, or to the extent reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, a Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (including any consolidated Affiliate in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries own no Equity Interest) to become a Subsidiary Loan Party, then, the Borrower will, within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) after such newly formed or acquired Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent is formed or acquired or such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary or the Borrower has made such election, notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and will cause such Restricted Subsidiary (unless such Restricted Subsidiary is an Excluded Subsidiary) or Intermediate Parent to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent and with respect to any Equity Interest in or Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party within thirty (30) days after such notice (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree) and the Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Perfection Certificate (or supplement thereof) with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary or Intermediate Parent signed by a Responsible Officer, together with all attachments contemplated thereby.
(b) Within sixty (60) days (or, to the extent any new Material Subsidiary is organized or incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction in which no existing Loan Party is organized or incorporated, within ninety (90) days) (or, in each case, such longer period as otherwise provided in this Agreement or as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) after the Borrower identifies any new Material Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.03(b), all actions (if any) required to be taken with respect to such Subsidiary in order to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been taken with respect to such Subsidiary, to the extent not already satisfied pursuant to Section 5.11(a).
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any real property would be required to be mortgaged pursuant to this Section 5.11, Holdings or the Borrower shall be required to comply with the “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” as it relates to such real property within ninety (90) days, following the formation or acquisition of such real property or such Restricted Subsidiary or the identification of such new Material Subsidiary, or such longer time period as agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
-129-
SECTION 5.12 Further Assurances.
(a) Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Loan Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), that may be required under any applicable law and that the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties.
(b) If, after the Effective Date, any material assets (other than Excluded Assets), including any owned (but not leased or ground-leased) Material Real Property or improvements thereto or any interest therein, are acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or are held by any Subsidiary on or after the time it becomes a Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.11 (other than assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the Lien created by such Security Document upon acquisition thereof or constituting Excluded Assets), the Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Secured Obligations and will take and cause the other Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary and reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section and as required pursuant to the “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”, all at the expense of the Loan Parties and subject to the last paragraph of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”. In the event any Material Real Property is mortgaged pursuant to this Section 5.12(b), the Borrower or such other Loan Party, as applicable, shall be required to comply with the “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” and paragraph (a) of this Section 5.12 within ninety (90) days following the acquisition of such Material Real Property or such longer time period as agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
SECTION 5.13 Designation of Subsidiaries.
The Borrower may at any time after the Effective Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately after such designation on a Pro Forma Basis, no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or continue as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if (A) it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of any other Material Indebtedness of Holdings or the Borrower, (B) it is the legal owner of Material Intellectual Property or (C) it owns any Indebtedness or Equity Interests (or holds any Lien on any property) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date shall constitute an Investment by the Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Borrower in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such designation of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment in such Subsidiary.
SECTION 5.14 Certain Post-Closing Obligations.
As promptly as practicable, and in any event within the time periods after the Effective Date specified in Schedule 5.14(a) or such later date as the Administrative Agent agrees to in writing, including to reasonably accommodate circumstances unforeseen on the Effective Date, Holdings, the Borrower and each other Loan Party shall deliver the documents or take the actions specified on Schedules 5.14(a) and 5.14(b), as applicable, that, where such actions are to be taken to reasonably accommodate circumstances unforeseen on the Effective Date, would have been required to be delivered or taken on the Effective Date, in each case except to the extent otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to its authority as set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”.
-130-
SECTION 5.15 Maintenance of Ratings.
The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain (i) a public corporate credit rating (but not any particular rating) from S&P and a public corporate family rating (but not any particular rating) from Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower, and (ii) a public rating (but not any particular rating) in respect of the Term Loans made available under this Agreement from each of S&P and Moody’s.
ARTICLE
VI
Negative Covenants
From and after the Effective Date and until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts payable (other than (i) contingent amounts not yet due and (ii) Cash Management Obligations) under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or been terminated (unless such Letters of Credit have been cash collateralized or backstopped in amounts, by institutions and otherwise pursuant to arrangements, in each case reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank or deemed reissued under another agreement reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank) and all LC Disbursements shall have been fully reimbursed, each of Holdings (with respect to Sections 6.03(c) and (d) only) and the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
SECTION 6.01 Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities.
(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(i) Indebtedness of the Borrower and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents (including any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 2.20 or 2.21);
(ii) Indebtedness outstanding on the Effective Date and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that any Indebtedness in excess of the greater of $3,500,000 and 3.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time, shall only be permitted if set forth on Schedule 6.01;
(iii) Guarantees by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted hereunder; provided that (A) such Guarantee is otherwise permitted by Section 6.04, (B) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Junior Financing or any unsecured Indebtedness for borrowed money that constitutes Material Indebtedness shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the applicable Loan Document Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement and (C) if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Loan Document Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness;
-131-
(iv) Indebtedness of the Borrower owing to any Restricted Subsidiary or of any Restricted Subsidiary owing to any other Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, to the extent permitted by Section 6.04; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owing to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subordinated to the Loan Document Obligations (to the extent any such Indebtedness is outstanding at any time after the date that is thirty (30) days after the Effective Date (or the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary) or such later date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) (but only to the extent permitted by applicable law and not giving rise to material adverse tax consequences) on terms (i) not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Lenders as those set forth in the Master Intercompany Note or (ii) otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(v) (A) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money indebtedness) incurred, issued or assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the acquisition, purchase, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital property, equipment or other assets; provided that, in the case of any purchase money Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with or within 270 days after the applicable acquisition, purchase, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement; provided, further that, at the time of any such incurrence of Indebtedness and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and the use of the proceeds thereof, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that is outstanding in reliance on this clause (v) (excluding any Capital Leases Obligations incurred pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction permitted under Section 6.06) shall not exceed the greater of $40,000,000 and 33.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clause (A) (or successive Permitted Refinancings thereof);
(vi) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(vii) (A) Indebtedness of any Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Restricted Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) incurred, issued or assumed after the Effective Date (including in connection with, or in order to finance, any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment not prohibited by Section 6.04); provided that (v) in the case of any such Indebtedness consisting of term loans secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks pari passu with the Liens on the Collateral securing the Loans, the MFN Adjustment shall apply to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness was an Incremental Term Loan, (w) such Indebtedness complies with the Required Additional Debt Terms, (x) the aggregate principal amount for all such Indebtedness incurred, issued or assumed pursuant to this clause shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof, the Incremental Cap at such time, (y) any such Indebtedness incurred, issued or assumed in reliance on clauses (I) or (II) of the definition of “Incremental Cap” may be secured or unsecured bonds, notes, debentures or loans and, if secured by Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations, may be secured either by Liens pari passu with the Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations (but without regard to control of remedies) or by Liens having a junior priority relative to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations and (z) any such Indebtedness incurred, issued or assumed in reliance on clause (III) of the definition of “Incremental Cap” may be secured bonds, notes, debentures or loans and, if secured by Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations, may be secured by Liens pari passu with the Liens on the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations (but without regard to control of remedies) (any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this subclause (A), “Incremental Equivalent Debt”), and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the foregoing subclause (A) (or successive Permitted Refinancings thereof);
-132-
(viii) (A) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (1) if such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks pari passu with the Liens on the Collateral securing the Loans, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness on a Pro Forma Basis, the First Lien Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 4.30 to 1.00, (2) if such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks junior in priority (or is otherwise subordinated) to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Loans, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness on a Pro Forma Basis, the Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 5.55 to 1.00 or (3) if such Indebtedness is unsecured, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness on a Pro Forma Basis, at the election of the Borrower, (a) the Total Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 6.30 to 1.00 or (b) the Interest Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00; provided, further, that (x) such Indebtedness complies with the Required Additional Debt Terms and (y) in the case of any such Indebtedness consisting of term loans secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks pari passu with the Liens on the Collateral securing the Loans, the MFN Adjustment shall apply to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness was an Incremental Term Loan (any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this subclause (A), “Ratio Debt”), and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the foregoing subclause (A) (or successive Permitted Refinancings thereof);
(ix) [reserved];
(x) Indebtedness in respect of Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automated clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements, in each case, in connection with deposit accounts or from the honoring of a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;
(xi) Indebtedness consisting of obligations under deferred compensation (including indemnification obligations, obligations in respect of purchase price adjustments, Earn-Outs, incentive non-competes and other contingent obligations) or other similar arrangements incurred or assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment or any Disposition, in each case, permitted under this Agreement;
(xii) (A) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that at the time of the incurrence thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (xii) shall not exceed the greater of $60,000,000 and 50.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clause (A) (or successive Permitted Refinancings thereof);
(xiii) (A) Indebtedness of, incurred on behalf of, or representing Guarantees of Indebtedness of, joint ventures in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed the greater of $30,000,000 and 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clause (A) (or successive Permitted Refinancings thereof);
(xiv) (A) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed 100.0% of the aggregate amount of capital contributions received by the Borrower after the Effective Date in cash or Permitted Investments (and the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of non-cash capital contributions) in respect of Qualified Equity Interests (excluding (i) Qualified Equity Interests the proceeds of which will be applied as Cure Amounts, (ii) the Available Closing Date Equity (other than to the extent received by the Borrower) and (iii) any other Qualified Equity Interests used for, or otherwise having the effect of increasing, any other basket under this Agreement) and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clause (A) (or successive Permitted Refinancings thereof);
-133-
(xv) Indebtedness consisting of (A) the financing of insurance premiums or (B) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
(xvi) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit;
(xvii) (A) Indebtedness arising from an agreement providing for indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price (including earn-outs) or other similar adjustments incurred in any Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment or any Disposition, in each case permitted under this Agreement, and (B) Indebtedness arising from guaranties, letters of credit, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds or similar instruments securing the performance pursuant to any such agreement described in clause (A);
(xviii) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;
(xix) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;
(xx) (A)(I) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Restricted Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) after the Effective Date as a result of any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment not prohibited by Section 6.04, or (II) Indebtedness of any Person that is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment not prohibited by Section 6.04; provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clause (A) (or successive Permitted Refinancings thereof);
(xxi) (A) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of which the primary obligor or a guarantor is a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party outstanding in reliance of this clause (xxi) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the greater of $60,000,000 and 50.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clause (A) (or successive Permitted Refinancings thereof);
(xxii) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims;
-134-
(xxiii) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(xxiv) (x) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation or stock-based compensation owed to employees, consultants or independent contractors of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and (y) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or its Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation to employees, consultants or independent contractors of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or its Restricted Subsidiaries or other similar arrangements incurred by such Persons in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment not prohibited by Section 6.04;
(xxv) Indebtedness consisting of unsecured promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to future, current or former officers, directors, employees, managers and consultants or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent permitted by Section 6.07(a);
(xxvi) (A) letters of credit or bank guarantees (exclusive of Letters of Credit provided hereunder) and similar instruments incurred by the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that at the time of the incurrence thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (xxvi) shall not exceed the greater of $12,000,000 and 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clause (A) (or successive Permitted Refinancings thereof);
(xxvii) Capital Lease Obligations arising under any sale and leaseback transaction permitted hereunder in reliance upon Section 6.05(f); and
(xxviii) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (i) through (xxvii) above.
(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, issue any preferred Equity Interests or any Disqualified Equity Interests, except (A) in the case of the Borrower, preferred Equity Interests that are Qualified Equity Interests and (B)(x) preferred Equity Interests issued to and held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (y) preferred Equity Interests issued to and held by joint venture partners after the Effective Date; provided that in the case of this clause (B) (x) any such issuance of preferred Equity Interests that are not Qualified Equity Interests shall constitute incurred Indebtedness and be subject to the provisions set forth in Sections 6.01(a) and (b) (and shall only be permitted if the incurrence of such Indebtedness would have been permitted thereunder) and (y) if so incurred, any cash payments made with respect to such preferred Equity Interests shall constitute Restricted Payments and shall be subject to Section 6.07(a).
-135-
For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided, however, that if such Indebtedness is a Permitted Refinancing incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance such U.S. dollar denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.01, the maximum amount of Indebtedness the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 6.01 shall not be deemed exceeded by fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Permitted Refinancing shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01, (A) Indebtedness need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) described in Section 6.01(a)(i) through (xxviii) but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that any item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) described in Section 6.01(a)(i) through (xxviii) (except with respect to Indebtedness incurred on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(i)), the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify (as if incurred at such later time), such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 6.01 and will be entitled to only include the amount and type of such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in one of the above clauses (or any portion thereof) and such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) shall be treated as having been incurred or existing pursuant to only such clause or clauses (or any portion thereof) without giving pro forma effect to such item (or portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to any other clause; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement on the Effective Date shall at all times be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(i). In addition, with respect to any Indebtedness that was permitted to be incurred hereunder on the date of such incurrence, any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness shall also be permitted hereunder after the date of such incurrence.
This Agreement will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.
SECTION 6.02 Liens.
The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned (but not leased or ground-leased) or hereafter acquired (but not leased or ground-leased) by it, except:
(i) Liens created under the Loan Documents;
(ii) Permitted Encumbrances;
-136-
(iii) Liens existing on the Effective Date and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that any Lien securing Indebtedness or other obligations in excess of $3,500,000 shall only be permitted if set forth on Schedule 6.02; provided further that (A) such modified, replacement, renewal or extension Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (1) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and (2) proceeds and products thereof, and (B) the obligations secured or benefited by such modified, replacement, renewal or extension Lien are permitted by Section 6.01;
(iv) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a)(v); provided that (A) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens, (B) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness except for replacements, additions, accessions and improvements to such property and the proceeds and the products thereof, and any lease of such property (including accessions thereto) and the proceeds and products thereof and (C) with respect to Capital Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for replacements, additions, accessions and improvements to or proceeds of such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capital Lease Obligations; provided further that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;
(v) (i) easements, leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others (including licenses and sublicenses of Intellectual Property) that do not (A) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (B) secure any Indebtedness and (ii) any interest or title of a lessor or licensee under any lease or license entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased or licensed;
(vi) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(vii) Liens (A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or any comparable or successor provision, on items in the course of collection, (B) attaching to pooling, commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business or (C) in favor of a banking or other financial institution or entity, or electronic payment service provider, arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry;
(viii) Liens (A) on cash advances or escrow deposits in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or otherwise in connection with any escrow arrangements with respect to any such Investment or any Disposition permitted under Section 6.05 (including any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to such Investment or Disposition), or (B) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 6.05, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;
(ix) Liens on property or other assets of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, which Liens secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary or another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, in each case permitted by this Agreement;
(x) Liens granted by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary and Liens granted by a Loan Party in favor of any other Loan Party;
-137-
(xi) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property or other assets of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Effective Date and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (A) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (B) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require or include, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition);
(xii) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under leases or subleases (other than leases constituting Capital Lease Obligations) entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(xiii) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(xiv) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under clause (e) of the definition of the term “Permitted Investments”;
(xv) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(xvi) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (A) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness, (B) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(xvii) [Reserved];
(xviii) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;
(xix) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a)(xix);
(xx) Liens on real property other than the Mortgaged Properties;
(xxi) [Reserved];
(xxii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a)(vii), (viii) or (xii);
(xxiii) Liens on cash and Permitted Investments to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a)(x) or (xxvi);
-138-
(xxiv) Liens on cash and Permitted Investments used to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness; provided such satisfaction or discharge is permitted hereunder;
(xxv) Receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business to the extent the same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof;
(xxvi) Liens on Equity Interests of any joint venture (a) securing obligations of such joint venture or (b) pursuant to the relevant joint venture agreement or arrangement;
(xxvii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a)(xxi); and
(xxviii) other Liens; provided that at the time of the granting of and after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such Lien and the obligations secured thereby (including the use of proceeds thereof) the lesser of (x) the aggregate outstanding face amount of obligations secured by Liens existing in reliance on this clause (xxviii) and (y) the fair market value of the assets securing such obligations shall not exceed the greater of $60,000,000 and 50.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.02, (A) a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in Section 6.02(i) through (xxviii) but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in Section 6.02(i) through (xxviii) (except with respect to Liens incurred pursuant to Section 6.02(i) securing Indebtedness incurred on the Effective Date), the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify (as if incurred at such later time), such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 6.02 and will be entitled to only include the amount and type of such Lien or such item of Indebtedness secured by such Lien (or any portion thereof) in one of the above clauses and such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or portion thereof) will be treated as being incurred or existing pursuant to only such clause or clauses (or any portion thereof) without giving pro forma effect to such item (or portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Liens or Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to any other clause. In addition, with respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness.
SECTION 6.03 Fundamental Changes; Holdings Covenant.
(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Restricted Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person (including pursuant to a division), or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, except that:
(i) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with (A) the Borrower; provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that when any Subsidiary Loan Party is merging or consolidating with another Restricted Subsidiary the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Subsidiary Loan Party; provided further that if the continuing or surviving Person is not a Subsidiary Loan Party, as applicable, the acquisition of such Subsidiary Loan Party by such surviving non-Loan Party Restricted Subsidiary is otherwise permitted under Section 6.04;
-139-
(ii) (A) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (B) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;
(iii) any Restricted Subsidiary may make a Disposition of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then (A) the transferee must be a Loan Party, (B) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04 or (C) to the extent constituting a Disposition to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Disposition is for fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and any promissory note or other non-cash consideration received in respect thereof is a permitted Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04;
(iv) the Borrower may merge or consolidate with (or Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to) any other Person; provided that (A) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not the Borrower or is a Person into which the Borrower has been liquidated (or, in connection with a Disposition of all or substantially all of the Borrower’s assets, if the transferee of such assets) (any such Person, the “Successor Borrower”), (1) the Successor Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (2) the Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party, pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (3) each Loan Party other than the Borrower, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have reaffirmed, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that its Guarantee of and grant of any Liens as security for the Secured Obligations shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, and (4) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation complies with this Agreement; provided further that (y) if the foregoing requirements are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided further that the Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide any documentation and other information about the Successor Borrower as shall have been reasonably requested in writing by any Lender or Issuing Bank through the Administrative Agent that such Lender or Issuing Bank shall have reasonably determined is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act;
(v) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may undertake or consummate any Tax Restructuring;
(vi) [Reserved];
(vii) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of the Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Sections 5.11 and 5.12; and
-140-
(viii) any Restricted Subsidiary may effect a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or amalgamation to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 6.05.
(b) Neither the Borrower, nor any Subsidiary Loan Party, shall amend or permit any amendments to such Person’s Organizational Documents after the Effective Date in any manner that (when taken as a whole) would be materially adverse to Lenders.
(c) Holdings will not, and will not permit any Intermediate Parent to, conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any material business or material operations other than (i) the ownership and/or acquisition of the Equity Interests of the Borrower and any Intermediate Parent, (ii) the performance of obligations under and compliance with its Organizational Documents, or other Requirement of Law (including the maintenance of its legal existence, including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance), ordinance, regulation, rule, order, judgment, decree or permit, including as a result of or in connection with the activities of any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) repurchases of Indebtedness through open market purchases and Dutch auctions (to the extent permitted hereunder and to the extent any Loans are automatically and irrevocably cancelled after repurchase), the making of any loan to any officers, directors, managers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors constituting (or that would constitute, to the extent Holdings were subject to Section 6.04, an Investment permitted under Section 6.04) and the making of any Investment in any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iv) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters related to any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (v) the entry into, and exercise rights and performance of its obligations under and in connection with the Loan Documents and Guarantees of other Indebtedness not prohibited from being incurred under this Agreement by any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (vi) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or registration of its Qualified Equity Interests for sale or resale (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the making of any dividend or distribution on account of, or any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value of, any shares of any class of Qualified Equity Interests), including the costs, fees and expenses related thereto, (vii) holding of any cash and Permitted Investments received from any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (viii) the payment of dividends or making of distributions, making of loans and contributions to the capital of its Subsidiaries and guaranteeing the obligations (other than Indebtedness) of its Subsidiaries and making Investments expressly permitted to be made by Holdings or any Intermediate Parent under this Agreement or structured through Holdings or any Intermediate Parent and promptly contributed to a Subsidiary thereof in a manner not prohibited by this Agreement, (ix) incurring fees, costs and expenses relating to overhead and general operating expenses including professional fees for legal, tax and accounting issues and paying taxes, (x) providing indemnification for its current and former officers, directors, managers, members of management, employees, advisors, consultants or independent contractors, (xi) performing of its obligations under the Acquisition Agreement and the other documents and agreements related thereto or contemplated thereby, (xii) activities reasonably incidental to (1) the payment of Public Company Costs or (2) the consummation of a Tax Restructuring and (xiii) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in the foregoing clauses. Holdings will not permit any Lien to exist on the Equity Interests of the Borrower and any Intermediate Parent, other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02(i) and (xxii) (other than in respect of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a)(xii)) and any non-consensual Liens permitted under Section 6.02.
-141-
(d) Holdings may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person (other than the Borrower); provided that (i) Holdings shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is not Holdings (any such Person, the “Successor Holdings”) (A) the Successor Holdings shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (B) (x) the Successor Holdings shall expressly assume all the obligations of Holdings under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Holdings, is a party, in each case, pursuant to a written supplement hereto or thereto in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation shall not impair the Guarantee and the security interest of the Collateral Agent and the Lenders under the Security Documents in the Collateral in any material respect (and shall not otherwise be adverse to the Agents and the Lenders in any material respect) and Holdings shall have taken such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent to ensure that any Liens granted by Holdings continue to remain enforceable and perfected in accordance with the relevant Security Documents, (C) the Successor Holdings shall, immediately following such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, directly or indirectly own all Subsidiaries owned by Holdings immediately prior to such transaction, unless such Subsidiary is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (D) Holdings shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (1) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation complies with this Agreement and (2) if requested by the Administrative Agent, a customary opinion of counsel to the Loan Parties in connection with such merger, amalgamation or consideration, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (E) the Successor Holdings shall have no assets, liabilities, liens or operations other than those permitted by this Section 6.03; provided, further, that (x) no Event of Default exists immediately before or after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and (y) if the foregoing requirements are satisfied, the Successor Holdings will succeed to, and be substituted for, Holdings under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Successor Holdings is a party; provided, further, that Holdings, as applicable, agrees to provide the Administrative Agent five (5) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and any documentation and other information about the Successor Holdings at least three (3) Business Days prior to the consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation as shall have been reasonably requested in writing by any the Lender through the Administrative Agent that such Lender shall have reasonably determined is be required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” laws and applicable anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.
SECTION 6.04 Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions.
The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make or hold any Investment, except:
(a) Permitted Investments at the time such Permitted Investment is made and purchases of assets in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(b) loans or advances to officers, members of the Board of Directors and employees of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) (provided that the amount of such loans and advances made in cash to such Person shall be immediately contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity or Qualified Equity Interests and shall not increase the Available Equity Amount or constitute Cure Amounts) and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time in reliance on this clause (iii) not to exceed the greater of $9,000,000 and 7.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time;
(c) Investments by the Borrower in any Restricted Subsidiary and Investments by any Restricted Subsidiary in any of the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, other than with respect to any such Investment made in the ordinary course of business, the aggregate outstanding amount of all Investments made pursuant to this Section 6.04(c) in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall not exceed an aggregate amount equal to the greater of $90,000,000 and 75% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period after giving effect to such Investment;
-142-
(d) Investments consisting of extensions of trade credit and accommodation guarantees in the ordinary course of business;
(e) Investments (i) existing or contemplated on the Effective Date and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof; provided that any Investment in an amount greater than $3,500,000 shall only be permitted if set forth on Schedule 6.04(e) and (ii) Investments existing on the Effective Date by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any modification, renewal or extension thereof; provided, in each case, that the amount of the Investment as of the Effective Date is not increased except by the terms of such Investment to the extent, in the event such increase is in excess of $3,500,000, set forth on Schedule 6.04(e) or as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04;
(f) Investments in Swap Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(g) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 6.05;
(h) Permitted Acquisitions;
(i) Investments in connection with the Transactions;
(j) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers in the ordinary course of business;
(k) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
(l) loans and advances to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Intermediate Parent in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Holdings (or such parent) or such Intermediate Parent in accordance with Section 6.07(a);
(m) additional Investments and other acquisitions; provided that the aggregate outstanding amount of such Investment or acquisition made in reliance on this clause (m), together with the aggregate amount of all consideration paid (excluding the Net Proceeds from the issuance of such Qualified Equity Interests) in connection with all other Investments and acquisitions made in reliance on this clause (m) (including the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness assumed in connection with any such other Investment or acquisition previously made under this clause (m)), shall not exceed the sum of (A) (i) the greater of $60,000,000 and 50.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period after giving Pro Forma Effect to the making of such Investment or other acquisition; plus (ii) the Available General RP Capacity Amount at such time; plus (B) the Available Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied as in effect immediately prior to the time of making of such Investment, plus (C) the Available Equity Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied as in effect immediately prior to the time of making of such Investment, plus (D) Investments in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the portion, if any, of any unused amounts available under Section 6.07(a)(v) or 6.07(a)(xv) for Restricted Payments on the relevant date of determination that the Borrower elects to apply pursuant to this Section 6.04(m); provided that any Investment made in reliance on preceding clause (B), to the extent made using the Retained ECF Basket, shall be subject to (x) no Event of Default having occurred and be continuing or resulting therefrom and (y) before and after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Investment, on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Leverage Ratio being less than or equal to 4.30 to 1.00 as of the end of the mostly recently ended Test Period as of such time;
-143-
(n) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;
(o) Investments and other acquisitions to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Qualified Equity Interests (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);
(p) Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Effective Date or of a Person merged or consolidated with any Subsidiary in accordance with this Section 6.04 and Section 6.03 after the Effective Date or that otherwise becomes a Subsidiary (provided that if such Investment is made under Section 6.04(h), existing Investments in subsidiaries of such Subsidiary or Person shall comply with the requirements of Section 6.04(h)) to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
(q) receivables owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;
(r) Investments (A) for utilities, security deposits, leases and similar prepaid expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and (B) trade accounts created, or prepaid expenses accrued, in the ordinary course of business;
(s) Investments in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any Tax Restructuring;
(t) additional Investments so long as at the time of any such Investment and after giving effect thereto, (A) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Leverage Ratio is no greater than 4.05 to 1.00 and (B) no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom;
(u) Investments consisting of Indebtedness, Liens fundamental changes, Dispositions and Restricted Payments permitted (other than by reference to this Section 6.04(u)) under Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.05 and 6.07, respectively;
(v) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors or other service providers or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Borrower;
(w) to the extent that they constitute Investments, purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials or equipment or purchases, acquisitions, licenses or leases of other assets, Intellectual Property, or other rights, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(x) Investments in joint ventures (or in any Restricted Subsidiary to enable such Restricted Subsidiary to make substantially concurrent Investments in joint ventures) in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the greater of $40,000,000 and 33.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period;
-144-
(y) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;
(z) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries (or in any Restricted Subsidiary to enable such Restricted Subsidiary to make substantially concurrent Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the greater of $40,000,000 and 33.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period;
(aa) Investments in Similar Businesses (or in any Restricted Subsidiary to enable such Restricted Subsidiary to make substantially concurrent Investments in Similar Businesses) in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the greater of $40,000,000 and 33.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period; and
(bb) Investments arising as a result of sale and leaseback transactions permitted by Section 6.06 hereto.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.04, no Material Intellectual Property as of the Effective Date owned by any Loan Party may be contributed and/or assigned as an Investment or otherwise transferred to any non-Loan Party.
SECTION 6.05 Asset Sales.
The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, (i) sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose (including pursuant to a division) of any asset, including any Equity Interest owned by it or (ii) permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any additional Equity Interest in such Restricted Subsidiary (other than issuing directors’ qualifying shares, nominal shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law and other than issuing Equity Interests to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 6.04(c)) (each, a “Disposition” and the term “Dispose” as a verb has the corresponding meaning), except:
(a) Dispositions of obsolete, damaged, used, surplus or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including allowing any registration or application for registration of any Intellectual Property that is no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, to lapse, go abandoned, or be invalidated);
(b) Dispositions of inventory and other assets in the ordinary course of business and immaterial assets (considered in the aggregate) in the ordinary course of business;
(c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) an amount equal to Net Proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;
(d)
Dispositions of property to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction
is a Loan Party, then (i) the transferee must be a Loan Party, (ii) to
the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a Permitted Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a
Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04 or (iii) to the extent constituting a Disposition to a Restricted Subsidiary
that is not a Loan Party, such Disposition is for fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) and any promissory
note or other non-cash consideration received in respect thereof is a permitted investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is
not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04;
-145-
(e) Dispositions permitted by Section 6.03 and Investments permitted by Section 6.04, Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.07 and Liens permitted by Section 6.02;
(f) Dispositions of property pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions permitted by Section 6.06 hereto;
(g) Dispositions of Permitted Investments;
(h) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof (including sales to factors or other third parties);
(i) leases, subleases, service agreements, product sales, abandonments, licenses, sublicenses or other disposals (including of Intellectual Property), in each case that do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(j) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events;
(k) Dispositions of property to Persons other than Restricted Subsidiaries (including the sale or issuance of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary) for fair market value (as determined by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower in good faith) not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.05; provided that with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (k) for a purchase price in excess of (x) with respect to any single transaction or series of related transactions, the greater of $12,500,000 and 10.0% of the Consolidated EBITDA as of the most recently ended Test Period, or (y) with respect to all other Dispositions in any fiscal year not excluded from the requirements of this proviso pursuant to the immediately preceding subclause (x), the greater of $25,000,000 and 20.0% of the Consolidated EBITDA as of the most recently ended Test Period, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided, however, that solely for the purposes of this clause (k), (A) any liabilities (as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or in the footnotes thereto) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which the Borrower and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, shall be deemed to be cash, (B) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Permitted Investments (to the extent of the cash or Permitted Investments received) within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the closing of the applicable Disposition, shall be deemed to be cash, (C) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Disposition (other than intercompany debt owed to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries), to the extent that the Borrower and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent previously liable thereunder) are released from any guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Disposition, shall be deemed to be cash and (D) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value (as determined by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower in good faith), taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (k) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of the greater of $40,000,000 and 33.0% of Consolidated EBITDA at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash;
-146-
(l) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(m) Dispositions or forgiveness of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
(n) Dispositions of any assets (including Equity Interests) (A) acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment not prohibited hereunder, which assets are not used or useful to the core or principal business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) made to obtain the approval of any applicable antitrust authority in connection with a Permitted Acquisition;
(o) Dispositions of assets that are not Collateral in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $20,000,000 and 17.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period in any calendar year (which amount, if not used in any calendar year, may be carried forward to the immediately succeeding calendar year (but to no other calendar year));
(p) transfers of condemned property as a result of the exercise of “eminent domain” or other similar powers to the respective Governmental Authority or agency that has condemned the same (whether by deed in lieu of condemnation or otherwise), and transfers of property arising from foreclosure or similar action or that have been subject to a casualty to the respective insurer of such real property as part of an insurance settlement;
(q) any Disposition of the Equity Interests of any Immaterial Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary; and
(r) other Dispositions in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $40,000,000 and 33.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6.05, no Loan Party shall, directly or indirectly, sell or otherwise transfer (except for non-exclusive leases or non-exclusive licenses with respect thereto) any Material Intellectual Property as of the Effective Date to any non-Loan Party.
SECTION 6.06 Sale and Leaseback Transactions.
The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person whereby it shall sell or transfer any tangible property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred, except for (i) sale and leaseback transactions in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $20,000,000 and 17.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period and (ii) any such sale of any fixed or capital assets by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of such fixed or capital asset and is consummated within 270 days after the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, acquires or completes the construction of such fixed or capital asset.
-147-
SECTION 6.07 Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness.
(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:
(i) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that in the case of any such Restricted Payment by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, such Restricted Payment is made to the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests;
(ii) the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests of such Person;
(iii) Restricted Payments made on or substantially contemporaneously with the Effective Date to consummate the Transactions, including to finance the payment of Transaction Costs;
(iv) repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings), any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price or withholding taxes payable in connection with the exercise of such options or warrants or other incentive interests;
(v) Restricted Payments to Holdings or any Intermediate Parent, which Holdings or such Intermediate Parent may use to redeem, acquire, retire, repurchase or settle its Equity Interests (or any options, warrants, restricted stock or stock appreciation rights or similar securities issued with respect to any such Equity Interests) or to service Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any Intermediate Parent to finance the redemption, acquisition, retirement, repurchase or settlement of such Equity Interest (or make Restricted Payments to allow any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies to so redeem, retire, acquire or repurchase their Equity Interests or to service Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or an Intermediate Parent to finance the redemption, acquisition, retirement, repurchase or settlement of such Equity Interests or to service Indebtedness incurred to finance the redemption, retirement, acquisition or repurchase of such Equity Interests), held directly or indirectly by current or former officers, managers, consultants, members of the Board of Directors, employees or independent contractors (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise in accordance with any stock option or stock appreciation rights plan, any management, director and/or employee stock ownership or incentive plan, stock subscription plan, employment termination agreement or any other employment agreements or equity holders’ agreement in an aggregate amount after the Effective Date, together with the aggregate amount of loans and advances to Holdings or an Intermediate Parent made pursuant to Section 6.04(m) in lieu of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (v), not to exceed the greater of $20,000,000 and 17.0% of Consolidated EBITDA in any calendar year with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years; provided that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by (1) an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower (or by Holdings or an Intermediate Parent and contributed to the Borrower) or the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Effective Date, or (2) the amount of any bona fide cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of the Board of Directors, consultants, officers, employees, managers or independent contractors of Holdings, an Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests, the fair market value of which is equal to or less than the amount of such cash bonuses, which, if not used in any year, may be carried forward to any subsequent fiscal year; provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owning to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of the Board of Directors, consultants, officers, employees, managers or independent contractors (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent or the Borrower will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 6.07 or any other provisions of this Agreement.
-148-
(vi) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in cash to Holdings and any Intermediate Parent:
(A) for the purpose of funding, without duplication (i) payments by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings), any Intermediate Parent (and any direct or indirect Subsidiary thereof with respect to which the Borrower is a Subsidiary) in respect of Taxes directly payable by such entities, including any franchise or similar taxes, fees and expenses, and (ii) any income Taxes (including quarterly estimated tax payments) required to be paid by Holdings and its direct or indirect equity interest holders and any Intermediate Parent on income attributable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any taxable year; provided that any such amount with respect to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary for any taxable period shall be limited to the amount actually paid with respect to such period by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the purpose of funding the payment of such Taxes (collectively, “Tax Distributions”);
(B) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) or any Intermediate Parent to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to pay) (1) its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses payable to third parties) that are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, (2) any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by members of the Board of Directors or officers, employees, directors, managers, consultants or independent contractors of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Intermediate Parent attributable to the ownership or operations of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (3) fees and expenses (x) due and payable by any of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) otherwise permitted to be paid by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries under this Agreement, (4) amounts due and payable pursuant to any investor management agreement entered into with any of the Sponsors as such investor management agreement is in effect on the Effective Date (to the extent that such amounts are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and (5) amounts that would otherwise be permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 6.08(iii) or (xi);
(C) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof or Intermediate Parent to pay franchise and similar Taxes, and other fees and expenses, required to maintain its corporate or other legal existence;
-149-
(D) to finance any Investment made by Holdings or any Intermediate Parent that, if made by the Borrower, would be permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.04 (including required payments of Earn-Outs in connection therewith); provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) Holdings or any Intermediate Parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests but not including any loans or advances made pursuant to Section 6.04(b)) to be contributed to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the Person formed or acquired to merge into or consolidate with the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such merger or consolidation is permitted in Section 6.03) in order to consummate such Investment, in each case in accordance with the requirements of Sections 5.11 and 5.12;
(E) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) fees and expenses related to any equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement;
(F) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(G) the proceeds of which shall be used to make payments permitted by clause (b)(iv) and (b)(v) of Section 6.07;
(vii) in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments, the Borrower may make additional Restricted Payments, in an aggregate amount, when taken together with the aggregate amount of loans and advances previously made pursuant to Section 6.04(m) in lieu of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (vii), not to exceed the sum of (A) the Available Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied as in effect immediately prior to the time of making of such Restricted Payment, plus (B) the Available Equity Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied as in effect immediately prior to the time of making of such Restricted Payment; provided that any Restricted Payment made in reliance on preceding clause (A), to the extent made using the Retained ECF Basket, shall be subject to (I) no Event of Default having occurred and be continuing or resulting therefrom and (II) before and after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Restricted Payment, on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Leverage Ratio being less than or equal to 4.30 to 1.00 as of the end of the mostly recently ended Test Period as of such time (in each case, tested at the time of declaration of such Restricted Payment);
(viii) redemptions in whole or in part of any of its Equity Interests for another class of its Equity Interests or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions;
(ix) payments made or expected to be made in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and any repurchases of Equity Interests in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options and the vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units;
(x) Restricted Payments to Holdings or any Intermediate Parent, which Holdings or any Intermediate Parent may use to (a) pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition (or other similar Investment) and (b) honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion and may make payments on convertible Indebtedness in accordance with its terms;
-150-
(xi) payments made or expected to be made by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective controlled Affiliates or permitted transferees) and any repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or required withholding or similar taxes;
(xii) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Equity Interests of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are Permitted Investments);
(xiii) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the annual declaration and payment of Restricted Payments on Holdings’ or the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), of up to $79,500,000;
(xiv) [reserved];
(xv) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, additional Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the greater of $50,000,000 and 42.0% of Consolidated EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis for the most recently ended Test Period;
(xvi) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in securities or other property (other than cash) to Holdings and any Intermediate Parent so long as the relevant assets are promptly contributed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(xvii) additional Restricted Payments; provided that after giving effect to such Restricted Payment (A) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Leverage Ratio is equal to or less than 3.55 to 1.00 and (B) no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom; and
(xviii) additional Restricted Payments to finance any payments required to be made by Public Parent pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, other than any accelerated payments or payments calculated based on valuation assumptions without regard to actual tax savings, including any such payments arising from a “Change of Control” (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement), a contractual breach, or by election of any party to the Tax Receivable Agreement.
(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of principal of or interest on any Junior Financing, or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Junior Financing, or any other payment (including any payment under any Swap Agreement) that has a substantially similar effect to any of the foregoing, in each case, on or prior to the date that is one year prior to the scheduled maturity of such Junior Financing, except:
-151-
(i) payment of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments, mandatory offers to repay, repurchase or redeem, mandatory prepayments of principal premium and interest, and payment of fees, expenses and indemnification obligations, with respect to such Junior Financing, other than payments in respect of any Junior Financing prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof;
(ii) refinancings of Indebtedness to the extent permitted by Section 6.01;
(iii) (1) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Intermediate Parent and (2) any payment that is intended to prevent any Junior Financing from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code;
(iv) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of any Junior Financing prior to the date that is one year prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that after giving effect to such prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances or other payments (A) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Leverage Ratio is equal to or less than 3.55 to 1.00 and (B) no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom;
(v) payments made in connection with, or in order to consummate, the Transactions;
(vi) (A) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of any Junior Financing prior to the date that is one year prior to its scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $50,000,000 and 42.0% of Consolidated EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis for the most recently ended Test Period plus (B) the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to Section 6.07(a)(xv) at such time;
(vii) additional prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of any Junior Financing prior to the date that is one year prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that the aggregate amount of such prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments made in reliance on this clause (vii), shall not exceed the sum of (A) the Available Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied as in effect immediately prior to the time of making of such prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments, plus (B) the Available Equity Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied as in effect immediately prior to the time of making of such prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments; provided that any prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments made in reliance on preceding clause (A), to the extent made using the Retained ECF Basket, shall be subject to, (I) before and after giving Pro Forma Effect to such prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments, no Event of Default having occurred and be continuing or resulting therefrom and (II) before and after giving Pro Forma Effect to such prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments, on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Leverage Ratio being less than or equal to 4.30 to 1.00 as of the end of the mostly recently ended Test Period as of such time (in each case, tested at the time of distribution or delivery of any irrevocable notice of prepayment, redemption, repurchase or defeasance, as applicable, in respect thereof); and
-152-
(viii) the prepayment of any Junior Financing owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or the prepayment of any Permitted Refinancing of such Indebtedness with the proceeds of any other Junior Financing; provided that no Loan Party shall make any prepayment of any Junior Financing owed to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party pursuant to this clause (viii).
SECTION 6.08 Transactions with Affiliates.
The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (i) (A) transactions between or among the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction and (B) transactions involving aggregate payment or consideration of less than the greater of $9,000,000 and 7.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period as of such time, (ii) on terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by such Person at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate (as determined by the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith), (iii) the payment of Transaction Costs, fees and expenses related to the Transactions, (iv) the payment of management, consulting, advisory, monitoring, refinancing, subsequent transaction and exit fees to the Investors (or management companies of the Investors) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 6.07(a)(vi)(B)(4), and related indemnities and reasonable expenses, (v) issuances of Equity Interests of the Borrower to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (vi) employment and severance arrangements between the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business or otherwise in connection with the Transactions (including loans and advances pursuant to Sections 6.04(b) and 6.04(n)), (vii) payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Parent, Holdings (or any such parent thereof), any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such payments are permitted by Section 6.07, (viii) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, members of the Board of Directors, officers and employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Borrower, any Intermediate Parent, the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Sponsors in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ix) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence or contemplated on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.08 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (x) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.07 and loans and advances in lieu thereof pursuant to Section 6.04(l), (xi) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business (including any cash management activities related thereto), (xii) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services that are Affiliates, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which are fair to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Borrower, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party, (xiii) so long as no Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing, payments of management fees to the Sponsors and their Affiliates to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 6.07(a)(vi)(B) (it being understood that in the event of any such Event of Default such fees may continue to accrue on a subordinated basis), (xiv) customary payments by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Sponsors made for any financial advisory, consulting, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions, divestitures or financings), which payments are approved by the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith, and (xv) payments by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiaries to reimburse any of the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates for any indemnities and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision of any financial advisory, consulting, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions, divestitures or financings) by any of the Sponsors to Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiaries.
-153-
SECTION 6.09 Restrictive Agreements.
The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to enter into any agreement, instrument, deed or lease that prohibits or limits the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of their respective properties or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Secured Obligations or under the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to:
(a) restrictions and conditions imposed by (1) Requirements of Law, (2) any Loan Document, (3) any documentation governing Incremental Equivalent Debt or Ratio Debt, (4) any documentation governing Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt or Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, (5) any documentation governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(xxi) or Section 6.01(a)(xxvi) and (6) any documentation governing any Permitted Refinancing incurred to refinance any such Indebtedness referenced in clauses (1) through (5) above;
(b) customary restrictions and conditions existing on the Effective Date and any extension, renewal, amendment, modification or replacement thereof, except to the extent any such amendment, modification or replacement expands the scope of any such restriction or condition;
(c) restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary or any assets pending such sale; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or assets that is or are to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder;
(d) customary provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof;
(e) restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement to the extent such restriction applies only to the property securing such Indebtedness;
(f) any restrictions or conditions set forth in any agreement in effect at any time any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (but not any modification or amendment expanding the scope of any such restriction or condition); provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and the restriction or condition set forth in such agreement does not apply to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(g) restrictions or conditions in any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 that is incurred or assumed by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties to the extent such restrictions or conditions are no more restrictive in any material respect than the restrictions and conditions in the Loan Documents or, in the case of any Junior Financing, are market terms at the time of issuance and are imposed solely on such Restricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries;
(h) restrictions on cash (or Permitted Investments) or other deposits imposed by agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business (or other restrictions on cash or deposits constituting Permitted Encumbrances);
-154-
(i) restrictions set forth on Schedule 6.09 and any extension, renewal, amendment, modification or replacement thereof, except to the extent any such amendment, modification or replacement expands the scope of any such restriction or condition;
(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted by Section 6.04;
(k) customary restrictions contained in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate only to the assets subject thereto;
(l) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; and
(m) customary provisions related to creditworthiness of the tenant contained in real property leases entered into by Subsidiaries, so long as the Borrower has determined in good faith that such creditworthiness provisions could not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to meet their ongoing obligations.
SECTION 6.10 Financial Performance Covenant.
As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower (commencing with the first full fiscal quarter ending after the Effective Date) on which the Revolving Test Condition is satisfied, the Borrower will not permit the First Lien Leverage Ratio to be greater than 6.75 to 1.00.
SECTION 6.11 Changes in Fiscal Periods.
The Borrower will not make any change in fiscal year; provided, however, that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year; and provided further that the limitation of this Section 6.11 shall not apply with respect to any short year resulting from the Transactions that occurred on the Effective Date.
SECTION 6.12 Amendment of Junior Financing Documents.
The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, amend, modify, waive, terminate or release the documentation governing any Junior Financing (i) if the effect of such amendment, modification, waiver, termination or release (when taken as a whole) is materially adverse to the Lenders; provided that no such amendment, modification, waiver, termination or release will be deemed to be materially adverse to the Lenders if such Junior Financing could be otherwise incurred under this Agreement (including as Indebtedness that does not constitute a Junior Financing) with such terms as so amended, modified, waived, terminated or released or (ii) in a manner restricted by the terms of any applicable intercreditor or subordination agreement.
ARTICLE
VII
Events of Default
SECTION 7.01 Events of Default.
-155-
If any of the following events (any such event, an “Event of Default”) shall occur:
(a) any Loan Party shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;
(b) any Loan Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 7.01) payable under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days;
(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect (or all respects to the extent already qualified by materiality) when made or deemed made, and such incorrect representation or warranty (if curable) shall remain incorrect for a period of thirty (30) days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;
(d) the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Sections 5.02(a), 5.04 (with respect to the existence of the Borrower), 5.10, 5.14 or in Article VI; provided that any Event of Default due to failure to comply with the Financial Performance Covenant is subject to cure as provided in Section 7.02 and an Event of Default with respect to such Section shall not occur until the Cure Expiration Date for the applicable fiscal quarter of the Borrower; provided, further, that any Event of Default due to failure to comply with the Financial Performance Covenant shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Term Loans, unless and until a Majority in Interest of the Revolving Lenders shall have terminated their Revolving Commitments and declared all Revolving Loans to be due and payable (and such declaration has not been rescinded);
(e) Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (d) of this Section 7.01) and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;
(f) the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (after giving effect to any applicable grace period);
(g) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with all applicable grace periods having expired) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity, provided that this paragraph (g) shall not apply to (i) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (to the extent such sale, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited under this Agreement) or (ii) termination events or similar events occurring under any Swap Agreement that constitutes Material Indebtedness (it being understood that paragraph (f) of this Section 7.01 will apply to any failure to make any payment required as a result of any such termination or similar event);
-156-
(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, court protection, reorganization or other relief in respect of Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or its debts, or of a material part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, examiner, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a material part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
(i) Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, court protection, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in paragraph (h) of this Section 7.01, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, examiner, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a material part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding or (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(j) one or more final, non-appealable, enforceable judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $25,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance (including self-insurance) as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against the Borrower and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any judgment creditor shall legally attach or levy upon assets of such Loan Party that are material to the businesses and operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to enforce any such judgment;
(k) an ERISA Event occurs that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(l) any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any material portion of the Collateral, with the priority required by the applicable Security Documents, except (i) as a result of the sale or other disposition of the applicable Collateral to a Person that is not a Loan Party in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents, (ii) as a result of the Administrative Agent’s failure to (A) maintain possession of any stock certificates, promissory notes or other instruments delivered to it under the Security Documents or (B) file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements, (iii) as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that (x) such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied coverage or (y) such deficiency arose through no fault of Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, and such deficiency is corrected with reasonable diligence upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof, or (iv) as a result of acts or omissions of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party;
(m) any material provision of any Loan Document or any material Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations shall for any reason be asserted in writing by any Loan Party not to be a legal, valid and binding obligation of any Loan Party thereto other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder;
(n) any material Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations by any Loan Party pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents); or
-157-
(o) a Change of Control shall occur;
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to Holdings or the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) of this Section 7.01), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to Holdings or the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) of this Section 7.01, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, the words “exists”, “is continuing” or similar expressions with respect thereto shall mean that the Default or Event of Default has occurred and has not yet been cured or waived. If any Default or Event of Default occurs due to (i) the failure by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to take any action by a specified time, such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have been cured at the time, if any, such action is taken or (ii) the taking of any action by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not then permitted under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to be cured on the earlier to occur of (x) the date on which such action would be permitted at such time to be taken under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (y) the date on which such action is unwound or otherwise modified to the extent necessary for such revised action to be permitted at such time under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. If any Default or Event of Default occurs that is subsequently cured (a “Cured Default”), any other Default or Event of Default resulting from the making or deemed making of any representation or warranty by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or the taking of any action by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case which subsequent Default or Event of Default would not have arisen had the Cured Default not occurred, shall be deemed to be cured automatically upon, and simultaneous with, the cure of the Cured Default.
SECTION 7.02 Right to Cure.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.01, in the event that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries fail to comply with the requirements of the Financial Performance Covenant as of the last day of any applicable fiscal quarter of the Borrower, at any time after the end of such fiscal quarter until the expiration of the twentieth (20th) Business Day subsequent to the date on which the financial statements with respect to such fiscal quarter (or the fiscal year ended on the last day of such fiscal quarter) are required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable (such date, the “Cure Expiration Date”), Holdings shall have the right to issue Qualified Equity Interests for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the capital of Holdings as cash common equity or other Qualified Equity Interests (which Holdings shall contribute to the Borrower as cash common equity or other Qualified Equity Interests) (collectively, the “Cure Right”), and upon the receipt by the Borrower of the Net Proceeds of such issuance (the “Cure Amount”) pursuant to the exercise by Holdings of such Cure Right the Financial Performance Covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustment:
(i) Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased with respect to such applicable fiscal quarter and any four fiscal quarter period that contains such fiscal quarter, solely for the purpose of measuring the Financial Performance Covenant and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and
-158-
(ii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing pro forma adjustment (without giving pro forma effect to any repayment of any Indebtedness with any portion of the Cure Amount and without netting against the calculation of Consolidated Total Indebtedness any portion of the Cure Amount on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, with respect to such fiscal quarter only), the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Performance Covenant, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Performance Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Performance Covenant that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement;
provided that the Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent of the exercise of such Cure Right within five (5) Business Days of the issuance of the relevant Qualified Equity Interests for cash or the receipt of the cash contributions by Holdings.
(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each four consecutive fiscal quarter period of the Borrower there shall be no more than two (2) fiscal quarters in which the Cure Right is exercised, (ii) during the term of this Agreement, the Cure Right shall not be exercised more than five (5) times and (iii) for purposes of this Section 7.02, the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Performance Covenant and any amounts in excess thereof shall not be deemed to be a Cure Amount. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Cure Amount received pursuant to any exercise of the Cure Right shall be disregarded for purposes of determining any pricing, financial ratio based conditions and/or available basket under Article VI of this Agreement (and the Cure Amount shall not be credited as an addition to any basket (including the Available Amount or the Available Equity Amount) or for any other calculation). For the avoidance of doubt, no Cure Amounts shall be applied to reduce the Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a Pro Forma Basis (whether by “cash netting” or otherwise) for purposes of determining compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant for the fiscal quarter with respect to which such Cure Right was made.
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries fail to comply with the requirements of the Financial Performance Covenant as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower, from (x) the earlier of (i) the date on which a Compliance Certificate with respect to such fiscal quarter (or the fiscal year ended on the last day of such fiscal quarter) is delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(e) and (ii) the date on which the financial statements with respect to such fiscal quarter (or the fiscal year ended on the last day of such fiscal quarter) are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable, until (y) the receipt by the Borrower of the applicable Cure Amount pursuant to Section 7.02(a) or the waiver of all Events of Default, the Borrowing of Revolving Loans shall only be permitted if the each Revolving Lender consents thereto and no Letters of Credit shall be issued or amended unless each Revolving Lender and the applicable Issuing Bank consents thereto (it being understood that the Revolving Lenders shall have no obligation to make Revolving Loans and the Issuing Bank(s) shall have no obligation to issue, amend to increase the face amount of or extend any Letter of Credit, pending actual receipt in immediately available funds of the applicable Cure Amount).
-159-
(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall exercise the right to accelerate the Loans under the Credit Facilities or terminate the Commitments and none of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party shall exercise any right to foreclose on or take possession of the Collateral or exercise any remedy solely on the basis of an Event of Default having occurred and being continuing with respect to the Financial Performance Covenant, in each case, unless such Event of Default is not cured pursuant to the exercise of the applicable Cure Right on or prior to the applicable Cure Expiration Date (except to the extent that Holdings has confirmed in writing that it does not intend to provide the Cure Amount).
SECTION 7.03 Application of Proceeds.
(a) Subject to the terms of any applicable intercreditor agreement contemplated by this Agreement, in connection with the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 7.01, any amounts received on account of the Secured Obligations (including in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral (including any Collateral consisting of cash) or the Guarantees) shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of the Secured Obligations as follows:
(i) first, to the payment of all reasonable and documented or invoiced out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection with such sale, collection, other realization or otherwise and to the payment of all other amounts owing to each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any of the Secured Obligations, including all reasonable and documented or invoiced out of pocket court costs and the fees and expenses of its agents, the repayment of all advances made by it under any Loan Document on behalf of any Grantor and any other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy under any Loan Document, in each case, if and to the extent payable pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents;
(ii) second, to the payment in full of the Secured Obligations (the amounts so applied to be distributed among the Secured Parties pro rata in accordance with the amounts of the Secured Obligations owed to them on the date of any such distribution) in accordance with this Agreement;
(iii) third, to any agent of any other junior secured debt, in accordance with any applicable intercreditor agreement; and
(iv) fourth, to the Borrower, its successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.
The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.03(a), Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to any Subsidiary Loan Party shall not be paid with amounts received from such Subsidiary Loan Party or its assets, but appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation to Secured Obligations otherwise set forth in Section 7.03(a).
-160-
ARTICLE VIII
Administrative Agent
SECTION 8.01 Appointment and Authority.
(a) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably (i) appoints Goldman Sachs to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (ii) authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Secured Party that is not a party hereto, by accepting the benefits of the Security Documents, hereby irrevocably appoints Goldman Sachs to act on its behalf as Collateral Agent under the Security Documents and authorizes Goldman Sachs (in its capacity as Collateral Agent) to take such actions on such Secured Party’s behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof or thereof together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, and the Borrower shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any Applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.
(b) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, and each Secured Party that is not a party hereto, by accepting the benefits of the Security Documents, hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and the Issuing Bank for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Secured Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 8.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article VIII and Article IX (including Section 9.03 as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.
SECTION 8.02 Rights as a Lender.
Any Person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, own securities of, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
-161-
SECTION 8.03 Exculpatory Provisions.
No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Agent:
(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that such Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law;
(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as such Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;
(d) shall in no event be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including without limitation, any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority; acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; terrorism; civil or military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions;
(e) shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02 and in the last paragraph of Section 7.01) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment;
(f) shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the Issuing Bank;
(g) shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent; and
-162-
(h) shall not be responsible for nor have any duty to monitor the performance or any action of the Borrower or other Loan Party, or any of their directors, members, officers, agents, affiliates or employees, nor shall it have any liability in connection with the malfeasance or nonfeasance by such party, and may assume performance by all such Persons of their respective obligations and shall have no enforcement or notification obligations relating to breaches of representations or warranties of any other Person.
SECTION 8.04 Reliance by Agents.
Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Issuing Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. As to any matters not expressly provided for in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents (including enforcement or collection), the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the written instructions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, pursuant to the terms in the Loan Documents), and, unless and until revoked in writing, such instructions shall be binding upon each Lender and each Issuing Bank. Upon request by the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, the Required Lenders shall confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority and/or the Collateral Agent’s authority, as the case may be, to take any action in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 8.04 and may refrain from acting until such confirmation has been provided.
Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, whenever reference is made in this Agreement, or any other Loan Document, to any discretionary action by, consent, designation, specification, requirement or approval of, notice, request or other communication from, or other direction given or action to be undertaken or to be (or not to be) suffered or omitted by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or to any election, decision, opinion, acceptance, use of judgment, expression of satisfaction or other exercise of discretion, rights or remedies to be made (or not to be made) by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, it is understood that in all cases the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any such action if it shall not have received written instruction, advice or concurrence from the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in any other Loan Document). The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall have no liability for any failure or delay in taking any actions contemplated above as a result of a failure or delay on the part of the Required Lenders to provide such instruction, advice or concurrence. This provision is intended solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and their successors and permitted assigns and is not intended to and will not entitle the other parties hereto to any defense, claim or counterclaim, or confer any rights or benefits on any party hereto.
-163-
Except for any action expressly required of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or other Loan Document to which it is a party, it shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act unless it shall receive further assurances to its reasonable satisfaction, including indemnification, from the Lenders and Issuing Banks against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. No provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document shall require the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to take any action that it reasonably believes to be contrary to applicable law or to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
SECTION 8.05 Delegation of Duties.
Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Any Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of any Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Credit Facilities as well as activities as such Agent.
SECTION 8.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent; Mergers.
Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided in this paragraph, each Agent may resign upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower, whether or not a successor Agent has been appointed. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the Borrower’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) unless an Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be an Approved Bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such Approved Bank (the date upon which the retiring Agent is replaced, the “Resignation Effective Date”); provided that if the retiring Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice.
If the Person serving as an Agent is a Defaulting Lender, the Required Lenders and Holdings may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to such Person remove such Person as Agent and, with the consent of the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.
With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (1) the retiring or removed Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except (i) that in the case of any collateral security held by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed and (ii) with respect to any outstanding payment obligations) and (2) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring or removed Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or removed) Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring or removed Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date, as applicable), and the retiring or removed Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as set forth in this Section. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Agent was acting as Agent.
-164-
Any corporation or association into which an Agent may be converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its corporate trust business and assets as a whole or substantially as a whole, or any corporation or association resulting from any such conversion, sale, merger, consolidation or transfer to which an Agent is a party, will be and become the successor Agent under this Agreement and related Loan Documents and will have and succeed to the rights, powers, duties, immunities and privileges as its predecessor, without the execution or filing of any instrument or paper or the performance of any further act.
SECTION 8.07 Non-Reliance on Agents and Lenders.
Each Lender and the Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any Lead Arranger, any Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any Lead Arranger or any Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement and funding its Loans on the Effective Date, or delivering its signature page to an Assignment and Assumption, Incremental Facility Amendment or Refinancing Amendment pursuant to which it shall become a Lender hereunder, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be delivered to, or be approved by or satisfactory to, the Agents and/or the Lenders on the Effective Date.
No Lender and no other Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any Guarantee of the Secured Obligations, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties (but not any Lender, Lenders, Secured Party or Secured Parties in its or their respective individual capacities unless Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders at such sale or other disposition. Each Lender, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and of the Guarantees of the Secured Obligations, to have agreed to the foregoing provisions.
-165-
SECTION 8.08 No Other Duties, Etc.
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, neither the Bookrunners nor the Lead Arrangers shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder.
SECTION 8.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.
In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or outstanding Letter of Credit shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, Letters of Credit outstanding and all other Secured Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and any Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and such Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and each Agent under Sections 2.12 and 9.03) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the Issuing Bank and, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Security Documents, each Secured Party that is not a party hereto, to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of any Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due such Agent under Sections 2.12 and 9.03.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Secured Party that is not a party hereto any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Secured Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Secured Party that is not a party hereto to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the Issuing Bank or in any such proceeding.
-166-
SECTION 8.10 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement.
No failure by any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Article VII for the benefit of all the Lenders and the Issuing Banks; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) any Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the Issuing Banks from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Issuing Bank) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 9.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.18), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided further that if at any time there is no Person acting as an Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to such Agent pursuant to Article VII and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.18, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
SECTION 8.11 Withholding Taxes.
To the extent required by any applicable Requirements of Law (as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent may deduct or withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not property executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Loan Parties pursuant to Section 2.17 and without limiting any obligation of the Loan Parties to do so pursuant to such Section) fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Taxes or otherwise, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 8.11. The agreements in this Section 8.11 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of this Agreement and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other obligations under any Loan Document. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” in this Article VIII shall include any Issuing Bank.
-167-
SECTION 8.12 Credit Bidding.
The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Secured Obligations (including by accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Secured Obligations pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including under Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, or (b) at any other sale, foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Secured Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid by the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders on a ratable basis (with Secured Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that shall vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) for the asset or assets so purchased (or for the equity interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are issued in connection with such purchase). In connection with any such bid, (i) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles and to assign any successful credit bid to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, (ii) each of the Secured Parties’ ratable interests in the Secured Obligations which were credit bid shall be deemed without any further action under this Agreement to be assigned to such vehicle or vehicles for the purpose of closing such sale, (iii) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or equity interests thereof, shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by, and the governing documents shall provide for, control by the vote of the Required Lenders or their permitted assignees under the terms of this Agreement or the governing documents of the applicable acquisition vehicle or vehicles, as the case may be, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in Section 9.02 of this Agreement), (iv) the Administrative Agent on behalf of such acquisition vehicle or vehicles shall be authorized to issue to each of the Secured Parties, ratably on account of the relevant Secured Obligations which were credit bid, interests, whether as equity, partnership interests, limited partnership interests or membership interests, in any such acquisition vehicle and/or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (v) to the extent that Secured Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Secured Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of Secured Obligations credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Secured Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Secured Parties pro rata with their original interest in such Secured Obligations and the equity interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of such Obligations shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action. Notwithstanding that the ratable portion of the Secured Obligations of each Secured Party are deemed assigned to the acquisition vehicle or vehicles as set forth in clause (ii) above, each Secured Party shall execute such documents and provide such information regarding the Secured Party (and/or any designee of the Secured Party which will receive interests in or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection with the formation of any acquisition vehicle, the formulation or submission of any credit bid or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such credit bid.
-168-
ARTICLE IX
Miscellaneous
SECTION 9.01 Notices.
(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax or other electronic transmission, as follows:
(i) if to Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, to the address, fax number, e-mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 9.01; and
(ii) if to any Lender or Issuing Bank, to it at its address (or fax number, telephone number or e-mail address) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by such Lender or Issuing Bank on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain Material Non-Public Information relating to the Borrower).
Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by fax or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).
(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.
Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.
(c) The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to Holdings, the Borrower, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to Holdings, the Borrower, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).
(d) Change of Address, Etc. Each of Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank may change its address, electronic mail address, fax or telephone number for notices and other communications or website hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, fax or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, fax number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.
(e) Reliance by Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, each Lender and the Related Parties from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
SECTION 9.02 Waivers; Amendments.
(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power under this Agreement or any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on the Borrower or Holdings in any case shall entitle the Borrower or Holdings to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
-169-
(b) Except as provided in Section 2.14, Section 2.20 with respect to any Incremental Facility Amendment, Section 2.21 with respect to any Refinancing Amendment or Section 2.24 with respect to any Permitted Amendment, neither this Agreement, any Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (to the extent that such waiver, amendment or modification does not affect the rights, duties, privileges or obligations of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall execute such waiver, amendment or other modification to the extent approved by the Required Lenders) and the Required Lenders or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto, in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender or change any ratable sharing or payment provision that directly and adversely affects any Lender (with only such Lenders whose entitlement to a payment under such provisions is reduced being “directly and adversely affected”) without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or the waiver of any Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender), (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time (it being understood that a waiver of any Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute a reduction or forgiveness of principal) or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that any change to the definition of First Lien Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction of interest or fees), provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay default interest pursuant to Section 2.13(c) or to waive the MFN Adjustment, (iii) postpone the maturity of any Loan, or the date of any scheduled amortization payment of the principal amount of any Term Loan under Section 2.10 or the applicable Refinancing Amendment, or the reimbursement date with respect to any LC Disbursement, or any date for the payment of any interest or fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment (it being understood that a waiver of any Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension of any maturity date, any scheduled amortization payment or the date for payment of any interest or fees), without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, (iv) change any of the provisions of this Section without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby; provided that any such change which is in favor of a Class of Lenders holding Loans maturing after the maturity of other Classes of Lenders (and only takes effect after the maturity of such other Classes of Loans or Commitments) will require the written consent of the Required Lenders with respect to each Class directly and adversely affected thereby, (v) change the percentage set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders”, “Majority in Interest” or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders (or Lenders of any Class) required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (or each Lender of such Class, as the case may be), (vi) release all or substantially all the value of the Guarantees under the Guarantee Agreement (except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents) without the written consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender), (vii) release all or substantially all the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents, without the written consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents, (viii) change any provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of any Class differently than those holding Loans of any other Class, without the written consent of the Required Lenders with respect to any Class directly and adversely affected thereby, (ix) amend, modify or waive Section 6.10 (or, for the purposes of determining compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant, any defined term used therein) or Section 7.02 without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of the Revolving Lenders or (x) waive, amend, supplement or modify any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 as applied to the obligation of the Lenders to make Revolving Loans without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of the Revolving Lenders; provided further that (A) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Issuing Bank without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and such Issuing Bank, as applicable, (B) any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by Holdings, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in order (i) to comply with local law or advise of local counsel or (ii) to cure any (1) ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency or technical error or (2) mistake, the cure of which mistake would not be adverse to the Lenders, in the good faith determination of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (C) any waiver, amendment or modification of this Agreement that by its terms affects the rights or duties under this Agreement of Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of a particular Class (but not the Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any other Class) may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the requisite percentage in interest of the affected Class of Lenders stating that would be required to consent thereto under this Section if such Class of Lenders were the only Class of Lenders hereunder at the time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Borrower (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Lenders prior to such inclusion and (b) guarantees, Security Documents and related documents in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, amended and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure any (1) ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency or technical error or (2) mistake, the cure of which mistake would not be adverse to the Lenders, in the good faith determination of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, (iii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or (iv) to integrate any Incremental Facility or Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in a manner consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including the relevant Intercreditor Agreement(s).
-170-
(c) In connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “Proposed Change”) requiring the consent of all Lenders or all directly and adversely affected Lenders, if the consent of the Required Lenders (and, to the extent any Proposed Change requires the consent of Lenders holding Loans of any Class pursuant to clause (iv), (ix) or (xi) of paragraph (b) of this Section 9.02, the consent of a Majority in Interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of such Class) to such Proposed Change is obtained, but the consent to such Proposed Change of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.02 being referred to as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then, so long as the Lender that is acting as Administrative Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Non-Consenting Lender and the Administrative Agent, (i) if no Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) exists, permanently prepay all of the Loans of any Class owing by it to, and terminating any Commitments of, such Non-Consenting Lender or (ii) require such Non-Consenting Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that (a) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent to the extent such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans or Commitments, as applicable (and, if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned, each Issuing Bank), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (b) such Non-Consenting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding par principal amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (including pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i)) from the Eligible Assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (c) unless waived, the Borrower or such Eligible Assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b).
(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, the Revolving Commitments, Term Loans and Revolving Exposure of any Lender that is at the time a Defaulting Lender shall not have any voting or approval rights under the Loan Documents and shall be excluded in determining whether all Lenders (or all Lenders of a Class), all affected Lenders (or all affected Lenders of a Class), a Majority in Interest of Lenders of any Class or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to this Section 9.02); provided that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.
(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, each Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund) hereby agrees that, for purposes of any plan of reorganization, such Affiliated Lender will be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as non-Affiliated Lenders voting on such matter; provided that such Affiliated Lender shall be entitled to vote in accordance with its sole discretion in connection with any plan of reorganization to the extent (a) any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat any Secured Obligations held by such Affiliated Lender in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Affiliated Lender than the proposed treatment of similar Secured Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Borrower, (b) that would deprive such Affiliated Lender of its pro rata share of any payments to which it is entitled or (c) if such plan of reorganization does not require the consent of each Lender or each affected Lender.
-171-
SECTION 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
(a) The Borrower shall pay, if the Effective Date occurs and the Transactions have been consummated, (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Commitment Parties (limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of White & Case LLP and, if reasonably necessary, of a single firm of local counsel to the Commitment Parties in each relevant material jurisdiction (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) and of such other counsel retained with the Borrower’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), in each case incurred in connection with the Credit Facilities, and the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by each Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each Agent, each Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for such Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, in connection with the preservation, enforcement or protection of any rights or remedies (A) in connection with the Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws), including its rights under this Section 9.03 or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit; provided that such counsel shall be limited to one lead counsel and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction (exclusive of any reasonably necessary special counsel) (and, in the case of a conflict of interest, where each Agent, each Issuing Bank or any Lender affected by such conflict notifies Holdings of the existence of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, one additional counsel) and such other counsel as may be retained with the Borrower’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the expenses of counsel shall not include any allocated costs of in-house counsel.
(b) The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent, each Issuing Bank, each Lender, the Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (but excluding any such Person to the extent such Person is acting as a financial advisor to the Public Parent in connection with the Transactions (any such Person to the extent acting in such capacity, an “Excluded Party”)) (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from (without duplication), any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses (limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel for all Indemnitees, to the extent reasonably necessary, a single firm of local counsel in each relevant material jurisdiction (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) for all such Indemnitees, taken as a whole (and, solely in the case of an actual or potential conflict of interest, where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict notifies the Borrower of the existence of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel after receipt of consent from the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), of one additional firm of counsel for the affected Indemnitees, and, if reasonably necessary, one additional firm of local counsel in each appropriate material jurisdiction (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) for such affected Indemnitees, taken as a whole), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower, Holdings or any Subsidiary arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding (including any inquiry or investigation), regardless of whether any such Indemnitee is a party thereto, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, relating to (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties to the Loan Documents of their respective obligations thereunder, the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated thereby, the syndication of the Credit Facilities or the enforcement of any obligations of a Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit) or (iii) to the extent in any way arising from or relating to any of the foregoing, any actual or alleged presence or Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, to or from any Mortgaged Property or any other property currently or formerly owned or operated by Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any other Environmental Liability related in any way to Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or related expenses (w) resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or its Related Parties acting on behalf of, or at the direction of, the Indemnitee (in each case, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment), (x) resulted from a material breach of the Loan Documents by such Indemnitee or its Related Parties acting on behalf of, or at the direction of, the Indemnitees (in each case, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment), (y) brought by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their successors or permitted assigns against any such Indemnitee or (z) arise from disputes between or among Indemnitees (other than disputes involving claims against the Agents, the Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners or any Issuing Bank, in each case, in their respective capacities) that does not arise from an act or omission by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary. This Section 9.03 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.
-172-
(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to any Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 9.03, each Lender severally agrees to pay to such Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against such Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the aggregate Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments at such time (or if all such amounts have been reduced to zero, at the time immediately preceding such reduction). The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph (c) are subject to the last sentence of Section 2.02(a) (which shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Lenders’ obligations under this paragraph (c)).
(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, (i) neither Holdings nor the Borrower shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee for any direct or actual damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet) in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such direct or actual damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final, non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of, or a material breach of the Loan Documents by, such Indemnitee or its Related Parties and (ii) no Loan Party (or any Affiliate thereof), Investor (or any Affiliate thereof), or Indemnitee shall be liable for any special, indirect, consequential, incidental, exemplary or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Financing Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that nothing in this paragraph shall limit any Loan Party’s (or any Affiliate thereof) or Investor’s (or any Affiliate thereof) indemnity and reimbursement obligations to the extent that such indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages are included in any claim by a third party unaffiliated with the applicable Indemnitee with respect to which the applicable Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification as set forth in this Section 9.03.
(e) All amounts due under this Section 9.03 shall be payable not later than thirty (30) Business Days after written demand therefor; provided, however, that any Indemnitee shall promptly refund an indemnification payment received hereunder to the extent that there is a final judicial determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such payment pursuant to this Section 9.03.
-173-
SECTION 9.04 Successors and Assigns.
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender, each Issuing Bank and the acknowledgement of the Administrative Agent (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void), (ii) no assignment shall be made to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Persons who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (ii) and (iii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 9.04. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 9.04), the Indemnitees and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b)(ii) and (f) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent (except with respect to assignments to competitors of the Borrower) not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of (A) the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment (x) by a Term Lender to any other Lender, any Affiliate of a Lender or any Approved Fund, (y) by a Revolving Lender to any other Revolving Lender, any Affiliate of a Revolving Lender or any Approved Fund or (z) if an Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing (other than in respect of a proposed assignment to a Disqualified Lender); provided further that no assignee contemplated by the immediately preceding proviso shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or Section 2.17 than the applicable assignor would have been entitled to receive with respect to the assignment made to such assignee, unless the assignment to such assignee is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent; provided further that the Borrower shall have the right to withhold its consent to any assignment if in order for such assignment to comply with applicable law, the Borrower would be required to obtain the consent of, or make any filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority, (B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan or Term Commitment to (x) a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or (y) subject to Section 9.04(f) and (g), an Affiliated Lender, Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (C) each Issuing Bank; provided that no consent of any Issuing Bank shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan or Term Commitment. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9.04 to the contrary, if the Borrower has not given the Administrative Agent written notice of its objection to an assignment of Term Loans, Revolving Commitments and/or Revolving Loans within ten (10) Business Days after written notice of such assignment, the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to such assignment (other than in respect of a proposed assignment to a Disqualified Lender).
(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions: (A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the trade date specified in the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment or, if no trade date is so specified, as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall, in the case of Revolving Loans, not be less than $1,000,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof) or, in the case of a Term Loan, not be less than $1,000,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof), unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent (in each case, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing (other than in respect of a proposed assignment to a Disqualified Lender), (B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that this clause (B) shall not be construed to prohibit assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans, (C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or, if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, and, in each case, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive or reduce such processing and recordation fee; provided further that any such Assignment and Assumption shall include a representation by the assignee that the assignee is not a Disqualified Lender or an Affiliate of a Disqualified Lender; provided further that assignments made pursuant to Section 2.19(b) or Section 9.02(c) shall not require the signature of the assigning Lender to become effective, (D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent any tax forms required by Section 2.17(e) and an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain Material Non-Public Information about the Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws and (E) unless the Borrower otherwise consents, no assignment of all or any portion of the Revolving Commitment of an Issuing Bank may be made unless (1) the assignee shall be or becomes an Issuing Bank, as applicable, and assume a ratable portion of the rights and obligations of such assignor in its capacity as Issuing Bank, or (2) the assignor agrees, in its discretion, to retain all of its rights with respect to and obligations to issue Letters of Credit, as applicable, hereunder in which case the Applicable Fronting Exposure of such assignor may exceed such assignor’s Revolving Commitment for purposes of Sections 2.05(a) and 2.05(b) by an amount not to exceed the difference between the assignor’s Revolving Commitment prior to such assignment and the assignor’s Revolving Commitment following such assignment; provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing (other than in respect of a proposed assignment to a Disqualified Lender).
-174-
(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of this Section 9.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and subject to the obligations and limitations of) Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and to any fees payable hereunder that have accrued for such Lender’s account but have not yet been paid). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c)(i) of this Section 9.04.
(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is an Affiliated Lender, nor shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to monitor the aggregate amount of the Loans or Incremental Facilities held by Affiliated Lenders. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall maintain on the Register information regarding the designation, and revocation of designation, of any Lender as a Defaulting Lender. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Banks and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
-175-
(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and any tax forms required by Section 2.17(e) (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04 and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
(vi) The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Banks, sell participations to one or more banks or other Persons (other than to a Person that is not an Eligible Assignee) (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and any other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and any other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that directly and adversely affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(iii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the obligations and limitations thereof and Section 2.19, it being understood that any tax forms required by Section 2.17(e) shall be provided solely to the participating Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 9.04. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender.
(ii) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the parties hereto shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of its Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents) except to the extent that the relevant parties, acting reasonably and in good faith, determine that such disclosure is necessary in connection with a Tax audit or other proceeding to establish that any Loan or other obligation under the Loan Documents is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) and proposed Section 1.163-5(b) of the United States Treasury regulations.
-176-
(iii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).
(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other “central” bank, and this Section 9.04 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(e) In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.
(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Affiliated Lender subject to the following limitations:
(i) (x) Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) will not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and will not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, other than the right to receives notices of Borrowings, notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II and (y) Affiliated Lenders shall not have any right to bring any action against the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such in connection with any Term Loans purchased by assignment pursuant to this Section 9.04 or to challenge the Administrative Agent’s attorney-client privilege;
-177-
(ii) for purposes of any amendment, waiver or modification of any Loan Document (including such modifications pursuant to Section 9.02), or, subject to Section 9.02(e), any plan of reorganization pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, that in either case does not require the consent of each Lender or each affected Lender or does not adversely affect such Affiliated Lender in any material respect as compared to other Lenders, or that would deprive such Affiliated Lender of its pro rata share of any payments to which it is entitled, Affiliated Lenders will be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as the Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders voting on such matter; and each Affiliated Lender hereby acknowledges, agrees and consents that if, for any reason, its vote to accept or reject any plan pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code is not deemed to have been so voted, then such vote will be (x) deemed not to be in good faith and (y) “designated” pursuant to Section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code such that the vote is not counted in determining whether the applicable class has accepted or rejected such plan in accordance with Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided that Affiliated Debt Funds will not be subject to such voting limitations and will be entitled to vote as any other Lender (subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders”);
(iii) Affiliated Lenders may not purchase Revolving Loans, including pursuant to this Section 9.04;
(iv) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans purchased by assignment pursuant to this Section 9.04 and held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) may not exceed 30.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding at the time of such purchase, after giving effect to any substantially simultaneous cancellations thereof;
(v) Affiliated Lenders shall clearly identify themselves as an Affiliated Lender in the loan assignment documentation. In no event shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any lender is an Affiliated Lender or Affiliated Debt Fund nor shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to monitor the number of Affiliated Lenders or Affiliated Debt Funds or the aggregate amount of Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders or Affiliated Debt Funds;
(vi) Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) will not be permitted to vote on matters requiring a Required Lender vote, and the Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) shall be disregarded in determining (x) other Lenders’ commitment percentages and (y) matters submitted to Lenders for consideration that do not require the consent of each Lender or each affected Lender or do not adversely affect such Affiliated Lender in any material respect as compared to other Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders; provided that the commitments of any Affiliated Lender shall not be increased, the Interest Payment Dates and the dates of any scheduled amortization payments (including at maturity) owed to any Affiliated Lender hereunder will not be extended and the amounts owning to any Affiliated Lender hereunder will not be reduced without the consent of such Affiliated Lender;
(vii) each Lender making such assignment to such Affiliated Lender acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such assignment, (1) such Affiliated Lender then may have, and later may come into possession of Material Non-Public Information, (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, made its own analysis and determination to enter into such assignment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Material Non-Public Information, (3) none of the Affiliated Lenders or any of their Subsidiaries, or Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, shall be required to make any representation that it is not in possession of Material Non-Public Information, (4) none of Holdings, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by Requirements of Law, any claims such Lender may have against Holdings, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Material Non-Public Information, (5) the Material Non-Public Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders and (6) the parties to such assignment shall execute a customary “big boy” disclaimer letter in connection with such assignment; and
-178-
(viii) notwithstanding anything in Section 9.02 or the definition of the term “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (1) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (2) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (3) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, in each case, (x) all Term Loans held by any Affiliated Lenders that are not Affiliated Debt Funds shall be deemed to have voted in respect to its Loans in the same proportion as the Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders voting on such matter for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders have taken any actions and (y) all Term Loans, Revolving Commitments and Revolving Exposure held by Affiliated Debt Funds may not account for more than 49.9% of the Term Loans, Revolving Commitments and Revolving Exposure of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action (or inaction) pursuant to Section 9.02;
(ix) any Affiliated Lender (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) may (but shall not be obligated to) contribute such Term Loans acquired by it to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries for purposes of cancelling such Indebtedness, which may include a contribution to the Borrower (whether through direct or indirect parent entities or otherwise) in exchange for debt or equity securities of such parent entity or the Borrower that are otherwise permitted to be issued by such entity or the Borrower at such time under this Agreement; and
(x) each Affiliated Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any tax forms required by Section 2.17(e).
(g) Any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its Term Loans (but not Revolving Loans) to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, through (x) Dutch auctions or other offers to purchase open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with procedures of the type described in Section 2.11(a)(ii) or other customary procedures acceptable to the Administrative Agent and/or (y) open market purchases on a non-pro rata basis, provided that (i) the Borrower shall not make any Borrowing of Revolving Loans to fund such assignment, (ii) any Term Loans that are so assigned will be automatically and irrevocably cancelled and the aggregate principal amount of the tranches and installments of the relevant Term Loans then outstanding shall be reduced by an amount equal to the principal amount of such Term Loans, (iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iv) each Lender making such assignment to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such assignment, (1) Holdings or its Subsidiaries then may have, and later may come into possession of Material Non-Public Information, (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective Affiliates, made its own analysis and determination to enter into such assignment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Material Non-Public Information and (3) none of Holdings, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by Requirements of Law, any claims such Lender may have against Holdings, its Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, and their respective Affiliates, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Material Non-Public Information. Each Lender entering into such an assignment further acknowledges that the Material Non-Public Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.
-179-
(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no assignment may be made or participation sold to a Disqualified Lender without the prior written consent of the Borrower. Upon inquiry by any Lender to the Administrative Agent as to whether a specified potential assignee or prospective participant is on the list of Disqualified Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to disclose to such Lender whether such specific potential assignee or prospective participant is on the list of Disqualified Lenders. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, if any Lender was a Disqualified Lender at the time of the assignment of any Loans or Commitments to such Lender, following written notice from the Borrower to such Lender and the Administrative Agent: (1) such Lender shall promptly assign all Loans and Commitments held by such Lender to an Eligible Assignee; provided that (A) the Administrative Agent shall not have any obligation to the Borrower, such Lender or any other Person to find such a replacement Lender, (B) the Borrower shall not have any obligation to such Disqualified Lender or any other Person to find such a replacement Lender or accept or consent to any such assignment to itself or any other Person subject to the Borrower’s consent in accordance with Section 9.04(b)(i) and (C) the assignment of such Loans and/or Commitments, as the case may be, shall be at par plus accrued and unpaid interest and fees; (2) such Lender shall not have any voting or approval rights under the Loan Documents and shall be excluded in determining whether all Lenders (or all Lenders of any Class), all affected Lenders (or all affected Lenders of any Class), a Majority in Interest of Lenders of any Class or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to this Section 9.02); provided that (x) the Commitment of any Disqualified Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that affects any Disqualified Lender adversely and in a manner that is disproportionate to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Disqualified Lender; and (3) no Disqualified Lender is entitled to receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or will be permitted to attend or participate in meetings attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, other than the right to receive notices or Borrowings, notices or prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II.
(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Affiliated Lender shall be permitted, at its option, to contribute any Term Loans so assigned to such Affiliated Lender pursuant to this Section 9.04 to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries for purposes of cancellation, which contribution may be made (including, with the Borrower’s consent, to the Borrower, whether through Holdings or any Intermediate Parent or otherwise), in exchange for Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings, any Intermediate Parent or the Borrower or Indebtedness of the Borrower to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01 at such time.
SECTION 9.05 Survival.
All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the resignation or removal of any Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in the event that, in connection with the refinancing or repayment in full of the Credit Facilities, an Issuing Bank shall have provided to the Administrative Agent a written consent to the release of the Revolving Lenders from their obligations hereunder with respect to any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (whether as a result of the obligations of the Borrower (and any other account party) in respect of such Letter of Credit having been collateralized in full by a deposit of cash with such Issuing Bank or being supported by a letter of credit that names such Issuing Bank as the beneficiary thereunder, or otherwise), then from and after such time such Letter of Credit shall cease to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have no participations in such Letter of Credit, and no obligations with respect thereto, under Section 2.05(e) or (f).
-180-
SECTION 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent or the syndication of the Loans and Commitments constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in this Agreement and each other Loan Document or in any amendment or other modification hereof or thereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
SECTION 9.07 Severability.
Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.07, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.
-181-
SECTION 9.08 Right of Setoff.
If an Event of Default under Sections 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each Issuing Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower then due and owing under this Agreement held by such Lender or Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such Indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.22 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Secured Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The applicable Lender and applicable Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such setoff and application; provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff and application under this Section. The rights of each Lender and each Issuing Bank under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or such Issuing Bank may have. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amount set off from any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Loan Party (other than the Borrower).
SECTION 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.
(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, except that (x) the interpretation of the definition of “Material Adverse Effect” (and whether or not a Material Adverse Effect has occurred) for the purpose of Section 4.01(g), (y) the determination of the accuracy of any Specified Acquisition Agreement Representation and whether as a result of any inaccuracy thereof the Borrower or any of its Affiliates have the right to terminate its or their obligations under the Acquisition Agreement and (z) the determination of whether the Acquisition has been consummated in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement shall in each case be determined pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, which is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
(b) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in any Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to any Loan Document against Holdings or the Borrower or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(c) Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.09. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
-182-
SECTION 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.
EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.10.
SECTION 9.11 Headings.
Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
SECTION 9.12 Confidentiality.
(a) Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, trustees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other agents and advisors, in each case, who need to know such Information in connection with the Transactions (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential and any failure of such Persons acting on behalf of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the relevant Lender to comply with this Section 9.12 shall constitute a breach of this Section 9.12 by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or the relevant Lender, as applicable), (ii) to the extent requested by any governmental authority or self-regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any Affiliates of any of the foregoing, as applicable, or, based on reasonable advice of counsel, to the extent required by (A) an order of any court or administrative agency or in any pending legal, judicial or administrative proceeding, (B) applicable law or by any subpoena or similar compulsory legal process or (C) in connection with the exercise of remedies or enforcement of rights hereunder in any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement; provided that (x) solely to the extent permitted by law and other than in connection with routine audits and reviews by bank accountants or governmental or self-regulatory authorities exercising examination or regulatory authority, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower as promptly as practicable of any such requested or required disclosure and (y) in the case of clause (ii) only, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that such Information is kept confidential in connection with the exercise of such remedies, and provided further that in no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings, (iii) to any other party to this Agreement, (iv) subject to an agreement containing confidentiality undertakings substantially similar to those of this Section 9.12, to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (B) any direct or indirect contractual counterparty to any Swap Agreement or derivative transaction relating to any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries and its obligations under the Loan Documents or (C) any pledgee referred to in Section 9.04(d), (v) if required by any rating agency in connection with obtaining a rating; provided that prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall have agreed in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such Information, (vi) to service providers (including any numbering, administration or settlement service providers) providing administrative and ministerial services solely in connection with the syndication and administration of the Loan Documents and the Credit Facilities (e.g., identities of parties, maturity dates, interest rates, etc.) on a confidential basis, (vii) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.12 or otherwise by reason of improper disclosure by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any Affiliates or Related Parties of any of the foregoing (including the Persons referred to in clauses (i) above) in violation of any confidentiality obligations owing to the Loan Parties, the Sponsors or any Subsidiaries, Affiliates or Related Parties of any of the foregoing or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, which source is not known by the recipient of such information to be subject to a confidentiality obligation, or (viii) to the extent that such information was already in the possession of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender prior to any duty or other undertaking of confidentiality or is independently developed by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender without the use of such information and without otherwise violating the terms of this Section 9.12. For the purposes hereof, “Information” means all information received from or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries relating to Holdings, the Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or their business. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 9.12 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than as set forth in the proviso below, (x) no such information shall be disclosed to a Disqualified Lender or Excluded Party that constitutes a Disqualified Lender or Excluded Party, as applicable, at the time of such disclosure without the Borrower’s prior written consent and (y) in connection with any proposed assignment of Loans and/or Commitments in accordance with Section 9.04, upon request by the applicable potential assignee therefor, the applicable potential assigning Lender may disclose the list of Disqualified Lenders to such potential assignee solely for purposes of enabling such assignee to make a representation in its applicable Assignment and Assumption that such prospective assignee is an Eligible Assignee, provided, however, that, subject to an agreement containing confidentiality undertakings substantially similar to those of this Section 9.12, the list of Disqualified Lenders may be disclosed to any bona fide potential assignee or Participant, so that such potential assignee or Participant can represent and warrant that it is neither a Disqualified Lender nor an Affiliate of a Disqualified Lender.
-183-
(b) EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION (AS DEFINED IN THIS SECTION 9.12) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
(c) ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT, WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
SECTION 9.13 USA PATRIOT Act.
Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.
SECTION 9.14 Release of Liens and Guarantees.
(a) A Subsidiary Loan Party shall automatically be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents, and all security interests created by the Security Documents in Collateral owned by such Subsidiary Loan Party shall be automatically released, (1) upon the consummation of any transaction or designation permitted by this Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Loan Party ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to a permitted merger with a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or a designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary (other than solely as a result of such Subsidiary Loan Party ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) or (2) upon the request of the Borrower, in connection with a transaction permitted under this Agreement (but only a transaction in which such Subsidiary Loan Party becomes a bona fide joint venture and the other Person taking an equity interest in such Subsidiary Loan Party is not an Affiliate of the Borrower (other than as a result of such joint venture)) as a result of which such Subsidiary Loan Party ceases to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary. Upon any sale or other transfer by any Loan Party (other than to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party) of any Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest created under any Security Document in any Collateral, the security interests in such Collateral created by the Security Documents shall be automatically released. Upon the release of Holdings or any Subsidiary Loan Party from its Guarantee in compliance with this Agreement, the security interest in any Collateral owned by Holdings or such Subsidiary created by the Security Documents shall be automatically released. Upon the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Agreement, the security interest created by the Security Documents in the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary shall automatically be released. Upon termination of the aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05 of this Agreement), all obligations under the Loan Documents and all security interests created by the Security Documents shall be automatically released. In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section 9.14, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release so long as the Borrower or applicable Loan Party shall have provided the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, such certifications or documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Agreement.
-184-
(b) The Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to subordinate its Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 6.02(iv).
(c) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and, by accepting the benefits of the Security Documents, each Secured Party that is not a party hereto, irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, to provide any release or evidence of release, termination or subordination contemplated by this Section 9.14. Upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority or the Collateral Agent’s authority, as the case may be, to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Loan Party from its obligations under any Loan Document, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.14.
SECTION 9.15 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.
In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Borrower and Holdings acknowledges and agrees that (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders on the other hand, (B) each of the Borrower and Holdings has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each of the Borrower and Holdings is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, Holdings, any of their respective Affiliates or any other Person and (B) none of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders has any obligation to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrower and Holdings hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.
-185-
SECTION 9.16 Interest Rate Limitation.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the obligations hereunder.
SECTION 9.17 Intercreditor Agreement. Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and, by accepting the benefits of the Security Documents, each Secured Party that is not a party hereto, hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent may enter into any intercreditor agreement and/or subordination agreement pursuant to, or contemplated by, the terms of this Agreement (including with respect to Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 and defined terms referenced therein) on its behalf and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof and, in each case, consents and agrees to the appointment of the Administrative Agent (or its affiliated designee, representative or agent) on its behalf as collateral agent, respectively, thereunder.
SECTION 9.18 Judgment Currency. If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or under any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with the normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Borrowers in respect of any such sum due from them to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent or the relevant Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent or the relevant Lender may in accordance with the normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or such Lender from the Borrowers in the Agreement Currency, each Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent, or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in such currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender agrees to return the amount of any excess to the Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).
SECTION 9.19 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
-186-
1. | the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and |
2. | the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable: |
i. | a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability; |
ii. | a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or |
iii. | the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority. |
SECTION 9.20 Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Swap Agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):
In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
-187-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first above written.
E2OPEN, LLC, as borrower | |||
By: | /s/ Laura Fese | ||
Name: | Laura Fese | ||
Title: | Vice-President & Secretary | ||
E2OPEN INTERMEDIATE, LLC, as holdings | |||
By: | /s/ Laura Fese | ||
Name: | Laura Fese | ||
Title: | Vice-President & Secretary |
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, | |||
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent | |||
By: | /s/ Charlie Johnston | ||
Name: | Charlie Johnston | ||
Title: | Authorized Signatory | ||
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, | |||
as a Lender and an Issuing Bank | |||
By: | /s/ Charlie Johnston | ||
Name: | Charlie Johnston | ||
Title: | Authorized Signatory |
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, | |||
as a Lender and an Issuing Bank | |||
By: | /s/ Judith E. Smith | ||
Name: | Judith E. Smith | ||
Title: | Authorized Signatory | ||
By: | /s/ Jessica Gavarkovs | ||
Name: | Jessica Gavarkovs | ||
Title: | Authorized Signatory |
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
GOLUB CAPITAL LLC, | ||
as an Issuing Bank | ||
By: | /s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer | |
Name: Robert G. Tuchscherer | ||
Title: Authorized Signatory | ||
GC Finance Operations LLC, | ||
as a Lender | ||
By: GC Advisors LLC, its Manager | ||
By: | /s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer | |
Name: Robert G. Tuchscherer | ||
Title: Authorized Signatory | ||
GC Advisors LLC as Agent for US MML | ||
Portfolio III, a series of Global Investment Fund | ||
I, as a Lender | ||
By: | /s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer | |
Name: Robert G. Tuchscherer | ||
Title: Authorized Signatory |
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH, | |||
as a Lender and an Issuing Bank | |||
By: | /s/ Michael Strobel | ||
Name: | Michael Strobel | ||
Title: | Vice President | ||
By: | /s/ Yumi Okabe | ||
Name: | Yumi Okabe | ||
Title: | Vice President |
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, | |||
as a Lender and an Issuing Bank | |||
By: | /s/ Brian Buoye | ||
Name: | Brian Buoye | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
BLACKSTONE HOLDINGS FINANCE CO. L.L.C., | |||
as a Lender and an Issuing Bank | |||
By: | /s/ Christopher Striano | ||
Name: | Christopher Striano | ||
Title: | Senior Managing Director |
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
Exhibit 10.8
E2open
Parent Holdings, Inc.
2021 Omnibus
Incentive Plan
1. Purpose.
The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company in attracting, retaining, motivating, and rewarding certain employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company and its Affiliates and promoting the creation of long-term value for stockholders of the Company by closely aligning the interests of such individuals with those of such stockholders. The Plan authorizes the award of Stock-based and cash-based incentives to Eligible Persons to encourage such Eligible Persons to expend maximum effort in the creation of stockholder value.
2. Definitions.
For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
(a) “Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.
(b) “Award” means any Option, award of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Appreciation Right, or other Stock-based award granted under the Plan.
(c) “Award Agreement” means an Option Agreement, a Restricted Stock Agreement, an RSU Agreement, a SAR Agreement, or an agreement governing the grant of any other Stock-based Award granted under the Plan.
(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(e) “Cause” means, with respect to a Participant and in the absence of an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement otherwise defining Cause, (1) the Participant’s plea of nolo contendere to, conviction of or indictment for, any crime (whether or not involving the Company or its Affiliates) (i) constituting a felony or (ii) that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact on the performance of the Participant’s duties to the Service Recipient, or otherwise has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact on the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates, (2) conduct of the Participant, in connection with his or her employment or service, that has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in injury to the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates, (3) any material violation of the policies of the Service Recipient, including, but not limited to, those relating to sexual harassment, ethics, discrimination, or the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or those set forth in the manuals, Code of Conduct and Ethics or statements of policy of the Service Recipient; (4) the Participant’s act(s) of negligence or willful misconduct in the course of his or her employment or service with the Service Recipient; (5) misappropriation by the Participant of any assets or business opportunities of the Company or its Affiliates; (6) embezzlement or fraud committed by the Participant, at the Participant’s direction, or with the Participant’s prior actual knowledge; or (7) willful neglect in the performance of the Participant’s duties for the Service Recipient or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties. If, subsequent to the Termination of a Participant for any reason other than by the Service Recipient for Cause, it is discovered that the Participant’s employment or service could have been terminated for Cause, such Participant’s employment or service shall, at the discretion of the Committee, be deemed to have been terminated by the Service Recipient for Cause for all purposes under the Plan, and the Participant shall be required to repay or return to the Company all amounts and benefits received by him or her in respect of any Award following such Termination that would have been forfeited under the Plan had such Termination been by the Service Recipient for Cause. In the event that there is an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement defining Cause, “Cause” shall have the meaning provided in such agreement, and a Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause hereunder shall not be deemed to have occurred unless all applicable notice and cure periods in such Award Agreement or Participant Agreement are complied with.
(f) “Change in Control” means:
(1) a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through a transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or similar non-U.S. regulatory agency or pursuant to a Non-Control Transaction) whereby any “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act) or any two or more persons deemed to be one “person” (as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company or any of its Affiliates, an employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates (or its related trust), or any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, directly or indirectly acquire “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities eligible to vote in the election of the Board (the “Company Voting Securities”);
(2) the date, within any consecutive twenty-four (24)-month period commencing on or after the Effective Date, upon which individuals who constitute the Board as of the Effective Date (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual who becomes a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders or appointment was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then constituting the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such individual is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (including, but not limited to, a consent solicitation) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or
- 2 -
(3) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Affiliates that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders (whether for such transaction, the issuance of securities in the transaction or otherwise) (a “Reorganization”), unless immediately following such Reorganization (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of (A) the corporation resulting from such Reorganization (the “Surviving Company”) or (B) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that has, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of one hundred percent (100%) of the voting securities of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Reorganization (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Reorganization), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among holders thereof immediately prior to such Reorganization, (ii) no person, other than an employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company (or its related trust), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Company, or if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Company, or if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company, following the consummation of such Reorganization are members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Reorganization (any Reorganization which satisfies all of the criteria specified in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above shall be a “Non-Control Transaction”); or
(4) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act) or to any two or more persons deemed to be one “person” (as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than the Company’s Affiliates.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the Company Voting Securities as a result of an acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company that reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall then be deemed to occur, and (y) with respect to the payment of any amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code payable upon a Change in Control, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred, unless the Change in Control constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code.
- 3 -
(g) “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules and regulations thereto.
(h) “Committee” means the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee consisting of two or more individuals appointed by the Board to administer the Plan and each other individual or committee of individuals designated to exercise authority under the Plan.
(i) “Company” means E2open Parent Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors by operation of law.
(j) “Corporate Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(b) hereof.
(k) “Data” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(g) hereof.
(l) “Disability” means, in the absence of an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement otherwise defining Disability, the permanent and total disability of such Participant within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. In the event that there is an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement defining Disability, “Disability” shall have the meaning provided in such Award Agreement or Participant Agreement.
(m) “Disqualifying Disposition” means any disposition (including any sale) of Stock acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option made within the period that ends either (1) two years after the date on which the Participant was granted the Incentive Stock Option or (2) one year after the date upon which the Participant acquired the Stock.
(n) “Effective Date” means February 4, 2021, which is the date on which the Plan was approved by the Board.
(o) “Eligible Person” means (1) each employee and officer of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (2) each non-employee director of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (3) each other natural Person who provides substantial services to the Company or any of its Affiliates as a consultant or advisor (or a wholly owned alter ego entity of the natural Person providing such services of which such Person is an employee, stockholder or partner) and who is designated as eligible by the Committee, and (4) each natural Person who has been offered employment by the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided that such prospective employee may not receive any payment or exercise any right relating to an Award until such Person has commenced employment or service with the Company or its Affiliates; provided further, however, that (i) with respect to any Award that is intended to qualify as a “stock right” that does not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the term “Affiliate” as used in this Section 2(o) shall include only those corporations or other entities in the unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company where each of the corporations or other entities in the unbroken chain other than the last corporation or other entity owns stock possessing at least fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations or other entities in the chain, and (ii) with respect to any Award that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, the term “Affiliate” as used in this Section 2(o) shall include only those entities that qualify as a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. An employee on an approved leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates for purposes of eligibility for participation in the Plan.
- 4 -
(p) “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules and regulations thereto.
(q) “Expiration Date” means, with respect to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, the date on which the term of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right expires, as determined under Sections 5(b) or 8(b) hereof, as applicable.
(r) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date when the Stock is listed on one or more national securities exchange(s), the closing price reported on the principal national securities exchange on which such Stock is listed and traded on the date of determination or, if the closing price is not reported on such date of determination, the closing price reported on the most recent date prior to the date of determination. If the Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, “Fair Market Value” shall mean the amount determined by the Board in good faith, and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code, to be the fair market value per share of Stock.
(s) “GAAP” means the U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, as in effect from time to time.
(t) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
(u) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.
(v) “Option” means a conditional right, granted to a Participant under Section 5 hereof, to purchase Stock at a specified price during a specified time period.
(w) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option Award.
(x) “Participant” means an Eligible Person who has been granted an Award under the Plan or, if applicable, such other Person who holds an Award.
(y) “Participant Agreement” means an employment or other services agreement between a Participant and the Service Recipient that describes the terms and conditions of such Participant’s employment or service with the Service Recipient and is effective as of the date of determination.
(z) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other entity.
- 5 -
(aa) “Plan” means this E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
(bb) “Qualified Member” means a member of the Committee who is a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “independent director” as defined under, as applicable, the NASDAQ Listing Rules, the NYSE Listed Company Manual or other applicable stock exchange rules.
(cc) “Qualifying Committee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.
(dd) “Restricted Stock” means Stock granted to a Participant under Section 6 hereof that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.
(ee) “Restricted Stock Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Restricted Stock Award.
(ff) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a notional unit representing the right to receive one share of Stock (or the cash value of one share of Stock, if so determined by the Committee) on a specified settlement date.
(gg) “RSU Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award of Restricted Stock Units.
(hh) “SAR Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.
(ii) “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules and regulations thereto.
(jj) “Service Recipient” means, with respect to a Participant holding an Award, either the Company or an Affiliate of the Company by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.
(kk) “Stock” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted for such stock pursuant to Section 10 hereof.
(ll) “Stock Appreciation Right” means a conditional right, granted to a Participant under Section 8 hereof, to receive an amount equal to the value of the appreciation in the Stock over a specified period. Except in the event of extraordinary circumstances, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, or pursuant to Section 10(b) hereof, Stock Appreciation Rights shall be settled in Stock.
- 6 -
(mm) “Substitute Award” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(nn) “Termination” means the termination of a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient; provided, however, that, if so determined by the Committee at the time of any change in status in relation to the Service Recipient (e.g., a Participant ceases to be an employee and begins providing services as a consultant, or vice versa), such change in status will not be deemed a Termination hereunder. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that the Service Recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off, or other similar transaction), unless a Participant’s employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute the Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant’s change in status in relation to the Service Recipient (for example, a change from employee to consultant) shall not be deemed a Termination hereunder with respect to any Awards constituting “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code that are payable upon a Termination unless such change in status constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Any payments in respect of an Award constituting nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code that are payable upon a Termination shall be delayed for such period as may be necessary to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. On the first business day following the expiration of such period, the Participant shall be paid, in a single lump sum without interest, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence, and any remaining payments not so delayed shall continue to be paid pursuant to the payment schedule applicable to such Award.
3. Administration.
(a) Authority of the Committee. Except as otherwise provided below, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full and final authority, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, to (1) select Eligible Persons to become Participants, (2) grant Awards, (3) determine the type, number and type of shares of Stock subject to, other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards, (4) prescribe Award Agreements (which need not be identical for each Participant) and rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan, (5) construe and interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and correct defects, supply omissions, and reconcile inconsistencies therein, (6) suspend the right to exercise Awards during any period that the Committee deems appropriate to comply with applicable securities laws, and thereafter extend the exercise period of an Award by an equivalent period of time or such shorter period required by, or necessary to comply with, applicable law, and (7) make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any action of the Committee shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all Persons, including, without limitation, the Company, its stockholders and Affiliates, Eligible Persons, Participants, and beneficiaries of Participants. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the ability to accelerate the vesting of any outstanding Award at any time and for any reason, including upon a Corporate Event, subject to Section 10(d), or in the event of a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient other than for Cause, or due to the Participant’s death, Disability or retirement (as such term may be defined in an applicable Award Agreement or Participant Agreement, or, if no such definition exists, in accordance with the Company’s then-current employment policies and guidelines). For the avoidance of doubt, the Board shall have the authority to take all actions under the Plan that the Committee is permitted to take.
- 7 -
(b) Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority. At any time that a member of the Committee is not a Qualified Member, any action of the Committee relating to an Award granted or to be granted to a Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company, must be taken by the remaining members of the Committee or a subcommittee, designated by the Committee or the Board, composed solely of two or more Qualified Members (a “Qualifying Committee”). Any action authorized by such a Qualifying Committee shall be deemed the action of the Committee for purposes of the Plan. The express grant of any specific power to a Qualifying Committee, and the taking of any action by such a Qualifying Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee.
(c) Delegation. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate to officers or employees of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions under the Plan, including, but not limited to, administrative functions, as the Committee may determine appropriate. The Committee may appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan. Any actions taken by an officer or employee delegated authority pursuant to this Section 3(c) within the scope of such delegation shall, for all purposes under the Plan, be deemed to be an action taken by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, any Award granted under the Plan to any Eligible Person who is not an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates (including any non-employee director of the Company or any Affiliate) or to any Eligible Person who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act must be expressly approved by the Committee or Qualifying Committee in accordance with Section 3(b) above.
(d) Sections 409A and 457A. The Committee shall take into account compliance with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code in connection with any grant of an Award under the Plan, to the extent applicable. While the Awards granted hereunder are intended to be structured in a manner to avoid the imposition of any penalty taxes under Sections 409A and 457A of the Code, in no event whatsoever shall the Company or any of its Affiliates be liable for any additional tax, interest, or penalties that may be imposed on a Participant as a result of Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code or any similar state or local laws (other than for withholding obligations or other obligations applicable to employers, if any, under Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code).
4. Shares Available Under the Plan; Other Limitations.
(a) Number of Shares Available for Delivery. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10 hereof, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall equal 15,000,000. Unless the Committee acts, prior to the first day of a given fiscal year, to provide otherwise, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan will be increased on the first day of the first nine (9) fiscal years following the Company’s fiscal year in which the Effective Date occurs, in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of Stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (y) such fewer number of shares of Stock as is determined by the Committee. Shares of Stock delivered under the Plan shall consist of authorized and unissued shares or previously issued shares of Stock reacquired by the Company on the open market or by private purchase. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) except as may be required by reason of Section 422 of the Code, the number of shares of Stock available for issuance hereunder shall not be reduced by shares issued pursuant to Awards issued or assumed in connection with a merger or acquisition as contemplated by, as applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) and IM-5635-1, AMEX Company Guide Section 711, or other applicable stock exchange rules, and their respective successor rules and listing exchange promulgations (each such Award, a “Substitute Award”) and (iii) shares of Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash.
- 8 -
(b) Share Counting Rules. The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double-counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem awards or Substitute Awards) and make adjustments if the number of shares of Stock actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award. Other than with respect to a Substitute Award, to the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash, or otherwise terminated without delivery to the Participant of the full number of shares of Stock to which the Award related, the undelivered shares of Stock will again be available for grant. Shares of Stock withheld or surrendered in payment of taxes relating to an Award shall not be deemed to constitute shares delivered to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for delivery under the Plan. Shares of Stock withheld or surrendered in payment of the exercise price relating to an Award shall be deemed to constitute shares delivered to the Participant and shall not be deemed to again be available for delivery under the Plan.
(c) Incentive Stock Options. No more than 15,000,000 shares of Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10 hereof) reserved for issuance hereunder may be issued or transferred upon exercise or settlement of Incentive Stock Options.
(d) Shares Available Under Acquired Plans. To the extent permitted by NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or other applicable stock exchange rules, subject to applicable law, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio of formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards could have been made under the terms of such pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.
- 9 -
(e) Minimum Vesting. No Award may vest earlier than the first (1st) anniversary of the date of grant; provided, however, that the foregoing minimum vesting period shall not apply (i) to a Substitute Award that does not reduce the vesting period of the award being replaced or assumed, or (ii) to Awards involving an aggregate number of shares of Stock not in excess of five percent (5%) of the aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be delivered in connection with Awards (as set forth in Section 4 hereof).
(f) Limitation on Awards to Non-Employee Directors. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the maximum value of any Awards granted to a non-employee director of the Company in any one calendar year, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during such calendar year in respect of the non-employee director’s services as a member of the Board during such year, shall not exceed $750,000 (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes); provided, that the Committee may make exceptions to this limit, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation.
5. Options.
(a) General. Certain Options granted under the Plan may be intended to be Incentive Stock Options; however, no Incentive Stock Options may be granted hereunder following the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board and (ii) the date the stockholders of the Company approve the Plan. Options may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate; provided, however, that Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company or an Affiliate (as such definition is limited pursuant to Section 2(o) hereof) of the Company. The provisions of separate Options shall be set forth in separate Option Agreements, which agreements need not be identical. No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Options.
(b) Term. The term of each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, that no Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable after, and each Option shall expire, ten (10) years from the date it was granted.
(c) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock for each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant, subject to Section 5(g) hereof in the case of any Incentive Stock Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Option that is a Substitute Award, the exercise price per share of Stock for such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant; provided, that such exercise price is determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code.
- 10 -
(d) Payment for Stock. Payment for shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Option granted hereunder shall be made in full upon exercise of the Option in a manner approved by the Committee, which may include any of the following payment methods: (1) in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check, (2) by delivery of shares of Stock having a value equal to the exercise price, (3) by a broker-assisted cashless exercise in accordance with procedures approved by the Committee, whereby payment of the Option exercise price or tax withholding obligations may be satisfied, in whole or in part, with shares of Stock subject to the Option by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Committee) to sell shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate exercise price and, if applicable, the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s withholding obligations, or (4) by any other means approved by the Committee (including, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, pursuant to which the Participant shall receive the number of shares of Stock underlying the Option so exercised reduced by the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option divided by the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Committee determines that any form of payment available hereunder would be in violation of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, such form of payment shall not be available.
(e) Vesting. Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in an Option Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of an Option shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment. If an Option is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof that become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Option expires, is canceled or otherwise terminates.
(f) Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in an Option Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise:
(1) In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date for any reason other than (i) by the Service Recipient for Cause, or (ii) by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability, (A) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Options outstanding shall cease, (B) all of such Participant’s unvested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (C) all of such Participant’s vested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date and (y) the date that is ninety (90) days after the date of such Termination.
(2) In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by reason of such Participant’s death or Disability, (i) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Options outstanding shall cease, (ii) all of such Participant’s unvested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (iii) all of such Participant’s vested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date and (y) the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of such Termination.
- 11 -
(3) In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by the Service Recipient for Cause, all of such Participant’s Options outstanding (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.
(g) Special Provisions Applicable to Incentive Stock Options.
(1) No Incentive Stock Option may be granted to any Eligible Person who, at the time the Option is granted, owns directly, or indirectly within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code, stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any parent or subsidiary thereof, unless such Incentive Stock Option (i) has an exercise price of at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of the grant of such Option and (ii) cannot be exercised more than five (5) years after the date it is granted.
(2) To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Stock for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.
(3) Each Participant who receives an Incentive Stock Option must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Participant makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.
6. Restricted Stock.
(a) General. Restricted Stock may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Awards of Restricted Stock shall be set forth in separate Restricted Stock Agreements, which agreements need not be identical. Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 6(b) hereof, and except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement, the Participant shall generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock. Unless otherwise set forth in a Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement, cash dividends and stock dividends, if any, with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and shall be subject to forfeiture to the same degree as the shares of Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no interest will accrue or be paid on the amount of any cash dividends withheld.
- 12 -
(b) Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Restricted Stock shall vest in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in a Restricted Stock Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of an Award of Restricted Stock shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment. In addition to any other restrictions set forth in a Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, or otherwise encumber the Restricted Stock prior to the time the Restricted Stock has vested pursuant to the terms of the Restricted Stock Agreement.
(c) Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in a Restricted Stock Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise, in the event of a Participant’s Termination for any reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock has vested, (1) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock outstanding shall cease, and (2) as soon as practicable following such Termination, the Company shall repurchase from the Participant, and the Participant shall sell, all of such Participant’s unvested shares of Restricted Stock at a purchase price equal to the lesser of (A) the original purchase price paid for the Restricted Stock (as adjusted for any subsequent changes in the outstanding Stock or in the capital structure of the Company) less any dividends or other distributions or bonus received (or to be received) by the Participant (or any transferee) in respect of such Restricted Stock prior to the date of repurchase and (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of such repurchase; provided that, if the original purchase price paid for the Restricted Stock is equal to zero dollars ($0), such unvested shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited to the Company by the Participant for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.
7. Restricted Stock Units.
(a) General. Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Restricted Stock Units shall be set forth in separate RSU Agreements, which agreements need not be identical.
(b) Vesting. Restricted Stock Units shall vest in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in an RSU Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment.
- 13 -
(c) Settlement. Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in Stock, cash, or property, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, on the date or dates determined by the Committee and set forth in an RSU Agreement. Unless otherwise set forth in a Participant’s RSU Agreement, a Participant shall not be entitled to dividends, if any, or dividend equivalents with respect to Restricted Stock Units prior to settlement.
(d) Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in an RSU Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise, in the event of a Participant’s Termination for any reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock Units have been settled, (1) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock Units outstanding shall cease, (2) all of such Participant’s unvested Restricted Stock Units outstanding shall be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (3) any shares remaining undelivered with respect to vested Restricted Stock Units then held by such Participant shall be delivered on the delivery date or dates specified in the RSU Agreement.
8. Stock Appreciation Rights.
(a) General. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Stock Appreciation Rights shall be set forth in separate SAR Agreements, which agreements need not be identical. No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Stock Appreciation Rights.
(b) Term. The term of each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided, however, that no Stock Appreciation Right granted hereunder shall be exercisable after, and each Stock Appreciation Right shall expire, ten (10) years from the date it was granted.
(c) Base Price. The base price per share of Stock for each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the base price per share of Stock for such Stock Appreciation Right may be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant; provided, that such base price is determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.
(d) Vesting. Stock Appreciation Rights shall vest and become exercisable in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in a SAR Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of a Stock Appreciation Right shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason. To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment. If a Stock Appreciation Right is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof that become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Stock Appreciation Right expires, is canceled or otherwise terminates.
- 14 -
(e) Payment upon Exercise. Payment upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right may be made in cash, Stock, or property as specified in the SAR Agreement or determined by the Committee, in each case having a value in respect of each share of Stock underlying the portion of the Stock Appreciation Right so exercised, equal to the difference between the base price of such Stock Appreciation Right and the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Stock on the exercise date. For purposes of clarity, each share of Stock to be issued in settlement of a Stock Appreciation Right is deemed to have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Stock on the exercise date. In no event shall fractional shares be issuable upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, and in the event that fractional shares would otherwise be issuable, the number of shares issuable will be rounded down to the next lower whole number of shares, and the Participant will be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to the value of such fractional share.
(f) Termination of Employment or Service. Except as provided by the Committee in a SAR Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise:
(1) In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date for any reason other than (i) by the Service Recipient for Cause, or (ii) by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability, (A) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall cease, (B) all of such Participant’s unvested Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (C) all of such Participant’s vested Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date and (y) the date that is ninety (90) days after the date of such Termination.
(2) In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by reason of such Participant’s death or Disability, (i) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall cease, (ii) all of such Participant’s unvested Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (iii) all of such Participant’s vested Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date and (y) the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of such Termination. In the event of a Participant’s death, such Participant’s Stock Appreciation Rights shall remain exercisable by the Person or Persons to whom such Participant’s rights under the Stock Appreciation Rights pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution until the applicable Expiration Date, but only to the extent that the Stock Appreciation Rights were vested at the time of such Termination.
(3) In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by the Service Recipient for Cause, all of such Participant’s Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.
- 15 -
9. Other Stock-Based Awards.
The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based upon or related to Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. The Committee may also grant Stock as a bonus (whether or not subject to any vesting requirements or other restrictions on transfer), and may grant other Awards in lieu of obligations of the Company or an Affiliate to pay cash or deliver other property under the Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements, subject to such terms as shall be determined by the Committee. The terms and conditions applicable to such Awards shall be determined by the Committee and evidenced by Award Agreements, which agreements need not be identical.
10. Adjustment for Recapitalization, Merger, etc.
(a) Capitalization Adjustments. The aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be delivered in connection with Awards (as set forth in Section 4 hereof), the numerical share limits in Section 4(a) hereof, the number of shares of Stock covered by each outstanding Award, and the price per share of Stock underlying each such Award shall be equitably and proportionally adjusted or substituted, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, as to the number, price, or kind of a share of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards (1) in the event of changes in the outstanding Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of stock dividends, extraordinary cash dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, reorganizations, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the date of grant of any such Award (including any Corporate Event); (2) in connection with any extraordinary dividend declared and paid in respect of shares of Stock, whether payable in the form of cash, stock, or any other form of consideration; or (3) in the event of any change in applicable laws or circumstances that results in or could result in, in either case, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, Participants in the Plan. In lieu of or in addition to any adjustment pursuant to this Section 10, if deemed appropriate, the Committee may provide that an adjustment take the form of a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award with respect to all or part of an outstanding Award, which payment shall be subject to such terms and conditions (including timing of payment(s), vesting and forfeiture conditions) as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion. The Committee will make such adjustments, substitutions or payment, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive. The Committee need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Committee may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an Award.
(b) Corporate Events. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise, in connection with (i) a merger, amalgamation, or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, (ii) a merger, amalgamation, or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation or other property or cash, (iii) a Change in Control, or (iv) the reorganization, dissolution or liquidation of the Company (each, a “Corporate Event”), the Committee may provide for any one or more of the following:
- 16 -
(1) The assumption or substitution of any or all Awards in connection with such Corporate Event, in which case the Awards shall be subject to the adjustment set forth in Section 10(a) hereof, and to the extent that such Awards vest subject to the achievement of performance criteria, such performance criteria shall be deemed earned at target level (or if no target is specified, the maximum level) and will be converted into solely service based vesting awards that will vest during the performance period, if any, during which the original performance criteria would have been measured;
(2) The acceleration of vesting of any or all Awards not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event, subject to the consummation of such Corporate Event; provided that unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, any Awards that vest subject to the achievement of performance criteria will be deemed earned at target level (or if no target is specified, the maximum level), provided further that a Participant has not experienced a Termination prior to such Corporate Event;
(3) The cancellation of any or all Awards not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event (whether vested or unvested) as of the consummation of such Corporate Event, together with the payment to the Participants holding vested Awards (including any Awards that would vest upon the Corporate Event but for such cancellation) so canceled of an amount in respect of cancellation equal to an amount based upon the per-share consideration being paid for the Stock in connection with such Corporate Event, less, in the case of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and other Awards subject to exercise, the applicable exercise or base price; provided, however, that holders of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and other Awards subject to exercise shall be entitled to consideration in respect of cancellation of such Awards only if the per-share consideration less the applicable exercise or base price is greater than zero dollars ($0), and to the extent that the per-share consideration is less than or equal to the applicable exercise or base price, such Awards shall be canceled for no consideration;
(4) The cancellation of any or all Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and other Awards subject to exercise not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event (whether vested or unvested) as of the consummation of such Corporate Event; provided that all Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and other Awards to be so canceled pursuant to this paragraph (4) shall first become exercisable for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to such Corporate Event, with any exercise during such period of any unvested Options, Stock Appreciation Rights or other Awards to be (A) contingent upon and subject to the occurrence of the Corporate Event, and (B) effectuated by such means as are approved by the Committee; and
(5) The replacement of any or all Awards (other than Awards that are intended to qualify as “stock rights” that do not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with a cash incentive program that preserves the value of the Awards so replaced (determined as of the consummation of the Corporate Event), with subsequent payment of cash incentives subject to the same vesting conditions as applicable to the Awards so replaced and payment to be made within thirty (30) days of the applicable vesting date.
- 17 -
Payments to holders pursuant to paragraph (3) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, and to the extent applicable, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or a combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable exercise or base price). In addition, in connection with any Corporate Event, prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section 10(b), the Committee may require a Participant to (A) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to his or her Awards, (B) bear such Participant’s pro-rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Stock, and (C) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee. The Committee need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Committee may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an Award.
(c) Fractional Shares. Any adjustment provided under this Section 10 may, in the Committee’s discretion, provide for the elimination of any fractional share that might otherwise become subject to an Award. No cash settlements shall be made with respect to fractional shares so eliminated.
(d) Double-Trigger Vesting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Award that is assumed or substituted in connection with a Change in Control, the vesting, payment, purchase or distribution of such Award may not be accelerated by reason of the Change in Control for any Participant unless the Participant experiences an involuntary Termination as a result of the Change in Control. Unless otherwise provided for in an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement, all Awards held by a Participant who experiences an involuntary Termination as a result of a Change in Control shall immediately vest as of the date of such Termination. For purposes of this Section 10(d), a Participant will be deemed to experience an involuntary Termination as a result of a Change in Control if the Participant experiences a Termination by the Service Recipient other than for Cause, or otherwise experiences a Termination under circumstances which entitle the Participant to mandatory severance payment(s) pursuant to applicable law or, in the case of a non-employee director of the Company, if the non-employee director’s service on the Board terminates in connection with or as a result of a Change in Control, in each case, at any time beginning on the date of the Change in Control up to and including the second (2nd) anniversary of the Change in Control.
11. Use of Proceeds.
The proceeds received from the sale of Stock pursuant to the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.
- 18 -
12. Rights and Privileges as a Stockholder.
Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Person shall be entitled to the rights and privileges of Stock ownership in respect of shares of Stock that are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued to that Person.
13. Transferability of Awards.
Awards may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and to the extent subject to exercise, Awards may not be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee other than by the grantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to Incentive Stock Options, Awards and a Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be transferable for no value to the extent provided in an Award Agreement or otherwise determined at any time by the Committee.
14. Employment or Service Rights.
No individual shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for the grant of any other Award. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any individual any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.
15. Compliance with Laws.
The obligation of the Company to deliver Stock upon issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement of any Award shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act (or with a similar non-U.S. regulatory agency pursuant to a similar law or regulation) or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale or resale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan or any shares of Stock to be issued upon exercise or settlement of Awards. If the shares of Stock offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.
16. Withholding Obligations.
As a condition to the issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement of any Award (or upon the making of an election under Section 83(b) of the Code), the Committee may require that a Participant satisfy, through deduction or withholding from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, or through such other arrangements as are satisfactory to the Committee, the amount of all federal, state, and local income and other taxes of any kind required or permitted to be withheld in connection with such issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement (or election). The Committee, in its discretion, may permit shares of Stock to be used to satisfy tax withholding requirements, and such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement date of the Award, as applicable. Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold by considering the applicable minimum statutorily required withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates in the applicable Participant’s jurisdiction, including maximum applicable rates that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and is permitted under applicable withholding rules promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service or another applicable governmental entity.
- 19 -
17. Amendment of the Plan or Awards.
(a) Amendment of Plan. The Board or the Committee may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time.
(b) Amendment of Awards. The Board or the Committee may amend the terms of any one or more Awards at any time and from time to time.
(c) Stockholder Approval; No Material Impairment. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no amendment to the Plan or any Award shall be effective without stockholder approval to the extent that such approval is required pursuant to applicable law or the applicable rules of each national securities exchange on which the Stock is listed. Additionally, no amendment to the Plan or any Award shall materially impair a Participant’s rights under any Award unless the Participant consents in writing (it being understood that no action taken by the Board or the Committee that is expressly permitted under the Plan, including, without limitation, any actions described in Section 10 hereof, shall constitute an amendment to the Plan or an Award for such purpose). Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without an affected Participant’s consent, the Board or the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan or any one or more Awards from time to time as necessary to bring such Awards into compliance with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code.
(d) No Repricing of Awards Without Stockholder Approval. Notwithstanding Sections 17(a) or 17(b) above, or any other provision of the Plan, the repricing of Awards shall not be permitted without stockholder approval. For this purpose, a “repricing” means any of the following (or any other action that has the same effect as any of the following): (1) changing the terms of an Award to lower its exercise or base price (other than on account of capital adjustments resulting from share splits, etc., as described in Section 10(a) hereof), (2) any other action that is treated as a repricing under GAAP, and (3) repurchasing for cash or canceling an Award in exchange for another Award at a time when its exercise or base price is greater than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Stock, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with an event set forth in Section 10(b) hereof.
- 20 -
18. Termination or Suspension of the Plan.
The Board or the Committee may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the stockholders of the Company approve the Plan. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated; provided, however, that following any suspension or termination of the Plan, the Plan shall remain in effect for the purpose of governing all Awards then outstanding hereunder until such time as all Awards under the Plan have been terminated, forfeited, or otherwise canceled, or earned, exercised, settled, or otherwise paid out, in accordance with their terms.
19. Effective Date of the Plan.
The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date.
20. Miscellaneous.
(a) Treatment of Dividends and Dividend Equivalents on Unvested Awards. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that provides for or includes a right to dividends or dividend equivalents, if dividends are declared during the period that an equity Award is outstanding, such dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall either (i) not be paid or credited with respect to such Award or (ii) be accumulated but remain subject to vesting requirement(s) to the same extent as the applicable Award and shall only be paid at the time or times such vesting requirement(s) are satisfied. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no interest will accrue or be paid on the amount of any cash dividends withheld. No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.
(b) Certificates. Stock acquired pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such a manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that (1) such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Stock, (2) the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and (3) the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, that the Stock shall be held in book-entry form rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of any applicable restrictions.
(c) Other Benefits. No Award granted or paid out under the Plan shall be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or its Affiliates nor affect any benefits under any other benefit plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.
(d) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Committee consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares of Stock) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement as a result of a clerical error in connection with the preparation of the Award Agreement, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement.
- 21 -
(e) Clawback/Recoupment Policy. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all Awards granted under the Plan shall be and remain subject to any incentive compensation clawback or recoupment policy currently in effect or as may be adopted by the Board (or a committee or subcommittee of the Board) and, in each case, as may be amended from time to time. No such policy adoption or amendment shall in any event require the prior consent of any Participant. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates. In the event that an Award is subject to more than one such policy, the policy with the most restrictive clawback or recoupment provisions shall govern such Award, subject to applicable law.
(f) Non-Exempt Employees. If an Option is granted to an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates in the United States who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option will not be first exercisable for any shares of Stock until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option (although the Option may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (1) if such employee dies or suffers a Disability, (2) upon a Corporate Event in which such Option is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (3) upon a Change in Control, or (4) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the applicable Award Agreement or a Participant Agreement, or, if no such definition exists, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options held by such employee may be exercised earlier than six (6) months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Award will be exempt from such employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 20(f)will apply to all Awards.
(g) Data Privacy. As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section 20(g) by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan. In furtherance of such implementation, administration, and management, the Company and its Affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including, but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), information regarding any securities of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and details of all Awards (the “Data”). In addition to transferring the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan, the Company and its Affiliates may each transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan. Recipients of the Data may be located in the Participant’s country or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country and any given recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any shares of Stock. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Participant, or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Company may cancel the Participant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, and in the Committee’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents described herein. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.
- 22 -
(h) Participants Outside of the United States. The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan made to or held by a Participant who is then a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that such Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then a resident or primarily employed or providing services, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by non–U.S. tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence, employment, or providing services abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such Award to a Participant who is a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, in the United States. An Award may be modified under this Section 20(h) in a manner that is inconsistent with the express terms of the Plan, so long as such modifications will not contravene any applicable law or regulation or result in actual liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act for the Participant whose Award is modified. Additionally, the Committee may adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Eligible Persons who are non–U.S. nationals or are primarily employed or providing services outside the United States.
(i) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company or any of its Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an employee of the Company and the employee has a change in status from a full-time employee to a part-time employee) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Committee has the right in its sole discretion to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares of Stock subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.
- 23 -
(j) No Liability of Committee Members. Neither any member of the Committee nor any of the Committee’s permitted delegates shall be liable personally by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his or her behalf in his or her capacity as a member of the Committee or for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer, or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated, against all costs and expenses (including counsel fees) and liabilities (including sums paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, unless arising out of such Person’s own fraud or willful misconduct; provided, however, that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such Person. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such Persons may be entitled under the Company’s certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws, each as may be amended from time to time, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
(k) Payments Following Accidents or Illness. If the Committee shall find that any Person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such Person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such Person, or any other Person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such Person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.
(l) Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of State of Delaware without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
(m) Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document or “writing” will include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled or authorized by the Company to which the Participant has access) to the extent permitted by applicable law.
(n) Arbitration. All disputes and claims of any nature that a Participant (or such Participant’s transferee or estate) may have against the Company arising out of or in any way related to the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be submitted to and resolved exclusively by binding arbitration conducted in Austin, Texas (or such other location as the parties thereto may agree) in accordance with the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and the arbitration shall be heard and determined by a panel of three arbitrators in accordance with such rules (except that in the event of any inconsistency between such rules and this Section 20(n), the provisions of this Section 20(n) shall control). The arbitration panel may not modify the arbitration rules specified above without the prior written approval of all parties to the arbitration. Within ten business days after the receipt of a written demand, each party shall designate one arbitrator, each of whom shall have experience involving complex business or legal matters, but shall not have any prior, existing or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration. The two arbitrators so designated shall select a third arbitrator, who shall preside over the arbitration, shall be similarly qualified as the two arbitrators and shall have no prior, existing or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration; provided that if the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the selection of such third arbitrator, such third arbitrator shall be designated in accordance with the arbitration rules referred to above. The arbitrators will decide the dispute by majority decision, and the decision shall be rendered in writing and shall bear the signatures of the arbitrators and the party or parties who shall be charged therewith, or the allocation of the expenses among the parties in the discretion of the panel. The arbitration decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but in any event not later than 120 days after the constitution of the arbitration panel. The arbitration decision shall be final and binding upon all parties to the arbitration. The parties hereto agree that judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitration panel may be entered in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas or any Texas state court sitting in Austin, Texas. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the parties hereby irrevocably waive any right of appeal from any judgment rendered upon any such arbitration award in any such court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party may seek injunctive relief in any such court.
- 24 -
(o) Statute of Limitations. A Participant or any other person filing a claim for benefits under the Plan must file the claim within one (1) year of the date the Participant or other person knew or should have known of the facts giving rise to the claim. This one-year statute of limitations will apply in any forum where a Participant or any other person may file a claim and, unless the Company waives the time limits set forth above in its sole discretion, any claim not brought within the time periods specified shall be waived and forever barred.
(p) Funding. No provision of the Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company be required to maintain separate bank accounts, books, records, or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees and service providers under general law.
(q) Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in relying, acting, or failing to act, and shall not be liable for having so relied, acted, or failed to act in good faith, upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and upon any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any Person or Persons other than such member.
- 25 -
(r) Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.
* * *
Adopted
by the Board of Directors: February 4,
2021
Approved by the Stockholders: February 2,
2021
Termination Date: February 1, 2031
- 26 -
E2open
Parent Holdings, inc.
Stock Option Grant Notice
(2021 omnibus INCENTIVE PLAN)
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Participant an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Stock set forth below (the “Award”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice (this “Grant Notice”), in the Option Agreement (attached hereto as Attachment I), the Plans, which has been made available to you on the Company Intranet, and the Vesting Schedule (attached hereto as Attachment II) both of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this Grant Notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.
Name of Participant: |
|
Date of Grant: |
|
Number of Shares Subject to Option: |
|
Exercise Price (Per Share): |
|
Expiration Date: |
|
Type of Grant: | Nonqualified Stock Option |
Exercise Schedule: | Same as Vesting Schedule |
Vesting Schedule: | Attached hereto as Attachment II |
Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Participant acknowledges and agrees that this Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that, as of the Date of Grant, this Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire agreement and understanding between Participant and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) Awards previously granted and delivered to the Participant, (ii) the Company’s Clawback Policy, if applicable, and any other compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law, and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this Award upon the terms and conditions set forth therein. By accepting this Award, Participant consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. | Participant: |
By: | |||
Signature | Signature |
Title: | Date: | |||
Date: | ||||
ATTACHMENTS: Option Agreement and Vesting Schedule
- 2 -
Attachment
I
E2open Parent Holdings, inc.
2021 omnibus INCENTIVE PLAN
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement
Pursuant to the Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and this Option Agreement (this “Agreement”), E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an Award of an Option under its 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The Option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Date of Grant”). Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.
If there is any conflict between the terms in this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. The details of your option (this or your “Option”), in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:
1. Vesting. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your Option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon your Termination. Except as set forth in this Section 1, upon your Termination, the portion of your Option that is not vested pursuant to vesting terms provided in Attachment II as of the date of such Termination will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such underlying shares of Stock.
(a) Involuntary Termination During Performance Period. Upon your Termination (i) by the Company or any of its Affiliates for a reason other than Disability or Cause, or (ii) by you for Good Reason (an “Involuntary Termination”) during the Performance Period (as defined in Attachment II), [__] of your Option will remain outstanding and eligible to performance vest in accordance with Attachment II. A pro rata portion of the number of shares of Stock subject to your Option, if any, that subsequently performance vest pursuant to Attachment II will immediately time vest at the end of the Performance Period, with such pro rata portion equal to the number of full months you were employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates between [Date] and [Date] divided by [___].
(b) Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement,
(i) “Comparable Employment” means employment on terms which provide (A) the same or greater rate of base salary or target annual cash bonus as in effect immediately prior to such offer, (B) substantially the same, equivalent or higher job title and level of responsibility as you had prior to the offer, disregarding any adjustment to your job title or level of responsibility to reflect your placement within the overall organizational hierarchy due to the Company becoming a business unit of the Company’s successor or an acquirer in a Change in Control, and (C) a principal work location that is both (i) no more than fifty (50) miles from your then-current office location and (ii) does not materially increase your travel time from your then- current residence (other than in connection with any teleworking or other arrangement related to a public health or safety emergency).
(ii) “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following without your written consent: (A) a fifteen percent (15%) or greater reduction in your then-current base salary or target annual cash bonus (other than a reduction in your then-current base salary or target annual cash bonus in connection with an across-the-board reduction in base salary or target annual cash bonus for the Chief Executive Officer and each of his or her direct reports); (B) a material diminution in your authorities, duties, or responsibilities (other than as a result of the Company ceasing to be a publicly traded company), or the assignment to you of duties inconsistent with your then-current authorities, duties or responsibilities; or (C) the Company’s requiring you to be based at an office location that is at least fifty (50) miles from your then-current office location and that materially increases your travel time from your then-current residence (other than in connection with any teleworking or other arrangement related to a public health or safety emergency); provided, that you may not rely on any particular action or event as a basis for terminating your employment due to Good Reason unless you deliver a notice based on that action or event within thirty (30) days after its occurrence and the Company has failed to correct the circumstances cited by you as constituting Good Reason within thirty (30) days of receiving such notice, and you terminate employment within ten (10) days following the Company’s failure to correct. However, no event shall be considered to constitute Good Reason if you are offered Comparable Employment, determined with respect to your position without giving effect to the events allegedly constituting Good Reason, by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, regardless of whether you accept such offer of employment.
(c) Involuntary Termination After the Performance Period. Upon your Involuntary Termination after the completion of the Performance Period, a number of shares of Stock subject to your Option, if any, that previously performance vested pursuant to Attachment II will immediately time vest, equal to the difference between (x) the product of (A) the aggregate number shares of Stock subject to your Option, if any, that previously performance vested pursuant to Attachment II, times (B) the number of full months you were employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates during the period between [start of vesting period] and [end of vesting period] divided by [number of months in vesting period], and (y) the number of shares of Stock subject to your Option that have vested prior to the date of such Involuntary Termination.
(d) Effect of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs during the Performance Period, the number of shares of Stock subject to your Option that would performance vest at Target Level (as defined in Attachment II) of performance will immediately performance vest and continue to time vest in accordance with Section 2 of Attachment II. Upon your Termination following a Change in Control due to your death, Disability or Involuntary Termination, the portion of your Option that have previously performance vested (including any portion of your Option that performance vested as a result of this Section 1(d), will immediately time vest.
(e) Committee Discretion to Accelerate Vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting of the number of shares of Stock subject to your Option at any time and for any reason.
2
2. Number of Shares and Exercise Price. The number of shares of Stock subject to your Option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted from time to time for capitalization adjustments, as provided in the Plan. Any additional shares become subject to the Option pursuant to this Section 2, if any, shall be subject, in a manner determined by the Committee, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other shares covered by your Option. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Stock shall be created pursuant to this Section 2. Any fraction of a share will be rounded down to the nearest whole share.
3. Method of Payment. You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in a manner approved by the Committee and in accordance with applicable law, which may include any of the following payment methods: (i) in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check, (ii) by delivery of shares of Stock having a value equal to the exercise price, (iii) by a broker-assisted cashless exercise in accordance with procedures approved by the Committee, whereby payment of the Option exercise price or tax withholding obligations may be satisfied, in whole or in part, with shares of Stock subject to the Option by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Committee) to sell shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate exercise price and, if applicable, the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s withholding obligations, or (iv) by any other means approved by the Committee. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Committee determines that any form of payment available hereunder would be in violation of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, such form of payment shall not be available.
4. Whole Shares. You may exercise your Option only for whole shares of Stock.
5. Securities Law Compliance. In no event may you exercise your Option unless the shares of Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your Option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your Option and the Company’s policies, including without limitation the Company’s Insider Trading Policy, as amended from time to time, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws, regulations or Company policies, if applicable.
6. Term. You may not exercise your Option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the Option’s term. The term of your Option shall expire upon a Termination in accordance with Section 5(f) of the Plan, and such Section 5(f) of the Plan is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.
7. Exercise.
(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your Option during its term by (i) completing such documents and/or procedures designated by the Company, or a third party designated by the Company, for exercise, and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.
3
(b) By exercising your Option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your Option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your Option, or (ii) the disposition of shares of Stock acquired upon such exercise.
8. Transferability of Options. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.
(a) Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Committee or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this Option and receive the Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this Option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.
9. Dividends. You shall receive no benefit or adjustment to your Option with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution that does not result from the adjustment provided in Section 10(a) of the Plan.
10. Restrictive Legends. The shares of Stock issued under your Option shall be endorsed with appropriate legends, if applicable, as determined by the Company.
11. Award Not A Service Contract. This Agreement is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment or service.
12. Withholding Obligations.
(a) At the time you exercise your Option, in whole or in part, and at any other time as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance with applicable tax laws, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the shares of Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with your exercise (the “Withholding Taxes”). Additionally, the Company or any Affiliate may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your exercise by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting or requiring you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment, whereby Withholding Taxes may be satisfied with a portion of the shares of Stock to be delivered in connection with your exercise by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Committee) to sell a portion of the shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company and/or its Affiliates in payment of the amount necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes obligation; (iv) withholding shares of Stock from the shares of Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the Option with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of exercise) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, that to the extent necessary to qualify for an exemption from application of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, if applicable, such share withholding procedure will be subject to the express prior approval of the Committee; or (v) such other arrangements as are satisfactory to the Committee.
4
(b) You may not exercise your Option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your Option when desired even though your Option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Stock or release such shares of Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.
(c) In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of shares of Stock or it is determined after the delivery of shares of Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligations was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.
13. Tax Consequences. You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its officers, directors, employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your Option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this Option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Option.
14. Notices. Any notices provided for in your Option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this Option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.
15. Governing Plan Document. Your Option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your Option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of delaware. Any dispute, controversy or claim between YOU and the Company arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with THE PROVISIONS RELATING TO ARBITRATION SET FORTH IN THe PLAN.
5
16. Clawback/Recoupment Policy. Your Option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your Option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with the Company’s Clawback Policy, if applicable, The Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any other clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.
17. Other Documents. You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you hereby acknowledge receipt of the Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics and Insider Trading Policy, each, as in effect from time to time, which, among other things, prohibit certain individuals from selling shares during certain “black-out” periods.
18. Effect On Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of this Option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.
19. Voting Rights. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.
20. Severability. If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.
21. Data Privacy. You explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in Section 20(g) of the Plan (such Section 20(g) of the Plan is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof) by and among, as applicable, the Company, its Affiliates, third-party administrator(s) and other possible recipients for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan and Awards and your participation in the Plan. You acknowledge, understand and agree that Data may be transferred to third parties, which will assist the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.
6
22. Miscellaneous.
(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your Option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.
(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Option.
(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Option, and fully understand all provisions of your Option.
(d) This Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.
(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
* * *
This Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.
7
Attachment II
Vesting Schedule
1. Vesting.
(a) General. Your Option will vest on a performance and time basis. The number of shares of Stock subject to your Option that vests on a performance basis will be determined from the period beginning [Date] and ending [Date] (the “Performance Period”) in accordance with Section 1(b). The number of shares of Stock subject to your Option that have performance vested pursuant to Section 1(b) will time vest in accordance with Section 2. Your Option will not be vested as to any portion thereof unless and until such portion has both performance and time vested in accordance with this Section 1.
(b) Performance Vesting. Your Option is eligible to performance vest based on the Company’s achievement as measured against the Organic Revenue Growth Metric set forth below during the Performance Period. The number of shares of Stock subject to your Option that performance vests will be determined in accordance with this Attachment II and will be determined using straight line interpolation for performance between performance goals established for the Organic Revenue Growth Metric. Any portion of your Option that does not performance vest as of the end of the Performance Period will be immediately forfeited.
(c) Organic Revenue Growth Metric. The Organic Revenue Growth Metric will be used to determine the Company’s Organic Revenue Growth (as defined below) for the Performance Period as measured against the Company’s adjusted revenue for the [number of months] month period beginning [Date] and ending [Date] (the “Base Revenue”). The Committee will determine the Company’s Base Revenue as soon as reasonably practicable following [Date], which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. As soon as reasonably practicable after the Performance Period, the Committee will determine the Company’s revenue for the Performance Period in a manner substantially consistent with the methodology used to calculate the Base Revenue; provided that revenue from new or acquired business operations will not be taken into account (such amount of revenue, the “[Date] Revenue”). The Committee’s determination of the [Date] Revenue will be final, binding and conclusive. The Company’s Organic Revenue Growth will be the percentage equal to (A-B)/B, where “A” equals the [Date] Revenue and “B” equals the Base Revenue.
The percentage of the shares subject to your Option that will performance vest based on the Organic Revenue Growth Metric is as follows:
8
Organic Revenue Growth | Vesting Percentage |
Organic Revenue Growth below [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | (“Target Level”) |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% |
(d) Committee Authority. The Committee will make all determinations and calculations regarding the Organic Revenue Growth Metric, the applicable performance goal established with respect to the Organic Revenue Growth Metric and the measurement of the Company’s performance, which determinations will be final, binding and conclusive. The Committee may, but will not be required to, adjust any of its determination based on acquisitions or dispositions of assets or business units and any other one-time or extraordinary events.
2. Time Vesting. The portion of your Option that performance vested pursuant to Section 1 will time vest in ratable installments on [Date] of each of [Years] if you are then employed by the Company.
9
E2open
Parent Holdings, inc.
Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Notice
(2021 omnibus INCENTIVE PLAN)
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Participant an Award of Restricted Stock Units for the number of shares of the Company’s Stock set forth below (the “Award”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Restricted Stock Unit Notice (this “Grant Notice”) and in the RSU Agreement (attached hereto as Attachment I) and the Plan, which has been made available to you on the Company Intranet, and the Vesting Schedule (attached hereto as Attachment II) both of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein but defined in the Plan or the RSU Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the RSU Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this Grant Notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.
Name of Participant: | |
Date of Grant: | |
Number of Restricted Stock Units: |
Vesting Schedule: | Attached hereto as Attachment II |
Issuance Schedule: | Subject to any adjustment as provided in Section 10(a) of the Plan, one share of Stock will be issued for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests at the time set forth in Section 6 of the RSU Agreement. |
Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Grant Notice, the RSU Agreement and the Plan. Participant acknowledges and agrees that this Grant Notice and the RSU Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that, as of the Date of Grant, this Grant Notice, the RSU Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire agreement and understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the acquisition of Stock pursuant to the Award specified above and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) Awards previously granted and delivered to the Participant, (ii) the Company’s Clawback Policy, if applicable, and any other compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law, and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this Award upon the terms and conditions set forth therein. By accepting this Award, Participant consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. | Participant: | ||
By: | |||
Signature | |||
Signature | |||
Date: | |||
Title: | |||
Date: | |||
Attachments: RSU Agreement and Vesting Schedule
- 2 -
Attachment
I
E2open Parent Holdings, inc.
2021 omnibus INCENTIVE PLAN
RSU Agreement
Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and this RSU Agreement (this “Agreement”), E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an Award of Restricted Stock Units under its 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for the number of Restricted Stock Units indicated in the Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.
If there is any conflict between the terms in this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. The details of your Award of Restricted Stock Units (this or your “Award”), in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:
1. Grant of the Award. This Award represents the right to be issued on a future date one (1) share of Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 below) as indicated in the Grant Notice. As of the Date of Grant, the Company will credit to a bookkeeping account maintained by or on behalf of the Company for your benefit (the “Account”) the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award. This Award was granted in consideration of your services to the Company.
2. Vesting. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your Award will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon your Termination. Except as set forth in this Section 2, upon your Termination, the Restricted Stock Units credited to the Account that were not vested pursuant to vesting terms provided in Attachment II as of the date of such Termination will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such underlying shares of Stock.
(a) Involuntary Termination During Performance Period. Upon your Termination (i) by the Company or any of its Affiliates for a reason other than your death or Disability or for Cause, or (ii) by you for Good Reason (an “Involuntary Termination”) during the Performance Period (as defined in Attachment II), [___] of your Restricted Stock Units will remain outstanding and eligible to performance vest in accordance with Attachment II. A pro rata portion of the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award, if any, that subsequently performance vest pursuant to Attachment II will immediately time vest at the end of the Performance Period, with such pro rata portion equal to the number of full months you were employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates between [Date] and [Date] divided by[___].
(b) Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement,
(i) “Comparable Employment” means employment on terms which provide (A) the same or greater rate of base salary or target annual cash bonus as in effect immediately prior to such offer, (B) substantially the same, equivalent or higher job title and level of responsibility as you had prior to the offer, disregarding any adjustment to your job title or level of responsibility to reflect your placement within the overall organizational hierarchy due to the Company becoming a business unit of the Company’s successor or an acquirer in a Change in Control, and (C) a principal work location that is both (i) no more than fifty (50) miles from your then-current office location and (ii) does not materially increase your travel time from your then-current residence (other than in connection with any teleworking or other arrangement related to a public health or safety emergency).
- 1 -
(ii) “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following without your written consent: (A) a fifteen percent (15%) or greater reduction in your then-current base salary or target annual cash bonus (other than a reduction in your then-current base salary or target annual cash bonus in connection with an across-the-board reduction in base salary or target annual cash bonus for the Chief Executive Officer and each of his or her direct reports); (B) a material diminution in your authorities, duties, or responsibilities (other than as a result of the Company ceasing to be a publicly traded company), or the assignment to you of duties inconsistent with your then-current authorities, duties or responsibilities; or (C) the Company’s requiring you to be based at an office location that is at least fifty (50) miles from your then-current office location and that materially increases your travel time from your then-current residence (other than in connection with any teleworking or other arrangement related to a public health or safety emergency); provided, that you may not rely on any particular action or event as a basis for terminating your employment due to Good Reason unless you deliver a notice based on that action or event within thirty (30) days after its occurrence and the Company has failed to correct the circumstances cited by you as constituting Good Reason within thirty (30) days of receiving such notice, and you terminate employment within ten (10) days following the Company’s failure to correct. However, no event shall be considered to constitute Good Reason if you are offered Comparable Employment, determined with respect to your position without giving effect to the events allegedly constituting Good Reason, by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, regardless of whether you accept such offer of employment.
(c) Involuntary Termination After the Performance Period. Upon your Involuntary Termination after the completion of the Performance Period, a number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award, if any, that previously performance vested pursuant to Attachment II will immediately time vest equal to the difference between (x) the product of (A) the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award, if any, that previously performance vested, times (B) the number of full months you were employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates during the period between [start of vesting period] and [end of vesting period] divided by [number of months in vesting period], and (y) the number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested prior to the date of such Involuntary Termination.
(d) Effect of a Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs during the Performance Period, the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award that would performance vest at Target Level (as defined in Attachment II) of performance will immediately performance vest and continue to time vest in accordance with Section 2 of Attachment II. Upon your Termination following a Change in Control due to your death, Disability or Involuntary Termination, the portion of your Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award that have previously performance vested (including any portion of your Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award that performance vested as a result of this Section 1(d)) will immediately time vest.
- 2 -
(e) Committee Discretion to Accelerate Vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting of the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award at any time and for any reason.
3. Number of Shares. The number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award may be adjusted from time to time for capitalization adjustments, as provided in the Plan. Any additional Restricted Stock Units, shares, cash or other property that becomes subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3, if any, shall be subject, in a manner determined by the Committee, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other Restricted Stock Units covered by your Award. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Stock shall be created pursuant to this Section 3. Any fraction of a share will be rounded down to the nearest whole share.
4. Securities Law Compliance. You may not be issued any shares of Stock under your Award unless the shares of Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that such issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The issuance of shares of Stock must also comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award and the Company’s policies, including without limitation the Company’s Insider Trading Policy, as amended from time to time, and you shall not receive such Stock if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws, regulations or Company policies, if applicable.
5. Transfer Restrictions. Prior to the time that shares of Stock have been delivered to you, you may not transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of this Award or the shares issuable in respect of your Award, except as expressly provided in Section 5.a. below. For example, you may not use shares that may be issued in respect of your Restricted Stock Units as security for a loan. The restrictions on transfer set forth herein will lapse upon delivery to you of shares in respect of your vested Restricted Stock Units.
a. Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Committee or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to receive the shares issuable in respect of your Award. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to receive any Stock or other consideration that vested but was not issued before your death.
6. Date of Issuance.
a. The issuance of shares in respect of the Restricted Stock Units is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner. In the event one or more Restricted Stock Units vests, the Company shall issue to you one (1) share of Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests as soon as practicable following the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 above) and in any event within thirty (30) days following the vesting date.
- 3 -
b. The form of delivery (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.
7. Dividends. You shall receive no benefit or adjustment to your Award with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution that does not result from the adjustment provided in Section 10(a) of the Plan.
8. Restrictive Legends. The shares of Stock issued under your Award shall be endorsed with appropriate legends, if applicable, as determined by the Company.
9. Award Not a Service Contract. This Agreement is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment or service.
10. Withholding Obligations.
a. On or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares of Stock underlying your Award, and at any other time as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance with applicable tax laws, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the shares of Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with your Award (the “Withholding Taxes”). Additionally, the Company or any Affiliate may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting or requiring you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment, whereby Withholding Taxes may be satisfied with a portion of the shares of Stock to be delivered in connection with your Restricted Stock Units by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Committee) to sell a portion of the shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company and/or its Affiliates in payment of the amount necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes obligation; (iv) withholding shares of Stock from the shares of Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Stock are issued to pursuant to Section 6) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, that to the extent necessary to qualify for an exemption from application of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, if applicable, such share withholding procedure will be subject to the express prior approval of the Committee; or (v) such other arrangements as are satisfactory to the Committee.
b. Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver to you any shares of Stock.
c. In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of shares of Stock or it is determined after the delivery of shares of Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligations was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.
- 4 -
11. Tax Consequences. You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its officers, directors, employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your Award or your other compensation.
12. Notices. Any notices provided for in your Award or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Award by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this Award, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.
13. Unsecured Obligation. Your Award is unfunded, and as a holder of a vested Award, you shall be considered a general, unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares or other property pursuant to this Agreement.
14. Governing Plan Document. Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of delaware. Any dispute, controversy or claim between You and the Company arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with THE PROVISIONS RELATING TO ARBITRATION SET FORTH IN THe PLAN.
15. Clawback/Recoupment Policy. Your Award (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your Award) is subject to recoupment in accordance with the Company’s Clawback Policy, , if applicable, The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any other clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.
16. Other Documents. You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you hereby acknowledge receipt of the Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics and Insider Trading Policy, each, as in effect from time to time, which, among other things, prohibit certain individuals from selling shares during certain “black-out” periods.
17. Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of this Award will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.
- 5 -
18. Voting Rights. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to this Award until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Award, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.
19. Severability. If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.
20. Data Privacy. You explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in Section 20(g) of the Plan (such Section 20(g) of the Plan is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof) by and among, as applicable, the Company, its Affiliates, third-party administrator(s) and other possible recipients for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan and Awards and your participation in the Plan. You acknowledges, understands and agrees that Data may be transferred to third parties, which will assist the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.
21. Miscellaneous.
a. The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company’s successors and assigns.
b. You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.
c. You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award and fully understand all provisions of your Award.
d. This Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.
e. All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
- 6 -
* * *
This RSU Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice to which it is attached.
- 7 -
Attachment II
Vesting Schedule
1. Vesting.
(a) General. Your Award will vest on a performance and time basis. The number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award that vests on a performance basis will be determined from the period beginning [Date] and ending [Date] (the “Performance Period”) in accordance with Section 1(b). The number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award that have performance vested pursuant to Section 1(b) will time vest in accordance with Section 2. Your Award will not be vested as to any portion thereof unless and until such portion has both performance and time vested in accordance with this Section 1.
(b) Performance Vesting. Your Award is eligible to performance vest based on the Company’s achievement as measured against the Organic Revenue Growth Metric set forth below during the Performance Period. The number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award that performance vests will be determined in accordance with this Attachment II and will be determined using straight line interpolation for performance between performance goals established for the Organic Revenue Growth Metric. Any portion of your Award that does not performance vest as of the end of the Performance Period will be immediately forfeited.
(c) Organic Revenue Growth Metric. The Organic Revenue Growth Metric will be used to determine the Company’s Organic Revenue Growth (as defined below) for the Performance Period as measured against the Company’s adjusted revenue for the [number of months] month period beginning [Date] ending [Date] (the “Base Revenue”). The Committee will determine the Company’s Base Revenue as soon as reasonably practicable following [Date], which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. As soon as reasonably practicable after the Performance Period, the Committee will determine the Company’s revenue for the Performance Period in a manner substantially consistent with the methodology used to calculate the Base Revenue; provided that revenue from new or acquired business operations will not be taken into account (such amount of revenue, the “[Date] Revenue”). The Committee’s determination of the [Date] Revenue will be final, binding and conclusive. The Company’s Organic Revenue Growth will be the percentage equal to (A-B)/B, where “A” equals the [Date] Revenue and “B” equals the Base Revenue.
The percentage of the Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award that will performance vest based on the Organic Revenue Growth Metric is as follows:
Organic Revenue Growth | Vesting Percentage |
Organic Revenue Growth below [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__] % | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | (“Target Level”) |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% | |
Organic Revenue Growth equal to [__]% |
(d) Committee Authority. The Committee will make all determinations and calculations regarding the Organic Revenue Growth Metric, the applicable performance goal established with respect to the Organic Revenue Growth Metric and the measurement of the Company’s performance, which determinations will be final, binding and conclusive. The Committee may, but will not be required to, adjust any of its determination based on acquisitions or dispositions of assets or business units and any other one-time or extraordinary events.
2. Time Vesting. The portion of your Award that performance vested pursuant to Section 1 will time vest in ratable installments on [Date] of each of [Years] if you are then employed by the Company.
E2open
Parent Holdings, inc.
Restricted Stock Unit Notice
(2021 omnibus INCENTIVE PLAN)
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Participant an Award of Restricted Stock Units for the number of shares of the Company’s Stock set forth below (the “Award”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Restricted Stock Unit Notice (this “Grant Notice”) and in the RSU Agreement (attached hereto as Attachment I) and the Plan, which has been made available to you on the Company Intranet, both of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein but defined in the Plan or the RSU Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the RSU Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this Grant Notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.
Name of Participant: | |
Date of Grant: | |
Number of Restricted Stock Units: |
Vesting Schedule: | [Vesting schedule to be added] |
Issuance Schedule: | Subject to any adjustment as provided in Section 10(a) of the Plan, one share of Stock will be issued for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests at the time set forth in Section 6 of the RSU Agreement. |
Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Grant Notice, the RSU Agreement and the Plan. Participant acknowledges and agrees that this Grant Notice and the RSU Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that, as of the Date of Grant, this Grant Notice, the RSU Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire agreement and understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the acquisition of Stock pursuant to the Award specified above and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) Awards previously granted and delivered to the Participant, (ii) the Company’s Clawback Policy, if applicable, and any other compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law, and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this Award upon the terms and conditions set forth therein. By accepting this Award, Participant consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. | Participant: |
By: | ||
Signature | Signature |
Title: | Date: | ||
Date: | |
Attachments: RSU Agreement
- 2 -
Attachment
I
E2open Parent Holdings, inc.
2021 omnibus INCENTIVE PLAN
RSU Agreement
Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and this RSU Agreement (this “Agreement”), E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an Award of Restricted Stock Units under its 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for the number of Restricted Stock Units indicated in the Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.
If there is any conflict between the terms in this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. The details of your Award of Restricted Stock Units (this or your “Award”), in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:
1. Grant of the Award. This Award represents the right to be issued on a future date one (1) share of Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 below) as indicated in the Grant Notice. As of the Date of Grant, the Company will credit to a bookkeeping account maintained by or on behalf of the Company for your benefit (the “Account”) the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to the Award. This Award was granted in consideration of your services to the Company.
2. Vesting. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your Award will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon your Termination. Except as set forth in this Section 2, upon your Termination, the Restricted Stock Units credited to the Account that were not vested on the date of such Termination will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such underlying shares of Stock.
(a) Involuntary Termination. Upon your Termination (i) by the Company or any of its Affiliates for a reason other than your death or Disability or for Cause, or (ii) by you for Good Reason (an “Involuntary Termination”), you will immediately vest in a number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award equal to the difference between (x) the product of (A) the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award on the Date of Grant, times (B) the number of full months you were employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates between [start of vesting period] and [end of vesting period] divided by [number of months in vesting period], and (y) the number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested prior to the date of such Involuntary Termination.
(b) Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement,
(i) “Comparable Employment” means employment on terms which provide (A) the same or greater rate of base salary or target annual cash bonus as in effect immediately prior to such offer, (B) substantially the same, equivalent or higher job title and level of responsibility as you had prior to the offer, disregarding any adjustment to your job title or level of responsibility to reflect your placement within the overall organizational hierarchy due to the Company becoming a business unit of the Company’s successor or an acquirer in a Change in Control, and (C) a principal work location that is both (i) no more than fifty (50) miles from your then-current office location and (ii) does not materially increase your travel time from your then-current residence (other than in connection with any teleworking or other arrangement related to a public health or safety emergency).
1
(ii) “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following without your written consent: (A) a fifteen percent (15%) or greater reduction in your then-current base salary or target annual cash bonus (other than a reduction in your then-current base salary or target annual cash bonus in connection with an across-the-board reduction in base salary or target annual cash bonus for the Chief Executive Officer and each of his or her direct reports); (B) a material diminution in your authorities, duties, or responsibilities (other than as a result of the Company ceasing to be a publicly traded company), or the assignment to you of duties inconsistent with your then-current authorities, duties or responsibilities; or (C) the Company’s requiring you to be based at an office location that is at least fifty (50) miles from your then-current office location and that materially increases your travel time from your then-current residence (other than in connection with any teleworking or other arrangement related to a public health or safety emergency); provided, that you may not rely on any particular action or event as a basis for terminating your employment due to Good Reason unless you deliver a notice based on that action or event within thirty (30) days after its occurrence and the Company has failed to correct the circumstances cited by you as constituting Good Reason within thirty (30) days of receiving such notice, and you terminate employment within ten (10) days following the Company’s failure to correct. However, no event shall be considered to constitute Good Reason if you are offered Comparable Employment, determined with respect to your position without giving effect to the events allegedly constituting Good Reason, by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, regardless of whether you accept such offer of employment.
(c) Termination Due to Death or Disability. Upon your Termination by the Company or any of its Affiliates due to your death or Disability, the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award that remain outstanding will immediately vest.
(d) Effect of a Change in Control. Upon your Termination following a Change in Control due to your death, Disability or Involuntary Termination, the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award that remain outstanding will immediately vest.
(e) Committee Discretion to Accelerate Vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting of the number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award at any time and for any reason.
3. Number of Shares. The number of Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award may be adjusted from time to time for capitalization adjustments, as provided in the Plan. Any additional Restricted Stock Units, shares, cash or other property that becomes subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3, if any, shall be subject, in a manner determined by the Committee, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other Restricted Stock Units covered by your Award. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Stock shall be created pursuant to this Section 3. Any fraction of a share will be rounded down to the nearest whole share.
2
4. Securities Law Compliance. You may not be issued any shares of Stock under your Award unless the shares of Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that such issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The issuance of shares of Stock must also comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award and the Company’s policies, including without limitation the Company’s Insider Trading Policy, as amended from time to time, and you shall not receive such Stock if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws, regulations or Company policies, if applicable.
5. Transfer Restrictions. Prior to the time that shares of Stock have been delivered to you, you may not transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of this Award or the shares issuable in respect of your Award, except as expressly provided in Section 5.a. below. For example, you may not use shares that may be issued in respect of your Restricted Stock Units as security for a loan. The restrictions on transfer set forth herein will lapse upon delivery to you of shares in respect of your vested Restricted Stock Units.
a. Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Committee or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to receive the shares issuable in respect of your Award. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to receive any Stock or other consideration that vested but was not issued before your death.
6. Date of Issuance.
a. The issuance of shares in respect of the Restricted Stock Units is intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner. In the event one or more Restricted Stock Units vests, the Company shall issue to you one (1) share of Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests as soon as practicable following the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 above) and in any event within thirty (30) days following the vesting date.
b. The form of delivery (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.
7. Dividends. You shall receive no benefit or adjustment to your Award with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution that does not result from the adjustment provided in Section 10(a) of the Plan.
8. Restrictive Legends. The shares of Stock issued under your Award shall be endorsed with appropriate legends, if applicable, as determined by the Company.
9. Award Not a Service Contract. This Agreement is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment or service.
3
10. Withholding Obligations.
a. On or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares of Stock underlying your Award, and at any other time as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance with applicable tax laws, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the shares of Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with your Award (the “Withholding Taxes”). Additionally, the Company or any Affiliate may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting or requiring you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment, whereby Withholding Taxes may be satisfied with a portion of the shares of Stock to be delivered in connection with your Restricted Stock Units by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Committee) to sell a portion of the shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company and/or its Affiliates in payment of the amount necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes obligation; (iv) withholding shares of Stock from the shares of Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Stock are issued to pursuant to Section 6) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, that to the extent necessary to qualify for an exemption from application of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, if applicable, such share withholding procedure will be subject to the express prior approval of the Committee; or (v) such other arrangements as are satisfactory to the Committee.
b. Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver to you any shares of Stock.
c. In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of shares of Stock or it is determined after the delivery of shares of Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligations was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.
11. Tax Consequences. You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its officers, directors, employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your Award or your other compensation.
12. Notices. Any notices provided for in your Award or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Award by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this Award, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.
4
13. Unsecured Obligation. Your Award is unfunded, and as a holder of a vested Award, you shall be considered a general, unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares or other property pursuant to this Agreement.
14. Governing Plan Document. Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of delaware. Any dispute, controversy or claim between YOU and the Company arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with THE PROVISIONS RELATING TO ARBITRATION SET FORTH IN THe PLAN.
15. Clawback/Recoupment Policy. Your Award (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your Award) is subject to recoupment in accordance with the Company’s Clawback Policy, , if applicable, The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any other clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.
16. Other Documents. You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you hereby acknowledge receipt of the Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics and Insider Trading Policy, each, as in effect from time to time, which, among other things, prohibit certain individuals from selling shares during certain “black-out” periods.
17. Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of this Award will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.
18. Voting Rights. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to this Award until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Award, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.
5
19. Severability. If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.
20. Data Privacy. You explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in Section 20(g) of the Plan (such Section 20(g) of the Plan is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof) by and among, as applicable, the Company, its Affiliates, third-party administrator(s) and other possible recipients for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan and Awards and your participation in the Plan. You acknowledges, understands and agrees that Data may be transferred to third parties, which will assist the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.
21. Miscellaneous.
a. The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company’s successors and assigns.
b. You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.
c. You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award and fully understand all provisions of your Award.
d. This Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.
e. All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
* * *
This RSU Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice to which it is attached.
6
Exhibit 10.9
E2open
Parent Holdings, inc.
Stock AWARD Grant Notice
(2021 omnibus INCENTIVE PLAN)
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Participant an Award of fully vested shares of Stock for the number of shares set forth below (the “Award”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Stock Award Grant Notice (this “Grant Notice”) and in the Award Agreement (attached hereto as Attachment I) and the Plan, which has been made available to Participant, both of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Award Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Award Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this Grant Notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.
Name of Participant: |
Timothy Maudlin |
Date of Grant: |
February 4, 2021 |
Number of Shares of Stock: |
6,830 |
Vesting Schedule: | The shares of Stock granted hereunder are fully vested as of the Date of Grant, and will be transferred within thirty (30) days of the Date of Grant. |
Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan. Participant acknowledges and agrees that this Grant Notice and the Award Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that, as of the Date of Grant, this Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire agreement and understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the acquisition of Stock pursuant to the Award specified above and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject. By accepting this Award, Participant consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. | Participant: | |
By: | ||
Signature | ||
Signature |
Date: | ||||
Title: | ||||
Date: |
Attachments: Award Agreement
Attachment I
E2open Parent Holdings, inc.
2021 omnibus INCENTIVE PLAN
Award Agreement
Pursuant to the Stock Award Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and this Award Agreement (this “Agreement”), E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an Award of shares of Stock under its 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for the number of shares of Stock indicated in the Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.
If there is any conflict between the terms in this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. The details of your Award of shares of Stock (this or your “Award”), in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:
1. Grant of the Award; Vesting. This Award was granted in consideration of your services to the Company. You are fully vested in the Award as of the Date of Grant set forth in the Grant Notice.
2. Securities Law Compliance; Restrictive Legends. The shares of Stock under your Award are not registered under the Securities Act. The shares of Stock issued under your Award shall be endorsed with appropriate legends, if applicable, as determined by the Company.
3. Rights as Stockholder. Upon issuance of the shares of Stock by the Company, you shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said shares of Stock, including the right to vote the Shares and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the shares of Stock.
4. Award Not a Service Contract. This Agreement is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment or service.
5. Withholding Obligations.
a. On or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares of Stock underlying your Award, and at any other time as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance with applicable tax laws, you hereby authorize any required withholding, if any, from the shares of Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with your Award (the “Withholding Taxes”). Additionally, the Company or any Affiliate may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting or requiring you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment, whereby Withholding Taxes may be satisfied with a portion of the shares of Stock to be delivered in connection with your Award by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Committee) to sell a portion of the shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company and/or its Affiliates in payment of the amount necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes obligation; (iv) withholding shares of Stock from the shares of Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Stock are issued to you) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, that to the extent necessary to qualify for an exemption from application of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, if applicable, such share withholding procedure will be subject to the express prior approval of the Committee; or (v) such other arrangements as are satisfactory to the Committee.
1
b. Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver to you any shares of Stock.
c. In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of shares of Stock or it is determined after the delivery of shares of Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligations was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.
6. Tax Consequences. You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its officers, directors, employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your Award or your other compensation.
7. Notices. Any notices provided for in your Award or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Award by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this Award, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.
8. Governing Plan Document. Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of delaware. Any dispute, controversy or claim between You and the Company arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with THE PROVISIONS RELATING TO ARBITRATION SET FORTH IN THe PLAN.
2
9. Other Documents. You hereby acknowledge receipt of the Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics and Insider Trading Policy, each, as in effect from time to time, which, among other things, prohibit certain individuals from selling shares during certain “black-out” periods.
10. Severability. If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.
11. Data Privacy. You explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in Section 20(g) of the Plan (such Section 20(g) of the Plan is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof) by and among, as applicable, the Company, its Affiliates, third-party administrator(s) and other possible recipients for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan and Awards and your participation in the Plan. You acknowledges, understands and agrees that Data may be transferred to third parties, which will assist the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.
12. Miscellaneous.
a. The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company’s successors and assigns.
b. You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.
c. You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award and fully understand all provisions of your Award.
d. This Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.
e. All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
* * *
This Award Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Award Grant Notice to which it is attached.
3
Exhibit 14.1
CODE OF ETHICS
E2OPEN PARENT HOLDINGS, INC.
The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the "Company") has adopted this Code of Ethics (the "Code") in order to deter wrongdoing and promote:
1. | honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships; |
2. | full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and in other public communications made by the Company; |
3. | compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; |
4. | the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code to an appropriate person or persons identified in the Code; and |
5. | accountability for adherence to the Code. |
All directors, officers and employees are required to be familiar with the Code, comply with its provisions and report any suspected violations as described below.
HONEST AND ETHICAL CONDUCT
The Company's policy is to promote high standards of integrity by conducting its affairs honestly and ethically.
Each director, officer and employee must act with integrity and observe the highest ethical standards of business conduct in his or her dealings with the Company's customers, suppliers, partners, service providers, competitors, employees and anyone else with whom he or she has contact in the course of performing his or her job.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
A conflict of interest occurs when an individual's private interest interferes, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. A conflict of interest can arise when an employee, officer or director takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work for the Company objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company.
Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of, obligations of directors, officers, employees or their family members are of special concern. Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of, obligations of any director or executive officer are expressly prohibited.
Whether or not a conflict of interest exists or will exist can be unclear. Conflicts of interest should be avoided unless specifically authorized as described in the paragraph below.
Persons other than directors and executive officers who have questions about a potential conflict of interest or who become aware of an actual or potential conflict should discuss the matter with, and seek a determination and prior authorization or approval from, their supervisor or the General Counsel. A supervisor may not authorize or approve conflict of interest matters or make determinations as to whether a problematic conflict of interest exists without first providing the General Counsel with a written description of the activity and seeking the General Counsel's written approval. If the supervisor is himself involved in the potential or actual conflict, the matter should instead be discussed directly with the General Counsel.
Directors and executive officers must seek determinations and prior authorizations or approvals of potential conflicts of interest exclusively from the Audit Committee.
CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES
All directors, officers and employees owe a duty to the Company to advance its interests when the opportunity to do so arises. Directors, officers and employees are prohibited from taking for themselves personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of Company property, information or position. Directors, officers and employees may not use Company property, information or position for personal gain. In addition, no director, officer or employee may compete with the Company. A director’s investment in or employment by a venture fund, private equity fund, or mutual fund is not competing with the Company for purposes of this restriction unless such director’s share of the fund would entitle him or her personally to at least 5% of the stock, assets or other interests of a competitor.
CONFIDENTIALITY
Directors, officers and employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company or by its customers, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to the Company's competitors, or harmful to the Company or its customers if disclosed.
FAIR DEALING
Each director, officer and employee should endeavor to deal fairly with the Company's customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. No director, officer or employee should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse or privileged information, misrepresentation of facts or any other unfair dealing practice.
2
PROTECTION AND PROPER USE OF COMPANY ASSETS
All directors, officers and employees should protect the Company's assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company's profitability and are prohibited.
All Company assets should be used only for legitimate business purposes. Any suspected incident of fraud or theft should be reported for investigation immediately.
The obligation to protect Company assets includes the Company's proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks, and copyrights, as well as business and marketing plans, engineering and manufacturing ideas, designs, databases, records and any non-public financial data or reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information is prohibited and could also be illegal and result in civil or criminal penalties.
COMPLIANCE
Directors, officers and employees should comply, both in letter and spirit, with all applicable laws, rules and regulations in the cities, states and countries in which the Company operates.
Although not all directors, officers and employees are expected to know the details of all applicable laws, rules and regulations, it is important to know enough to determine when to seek advice from appropriate personnel. Questions about compliance should be addressed to the Legal Department.
Insider trading is unethical, illegal and a violation of the Company’s Insider Trading Policy.
DISCLOSURE
The Company's periodic reports and other documents filed with the SEC, including all financial statements and other financial information, must comply with applicable federal securities laws and SEC rules.
Each director, officer and employee who contributes in any way to the preparation or verification of the Company's financial statements and other financial information must ensure that the Company's books, records and accounts are accurately maintained. Each director, officer and employee must cooperate fully with the Company's accounting and internal audit departments, as well as the Company's independent public accountants and counsel.
Each director, officer and employee who is involved in the Company's disclosure process must:
1. | be familiar with and comply with the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting; and |
2. | take all necessary steps to ensure that all filings with the SEC and all other public communications about the financial and business condition of the Company provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure. |
3
REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION OF VIOLATIONS
Actions prohibited by this Code involving directors or executive officers must be reported to the Audit Committee.
Actions prohibited by this Code involving anyone other than a director or executive officer must be reported to the reporting person's supervisor or the General Counsel.
After receiving a report of an alleged prohibited action, the Audit Committee, the General Counsel or the relevant supervisor must promptly take all appropriate actions necessary to investigate.
All directors, officers and employees are expected to cooperate in any internal investigation of misconduct.
PROHIBITION ON RETALIATION
The Company does not tolerate acts of retaliation against any director, officer or employee who makes a good faith report of known or suspected acts of misconduct or other violations of this Code, and any such retaliation may be a violation of the Company’s Whistleblower Policy.
ENFORCEMENT
The Company must ensure prompt and consistent action against violations of this Code.
If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by a director or executive officer, the Audit Committee determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, the Audit Committee will report such determination to the Board.
If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by any other person, the relevant supervisor or the General Counsel determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, the supervisor or the General Counsel will report such determination to the General Counsel.
Upon receipt of a determination that there has been a violation of this Code, the Board or the General Counsel will take such preventative or disciplinary action as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, reassignment, demotion, dismissal and, in the event of criminal conduct or other serious violations of the law, notification of appropriate governmental authorities.
WAIVERS
The Board or the Audit Committee (in the case of a violation by a director or executive officer) or the General Counsel (in the case of a violation by any other person) may, in its discretion, waive any violation of this Code.
Any waiver for a director or an executive officer shall be disclosed as required by SEC and NYSE rules.
4
Exhibit 16.1
February 9, 2021
Office of the Chief Accountant
Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, NE
Washington, D.C. 20549
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have read the statements of E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) included under Item 4.01 of its Form 8-K dated February 8, 2021, and we agree with such statements, except that we are not in a position to agree or disagree with the Company’s statements that the audit committee decided to engage Ernst & Young LLP to serve as the Company’s new independent registered public accounting firm, and the statements made in paragraphs 5 under Item 4.01.
/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC | ||
New York, New York | ||
cc: | Mr. Timothy I. Maudlin | |
Audit Chair | ||
E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. |
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT
Below is a list of our major subsidiaries as of February 4, 2021, their jurisdictions of incorporation and the name under which they do business. Each is wholly owned unless otherwise noted.
Subsidiary | Jurisdiction |
Amber Road, Inc. | Delaware |
E2open, LLC. | Delaware |
Inttra, Inc. | Delaware |
Zyme Solutions, Inc. | Delaware |
Exhibit 99.1
E2open and CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I Complete Business Combination
Transaction Introduces E2open as a Publicly Listed Company on the
New York Stock Exchange Under Symbol “ETWO”
Leading End-to-End and Cloud-Based Supply Chain Management SaaS Platform Positioned for Continued Growth and Value Creation
AUSTIN, TEXAS, – February 5, 2021 – E2open (the “Company”), a leading provider of supply chain management software, and CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I (NYSE: PCPL), a special purpose acquisition company, today announced that they have completed their business combination. The transaction has been unanimously approved by the board of directors of CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I and was approved at a special meeting of CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I shareholders on February 2, 2021. The common stock of the combined company will trade under the symbol “ETWO” on the New York Stock Exchange, beginning February 5, 2021. Michael Farlekas, who has served as CEO of the Company since 2015, will continue to lead the business.
E2open is a leading end-to-end and cloud-based supply chain management SaaS platform. The Company’s software solutions orchestrate complex global supply chains and drive compelling value and ROI for its diverse and sophisticated blue-chip customers. Additionally, E2open benefits from attractive secular tailwinds as companies endeavor to accelerate growth, reduce costs, increase visibility, and drive improved resiliency across their supply chains in an increasingly complex global economy. The Company’s software combines networks, data and applications to provide a deeply embedded, mission-critical platform that allows customers to optimize their supply chain across channel shaping, business planning, logistics, global trade, manufacturing and supply management.
“We are pleased to complete our business combination with CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I and begin our next chapter as a public company,” said Mr. Farlekas. “I am incredibly proud of the work our team is doing to help our customers reduce costs and accelerate revenue using our supply chain management software solutions. Leveraging our recapitalized balance sheet and the significant experience of the CC Capital, Neuberger Berman, Insight Partners, and Evergreen Coast Capital Corp. (the private equity affiliate of Elliott Investment Management L.P.) teams, we believe E2open is poised to accelerate its growth and capitalize on the significant opportunities to generate substantial value for all stakeholders.”
“As an industry-leading cloud technology platform, E2open is positioned to benefit from increased demand for supply chain management software solutions going forward,” said Chinh Chu and Douglas Newton, Co-Founders and Senior Managing Directors of CC Capital, as well as Charles Kantor, Senior Portfolio Manager of Neuberger Berman. “We are excited about E2open’s opportunity for organic growth acceleration and strategically accretive acquisitions, and believe the Company has a long runway for value creation as a publicly traded company.”
Key Transaction Terms and Details
At the closing of the transaction, CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I was domesticated as a Delaware corporation and its name has been changed to E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. (NYSE: ETWO).
- 1 -
A more detailed description of the transaction terms will be included in a current report on Form 8-K to be filed by E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
Credit Suisse served as lead financial advisor and Lazard also served as financial advisor to E2open. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs acted as M&A advisors to CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I. Goldman Sachs acted as lead placement agent and lead capital markets advisor and Credit Suisse and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC were also placement agents for CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP acted as legal counsel to E2open and Kirkland & Ellis LLP acted as legal counsel to CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I.
About E2open
At E2open, we’re creating a more connected, intelligent supply chain. It starts with sensing and responding to real-time demand, supply and delivery constraints. Bringing together data from clients, distribution channels, suppliers, contract manufacturers and logistics partners, our collaborative and agile supply chain platform enables companies to use data in real time, with artificial intelligence and machine learning to drive smarter decisions. All this complex information is delivered in a single view that encompasses your demand, supply and logistics ecosystems. E2open is changing everything. Demand. Supply. Delivered.
Visit www.e2open.com.
E2open, the E2open logo and Harmony are registered trademarks of E2open, LLC. All other trademarks, registered trademarks and service marks are the property of their respective owners.
About CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I
CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I is a special purpose acquisition company that completed its initial public offering in April 2020, raising $414 million in proceeds. Led by Chinh Chu, Douglas Newton, Charles Kantor and other senior professionals of CC Capital and Neuberger Berman, CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I was formed for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses.
Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements in this press release may be considered forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or E2open’s future financial or operating performance. For example, projections of future growth, financial performance and other metrics are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “will,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue,” or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar terminology. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based upon estimates and assumptions that, while considered reasonable by E2open and its management, are inherently uncertain. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, but are not limited to: (1) the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against E2open with respect to the completed business combination between CCNB1 and E2open (the “Business Combination”); (2) the ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination, which may be affected by, among other things, competition, the ability of E2open to grow and manage growth profitably, maintain relationships with customers and suppliers and retain its management and key employees; (3) changes in applicable laws or regulations; (4) the possibility that E2open may be adversely affected by other economic, business and/or competitive factors; (5) E2open’s estimates of expenses and profitability; and (6) other risks and uncertainties set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward- Looking Statements” in CCNB1’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering, dated April 23, 2020, subsequent quarterly reports on form 10-Q and definitive proxy statement, filed with the SEC on January 12, 2021 in connection with the Business Combination. Nothing in this press release should be regarded as a representation by any person that the forward-looking statements set forth herein will be achieved or that any of the contemplated results of such forward-looking statements will be achieved. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made. E2open does not take any duty to update these forward-looking statements.
- 2 -
Contacts
Investor Contacts
Investor Contact:
ICR, Inc. for E2open
Michael Bowen / Marc P. Griffin
Investor.relations@E2open.com
646-277-1290
Media Contacts
CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I
CC Capital
Jonathan Keehner / Julie Hamilton / Kate Thompson
Joele Frank, Wilkinson Brimmer Katcher
212-355-4449
Neuberger Berman
Alex Samuelson
Alexander.Samuelson@NB.com
(212) 476-5392
- 3 -
Exhibit 99.2
E2open Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the Nine Months Ended November 30, 2020 and 2019 |
E2OPEN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)
November 30, 2020 | February 29, 2020 | |||||||
(Unaudited) | ||||||||
Assets | ||||||||
Current Assets | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 17,132 | $ | 19,494 | ||||
Restricted cash | 41,325 | 28,934 | ||||||
Accounts receivable - net of allowance of $1,288 and $1,631, respectively | 39,465 | 118,777 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets | 17,420 | 12,602 | ||||||
Total current assets | 115,342 | 179,807 | ||||||
Long-term investments | 222 | 179 | ||||||
Goodwill | 752,701 | 752,756 | ||||||
Intangible assets, net | 426,745 | 467,593 | ||||||
Property and equipment, net | 37,962 | 25,232 | ||||||
Other noncurrent assets | 14,321 | 14,445 | ||||||
Total Assets | $ | 1,347,293 | $ | 1,440,012 | ||||
Liabilities and Member's Equity | ||||||||
Current Liabilities | ||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | $ | 54,116 | $ | 58,451 | ||||
Incentive program payable | 41,325 | 28,934 | ||||||
Deferred revenue | 73,986 | 142,027 | ||||||
Acquisition-related obligations | 2,000 | 3,100 | ||||||
Current portion of notes payable and capital lease obligations | 66,536 | 64,902 | ||||||
Total current liabilities | 237,963 | 297,414 | ||||||
Long-term deferred revenue | 2,850 | 2,656 | ||||||
Notes payable and capital lease obligations | 888,023 | 886,806 | ||||||
Other noncurrent liabilities | 62,830 | 38,544 | ||||||
Total liabilities | 1,191,666 | 1,225,420 | ||||||
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 8) | ||||||||
Member's Equity | ||||||||
Member's capital | 443,329 | 433,992 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | (841 | ) | (898 | ) | ||||
Accumulated deficit | (286,861 | ) | (218,502 | ) | ||||
Total member's equity | 155,627 | 214,592 | ||||||
Total Liabilities and Member's Equity | $ | 1,347,293 | $ | 1,440,012 |
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
2
E2OPEN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)
Nine months ended November 30, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Revenue | ||||||||
Subscription revenue | $ | 209,013 | $ | 176,481 | ||||
Professional services | 40,009 | 44,447 | ||||||
Total revenue | 249,022 | 220,928 | ||||||
Cost of Revenue | ||||||||
Subcriptions | 44,566 | 43,611 | ||||||
Professional services and other | 32,791 | 29,969 | ||||||
Amortization of acquired intangible assets | 15,453 | 13,505 | ||||||
Total cost of revenue | 92,810 | 87,085 | ||||||
Gross Profit | 156,212 | 133,843 | ||||||
Operating Expenses | ||||||||
Research and development | 43,212 | 45,019 | ||||||
Sales and marketing | 37,275 | 37,781 | ||||||
General and administrative | 30,037 | 40,341 | ||||||
Acquisition-related expenses | 11,354 | 23,505 | ||||||
Amortization of acquired intangible assets | 25,365 | 22,775 | ||||||
Total operating expenses | 147,243 | 169,421 | ||||||
Income (loss) from operations | 8,969 | (35,578 | ) | |||||
Interest and other expense, net | (53,255 | ) | (47,643 | ) | ||||
Total other expenses | (53,255 | ) | (47,643 | ) | ||||
Loss before income tax benefit | (44,286 | ) | (83,221 | ) | ||||
Income tax expense (benefit) | 24,073 | (2,800 | ) | |||||
Net loss | (68,359 | ) | (80,421 | ) | ||||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net | ||||||||
Net foreign currency translation gains (losses) | 57 | 1,588 | ||||||
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net | 57 | 1,588 | ||||||
Comprehensive loss | $ | (68,302 | ) | $ | (78,833 | ) |
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
3
E2OPEN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended November 30, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Cash flows from operating activities | ||||||||
Net loss | $ | (68,359 | ) | $ | (80,421 | ) | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 51,176 | 44,239 | ||||||
Amortization of deferred commissions | 3,121 | 653 | ||||||
Amortization of debt issuance costs | 3,236 | 2,440 | ||||||
Unit-based compensation | 5,953 | 6,173 | ||||||
Loss on disposal of property and equipment | 35 | 119 | ||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
Accounts receivable, net | 79,309 | 528 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets | (4,765 | ) | (579 | ) | ||||
Other noncurrent assets | (3,048 | ) | (5,769 | ) | ||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | (4,335 | ) | (4,027 | ) | ||||
Incentive program payable | 12,392 | (2,449 | ) | |||||
Deferred revenue | (67,847 | ) | (1,989 | ) | ||||
Changes in other liabilities | 23,186 | (5,224 | ) | |||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | 30,054 | (46,306 | ) | |||||
Cash flows from investing activities | ||||||||
Capital expenditures | (12,048 | ) | (10,324 | ) | ||||
Payments for acquisitions - net of cash acquired | — | (431,399 | ) | |||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (12,048 | ) | (441,723 | ) | ||||
Cash flows from financing activities | ||||||||
Proceeds from sale of membership units | 3,384 | 5 | ||||||
Repurchase of membership units, net | — | (116 | ) | |||||
Proceeds from indebtedness | 15,574 | 476,787 | ||||||
Repayments of indebtedness | (21,891 | ) | (3,290 | ) | ||||
Repayments of capital lease obligations | (5,145 | ) | (4,696 | ) | ||||
Pyments of debt issuance costs | — | (12,941 | ) | |||||
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities | (8,078 | ) | 455,749 | |||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | 101 | 1,506 | ||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash | 10,029 | (30,774 | ) | |||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period | 48,428 | 79,388 | ||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period | $ | 58,457 | $ | 48,614 | ||||
Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 17,132 | $ | 20,548 | ||||
Restricted cash | 41,325 | 28,066 | ||||||
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash | $ | 58,457 | $ | 48,614 | ||||
Supplemental Information - Cash Paid for: | ||||||||
Interest | $ | 49,898 | $ | 44,416 | ||||
Income taxes | 1,225 | 1,718 | ||||||
Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities: | ||||||||
Capital expenditures financed under capital lease obligations | $ | 11,076 | $ | 2,602 | ||||
Capital expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities | 25 | — | ||||||
Prepaid software, maintenance and insurance under notes payable | 892 | 354 |
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
4
E2OPEN HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBER’S EQUITY
(In thousands, except share data)
(Unaudited)
Member's Capital |
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Accumulated Deficit |
Total
Member's Equity |
|||||||||||||
Balance February 28, 2019 | $ | 425,822 | $ | (1,124 | ) | $ | (117,132 | ) | $ | 307,566 | ||||||
Investment by member | 5 | — | — | 5 | ||||||||||||
Repurchase of membership units | (116 | ) | — | — | (116 | ) | ||||||||||
Unit-based compensation expense | 6,173 | — | — | 6,173 | ||||||||||||
Net loss and comprehensive loss | — | 1,588 | (80,421 | ) | (78,833 | ) | ||||||||||
Balance November 30, 2019 | $ | 431,884 | $ | 464 | $ | (197,553 | ) | $ | 234,795 | |||||||
Member's Capital |
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Accumulated Deficit |
Total
Member's Equity |
|||||||||||||
Balance February 29, 2020 | $ | 433,992 | $ | (898 | ) | $ | (218,502 | ) | $ | 214,592 | ||||||
Investment by member | 3,384 | — | — | 3,384 | ||||||||||||
Unit-based compensation expense | 5,953 | — | — | 5,953 | ||||||||||||
Net loss and comprehensive loss | — | 57 | (68,359 | ) | (68,302 | ) | ||||||||||
Balance at November 30, 2020 | $ | 443,329 | $ | (841 | ) | $ | (286,861 | ) | $ | 155,627 |
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
5
E2open Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINACNIAL STATEMENTS
1. | ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS |
E2open Holdings, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company headquartered in Austin, Texas. The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of E2open Holdings, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “E2open”). The Company is owned by a syndicate of private equity investors led by Insight Venture Partners (“Insight”). Insight is a leading global venture capital and private equity firm investing in high-growth technology and software companies that are driving transformative change in their industries.
E2open is a leading provider of 100% cloud-based, end-to-end supply chain management software. The Company’s software combines networks, data and applications to provide a deeply embedded, mission-critical platform that allows customers to optimize their supply chain by accelerating growth, reducing costs, increasing visibility and driving improved resiliency. Given the business-critical nature of the Company’s solutions, it maintains deep, long-term relationships with its customers across a wide range of end-markets, including technology, consumer, industrial and transportation, among others.
The COVID-19 pandemic has caused business disruptions worldwide beginning in January 2020. The full extent to which the pandemic will impact the Company’s business, operations, cash flows and financial condition will depend on future developments that are difficult to accurately predict. The Company has experienced modest adverse impacts as it relates to lengthening of sales cycles and delays in delivering professional services and training to customers. The Company has also experienced modest positive impacts from slowing growth in certain operating expenses due to reduced business travel, deferred hiring for some positions and the cancellation or virtualization of customer events.
The global pandemic continues to evolve, and the Company will carefully monitor the situation to understand its impacts on its business and operations.
2. | PENDING MERGER |
On October 14, 2020, the Company and CC Neuberger Principal Holdings I (“CCNB1”), along with the other parties thereto, entered into a definitive Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”). The Business Combination Agreement provides for the consummation of the following transactions (collectively, the “Business Combination”): (a) CCNB1 will change its jurisdiction of incorporation by deregistering as an exempted company in the Cayman Islands and continuing and domesticating as a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Domestication”), upon which CCNB1 will change its name to “E2open Parent Holdings, Inc.”; (b) immediately following the Domestication, simultaneously, each wholly owned subsidiary of CCNB1 formed for the purpose of merging with certain equity holders of the Company treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes (each, a “Blocker”) will merge with and into a Blocker (collectively, the “Blocker Mergers”), resulting in the equity interests of each Blocker being converted into the right to receive a portion of the merger consideration under the Business Combination Agreement, and thereafter, each of the surviving blockers will merge with and into CCNB1, with CCNB1 as the surviving company (collectively, the “Buyer Mergers”), resulting in the cancellation of the equity interests of such surviving blockers and CCNB1 directly owning all of the equity interests previously held by the Blockers in E2open Holdings; (c) immediately following the Buyer Mergers, the wholly owned subsidiary of CCNB1 formed for the purpose of merging with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving company (the “Company Merger”), resulting in (i) the Company becoming a subsidiary of CCNB1, (ii) the equity interests of the Company (excluding those held by the Blockers and CCNB1) being converted into the right to receive a portion of the merger consideration under the Business Combination Agreement and (iii) the equity interests of the Company held by CCNB1 being converted into the right to receive certain newly created equity interests of the Company; (d) CCNB1 will contribute, as a capital contribution in exchange for a portion of the equity interests in the Company it acquired in the Company Merger, an amount of cash available after payment of the merger consideration under the Business Combination Agreement, which will be used by the Company to pay transaction expenses and reduce existing indebtedness and fund the expense account of the representative of the Company’s equity holders under the Business Combination Agreement; and (e) the limited liability company agreement of the Company will be amended and restated to, among other things, reflect the Company Merger and admit E2open Parent Holdings, Inc. as the managing member of the Company.
On October 14, 2020, the Company was provided a commitment for financing in the form of a $525 million “covenant-lite” term loan containing no financial maintenance covenants and a $75 million revolver, which financing is expected to be funded concurrently with the completion of the Business Combination. This new financing, along with the proceeds from the Business Combination noted above, will be used to refinance the Term Loan Due 2024 (as defined below in Note 6), pay the Amber Term loan (as defined below in Note 6), distribute cash to existing shareholders, provide cash for working capital and pay transaction fees incurred with the Business Combination. The new term loan has an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.5%.
See Note 12 for additional information regarding the completion of the Business Combination and new term loan.
6
3. | SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES |
Basis of Presentation — These interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
In the Company's opinion, the accompanying interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation. Certain information and disclosures normally included in the notes to the annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been omitted from these interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, these interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes for the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020.
Use of Estimates — The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported results of operations during the reporting period. Such management estimates include reserves for bad debt, goodwill and other long-lived assets, estimates of standalone selling price of performance obligations for revenue contracts with multiple performance obligations, unit-based compensation, valuation allowances for deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions and the accounting for business combinations. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements; therefore, actual results could differ from management’s estimates.
Seasonality — The results of operations for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending February 28, 2021 or for any other period.
Software Development Costs — The Company capitalizes certain software development costs incurred during the application development stage. Software development costs include salaries and other personnel-related costs, including employee benefits and bonuses attributed to programmers, software engineers and quality control teams working on the Company’s software solutions. The costs related to software development are included in property and equipment, net on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Under this accounting framework, the Company capitalized $6.1 million and zero for the periods ended November 30, 2020, and February 29, 2020, respectively. The Company recognized $0.5 million and zero of amortization of capitalized software development costs for nine months ended November 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Restricted Cash — Restricted cash represents customer deposits for the incentive payment program. The Company offers services to administer incentive payments to partners behalf of the Company’s customers. The Company’s customers deposit these funds into a restricted cash account with an offset included as a liability in incentive program payable on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
Segments — The Company operates as one operating segment. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), which the Company has determined is its chief executive officer.
The CODM evaluates the Company’s financial information and performance on a consolidated basis. The Company operates with centralized functions and delivers most of its products in a similar way on an integrated cloud-based platform.
Liquidity of capital resources — The Company measures liquidity in terms of its ability to fund the cash requirements of its business operations, including working capital, capital expenditure needs, contractual obligations and other commitments, with cash flows from operations and other sources of funding. Current working capital needs relate mainly to employee compensation and benefits, as well interest, debt repayments, capital expenditures and operating expenses. The Company’s ability to expand and grow its business will depend on many factors, including working capital needs and the evolution of operating cash flows.
7
The Company had $17.1 million and $19.5 million in cash and cash equivalents as of November 30, 2020 and February 29, 2020, respectively. The Company believes its existing cash and cash equivalents, cash provided by operating activities, and, if necessary, the borrowing capacity of up to $15 million available under its revolving credit facility (see Note 6) will be sufficient to meet its working capital, debt repayment and capital expenditure requirements until at least February 2022. See Note 12 for information related to the payoff of existing debt and the attainment of a new term loan and revolver upon completion of the Business Combination.
In the future, the Company may enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses. To facilitate these acquisitions or investments, the Company may seek additional equity or debt financing.
Concentration of Credit Risk — Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and accounts receivable. The Company deposits cash and cash equivalents with high-quality financial institutions. Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and derived from sales of subscriptions and support, as well as professional services, principally to large creditworthy technology, industrial, consumer goods, pharmaceutical and energy companies. Credit risk is concentrated primarily in North America, Europe and portions of Asia. The Company has historically experienced insignificant credit losses. The Company maintains allowances for estimated credit losses based on management’s assessment of the likelihood of collection.
Recently Accounting Guidance
Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance — The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers effective March 1, 2019 for all customer contracts. ASC 606 superseded the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. ASC 606 requires revenue recognition to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services through a five-step process:
· | identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer; |
· | identification of the performance obligation in the contract; |
· | determination of the transaction price; |
· | allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligation in the contract; and |
· | recognition of revenue as performance obligations are satisfied. |
The new standard also included ASC 340, Other Assets and Deferred Costs, subsection 40, Contracts with Customers, which addressed accounting for the cost to obtain contracts. ASC 340-40 requires that costs to obtain contracts be recognized over the period that products and services are expected to be delivered, including likely renewals. The Company adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective transition method.
In November 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-18, Restricted Cash, which requires that in the statement of cash flows, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company adopted this standard for the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020 and it is reflected in the comparable prior period.
Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted — In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, which codified ASC 842, Leases. The core principle of ASC 842 is that a lessee should recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from leases. For operating leases, a lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, in the balance sheet. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. The accounting applied by a lessor is largely unchanged from that applied under previous GAAP. This ASU is effective for calendar fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Earlier application is permitted. In transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The Company believes the adoption of this ASU will result in a material increase to assets and liabilities as right-of-use leased assets and lease liabilities will be recorded on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
8
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The amendments in this update simplify how an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Earlier application is permitted. The Company does not believe the adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying Accounting for Income Taxes, as part of its initiative to reduce complexity in the accounting standards. The guidance amends certain disclosure requirements that had become redundant, outdated or superseded. Additionally, this guidance amends accounting for the interim period effects of changes in tax laws or rates and simplifies aspects of the accounting for franchise taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. Management is currently evaluating the effect of these provisions on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
4. | REVENUE |
The Company generates revenue from the sale of subscriptions and professional services. The Company recognizes revenue when the customer contract and associated performance obligations have been identified, transaction price has been determined and allocated to the performance obligations in the contract and performance obligations have been satisfied. The Company recognizes revenue net of any taxes collected from customers, which are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities.
Subscription Revenue — The Company offers cloud-based, on-demand software solutions, which enable its customers to have constant access to its solutions without the need to manage and support the software and associated hardware themselves. The Company houses the hardware and software in third party facilities and provides its customers with access to the software solutions, along with data security and storage, backup, recovery services and solution support. The Company’s customer contracts typically have a term of three to five years. The Company primarily invoices its customers for subscriptions in advance for annual use of the software solutions. The Company’s payment terms typically require customers to pay within 30 to 90 days from the invoice date.
Professional Services — Professional services revenue is derived primarily from fees for enabling services, including solution consulting and solution deployment. These services are often sold in conjunction with the sale of the Company’s solutions. The Company provides professional services primarily on a time and materials basis, but also on a fixed fee basis. Customers are invoiced for professional services either monthly in arrears or, as with fixed fee arrangements, in advance and upon reaching project milestones. Professional services revenue is recognized over time. For services that are contracted at a fixed price, progress is generally measured based on labor hours incurred as a percentage of the total estimated hours required for complete satisfaction of the related performance obligations. For services that are contracted on time and materials or a prepaid basis, progress is generally based on actual labor hours expended. These input methods (e.g., hours incurred or expended) are considered a faithful depiction of the Company’s efforts to satisfy these service contracts as they represent the performance obligation consumed by the customer and performed by the Company, and therefore reflect the transfer of services to a customer under such contracts.
The Company enters into arrangements with multiple performance obligations, comprised of subscriptions and professional services. Arrangements with customers typically do not provide the customer with the right to take possession of the software supporting the on-demand solutions. The Company primarily accounts for subscription and professional services revenue as separate units of accounting and allocates revenue to each deliverable in an arrangement based on standalone selling price. The Company evaluates the standalone selling price for each element by considering prices the Company charges for similar offerings, size of the order and historical pricing practices.
9
Total Revenue by Geographic Locations — Revenue by geographic regions consisted of the following:
Nine months ended November 30, | ||||||||
($ in thousands) | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||
Americas | $ | 239,567 | $ | 213,191 | ||||
Europe | 4,304 | 4,320 | ||||||
Asia Pacific | 5,151 | 3,417 | ||||||
Total revenue | $ | 249,022 | $ | 220,928 |
Revenues by geography are determined based on the region of the Company’s contracting entity, which may be different than the region of the customer. Americas revenue attributed to the United States was 96% during the nine months of fiscal 2021 and 2020. No other country represented more than 10% of total revenue during these periods.
Remaining Performance Obligations — Revenue allocated to remaining performance obligations represents the transaction price allocated to the performance obligations that are unsatisfied, or partially unsatisfied. It includes unearned revenue and amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods and does not include contracts where the customer is not committed. The customer is not considered committed when they are able to terminate for convenience without payment of a substantive penalty under the contract. Additionally, as a practical expedient of ASC 606, the Company has not disclosed the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts with an original expected length of one year or less. As of November 30, 2020 and February 29, 2020, approximately $514.0 million and $566.8 million of revenue was expected to be recognized from remaining performance obligations, respectively. These amounts are expected to be recognized over the next five years.
Contract Assets and Liabilities — Contract assets primarily represent revenues recognized for performance obligations that have been satisfied but for which amounts have not been billed. Contract assets were $12.2 million and $2.4 million as of November 30, 2020 and February 29, 2020, respectively. Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue which includes billings in excess of revenue recognized related subscription contracts and professional services. Deferred revenue is recognized as revenue when the Company performs under the contract. Deferred revenue was $76.8 million and $144.7 million as of November 30, 2020 and February 29, 2020, respectively. Revenue recognized during the nine months ended November 30, 2020, included in deferred revenue at the beginning of the period was $121.2 million.
Sales Commissions — With the adoption of ASC 606 and ASC 340-40, the Company began deferring and amortizing sales commissions that are incremental and directly related to obtaining customer contracts. Amortization expense of $3.1 million and $0.7 million was recorded in sales and marketing expense on the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Certain sales commissions that would have an amortization period of less than a year are expensed as incurred in sales and marketing expense.
10
5. | INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET |
Intangible assets, net consisted of the following:
November 30, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Weighted
Average Useful Life |
Cost | Accumulated Amortized | Net | ||||||||||||
Indefinite-lived: | ||||||||||||||||
Trade name | $ | 11,849 | $ | — | $ | 11,849 | ||||||||||
Definite-lived: | ||||||||||||||||
Trade name | 15.0 | 20,676 | (4,164 | ) | 16,512 | |||||||||||
Noncompete agreements | 4.2 | 1,919 | (1,919 | ) | — | |||||||||||
Customer relationships | 12.8 | 377,169 | (92,587 | ) | 284,582 | |||||||||||
Technology | 6.5 | 113,548 | (49,400 | ) | 64,148 | |||||||||||
Content library | 10.0 | 57,000 | (8,075 | ) | 48,925 | |||||||||||
Backlog | 4.0 | 7,000 | (6,271 | ) | 729 | |||||||||||
Total definite-lived | 577,312 | (162,416 | ) | 414,896 | ||||||||||||
Total intangible assets | $ | 589,161 | $ | (162,416 | ) | $ | 426,745 |
February 29, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||
($ in thousands) |
Weighted
Average Useful Life |
Cost | Accumulated Amortized | Net | ||||||||||||
Indefinite-lived: | ||||||||||||||||
Trade name | $ | 11,849 | $ | — | $ | 11,849 | ||||||||||
Definite-lived: | ||||||||||||||||
Trade name | 15.0 | 20,555 | (3,023 | ) | 17,532 | |||||||||||
Noncompete agreements | 4.2 | 1,919 | (1,894 | ) | 25 | |||||||||||
Customer relationships | 12.8 | 377,160 | (70,159 | ) | 307,001 | |||||||||||
Technology | 6.5 | 113,547 | (37,603 | ) | 75,944 | |||||||||||
Content library | 10.0 | 57,000 | (3,800 | ) | 53,200 | |||||||||||
Backlog | 4.0 | 7,000 | (4,958 | ) | 2,042 | |||||||||||
Total definite-lived | 577,181 | (121,437 | ) | 455,744 | ||||||||||||
Total intangible assets | $ | 589,030 | $ | (121,437 | ) | $ | 467,593 |
The E2open trade name is indefinite-lived. Acquired trade names are definite-lived as over time the Company may rebrand acquired products and services as E2open.
The Company recorded amortization expense related to intangible assets of $40.8 million and $36.3 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
11
6. | NOTES PAYABLE AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS |
Notes payable and capital lease obligations outstanding were as follows:
($ in thousands) | November 30, 2020 | February 29, 2020 | ||||||
Term Loan Dues 2024 | $ | 907,896 | $ | 914,184 | ||||
Amber Term Loan | 36,588 | 36,588 | ||||||
Revolving Credit Facility | 15,000 | 15,000 | ||||||
Other notes payable | 347 | 376 | ||||||
Capital lease obligations | 11,989 | 6,057 | ||||||
Total long-term debt | 971,820 | 972,205 | ||||||
Less unamortized debt issuance costs | (17,261 | ) | (20,497 | ) | ||||
Total notes payable and capital lease obligations | 954,559 | 951,708 | ||||||
Less current portion | (66,536 | ) | (64,902 | ) | ||||
Notes payable and capital lease obligations, less current portion, net | $ | 888,023 | $ | 886,806 |
Amber Term Loan — In connection with the acquisition of Amber Road, Inc. (“Amber Road”), the Company assumed a term loan that is guaranteed by Insight (the “Amber Term Loan”). As of November 30, 2020 and February 29, 2020, the loan had a principal balance of $36.6 million, respectively, which is payable at maturity in April 2021. Interest is paid monthly. The loan has a variable interest rate of prime less 1% which was 2.25% and 3.25% as of November 30, 2020 and February 29, 2020, respectively. There are no premiums or penalties on voluntary prepayment of the Amber Term Loan.
Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility Due 2024 — In November 2018, the Company entered into a credit agreement, including an initial term loan of $400.0 million, delayed draw term loans of up to $80.0 million (together, the “Term Loan Due 2024”) and a revolving credit facility of up to $30.0 million (“Revolving Credit Facility”). In connection with the Amber Road acquisition in July 2020, the Company borrowed an additional $441.0 million.
The Term Loan Due 2024 and Revolving Credit Facility are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries and secured by all tangible and intangible property of the Company and its guarantors.
The Term Loan Due 2024 matures in November 2024 and will amortize in quarterly installments beginning February 2019, with the balance payable on the final maturity date. The Company may make voluntary prepayments on the Term Loan Due 2024, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, except in the instance of refinancing with new indebtedness or a change in control, where prepayment premiums will apply. Additionally, the agreement requires the Company to make early principal payments on an annual basis beginning February 2020, if cash flows for the year, as defined in the agreement, exceed certain levels specified in the agreement. No early principal payments have been required as of January 2021.
Upon the acquisition of Amber Road, the Term Loan Due 2024 and Revolving Credit Facility were amended, and interest rates were increased by 0.75%. Interest incurred under the Term Loan Due 2024 and Revolving Credit Facility were amended to be at the borrower’s option at either (a) a LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 5.75% or (b) a base rate, plus an applicable margin of 4.75%. The interest rate for the Term Loan Due 2024 and Revolving Credit Facility was 6.75% and 7.7% as of November 30, 2020 and February 29, 2020, respectively.
The Term Loan Due 2024 and Revolving Credit Facility agreement contain a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the Company and its subsidiaries’ ability: (a) to incur additional indebtedness; (b) issue preferred equity interests; (c) incur liens; (d) consolidate, merge; liquidate or dissolve; (e) make investments, loans and acquisitions; (f) sell, transfer, lease or dispose of assets, including equity of its subsidiaries; (g) engage in sale-leaseback transactions; (h) make restricted payments; (i) engage in transactions with its affiliates; and (j) enter into restrictive agreements.
The credit agreement governing the Term Loan Due 2024 and Revolving Credit Facility requires the Company to maintain a Total Leverage Ratio, as defined in the agreement, under a stated maximum threshold. The Term Loan Due 2024 and Revolving Credit Facility also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and provisions relating to events of default. As of November 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with the covenants of the Term Loan Due 2024 and Revolving Credit Facility.
12
The following table sets forth future principal payment obligations of the Company’s notes payable (in thousands):
Fiscal Year Ending | Amount | |||
2021 | $ | 18,242 | ||
2022 | 51,604 | |||
2023 | 13,159 | |||
2024 | 11,382 | |||
2025 | 877,433 | |||
Total minimum payments | 971,820 | |||
Less current portion | (66,536 | ) | ||
Notes payable and capital lease obligations, less current portion | $ | 905,284 |
7. | RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS |
In connection with the Amber Road acquisition, the Company paid $5.3 million and $3.0 million to Insight and another member of the syndicate of private equity investors in the Company, respectively, in exchange for their commitment to contribute equity funding for the acquisition if needed. No equity funding was needed for the acquisition, and therefore the expense is included in acquisition-related expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the nine months ended November 30, 2019, as these amounts were paid to the two investors for deal related transaction services incurred with the Amber Road acquisition.
In connection with the Amber Road acquisition, the Company also assumed a $36.6 million term loan that is guaranteed by Insight. See the Amber Term Loan section in Note 6 for further information.
8. | COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES |
Operating Leases — The Company leases its primary office space under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through August 2027. Rent expense for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and 2019 was $5.9 million and $6.6 million, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of November 30, 2020, are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal Year Ending | Amount | |||
2021 | $ | 2,535 | ||
2022 | 8,537 | |||
2023 | 6,570 | |||
2024 | 5,635 | |||
2025 | 2,091 | |||
Thereafter | 9,003 | |||
Total minimum lease payments | $ | 34,371 |
Contingencies — From time to time, the Company is subject to contingencies that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company records an accrual for a contingency when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company does not currently believe the resolution of any such contingencies will have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of comprehensive loss or statements of cash flows.
9. | INCOME TAXES |
The effective tax rate was (54%) and 3% for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The nine-month effective tax rates differ significantly from the statutory tax rate of 21%. For the nine months ended November 30, 2020, the effective tax rate differs from the statutory tax rate primarily due to higher pre-tax losses generated at affiliates treated as partnerships for tax purposes and have no impact on income tax expense of the Company, and pre-tax income in the Company’s U.S. consolidated tax groups and foreign subsidiaries which are subject to corporate income taxes. The change from the prior comparable period is primarily due to a change in the Company’s technology transfer pricing implemented in the current year which resulted in higher income in its U.S. consolidated tax groups increasing total tax expense forecasted for the year. For the nine months ended November 30, 2019, the effective tax rate differs from the statutory tax rate primarily due to higher earnings taxed at affiliates, foreign taxes and pre-tax losses in U.S. corporate tax filing groups that are not fully offset by a valuation allowance.
13
10. | MEMBER’S EQUITY AND UNIT-BASED COMPENSATION |
The Company has three classes of units: Class A, Class A-1 and Class B. Class A units are the only units with voting rights. Holders of Class A and Class A-1 units are entitled to priority distributions until each unit has received $1.00 per unit. Remaining distributions (if any) are to be made pro rata to all units. Class B units are incentive, profit-interest units issued to management, which participate as long as the Company has made distributions to any Class A units equal to the participation level of the applicable Class B units. Issued and outstanding Class A and Class A-1 units were 349.6 million and 7.2 million, respectively, as of November 30, 2020, and 349.0 million and 6.1 million, respectively, as of February 29, 2020. During the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company received $3.4 million and nominal proceeds from the sale of membership units, respectively.
The Company has unit-based compensation plans that authorize (a) the discretionary granting of unit options and (b) the discretionary issuance of non-vested restricted units.
Unit Options — In 2015, the Company adopted the 2015 Unit Option Plan (“2015 Plan”). Under the 2015 Plan, the Company issued Series A unit options to certain employees eligible to participate in the Company’s unit option plan. The options issued under the 2015 Plan are subject to certain transfer restrictions and are initially deemed unvested. With respect to options issued to certain employees, options either vest 25% in the first year, and quarterly thereafter over a four-year period (“Time-Based Units”) or based upon an exit event (“Exit-Based Units”). The vesting of both the Time-Based Units and Exit-Based Units are subject to the employee’s continued employment with the Company.
Fair value of the unit options is determined on the date of grant using a pricing model affected by the Company’s unit price, as well as by certain assumptions including the Company’s expected equity price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee option exercise behavior, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends. The estimated grant-date fair values of the unit options granted during fiscal 2021, were calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model. The expected term represents the period that the unit options are expected to be outstanding, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the awards, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior as influenced by changes to the terms of the Company’s unit options. The Company estimated the expected term, using the simplified method due to limited exercise data, to be the period of time between the date of grant and the midpoint between option vesting and expiration. The Company estimated the expected volatility of its unit options based on the average of historical and implied volatility of comparable companies from a representative peer group based on industry and market capitalization data. The risk-free interest rate represents the yield on a constant maturity U.S. Treasury security with a term equal to the expected term of the options. Expected dividend yield is set at zero because the Company does not expect to pay dividends during the term of the unit options and historically has not paid any dividends to its equity holders. Management made an estimate of expected forfeitures and is recognizing compensation costs only for those options expected to vest. The Company is authorized to issue 46.0 million unit options under the 2015 Plan. As of November 30, 2020 and 2019, outstanding unit options were 20.0 million and 21.6 million, respectively, and unit options available for grant were 2.6 million and 2.3 million, respectively.
Activity under the Company’s unit option plan is as follows:
Nine Months Ended November 30,
2020 |
|||||||||
Number of Units
(in thousands) |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price Per Unit |
||||||||
Balance at February 29, 2020 | 22,001 | 1.51 | |||||||
Granted | — | — | |||||||
Exercised | (1,350 | ) | 1.45 | ||||||
Forfeited | (645 | ) | 1.65 | ||||||
Balance at November 30, 2020 | 20,006 | $ | 1.51 |
14
Nine Months Ended November 30,
2019 |
|||||||||
Number of Units
(in thousands) |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price Per Unit |
||||||||
Balance at February 28, 2019 | 18,617 | $ | 1.34 | ||||||
Granted | 3,355 | 1.65 | |||||||
Exercised | (3 | ) | 1.65 | ||||||
Forfeited | (316 | ) | 1.64 | ||||||
Balance at November 30, 2019 | 21,653 | $ | 1.38 |
As of November 30, 2020, the Company had $2.8 million of unrecognized compensation cost, excluding estimated forfeitures, related to unvested options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately one year.
The Company did not recognize any compensation expense for Exit-Based units for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and 2019, as these awards were not probable of vesting during these time periods.
See Note 12 for additional information regarding the 2015 Plan.
Restricted Equity Plan — In 2015, The Company established the 2015 Restricted Equity Plan (“2015 Restricted Plan”) that was adopted for certain officers eligible to participate in the 2015 Restricted Plan. The units issued under the 2015 Restricted Plan are subject to certain transfer restrictions and are initially deemed unvested. With respect to units issued to certain officers, Class B units either vest 25% annually over a four-year period (“Time-Based Units”) or based upon an exit event (“Exit-Based Units”). The vesting of both the Time-Based Units and Exit-Based Units are subject to the employee’s continued employment with the Company. The Company has authorized 32.0 million units under the Restricted Plan. As of November 30, 2020 and 2019, outstanding restricted units were 22.0 million and 21.5 million, respectively. No restricted units were available for grant as of November 30, 2020 or 2019.
Activity under the Company’s 2015 Restricted Plan is as follows:
Nine Months Ended November 30,
2020 |
||||||||
Number of Units
(in thousands) |
Weighted
Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Unit |
|||||||
Awards not vested at February 29, 2020 | 8,955 | 1.40 | ||||||
Granted | — | — | ||||||
Released | (2,893 | ) | 1.48 | |||||
Canceled and forfeited | — | — | ||||||
Awards not vested at November 30, 2020 | 6,062 | $ | 1.49 |
Nine Months Ended November 30,
2019 |
||||||||
Number of Units
(in thousands) |
Weighted
Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Unit |
|||||||
Awards not vested at February 28, 2019 | 12,651 | $ | 1.41 | |||||
Granted | 500 | 1.65 | ||||||
Released | (3,147 | ) | 1.47 | |||||
Forfeited | — | — | ||||||
Awards not vested at November 30, 2019 | 10,004 | $ | 1.49 |
15
Unrecognized compensation expense related to the Class B units was $5.9 million as of the November 30, 2020, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately one year. The Company did not recognize any compensation expense for Exit-Based Units for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and 2019.
Total unit-based compensation expense was $6.0 million and $6.2 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
See Note 12 for additional information regarding the 2015 Restricted Plan.
11. | FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS |
The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents; investments; accounts receivable, net; accounts payable; acquisition-related obligations; notes payable; and capital lease obligations. Accounts receivable, net; accounts payable; and acquisition-related obligations are stated at their carrying value, which approximates fair value, due to their short maturity. The Company measures its cash equivalents and investments at fair value, based on an exchange or exit price which represents the amount that would be received for an asset sale or an exit price, or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between knowledgeable and willing market participants. The Company estimates the fair value for notes payable and capital lease obligations by discounting the future cash flows of the related note and lease payments. As of November 30, 2020 and 2019, the fair value of the cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, notes payable and capital lease obligations approximates their recorded values.
The following tables set forth details about the Company’s investments (in thousands):
November 30, 2020 | Cost |
Gross Unrealized
Gains |
Gross Unrealized
Losses |
Fair Value | ||||||||||||
Marketable securities | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||
Cash held in escrow | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities | 162 | 60 | — | 222 | ||||||||||||
Total investments | $ | 162 | $ | 60 | $ | — | $ | 222 |
February 29, 2020 | Cost |
Gross Unrealized
Gains |
Gross Unrealized
Losses |
Fair Value | ||||||||||||
Marketable securities | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||||||
Cash held in escrow | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities | 162 | 17 | — | 179 | ||||||||||||
Total investments | $ | 162 | $ | 17 | $ | — | $ | 179 |
As a basis for considering such assumptions, accounting guidance establishes a three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:
Level 1—Observable inputs, such as quoted prices in an active market;
Level 2—Inputs other than the quoted prices in an active market that are observable either directly or indirectly; and
Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which requires the Company to develop its own assumptions.
Observable inputs are based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assessment of the assumptions market participants would use to value certain financial instruments. This hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.
16
The Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, by level, within the fair value hierarchy are summarized as follows (in thousands):
November 30, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |||||||||||||
Assets: | ||||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents: | ||||||||||||||||
Money market | $ | 4 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 4 | ||||||||
Total cash equivalents | 4 | — | — | 4 | ||||||||||||
Investments: | ||||||||||||||||
Marketable securities | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Cash held in escrow | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities | — | 222 | — | 222 | ||||||||||||
Total investments | — | 222 | — | 222 | ||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 4 | $ | 222 | $ | — | $ | 226 | ||||||||
Liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||
Earn-out liability | — | — | 2,000 | 2,000 | ||||||||||||
Total liabilities | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 2,000 | $ | 2,000 |
February 29, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |||||||||||||
Assets: | ||||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents: | ||||||||||||||||
Money market | $ | 4 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 4 | ||||||||
Total cash equivalents | 4 | — | — | 4 | ||||||||||||
Investments: | ||||||||||||||||
Marketable securities | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Cash held in escrow | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities | — | 179 | — | 179 | ||||||||||||
Total investments | — | 179 | — | 179 | ||||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 4 | $ | 179 | $ | — | $ | 183 | ||||||||
Liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||
Earn-out liability | — | — | 2,000 | 2,000 | ||||||||||||
Total liabilities | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 2,000 | $ | 2,000 |
The fair values of the Company’s Level 1 financial instruments, which are traded in active markets, are based on quoted market prices for identical instruments. The fair values of the Company’s Level 2 financial instruments are based on quoted market prices for comparable instruments or model-driven valuations using observable market data or inputs corroborated by observable market data. The Company’s earn-out liabilities are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model or the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The assumptions used in preparing these models include estimates such as revenue growth rates, volatility, contractual terms, discount rates and risk-free interest rates. These valuation models use unobservable market input, and therefore the liabilities are classified as Level 3.
17
12. | SUBSEQUENT EVENTS |
On January 24, 2021, the board of managers accelerated the vesting of all unvested unit options and restricted units outstanding under the 2015 Plan and 2015 Restricted Plan, respectively, as of the completion of the Business Combination.
On February 4, 2021, the Company and CCNB1 consummated the Business Combination contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement discussed in Note 2. In connection with the completion of the Business Combination, on February 4, 2021: (a) CCNB1 completed the Domestication and changed its name to “E2open Parent Holdings, Inc.” (“New E2open Parent”); (b) immediately following the Domestication, simultaneously, each Blocker merged with and into Blocker Mergers, resulting in the equity interests of each Blocker being converted into the right to receive a portion of the merger consideration under the Business Combination Agreement; (c) thereafter, the Buyer Mergers resulted in New E2open Parent directly owning all of the equity interests previously held by the Blockers in E2open Holdings; (d) immediately following the Buyer Mergers, the Company Merger resulted in (i) E2open Holdings becoming a subsidiary of New E2open Parent, (ii) the equity interests of E2open Holdings (excluding those held by the New E2open Parent) being converted into the right to receive a portion of the merger consideration under the Business Combination Agreement, and (iii) the equity interests of E2open Holdings held by New E2open Holdings being converted into the right to receive certain newly created equity interests of E2open Holdings; (e) New E2open Parent contributed, as a capital contribution in exchange for a portion of the equity interests in E2open Holdings it acquired in the Company Merger, the amount of cash available after payment of the merger consideration under the Business Combination Agreement, which was used by the Company (in addition to proceeds of the financing described below) to pay transaction expenses, repay existing indebtedness and fund the expense account of the representative of the Company’s equity holders under the Business Combination Agreement; and (f) the limited liability company agreement of E2open Holdings was amended and restated to, among other things, reflect the Company Merger and admit New E2open Parent as the managing member of the Company.
On February 4, 2021, the Company consummated a new financing from a syndicate of lenders including Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG, Golub Capital LLC, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Jefferies Finance LLC and Blackstone Holdings Finance Co. L.L.C. in the form of a $525 million “covenant-lite” term loan containing no financial maintenance covenants and a $75 million revolver, which term loan was funded concurrently with the completion of the Business Combination. No amounts have been drawn on the revolver as of February 9, 2021. The new term loan will mature on February 4, 2028 and the new revolving facility will mature on February 4, 2026. Loans under the new financing bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate equal to the adjusted LIBOR or an alternate base rate, in each case, plus a spread. All obligations of the Company under the new financing and, at the option of the Company, under hedging agreements and cash management arrangements are guaranteed by the Company Holdings, the Company (other than with respect to its own primary obligations) and each existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly owned U.S. organized restricted subsidiary of the Company (subject to customary exceptions). The Company’s previous term loan due 2024 and related revolving credit facility were terminated upon repayment.
On February 4, 2021, the Company adopted a new Executive Severance Plan for certain members of the executive team upon termination from the Company without “cause” or following a resignation for “good reason.” Each participant would be eligible to receive severance equal to (1) a lump sum payment equal to one-times the participant’s base salary and target bonus opportunity, (2) a pro-rata bonus for the year in which the termination occurs and (3) reimbursement for a portion of the participant’s COBRA continuation coverage premiums for a period of up to 18 months. If the qualifying termination occurs following a change in control of the Company, each participant would be eligible to receive severance equal to a lump sum payment equal to two-times the participant’s base salary and target bonus opportunity plus the same pro-rate bonus and COBRA reimbursement as with no change in control of the Company.
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 9, 2021, the date the condensed consolidated statements were available to be issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any additional subsequent events that would require adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements which have not previously been disclosed within the financial statements.
18
Exhibit 99.3
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Introduction:
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.” The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presents the pro forma effects of the following transactions:
• | The acquisition of E2open by CCNB1 consummated on February 4, 2021, resulting reorganization into an umbrella partnership C corporation structure, and other agreements entered into as part of the Business Combination Agreement as of October 14, 2020, by and among CCNB1, E2open, the Blockers, the Blocker Merger Subs and the Company Merger Sub (the “Business Combination”); |
• | Repayment of E2open debt and entering into new term loan consummated on February 4, 2021 (together with the Business Combination, the “Business Combination Transactions”); and |
• | The Amber Road, Inc. (“Amber”) acquisition by E2open on July 2, 2019 (the “Acquisition”). |
CCNB1 is a blank check company incorporated on January 14, 2020 (inception) as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. On April 28, 2020, CCNB1 consummated the IPO of 41,400,000 Units, including the issuance of 5,400,000 Units as a result of the full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, at $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $414.0 million. Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, CCNB1 consummated the Private Placement of 10,280,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $10.280 million. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. Upon the closing of the IPO and the Private Placement, $414.0 million ($10.00 per Unit) of the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the IPO and certain of the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants in the Private Placement was placed in the Trust Account established for the benefit of CCNB1’s Public Shareholders, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a business combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account. As of September 30, 2020, there was approximately $414.0 million held in the Trust Account.
E2open is a leading provider of 100% cloud-based, end-to-end supply chain management software. E2open’s software combines networks, data, and applications to provide a deeply embedded, mission- critical platform that allows customers to optimize their supply chain by accelerating growth, reducing costs, increasing visibility, and driving improved resiliency. In aggregate, E2open serves more than 1,200 customers in over 180 countries across a wide range of end-markets, including technology, consumer, industrial, and transportation, among others. On July 2, 2019, E2open acquired 100% of the equity of Amber at a price of $13.05 per share or approximately $428.6 million in cash consideration. See Note 3 for additional discussion of the Acquisition.
The organizational structure of the Business Combination, as described above, is commonly referred to as an umbrella partnership C corporation (or “Up-C”) structure. This organizational structure will allow the Flow-Through Sellers to retain equity ownership in E2open, an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in the form of Common Units. The Flow-Through Sellers may exchange Common Units (together with the cancellation of an equal number of shares of voting, non-economic Class V common stock) into Class A common stock of the Company. In addition, CCNB1, the Blocker Sellers, and the Flow- Through Sellers will be a party to a Tax Receivable Agreement. The CCNB1 Public Shareholders will continue to hold Class A ordinary shares of CCNB1, which will be renamed to E2open Parent Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The parties agreed to structure the Business Combination in this manner for tax and other business purposes, and we do not believe that our Up-C organizational structure will give rise to any significant business or strategic benefit or detriment. See the section entitled “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Business Combination and CCNB1” in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus for additional information on our organizational structure, including the Tax Receivable Agreement.
On February 4, 2021, the Company consummated a new financing from a syndicate of lenders including Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Credit Suisse AG, Golub Capital LLC, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Jefferies Finance LLC and Blackstone Holdings Finance Co. L.L.C. in the form of a $525 million “covenant-lite” term loan containing no financial maintenance covenants and a $75 million revolver, which term loan was funded concurrently with the completion of the Business Combination. No amounts have been drawn on the revolver as of February 9, 2021. The new term loan will mature on February 4, 2028 and the new revolving facility will mature on February 4, 2026. Loans under the new financing bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate equal to the adjusted LIBOR or an alternate base rate, in each case, plus a spread. All obligations of the Company under the new financing and, at the option of the Company, under hedging agreements and cash management arrangements are guaranteed by the Company Holdings, the Company (other than with respect to its own primary obligations) and each existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly owned U.S. organized restricted subsidiary of the Company (subject to customary exceptions). The Company’s previous term loan due 2024 and related revolving credit facility were terminated upon repayment.
The pro forma financial statements are not necessarily indicative of what the combined company’s balance sheet or statement of operations actually would have been had the Business Combination and Acquisition been completed as of the dates indicated, nor do they purport to project the future financial position or operating results of the combined company. The actual financial position and results of operations may differ significantly from the pro forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of factors. The pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not reflect the costs of any integration activities or cost savings or synergies that may be achieved as a result of the Business Combination and Acquisition.
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 assumes that the Business Combination occurred on September 30, 2020. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the period from inception to September 30, 2020 and year ended December 31, 2019 present the pro forma effect of the Business Combination and Acquisition as if they had been completed on January 1, 2019.
CCNB1’s and Amber’s fiscal years ended on December 31, whereas E2open’s fiscal year ends on the last day in February. Due to this difference, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations, which we refer to as the pro forma condensed combined statement of operations, for the year ended December 31, 2019 combines the E2open audited consolidated statement of operations for the year ended February 29, 2020 and Amber unaudited financial results for the four-months period from March 1, 2019 through July 2, 2019. CCNB1 did not exist during the year ended December 31, 2019 and therefore is not presented for the annual period. The pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 combines the E2open unaudited consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and CCNB1 unaudited financial results for the period from January 14, 2020 (inception) through September 30, 2020.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet combines the E2open unaudited historical consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2020 and the CCNB1 unaudited historical consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020, giving effect to the Business Combination as if it had been consummated on September 30, 2020.
We refer to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations as the pro forma condensed combined financial statements.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements were prepared using the acquisition method of accounting under the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) on the basis of CCNB1 as the accounting acquirer and E2open as the accounting acquiree. The ultimate determination of the accounting acquirer is a qualitative and quantitative assessment that requires careful consideration, of which the final determination will occur after the consummation of the Business Combination. However, CCNB1 has been determined to be the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following factors:
• | CCNB1 is the sole managing member of E2open Holdings, the managing member has full and complete charge of all affairs of E2open and the existing non-managing member equityholders of E2open Holdings do not have substantive participating or kick out rights; |
• | The Sponsor and its affiliates have the right to nominate five of the six initial members who will serve on the Board of Directors of CCNB1; and |
• | The current controlling shareholder of E2open, Insight Partners, does not have a controlling interest in CCNB1 or E2open as it holds less than 50% of voting interests. |
The factors discussed above support the conclusion that CCNB1 acquired a controlling interest in E2open and is the accounting acquirer. CCNB1 is the primary beneficiary of E2open, which is a variable interest entity (“VIE”), since it has the power to direct the activities of E2open that most significantly impact E2open's economic performance through its role as the managing member, and CCNB1's variable interests in E2open include ownership of E2open, which results in the right (and obligation) to receive benefits (and absorb losses) of E2open that could potentially be significant to CCNB1. Therefore, the Business Combination constitutes a change in control and will be accounted for using the acquisition method. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the purchase price will be allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed of E2open, based on their estimated acquisition-date fair values. These estimates will be determined through established and generally accepted valuation techniques. Transaction costs will be expensed as if the Business Combination consummated on January 1, 2019.
The following summarizes the pro forma ownership of Class A common stock of the Company following the Business Combination:
Equity Capitalization Summary (shares in millions) | Shares | % | ||||||
CCNB1 Shareholders, less redemption (1) | 41.4 | 22.1 | % | |||||
NBOKS Forward Purchase Agreement (2) | 20.0 | 10.7 | % | |||||
Founder Shares (3) | 12.8 | 6.8 | % | |||||
PIPE Investors (4) | 69.5 | 37.2 | % | |||||
Existing E2open Owners interest in CCNB1 (5) | 43.3 | 23.2 | % | |||||
Total Class A common stock in CCNB1 | 187.0 | 100.0 | % | |||||
Net Cash Consideration to existing owners of E2open ($ in millions) | 601.1 |
(1) | Reflects Public Shares of 5,649 that were redeemed by shareholders for $0.1 million at $10.00 per share in connection with the Business Combination. |
(2) | Includes 20,000,000 shares of Class A common stock acquired pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement, as amended by the FPA Side Letter, for an aggregate investment of $200.0 million by NBOKS in exchange for the Forward Purchase Securities. |
(3) | Includes 12,850,000 shares of Class A common stock issued upon conversion of the existing CCNB1 Class B ordinary shares. Shares of Class A common stock are issued upon the automatic conversion of the Class B ordinary shares concurrently with the consummation of the Business Combination. This excludes impact of 2,500,000 Restricted Sponsor Shares, held by the Sponsor and CCNB1 Independent Directors, which convert into shares of Class A common stock in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Sponsor Side Letter Agreement. |
(4) | Represents the private placement pursuant to which CCNB1 entered into Subscription Agreements with certain PIPE Investors whereby such investors agreed to subscribe for shares of CCNB1 Class A common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share. The PIPE Investors participating in the PIPE Investment, agreed to purchase an aggregate of 69,500,000 shares of Class A common stock (including 2,450,000 shares by CC Capital, 1,530,000 shares by NBOKS and 870,000 shares by NBOKS Co-Invest). |
(5) | Represents existing E2open owners’ interest in 43,299,961 shares of CCNB1 Class A common stock. This excludes impact of Restricted Common Units vesting. This also excludes the Flow-Through Sellers’ noncontrolling economic interest in Common Units, which will be exchangeable (together with the cancellation of an equal number of shares of voting, non-economic Class V common stock) into Class A common stock on a 1-for-1 basis. The table below presents the Common Units and noncontrolling interest percentage |
Flow-Through Sellers' noncontrolling interest (shares in millions) | 35.6 | 16.0 | % | |||||
222.6 |
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2019 are based on the historical financial statements of CCNB1, E2open, and Amber. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on information currently available, and assumptions and estimates underlying the unaudited pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes. Actual results may differ materially from the assumptions used to present the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet September 30, 2020
Historical Financials | ||||||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | CCNB1 (Historical as of 9/30/20) | E2open (Historical as of 11/30/20) | Transaction Accounting Adjustments | Pro Forma Combined | ||||||||||||||||
Cash and equivalents | 1.4 | 17.1 | 167.7 | A | 186.2 | |||||||||||||||
Restricted cash | - | 41.3 | - | 41.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Accounts receivable, net | - | 39.5 | - | 39.5 | ||||||||||||||||
Prepaids and other current assets | 0.4 | 17.4 | - | 17.8 | ||||||||||||||||
Current assets | 1.8 | 115.3 | 167.7 | 284.8 | ||||||||||||||||
Cash and investments held in Trust Account | 414.0 | - | (414.0 | ) | B | - | ||||||||||||||
Long-term investments | - | 0.2 | - | 0.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Goodwill | - | 752.7 | 1,471.5 | C | 2,224.2 | |||||||||||||||
Intangible assets, net | - | 426.8 | 423.2 | C | 850.0 | |||||||||||||||
Property and equipment, net | - | 38.0 | - | 38.0 | ||||||||||||||||
Other noncurrent assets | - | 14.3 | - | 14.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Non-current assets | 414.0 | 1,232.0 | 1,480.7 | 3,126.7 | ||||||||||||||||
Total assets | 415.8 | 1,347.3 | 1,648.4 | 3,411.5 | ||||||||||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | 1.9 | 54.1 | (0.1 | ) | D | 55.9 | ||||||||||||||
Incentive program payable | - | 41.3 | - | 41.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Deferred revenue | - | 74.0 | (29.3 | ) | E | 44.7 | ||||||||||||||
Acquisition-related obligations | - | 2.0 | - | 2.0 | ||||||||||||||||
Current portion of notes payable and capital lease obligations | - | 66.6 | (56.1 | ) | D | 10.5 | ||||||||||||||
Current liabilities | 1.9 | 238.0 | (85.5 | ) | 154.4 | |||||||||||||||
Long term deferred revenue | - | 2.8 | (1.1 | ) | E | 1.7 | ||||||||||||||
Tax receivable agreement | - | - | 33.0 | F | 33.0 | |||||||||||||||
Notes payable and capital lease obligations | - | 888.0 | (381.1 | ) | D | 506.9 | ||||||||||||||
Other noncurrent liabilities | 15.4 | 62.8 | 275.0 | G, H, K | 353.2 | |||||||||||||||
Non-current liabilities | 15.4 | 953.6 | (74.2 | ) | 894.8 | |||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | 17.3 | 1,191.6 | (159.7 | ) | 1,049.2 | |||||||||||||||
Common stock ($0.00001 par value) | 0.0 | 0.0 | - | I | 0.0 | |||||||||||||||
Additional paid in capital | 399.8 | 443.3 | 1,241.1 | I | 2,084.2 | |||||||||||||||
Accumulated deficit | (1.3 | ) | (286.8 | ) | 210.2 | I | (77.9 | ) | ||||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income | - | (0.8 | ) | 0.8 | I | - | ||||||||||||||
Total shareholders' equity | 398.5 | 155.7 | 1,452.1 | 2,006.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Noncontrolling interest | - | - | 356.0 | J | 356.0 | |||||||||||||||
Total equity | 398.5 | 155.7 | 1,808.1 | 2,362.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities & equity | 415.8 | 1,347.3 | 1,648.4 | 3,411.5 |
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the Period from Inception to September 30, 2020
Historical Financials | ||||||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | CCNB1 (Historical from 1/14/20 through 9/30/20) | E2open (Historical from 3/1/20 through 11/30/20) | Transaction Accounting Adjustments | Pro Forma Combined | ||||||||||||||||
Revenue | - | 249.0 | (1.5 | ) | AA | 247.5 | ||||||||||||||
Cost of Revenue | ||||||||||||||||||||
Subscriptions | - | 44.6 | - | 44.6 | ||||||||||||||||
Professional services and other | - | 32.8 | - | 32.8 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization of acquired intangible assets | - | 15.4 | 9.1 | BB | 24.5 | |||||||||||||||
Total cost of revenue | - | 92.8 | 9.1 | 101.9 | ||||||||||||||||
Gross Profit | - | 156.2 | (10.6 | ) | 145.6 | |||||||||||||||
Operating Expenses | ||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development | - | 43.2 | - | 43.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing | - | 37.3 | - | 37.3 | ||||||||||||||||
General and administrative | 1.3 | 30.0 | - | 31.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Acquisition-related expenses | - | 11.3 | (2.2 | ) | CC | 9.1 | ||||||||||||||
Amortization of acquired intangible assets | - | 25.4 | 13.0 | BB | 38.4 | |||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses | 1.3 | 147.2 | 10.8 | 159.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations | (1.3 | ) | 9.0 | (21.4 | ) | (13.7 | ) | |||||||||||||
Interest and other expense, net | 0.0 | (53.2 | ) | 39.4 | DD | (13.8 | ) | |||||||||||||
Total other expenses | 0.0 | (53.2 | ) | 39.4 | (13.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Loss before income tax benefit | (1.3 | ) | (44.2 | ) | 18.0 | (27.5 | ) | |||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) | - | 24.1 | 3.6 | EE | 27.7 | |||||||||||||||
Net loss | (1.3 | ) | (68.3 | ) | 14.4 | (55.2 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest | - | - | (4.4 | ) | FF | (4.4 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net loss attributable to controlling interest | (1.3 | ) | (68.3 | ) | 18.8 | FF | (50.8 | ) | ||||||||||||
Earnings per share (Note 6) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic | 187.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
Loss per share (basic) | (0.27 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted | 187.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
Loss per share (diluted) | (0.27 | ) |
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for Year Ended December 31, 2019
Historical Financials | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | E2open (Historical from 3/1/19 through 2/29/20) | Amber (Historical from 3/1/19 through 7/2/19, Note 4) | E2open Combined (Historical 3/1/19 through 2/29/20) | Transaction Accounting Adjustments | Pro Forma Combined | |||||||||||||||||||
Revenue | 305.1 | 28.2 | 333.3 | (28.9 | ) | AA | 304.4 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of Revenue | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Subscriptions | 59.1 | 6.8 | 65.9 | - | 65.9 | |||||||||||||||||||
Professional services and other | 42.4 | 4.7 | 47.1 | - | 47.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of acquired intangible assets | 19.5 | 0.3 | 19.8 | 12.8 | BB | 32.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total cost of revenue | 121.0 | 11.8 | 132.8 | 12.8 | 145.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
Gross Profit | 184.1 | 16.4 | 200.5 | (41.7 | ) | 158.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Operating Expenses | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development | 61.9 | 5.8 | 67.7 | - | 67.7 | |||||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing | 53.6 | 7.7 | 61.3 | - | 61.3 | |||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative | 51.8 | 5.4 | 57.2 | 25.8 | GG | 83.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition-related expenses | 26.7 | 1.5 | 28.2 | 58.0 | CC | 86.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of acquired intangible assets | 31.1 | - | 31.1 | 20.1 | BB | 51.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses | 225.1 | 20.4 | 245.5 | 103.9 | 349.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations | (41.0 | ) | (4.0 | ) | (45.0 | ) | (145.6 | ) | (190.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Interest and other expense, net | (67.6 | ) | (0.2 | ) | (67.8 | ) | 48.5 | DD | (19.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Total other expenses | (67.6 | ) | (0.2 | ) | (67.8 | ) | 48.5 | (19.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Loss before income tax benefit | (108.6 | ) | (4.2 | ) | (112.8 | ) | (97.1 | ) | (209.9 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) | (7.3 | ) | 0.2 | (7.1 | ) | (19.6 | ) | EE | (26.7 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Net loss | (101.3 | ) | (4.4 | ) | (105.7 | ) | (77.5 | ) | (183.2 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest | - | - | - | (33.6 | ) | FF | (33.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Net loss attributable to controlling interest | (101.3 | ) | (4.4 | ) | (105.7 | ) | (43.9 | ) | FF | (149.6 | ) | |||||||||||||
Earnings per share (Note 6) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic | 187.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss per share (basic) | (0.80 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted | 187.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss per share (diluted) | (0.80 | ) |
1. | Basis of pro forma presentation |
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been prepared using the acquisition method of accounting with CCNB1 as the acquiring entity. Under the acquisition method of accounting, CCNB1’s assets and liabilities will retain their carrying values and the assets and liabilities associated with E2open will be recorded at their fair values measured as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired, if applicable, will be recorded as goodwill. The acquisition method of accounting is based on ASC 805 and uses the fair value concepts defined in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”). In general, ASC 805 requires, among other things, that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date by CCNB1, who was determined to be the accounting acquirer.
ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and sets forth a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes and ranks the level of observability of inputs used to develop the fair value measurements. Fair value is defined in ASC 820 as “the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.” This is an exit price concept for the valuation of the asset or liability. In addition, market participants are assumed to be buyers and sellers in the principal (or the most advantageous) market for the asset or liability. Fair value measurements for a non-financial asset assume the highest and best use by these market participants. Many of these fair value measurements can be highly subjective, and it is possible that other professionals applying reasonable judgment to the same facts and circumstances, could develop and support a range of alternative estimated amounts.
The pro forma adjustments represent management’s estimates based on information available as of the date of the filing of the condensed combined financial statements and do not reflect possible adjustments related to restructuring or integration activities that have yet to be determined or transaction or other costs following the Business Combination that are not expected to have a continuing impact on the statement of operations. Further, one-time transaction-related expenses incurred prior to, or concurrently with the consummation of the Business Combination are presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations as if it was consummated on January 1, 2019. The impact of such transaction expenses incurred prior to the Business Combination are reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as reductions to liabilities and a decrease to cash, whereas such transaction expenses incurred concurrently with the consummation of the Business Combination are reflected as an adjustment to retained earnings or members deficit and a decrease to cash. Such transaction expenses incurred and paid by E2open prior to the Business Combination has been adjusted as part of the E2open equity close out adjustment.
The acquisition of Amber was considered a business combination under ASC 805, and was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. E2open recorded the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Amber in the audited financial statements as of and for the period ended February 29, 2020.
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements were prepared using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805 and are based on certain currently available information and certain assumptions and methodologies that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited condensed pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised as additional information becomes available and is evaluated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments and it is possible the difference may be material. The Company believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the Business Combination based on information available to management at this time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 assumes that the Business Combination occurred on September 30, 2020. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the period from inception to September 30, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2019 present pro forma effect to the Business Combination and Acquisition as if it had been completed on January 1, 2019. These periods are presented on the basis of CCNB1 being the accounting acquirer.
2. | Description of the Business Combination |
Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, existing E2open owners received a combination of cash, Class A common stock and non-economic voting Class V common stock in the continuing public company and will retain approximately 35.4% of the economic interests in E2open. The Business Combination is structured as an Up-C transaction, whereby the Flow-Through Sellers will own equity in E2open (Common Units) and hold direct voting rights in CCNB1 (Class V common stock).
Below is a diagram of the transaction:
Structure Diagram
Below is a table to describe the cash sources and use of funds as it relates to the Business.
Sources | Uses | |||||||||
Record new term loan (9) | 525.0 | Repay E2Open debt and line of credit (5) (10) | 978.5 | |||||||
Trust Account (1) (4) | 414.0 | Cash to existing owners of E2open | 601.1 | |||||||
PIPE investment (3) | 695.0 | Estimated Buyer transaction costs (6) | 47.5 | |||||||
Forward purchase agreement (2) | 200.0 | Estimated debt financing costs | 19.6 | |||||||
Cash on balance sheet (10) | 0.3 | Estimated Seller transaction costs (7) | 38.1 | |||||||
CCNB1 Shareholder redemption (8) | 0.1 | |||||||||
Cash to balance sheet (10) | 149.4 | |||||||||
Total Sources | 1,834.3 | Total Uses | 1,834.3 |
(1) | Represents the amount of the restricted investments and cash held in the Trust Account upon consummation of the Business Combination. |
(2) | Represents the proceeds from the Forward Purchase Agreement, which provides for the purchase of the Forward Purchase Securities for the Maximum Forward Purchase Amount in a private placement to close concurrently with the Closing. |
(3) | Represents the proceeds from the PIPE Investment (including proceeds from CC Capital, NBOKS and NBOKS Co-Invest). |
(4) | Includes the amount of the restricted interest held in the Trust Account upon consummation of the Business Combination at the Closing. |
(5) | Represents the amount of existing E2open debt that the combined company paid down upon the Closing. This cash was applied to E2open's credit facilities with Golub Capital and Silicon Valley Bank. |
(6) | Represents the total transaction fees and expenses incurred by CCNB1 as part of the Business Combination. |
(7) | Represents the total transaction fees and expenses incurred by E2open as part of the Business Combination. |
(8) | Reflects Public Shares of 5,649 that were redeemed by shareholders for $0.1 million at $10.00 per share in connection with the Business Combination. |
(9) | Represents the proceeds from a commitment for financing in the form of a $525 million term loan, the full amount of which financing was funded concurrently with the completion of the Business Combination. |
(10) | Represents the actual cash on balance sheet, E2open debt and line of credit, and cash to balance sheet at closing on February 4, 2021, which differs from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet that combines the E2open unaudited historical consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 2020 and the CCNB1 unaudited historical consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020, giving effect to the Business Combination as if it had been consummated on September 30, 2020 |
3.Description | of the Acquisition |
On July 2, 2019, E2open acquired Amber, a leading provider of cloud-based global trade management software, trade content and training. The Company acquired Amber for approximately $428.6 million in fixed consideration. The acquisition was funded by proceeds from a term loan due in 2024 and a note payable of $36.6 million.
The Acquisition was consummated on July 2, 2019 with purchase accounting adjustments recorded as of and for the period ended February 29, 2020. Therefore, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 do not include pro forma adjustments for the Acquisition as it is fully reflected in the results of E2open for these periods. Refer to Adjustments to Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for adjustments made to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019. These periods are presented on the basis of CCNB1 being the accounting acquirer.
The aggregate amount of consideration paid by E2open was allocated to Amber’s net tangible assets and intangible assets based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the value of the net tangible assets and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill.
($ in millions) | ||||
Purchase consideration | 428.6 | |||
Accounts payable | 2.1 | |||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities | 6.9 | |||
Deferred revenue | 29.9 | |||
Other long-term liabilities | 29.2 | |||
Total liabilities assumed | 68.1 | |||
Total equity and liabilities | 496.7 | |||
Cash and cash equivalents | 6.5 | |||
Accounts receivable | 19.2 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets | 2.1 | |||
Fixed assets | 3.2 | |||
Other non-current assets | 1.3 | |||
Tangible assets | 32.3 | |||
Content library | 57.0 | |||
Customer relationships | 103.1 | |||
Technology | 41.0 | |||
Identifiable intangible assets | 201.1 | |||
Goodwill | 263.3 | |||
Total assets | 496.7 |
4.Adjustments | to Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet |
Explanations of the adjustments to the pro forma balance sheet are as follows:
(A) | Represents adjustments to cash due to the following inflows and outflows as a result of the Business Combination. The cost associated with any repayment of E2open debt is dependent on the manner in which the debt is paid off; the amount reflected herein represents the highest estimated potential fee: |
New term loan debt | 525.0 | |||
CC trust account | 414.0 | |||
PIPE investment | 695.0 | |||
Forward purchase agreement | 200.0 | |||
Buyer transaction costs | (47.5 | ) | ||
Debt financing costs | (19.6 | ) | ||
Seller expenses | (38.1 | ) | ||
CCNB1 shareholder redemption | (0.1 | ) | ||
Repay E2open debt and line of credit | (959.9 | ) | ||
Cash to existing owners of E2open | (601.1 | ) | ||
Total | 167.7 |
(B) | Reflects the release of $414.0 million of cash and cash equivalents held in the Trust Account that become available for transaction consideration, transaction expenses, underwriting commission, redemption of CCNB1 Public Shares, and the operating activities of CCNB1 following the Business Combination. |
(C) | Represents the adjustment for the estimated preliminary purchase price allocation for the E2open business resulting from the Business Combination. The preliminary calculation of total consideration and allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of E2open’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below as if the Business Combination was consummated on September 30, 2020. See Note 4(F) for discussion of the contingent consideration from Tax Receivable Agreement. The Company has not completed its evaluation of the fair value of assets acquired and the liabilities assumed and, accordingly, the adjustments to record the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value reflect the best estimates of the Company based on the information currently available and are subject to change once additional analyses are completed. Potential differences may include, but are not limited to, changes in balance sheet as of the IPO date which may change the allocation to intangible assets and change in fair value of property, plant, and equipment. |
The following is a preliminary estimate of the fair value of consideration expected to be transferred in the Business Combination.
($ in millions) | Pro Forma Combined | |||
Equity consideration paid to existing E2open ownership in CCNB1 (Class A common shares) | 433.0 | |||
Cash Consideration to existing owners of E2open, net of $25.8 million post combination expense | 575.3 | |||
Cash paid for seller transaction costs | 38.1 | |||
Cash repayment of debt | 959.9 | |||
Contingent consideration | 147.1 | |||
Fair value of tax receivable agreement liability | 33.0 | |||
Total consideration | 2,186.4 | |||
Current assets | 284.8 | |||
Property and equipment, net | 38.0 | |||
Non-current assets | 14.5 | |||
Intangible assets | 850.0 | |||
Goodwill | 2,224.2 | |||
Notes payable and capital lease obligations | (517.4 | ) | ||
Current liabilities | (143.9 | ) | ||
Non-current liabilities | (207.8 | ) | ||
Fair value of Flow-Through Sellers' noncontrolling interest | (356.0 | ) | ||
Net assets acquired | 2,186.4 |
Intangible Assets: The following describes intangible assets that met either the separability criterion or the contractual-legal criterion described in ASC 805, and the anticipated valuation approach. The trademark and trade name intangible assets represent the trade names that E2open originated or acquired which was valued using the relief-from-royalty method. The customer relationships intangible asset represents the existing customer relationships of E2open that was estimated by applying the with-and-without methodology, a form of the income approach. The developed technology intangible asset represents technology acquired or developed by E2open for the purpose of generating income for E2open, which was valued using the multi-period excess earnings method, a form of income approach considering technology migration. The content library represents the content contributed by network participants to the E2open business network and was valued using replacement cost method.
($ in millions) |
Weighted average
useful life (years) |
Fair value | ||||||
Indefinite- lived | ||||||||
Trademark / trade name | n/a | 110.0 | ||||||
Definite-lived | ||||||||
Customer relationships | 20 | 310.0 | ||||||
Technology | 6 | 380.0 | ||||||
Content library | 10 | 50.0 | ||||||
Total | 850.0 |
Goodwill: Approximately $2,224.2 million has been allocated to goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the gross consideration transferred over the estimated fair value of the underlying net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Qualitative factors that contribute to the recognition of goodwill include certain intangible assets that are not recognized as separate identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill represents future economic benefits arising from acquiring E2open primarily due to its strong market position and its assembled workforce that are not individually identified and separately recognized as intangible assets.
In accordance with ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets related to certain acquired brands will not be amortized, but instead will be tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if certain indicators are present. In the event management of the combined company determines that the value of goodwill and/or indefinite/finite lived intangible assets has become impaired, an accounting charge for impairment during the quarter in which the determination is made may be recognized.
(D) | Represents adjustments to long-term debt due to the following inflows and outflows as a result of the Business Combination: |
Current | Long-term | Total | ||||||||||
Record new debt | 5.3 | 519.7 | 525.0 | |||||||||
New deferred finance costs | - | (19.6 | ) | (19.6 | ) | |||||||
Repay E2open debt | (46.4 | ) | (898.5 | ) | (944.9 | ) | ||||||
Repay E2open line of credit | (15.0 | ) | - | (15.0 | ) | |||||||
Eliminate E2open historical deferred finance costs | - | 17.3 | 17.3 | |||||||||
Transaction Accounting Adjustment | (56.1 | ) | (381.1 | ) | (437.2 | ) |
(E) | Reflects a reduction in deferred revenues related to the estimated fair value of the acquired deferred revenue related to the Business Combination. The adjustment is based on fair value estimates for deferred revenue, adjusted for costs to fulfill the liabilities assumed, plus normal profit margin. The difference between this adjusted deferred revenue at fair value and E2open’s historical deferred revenue results in a revenue reduction on a pro forma basis. | |
(F) | The Company is a party to a tax receivable agreement. Under the terms of that agreement, the Company generally will be required to pay to the Flow-Through Sellers and/or Blocker Sellers, as applicable, 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, of U.S. federal and state income tax that the Company is deemed to realize in certain circumstances, including as a result of (i) certain increases in tax basis resulting from the Business Combination, (ii) certain pre-existing tax attributes of Blockers existing prior to the Business Combination, and (iii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The Company generally will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. |
The estimate of the fair value of the Tax Receivable Agreement contingent consideration is subject to additional analyses. The adjustments to the Tax Receivable Agreement will be recorded as an adjustment to goodwill. The Company anticipates that it will account for the income tax effects resulting from future taxable exchanges of Common Units by the Flow-Through Sellers for shares of Class A common stock or the cash equivalent thereof by recognizing an increase in deferred tax assets, based on enacted tax rates at the date of each exchange. Further, the Company intends to evaluate the likelihood that it will realize the benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, and, to the extent that it estimates that it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefit, the Company will reduce the carrying amount of the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance.
(G) | Reflects the payment of $15.4 million of deferred underwriters’ and legal fees incurred by the Company. | |
(H) | Represents adjustments to reflect applicable deferred taxes. Refer to Note 4(C) for the purchase price allocation. The deferred taxes are primarily related to the difference between the financial statement and tax basis in the E2open partnership interests and acquired tax attributes of the Blockers. This basis difference primarily results from the Business Combination where CCNB1 recorded a fair market value basis on all assets for financial accounting purposes and a fair value step-up on a portion of the assets for income tax purposes. The $143.3 million adjustment related to the deferred tax liability is assuming: (1) the GAAP balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 adjusted for the pro forma entries described herein, (2) estimated tax basis as of September 30, 2020 adjusted for the pro forma entries described herein, (3) a federal income tax rate of 21.0% and a blended state tax rate of 3.0%(net of federal benefit), and (4) no material changes in tax law. |
Adjustments to
historical equity |
New equity
structure |
Other items |
Pro forma
adjustments |
|||||||||||||
Common stock ($0.00001 par value) | - | 0.0 | - | 0.0 | ||||||||||||
Additional paid-in capital | (443.3 | ) | 1,870.0 | (185.6 | ) | 1,241.1 | ||||||||||
Accumulated deficit | 286.8 | - | (76.6 | ) | 210.2 | |||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | 0.8 | - | - | 0.8 | ||||||||||||
Stockholders' equity | (155.7 | ) | 1,870.0 | (262.2 | ) | 1,452.1 |
(I) | The following table summarizes the pro forma adjustments impacting equity (amounts in thousands): |
Adjustments to Historical Equity: Represents the elimination of E2open’s historical equity.
New Equity Structure: Represents the controlling interest of 187,044,312 shares at a per share price of $10.00 and par value of $0.00001.
Other items: Reflects the non-recurring transaction-related expenses of $76.6 million, including estimated acquisition costs of $59.4 million and the acceleration of debt financing costs upon repayment of $17.2 million, and the adjustment to additional paid-in capital related to the application of purchase accounting.
(J) | Represents the pro forma adjustment to record noncontrolling interest in E2open Holdings of 16.0%. |
(K) | Reflects a contingent consideration liability in the amount of $147.1 million due to the issuance of two tranches of certain restricted Class B-1 and B-2 shares in CCNB1 and Series 1 RCU and Series 2 RCU in E2open Holdings as part of the Business Combination. These shares and units will be issued on a proportional basis to each holder of Class A Shares in CCNB1 and common units of E2open as reflected upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement. The first tranche represents the issuance of a combination of 10 million shares of restricted Class B-1 shares and Series 1 RCUs that vest upon the Series 1 Vesting Event being met. The second tranche represents the issuance of a combination of 6.0 million shares of restricted Class B-2 shares and Series 2 RCUs that vest upon the Series 2 Vesting Event being met. These restricted shares and units are treated as a contingent consideration liability under ASC 805 and fair valued. |
5.Adjustments | to Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations |
Explanations of the adjustments to the pro forma statement of operations are as follows:
(AA) | Reflects a reduction in revenues related to the estimated fair value of the acquired deferred revenue related to the Business Combination. The adjustment is based on fair value estimates for deferred revenue, adjusted for costs to fulfill the liabilities assumed, plus normal profit margin. The difference between this adjusted deferred revenue at fair value and E2open’s historical deferred revenue results in a revenue reduction on a pro forma basis. | |
(BB) | Represents adjustments to incorporate estimated additional tangible and intangible assets depreciation and amortization for the step-up basis from purchase price accounting (“PPA”) at the closing of the Business Combination. This pro forma adjustment has been proposed assuming the Business Combination happened on January 1, 2019. The following table is a summary of information related to certain intangible assets acquired, including information used to calculate the pro forma change in amortization expenses that is adjusted to administrative expenses: |
in millions) |
Weighted average
useful life (years) |
Fair value | ||||||
Indefinite- lived | ||||||||
Trademark / trade name | n/a | 110.0 | ||||||
Definite-lived | ||||||||
Customer relationships | 20 | 310.0 | ||||||
Technology | 6 | 380.0 | ||||||
Content library | 10 | 50.0 | ||||||
Total | 850.0 |
($ in millions) | Weighted average useful life (years) | Fair value | Amortization Expense for the period from Inception to September 30, 2020 | Amortization Expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 | ||||||||||||
Indefinite-lived trademark / trade name | n/a | 110.0 | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||
Customer relationships | 20 | 310.0 | 11.6 | 15.5 | ||||||||||||
Technology | 6 | 380.0 | 47.5 | 63.3 | ||||||||||||
Content library | 10 | 50.0 | 3.8 | 5.0 | ||||||||||||
Total | 850.0 | 62.9 | 83.8 | |||||||||||||
Cost of revenue | 24.5 | 32.6 | ||||||||||||||
Less: Historical amortization expenses, cost of revenue | 15.4 | 19.8 | ||||||||||||||
Pro forma adjustments, cost of revenue | 9.1 | 12.8 | ||||||||||||||
Operating expense | 38.4 | 51.2 | ||||||||||||||
Less: Historical amortization expenses, operating expense | 25.4 | 31.1 | ||||||||||||||
Pro forma adjustments, operating expense | 13.0 | 20.1 |
(CC) Reflects transaction-related costs incurred and expected to be incurred by E2open and CCNB1 related to the Business Combination as if it was consummated on January 1, 2019. These transaction-related costs are non-recurring. Pro forma transaction related costs adjustment of $58.0 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 includes $2.2 million incurred and expensed in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 pushed back to the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, and excludes $1.4 million of transaction-related costs already expensed in the twelve months ended December 31, 2019.
(DD) Represents estimated differences in interest expense and deferred finance charges as a result of incurring new debt and extinguishing historical E2open debt. The estimated interest rate of the new debt is 4.00%.
($ in millions) |
From Inception to
September 30, 2020 |
Twelve months ended
December 31, 2019 |
||||||
Eliminate historical interest expense | 53.1 | 66.7 | ||||||
Record interest on new debt | (13.7 | ) | (18.2 | ) | ||||
Transaction accounting adjustments | 39.4 | 48.5 |
Includes the elimination of interest income on the CCNB1 trust account of $39 thousand.
(EE) Represents the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments calculated using a blended statutory income tax rate of 24.00% applied to the loss before income tax benefit applicable to the controlling interest. The effective tax rate of the combined company could be significantly different as the legal entity structure and activities of the combined company are integrated.
(FF) Represents the adjustment to present noncontrolling interest in E2open. Noncontrolling interest is 16.0%.
(GG) Represents post combination compensation expense as a result of the modification of Class A Units and Common B Units of Opco to accelerate unvested awards as of the transaction date for the benefit of the acquirer that would not have otherwise vested per the original terms of the Opco Unit Option Plan. As it is for the benefit of the acquirer, it does not represent purchase consideration and we have included in our pro forma income statement as if the business combination consummated on January 1, 2019 because the modification is effective on the date of the transaction.
6.Pro | Forma Earnings Per Share Information |
As a result of the Business Combination, both the pro forma basic and diluted number of shares are reflective of 187,044,312 shares of Class A common stock outstanding.
Pro Forma Combined | ||||||||
Nine months ended
September 30, 2020 |
Twelve months ended
December 31, 2019 |
|||||||
Net loss attributable to controlling interest ($ in millions) | (50.8 | ) | (149.6 | ) | ||||
Weighted average shares outstanding, controlling (shares in millions) | 187.0 | 187.0 | ||||||
Loss per share (basic) | (0.27 | ) | (0.80 | ) | ||||
Loss per share (diluted) | (0.27 | ) | (0.80 | ) |
Earnings per share exclude warrants and contingently issuable shares that would be anti-dilutive to pro forma EPS, including (i) 13,800,000 redeemable warrants to purchase Class A ordinary shares of CCNB1 offered by CCNB1 in its initial public offering, (ii) 10,280,000 warrants to purchase Class A ordinary shares of CCNB1 that were issued to the Sponsor concurrently with the IPO, (iii) 5,000,000 redeemable warrants that will be issued at the close of the Business Combination as part of the Forward Purchase Agreement, (iv) 2,500,000 unvested Restricted Sponsor Shares, held by the Sponsor and CCNB1 Independent Directors, which convert into shares of Class A common stock in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Sponsor Side Letter Agreement, (v) 18,500,000 Flow-Through Seller non-voting unvested Restricted Common Units, and (vi) 35,636,680 Common Units owned by the Flow- Through Sellers that are exchangeable (together with the cancellation of an equal number of shares of voting, non-economic Class V common stock) into Class A common stock.
Exhibit 99.4
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF E2OPEN
(Dollars and shares in millions, unless stated otherwise or except for per share amounts)
Introduction
Throughout this section, unless otherwise noted, “we”, “us” and “our” refer to E2open.
The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of E2open should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements, and related notes included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The discussion and analysis should also be read together with the section entitled “Business of E2open.” In addition to historical information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause future results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Our fiscal year end is the final day in February. Our fiscal years 2020 and 2019 ended February 29, 2020 and February 28, 2019, respectively, and were each fifty-two-week periods.
Overview
E2open is a leading provider of 100% cloud-based, end-to-end supply chain management software. E2open’s software combines networks, data, and applications to provide a deeply embedded, mission-critical platform that allows customers to optimize their supply chain by accelerating growth, reducing costs, increasing visibility, and driving improved resiliency. Given the mission-critical nature of our solutions, we maintain deep, long-term relationships with our customers, which is reflected by our 95% gross retention and customer tenure of 14 years for our top 100 customers. In aggregate, we serve more than 1,200 customers in over 180 countries across a wide range of end-markets, including technology, consumer, industrial, and transportation, among others.
E2open operates in what we believe is an attractive industry with strong secular tailwinds and a large Total Addressable Market of more than $45 billion. This TAM is comprised of approximately 85% Whitespace, including more than $1 billion of opportunity with our existing customers, and includes a combination of legacy point solutions and home-grown applications, many of which are tied together with manual processes and spreadsheets. As manufacturing has evolved from brands owning the full production lifecycle to orchestrating disparate manufacturing, distribution and selling processes, supply chains have grown more complex, increasing demand for software solutions like E2open. Importantly, we believe our fully cloud-based, end-to-end software platform offers a differentiated solution for customers that gives them significantly better value as compared to the disparate point solutions offered by many of our competitors.
Our Go-To-Market Strategy
Our go-to-market strategy is focused on both expanding the adoption of our product portfolio with existing customers and the acquisition of new customers. We primarily focus our selling efforts on large enterprise organizations and sell our software through a direct sales force and channel partners. Additionally, we have a high-velocity inside sales organization to serve small and medium-sized businesses. Our go-to-market strategy enables our sales force to develop deep, long-term relationships with existing and potential customers across the relevant functions, from buying managers to IT to division heads to C-level executives. Importantly, we believe that our go-to-market approach focused on customers is a competitive advantage compared to competitors whose go-to-market approach is focused on products which enables us to sustain our high customer retention and long customer tenure as well as drive maximum spend within each customer.
Our sales organization is comprised of field sales, inside sales and sales development personnel, and we align these teams based on customer size and industry. We focus initially on solving a customer’s primary need, usually a specific piece of their supply chain. Once a customer adopts our solution and witnesses the power of our unique platform, we focus on cross-selling additional products and up-selling additional departments and divisions with the same solution. We have found that experience with our SaaS platform is the most effective selling tool.
1
The Business Combination
On February 4, 2021, E2open Holdings and CCNB1 completed the Business Combination contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, CCNB1 acquired a majority interest in E2open Holdings through a series of mergers, with E2open Holdings becoming a direct subsidiary of CCNB1 (“Business Combination”). In connection with the completion of the Business Combination, CCNB1 changed its jurisdiction of incorporation from the Cayman Islands to the State of Delaware and changed its name to “E2open Parent Holdings, Inc.”
Upon completion of the Business Combination, CCNB1 was deemed the accounting acquirer and E2open the accounting acquiree. Under the acquisition method of accounting, CCNB1’s assets and liabilities retained their carrying values and the assets and liabilities associated with E2open were recorded at their fair values measured as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The Business Combination is expected to have several significant impacts on our future reported financial position and results. These include an estimated increase in cash (as compared to our balance sheet as of November 30, 2020) of approximately $17.1 million. These pro forma cash amounts are net of (x) approximately $637.5 million in cash consideration payable to the E2open Sellers, including certain non-recurring seller transaction expenses, (y) approximately $946.8 million used to pay down existing E2open debt and (z) total non-recurring transaction costs of approximately $63.0 million (including acquisition-related advisory fees in connection with the Business Combination and deferred underwriting commissions in connection with CC’s initial public offering, but excluding certain seller costs to be borne by the E2open Sellers), of which a portion will be treated as a reduction of equity (i.e., the deferred underwriting commissions and costs pertaining to the reverse recapitalization) and a portion will be expensed in the period in which the Business Combination closes (i.e., merger-related costs). The pro forma cash amounts include cash from (i) the Trust Account, (ii) $525.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of a new term loan, (iii) the proceeds from the PIPE Investment of approximately $695.0 million, and (iv) $200.0 million in proceeds from Forward Purchase, each of which was received upon completion of the Business Combination. In addition, certain options to purchase equity interests in E2open Holdings were accelerated upon Closing, which resulted in a non-recurring, non-cash expense of approximately $25.8 million in January 2021. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This document includes Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP performance measures that we use to supplement our results presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We believe Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA are useful in evaluating our operating performance, as they are similar to measures reported by our public competitors and are regularly used by security analysts, institutional investors and other interested parties in analyzing operating performance and prospects. Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be a substitute for any U.S. GAAP financial measure and, as calculated, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of performance of other companies in other industries or within the same industry.
We calculate and define Adjusted Gross Profit as gross profit excluding depreciation and amortization (which are non-cash items). We define and calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net losses excluding interest income or expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, and further adjusted for the following items: stock-based compensation, transaction-related costs and certain other non-cash and non-recurring items, as described in the reconciliation below. We also report Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue as additional measures to evaluate our Adjusted Gross Profit Margins and Adjusted EBITDA Margins, respectively, on revenue.
We include these non-GAAP financial measures because they are used by management to evaluate E2open’s core operating performance and trends and to make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital and new investments. Adjusted Gross Profit, Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA exclude certain expenses that are required in accordance with U.S. GAAP because they are non-recurring (for example, in the case of transaction-related costs), non-cash (for example, in the case of depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation) or are not related to our underlying business performance (for example, in the case of interest income and expense). There are limitations to non-GAAP financial measures because they exclude charges and credits that are required to be included in U.S. GAAP financial presentation. The items excluded from U.S. GAAP financial measures such as net loss to arrive at non-GAAP financial measures are significant components for understanding and assessing our financial performance. As a result, non-GAAP financial measures should be considered together with, and not alternatives to, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.
2
The table below presents our Adjusted Gross Profit reconciled to our reported gross profit, the closest U.S. GAAP measure, for the periods indicated:
Nine Months Ended November 30, | ||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||
Gross profit: | ||||||||
Reported gross profit | $ | 156.2 | $ | 133.8 | ||||
Depreciation and amortization | 20.4 | 17.5 | ||||||
Adjusted gross profit | $ | 176.6 | $ | 151.3 | ||||
Gross margin | 62.7 | % | 60.6 | % | ||||
Adjusted gross margin | 70.9 | % | 68.5 | % |
The table below presents our Adjusted EBITDA reconciled to our net loss, the closest U.S. GAAP measure, for the periods indicated:
Nine Months Ended November 30, | ||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||
Net loss | $ | (68.4 | ) | $ | (80.4 | ) | ||
Adjustments: | ||||||||
Interest expense, net | 53.0 | 46.8 | ||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) | 24.1 | (2.8 | ) | |||||
Depreciation and amortization | 51.2 | 44.2 | ||||||
EBITDA | 59.9 | 7.8 | ||||||
EBITDA Margin | 24.1 | % | 3.5 | % | ||||
Non-cash adjustments | — | — | ||||||
Acquisition-related adjustments (1) | 11.4 | 22.2 | ||||||
Non-recurring/non-operating costs (2) | 3.4 | 3.8 | ||||||
Unit-based compensation (3) | 6.7 | 15.1 | ||||||
Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 81.4 | $ | 48.9 |
(1) | Primarily includes advisory, consulting, accounting and legal expenses incurred in connection with mergers and acquisitions activities, including related valuation, negotiation and integration costs, and capital-raising activities, including costs related to the acquisition of Amber Road and the Business Combination. |
(2) | Primarily includes foreign currency exchange gain and losses and other non-recurring expenses such as systems integrations, legal entity simplification, advisory fees, and expenses related to retention of key employees from acquisitions. |
(3) | Reflects non-cash, long-term unit-based compensation expense, primarily related to senior management. |
Impact of COVID-19
The COVID-19 pandemic has caused business disruptions worldwide beginning in January 2020. The full extent to which the pandemic will impact our business, operations, cash flows and financial condition will depend on future developments that are difficult to accurately predict. We have experienced modest adverse impacts as it relates to lengthening of sales cycles and delays in delivering professional services and training to our customers.
The global pandemic continues to evolve, and we are carefully monitoring the situation to understand its impacts on our business and operations.
3
Key Components of Our Results of Operations
Revenue
Effective March 1, 2019, E2open adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), and all the related amendments, using the modified retrospective method. E2open adopted the new standard for all customer contracts. See Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements below for related discussion.
E2open generates revenue from the sale of subscriptions and professional services. E2open recognizes revenue when the customer contract and associated performance obligations have been identified, the transaction price has been determined and allocated to the performance obligations in the contract, and the performance obligations have been satisfied.
Subscription Revenue — E2open offers cloud-based on-demand software solutions, which enable its customers to have constant access to its solutions without the need to manage and support the software and associated hardware themselves. From fiscal year 2017 to fiscal year 2020, E2open achieved 7% organic subscription revenue growth, including 7% organic subscription revenue growth during fiscal year 2020. E2open houses the hardware and software in third-party facilities and provides its customers with access to the software solutions, along with data security and storage, backup, recovery services and solution support. E2open’s customer contracts typically have a term of three to five years. E2open primarily invoices its customers for subscriptions in advance for the annual use of the software solutions. E2open’s payment terms typically require customers to pay within 30 to 90 days from the invoice date.
E2open also offers cloud-based software solutions, which enable its customers to have access to an electronic commerce transaction platform for the international container shipping industry. E2open charges either fixed annual subscription fees or volume-based transaction fees, based on the volume of transactions booked on the platform for this product. For subscription-based contracts, E2open generally invoices annually in advance. Under the previous standard, E2open limited subscription revenue recognition to the contractually billable amounts in each year of the subscription. Under the new standard, subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the life of the contract. The impact of this change was insignificant. Therefore, no cumulative adjustment was made to the opening balance sheet for revenue recognition at adoption of the new standard. For transactional based contracts, E2open primarily recognizes revenue and invoices for these transactions monthly once incurred. This is unchanged from the previous standard.
Professional Services — Professional services revenue is derived primarily from fees for enabling services, including solution consulting and solution deployment. These services are often sold in conjunction with the sale of E2open’s solutions. E2open provides professional services primarily on a time and materials basis, but also on a fixed fee basis. Customers are invoiced for professional services either monthly in arrears or, as with fixed fee arrangements, in advance and upon reaching project milestones. Professional services revenue is recognized over time. For services that are contracted for at a fixed price, progress is generally measured based on labor hours incurred as a percentage of the total estimated hours required for complete satisfaction of the related performance obligations. For services that are contracted on time and materials or a prepaid basis, progress is generally based on actual labor hours expended. These input methods (e.g., hours incurred or expended) are considered a faithful depiction of our efforts to satisfy services contracts as they represent the performance obligation consumed by the customer and performed by E2open, and therefore reflect the transfer of services to a customer under such contracts. The adoption of the new standard did not result in a material change to the revenue recognition of professional services.
E2open enters into arrangements with multiple performance obligations, comprised of subscriptions and professional services. Arrangements with customers typically do not provide the customer with the right to take possession of the software supporting the on-demand solutions. E2open primarily accounts for subscription and professional services revenue as separate units of accounting and allocates revenue to each deliverable in an arrangement based on standalone selling price. E2open evaluates the standalone selling price for each element by considering prices E2open charges for similar offerings, size of the order and historical pricing practices.
Total Revenue by Geographic Locations — Revenues by geographical region consisted of the following:
Nine months ended November 30, | ||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||
Americas | $ | 239.5 | $ | 213.2 | ||||
Europe | 4.3 | 4.3 | ||||||
Asia Pacific | 5.2 | 3.4 | ||||||
Total revenue | $ | 249.0 | $ | 220.9 |
Revenues by geography are determined based on the region of E2open’s contracting entity, which may be different than the region of the customer. Americas revenue attributed to the United States was approximately 96% and 97% during the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. No other country represented more than ten percent of total revenue during the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and 2019.
4
Cost of Revenue
Cost of Subscription Revenue — Cost of subscription revenue consists primarily of costs related to delivering our service and providing support to customers, including personnel and related costs, costs associated with data center capacity, fees paid to third parties to license their technology and depreciation expense directly related to delivering our solutions. We generally expense our cost of subscription revenue as we incur the costs.
Cost of Professional Services Revenue — Cost of professional services revenue consists primarily of personnel and related travel costs, the costs of contracted third-party vendors and reimbursable expenses. As our personnel are employed on a full-time basis, our cost of professional services is largely fixed in the short-term, while our professional services revenue may fluctuate, leading to fluctuations in professional services gross profit. We expense our cost of professional services revenue as we incur the costs.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development — Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel and related costs of our research and development staff, costs of certain third-party contractors, depreciation, amortization and other allocated costs. Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred, excluding the capitalization of internally developed software costs.
Sales and Marketing — Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel and related costs for our sales and marketing staff. It also includes the costs of promotional events, corporate communications, online marketing, solution marketing and other brand-building activities, in addition to depreciation, amortization and other allocated costs. When the initial customer contract is signed and upon any renewal, we capitalize and amortize commission costs under ASC 606, as an expense over the period in which products are expected to be delivered to customers, including expected renewals, which is estimated to be 4.0 years. If a subscription agreement is terminated, we recognize the unamortized portion of any deferred commission cost as an expense immediately upon such termination. Certain sales commissions are contingent on future customer billings and are expensed as incurred to sales and marketing expense.
General and Administrative — General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel and related costs for our executive, administrative, finance, information technology, legal, accounting and human resource staff; professional fees; other corporate expenses; depreciation; amortization; and other allocated costs.
Interest and Other Expenses, Net
Interest and other expenses, net, consists primarily of interest income on our cash balances, and interest expense on our outstanding debt and capital lease obligations, foreign currency realized and unrealized gains and losses, and gains and losses on the disposal of fixed assets.
Provision for Income Taxes
The provision for income tax expense consists primarily of deferred income tax expense from utilization of deferred tax attributes of our U.S. corporate tax consolidated groups due to pre-tax income in these subsidiaries from a change in the Company’s technology transfer pricing implemented in the current year and current income taxes from foreign subsidiaries which are subject to corporate income taxes. The income tax benefit in prior years was primarily related to losses benefited in certain U.S. corporate tax consolidated groups to reduce deferred tax liabilities recorded in purchase accounting offset in part by foreign income tax expense as a result of the cost-plus transfer pricing agreements we have in place with our foreign subsidiaries. The deferred tax assets of certain other U.S. corporate tax consolidated groups and non-U.S. jurisdictions remain offset by a valuation allowance. Realization of these deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Utilization of our net operating losses may be subject to annual limitations due to the ownership change rules under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. We have analyzed the effect of Internal Revenue Code Section 382 for each of our acquisitions. Based on analysis of acquired net operating losses and credits, utilization of our net operating losses and research and development credits will be subject to annual limitations. In the event we have future changes in ownership, the availability of net operating loss carryforwards could be further limited.
5
Results of Operations
The following table is our condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the periods indicated:
Nine months ended November 30, | ||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||
Revenue | $ | 249.0 | $ | 220.9 | ||||
Cost of Revenue | (92.8 | ) | (87.1 | ) | ||||
Total gross profit | 156.2 | 133.8 | ||||||
Operating Expenses | ||||||||
Research and development | (43.2 | ) | (45.0 | ) | ||||
Sales and marketing | (37.3 | ) | (37.8 | ) | ||||
General and administrative | (30.0 | ) | (40.3 | ) | ||||
Acquisition-related expenses | (11.3 | ) | (23.5 | ) | ||||
Amortization of acquired
intangible assets |
(25.4 | ) | (22.8 | ) | ||||
Total operating expenses | (147.2 | ) | (169.4 | ) | ||||
Income (loss) from operations | 9.0 | (35.6 | ) | |||||
Interest and other expense, net | (53.3 | ) | (47.6 | ) | ||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt | — | — | ||||||
Loss before income taxes | (44.3 | ) | (83.2 | ) | ||||
Benefit from (provision for)
income taxes |
(24.1 | ) | 2.8 | |||||
Net loss | $ | (68.4 | ) | $ | (80.4 | ) | ||
EBITDA | $ | 59.9 | $ | 7.8 | ||||
Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 81.4 | $ | 48.9 |
The comparability of our operating results for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended November 30, 2019 was impacted by the recent acquisition of Amber Road in July 2019. In the discussion of our results of operations for we may quantitatively disclose the impact of our acquired products and services to the extent they remain ascertainable. Expense contributions from our recent acquisition for the respective period comparisons generally were not separately identifiable due to the integration of these businesses into our existing operations.
Comparison of the Nine Months Ended November 30, 2020 and 2019
Revenue
Nine Months Ended November 30, | ||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||
Revenue: | ||||||||||||||||
Subscription revenue | $ | 209.0 | $ | 176.5 | $ | 32.5 | 18 | % | ||||||||
Professional services revenue and other | 40.0 | 44.4 | (4.4 | ) | -10 | % | ||||||||||
Total revenue | $ | 249.0 | $ | 220.9 | $ | 28.1 | 13 | % | ||||||||
Percentage of revenue: | ||||||||||||||||
Subscription revenue | 84 | % | 80 | % | ||||||||||||
Professional services revenue and other | 16 | % | 20 | % | ||||||||||||
Total | 100 | % | 100 | % |
Subscription revenue was $209.0 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020, a $32.5 million, or a 18%, increase compared to subscription revenue of $176.5 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2019. The increase in subscription revenue was primarily related to the acquisition of Amber Road which accounted for approximately $25.0 million of the change. The balance of the increase was primarily related to new organic subscription sales in the prior periods, predominantly driven by increases in products utilized across our customer portfolio.
6
Professional services revenue and other was $40.0 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020, a $4.4 million, or 10%, decrease compared to $44.4 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, which delayed the delivery of professional services and training to our customers, mainly due to our customers’ focus on switching to remote operations during this time period. Importantly, although COVID-19 delayed planned customer engagements, we did not experience any material cancellations of engagements. Professional services revenue was also impacted by fewer new subscription sales closed in the nine months ended November 30, 2020 as compared to the prior year. We attribute this temporary delay in closing new subscription sales to COVID-19 as our customers were focused on the impact of the pandemic on their operations rather than launching new technology projects. The impact of these COVID-related factors was partially offset by the impact of acquired revenue.
Our subscription revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased to 84% for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 compared to 80% for the nine months ended November 30, 2019 driven primarily by the increase in subscription revenue and decline in professional services revenue described above.
Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin
Nine Months Ended November 30, | ||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||
Cost of revenue: | ||||||||||||||||
Subscriptions | $ | (44.6 | ) | $ | (43.6 | ) | $ | (1.0 | ) | 2 | % | |||||
Professional services and other | (32.8 | ) | (30.0 | ) | (2.8 | ) | 9 | % | ||||||||
Amortization of acquired intangible assets | (15.4 | ) | (13.5 | ) | (1.9 | ) | 14 | % | ||||||||
Total cost of revenue | (92.8 | ) | (87.1 | ) | (5.7 | ) | 7 | % | ||||||||
Gross profit: | ||||||||||||||||
Subscriptions | 149.0 | 119.3 | 29.7 | 25 | % | |||||||||||
Professional services and other | 7.2 | 14.5 | (7.3 | ) | -50 | % | ||||||||||
Total gross profit | $ | 156.2 | $ | 133.8 | $ | 22.4 | 17 | % | ||||||||
Gross margin: | ||||||||||||||||
Subscriptions | 71 | % | 68 | % | ||||||||||||
Professional services and other | 18 | % | 33 | % | ||||||||||||
Total gross margin | 63 | % | 61 | % |
Cost of subscriptions was $44.6 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020, a $1.0 million, or 2%, increase compared to $43.6 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2019. This increase is primarily related to the acquisition of Amber Road, partially offset by the realization of acquisition-related cost savings from acquisitions.
Cost of professional services revenue and other was $32.8 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020, a $2.8 million, or 9%, increase compared to $30.0 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2019. This increase is primarily related to the acquisition of Amber Road. We have proactively decided to invest in our professional services organization during the COVID-19 pandemic as a means of providing additional service to and deeper relationships with our customers.
Amortization of acquired intangible assets was $15.4 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020, a $1.9 million, or 14%, increase compared to $13.5 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2019, driven primarily by additional intangibles from the acquisition of Amber Road.
Our subscriptions gross margin improved to 71% for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 compared to 68% for the nine months ended November 30, 2019 driven primarily by the realization of integration-related cost savings from historical acquisitions and the low marginal costs associated with incremental new organic subscription sales. Our professional services and other gross margin declined to 18% for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 from 33% in the prior period, primarily due to lower professional services and other revenue in the current period as described above.
7
Research and Development
Nine Months Ended November 30, | ||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||
Research and development | $ | (43.2 | ) | $ | (45.0 | ) | $ | 1.8 | -4 | % | ||||||
Percentage of revenue | 17 | % | 20 | % |
Research and Development expenses were $43.2 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020, a $1.8 million, or 4%, decrease compared to $45.0 million in the prior year. The decrease is associated with leveraging the existing E2open operating model and managerial structure resulting in optimized synergy cost savings associated with the acquisition of Amber Road.
Sales and Marketing
Nine Months Ended November 30, | ||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||
Sales and marketing | $ | (37.3 | ) | $ | (37.8 | ) | $ | 0.5 | -1 | % | ||||||
Percentage of revenue | 15 | % | 17 | % |
Sales and marketing expenses were $37.3 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020, a $0.5 million, or 1%, decrease compared to $37.8 million in the prior year. The decrease is primarily due to the realization of acquisition-related cost savings from historical acquisitions, partially offset by the associated costs of the Amber Road acquisition.
General and Administrative
Nine Months Ended November 30, | ||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||
General and administrative | $ | (30.0 | ) | $ | (40.3 | ) | $ | 10.3 | -26 | % | ||||||
Percentage of revenue | 12 | % | 18 | % |
General and administrative expenses were $30.0 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020, a $10.3 million, or 26%, decrease compared to $40.3 million in the prior year. The decrease is driven primarily by a $9.5 million increase in prior year unit-based compensation primarily attributable to the acceleration of certain unit-based awards that were accelerated in connection with the Amber Road acquisition.
Other Operating Expenses
Nine Months Ended November 30, | ||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||
Acquisition and other related expenses | $ | (11.4 | ) | $ | (23.5 | ) | $ | 12.1 | -51 | % | ||||||
Amortization of acquired intangible assets | (25.4 | ) | (22.8 | ) | (2.6 | ) | 11 | % | ||||||||
Total other operating expenses | $ | (36.8 | ) | $ | (46.3 | ) | 9.5 | -21 | % |
Other operating expenses were $36.8 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020; a $9.5 million, or 21%, decrease compared to $46.3 million in the prior year. The nine months ended November 30, 2019 included significant transaction related expenses for Amber Road and INTTRA, which were largely completed as of November 30, 2020.
Interest and Other Expense
Nine Months Ended November 30, | ||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||
Interest and other expense, net | $ | (53.3 | ) | $ | (47.6 | ) | $ | (5.7 | ) | 12 | % |
Interest expense increased to $53.3 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020, a $5.7 million, or 12%, increase compared to $47.6 million in the prior year. This increase is driven primarily by the incremental debt incurred to finance the acquisition of Amber Road.
8
Provision for Income Taxes
Nine Months Ended November 30, | |||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
Loss before income taxes | $ | (44.3 | ) | $ | (83.2 | ) | $ | 38.9 | -47 | % | |||||||
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes | (24.1 | ) | 2.8 | (26.9 | ) | nm | * |
* Not meaningful
Loss before income taxes was $44.3 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020, a $38.9 million, or 47%, decrease compared to $83.2 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2019. This decrease was related primarily to the acquisition of Amber Road, stronger operating results, the $9.5 million unit-based compensation recognized in 2019 attributable to the acceleration of certain unit-based awards related to the Amber Road acquisition and additional integration-related cost savings realized from historical acquisitions, partially offset by higher interest expense in 2020 due to incremental debt incurred to finance the Amber Road acquisition. The provision for income taxes was $24.1 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020, a $26.9 million increase compared to the $2.8 million income tax benefit in the prior year. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in pre-tax income in E2open’s U.S. corporate consolidated tax groups and foreign subsidiaries as well as a change in our technology transfer pricing implemented in the current year.
EBITDA
Nine Months Ended November 30, | |||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
EBITDA | $ | 59.9 | $ | 7.8 | $ | 52.1 | nm | * | |||||||||
EBITDA margin | 24 | % | 4 | % |
* Not meaningful
EBITDA was $59.9 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020, a $52.1 million increase compared to $7.8 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2019. EBITDA margins improved to 24% for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 compared to 4% in the prior year. The increase in EBITDA and EBITDA margin was primarily related to stronger operating results due to organic revenue growth, the additional four months of results from the acquisition of Amber Road in 2020 compared to 2019 and the realization of integration-related cost savings from historical acquisitions.
Adjusted EBITDA
Nine Months Ended November 30, | ||||||||||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | $ Change | % Change | ||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 81.4 | $ | 48.9 | $ | 32.5 | 66 | % | ||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA margin | 33 | % | 22 | % |
Adjusted EBITDA was $81.4 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020, a $32.5 million, or 66%, increase compared to $48.9 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2019. Adjusted EBITDA margins improved to 33% for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 compared to 22% in the prior year. This increase in Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin was primarily related to the acquisition of Amber Road, stronger operating results and the realization of integration-related cost savings from historical acquisitions.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
E2open measures liquidity in terms of its ability to fund the cash requirements of its business operations, including working capital, capital expenditure needs, contractual obligations and other commitments, with cash flows from operations and other sources of funding. Current working capital needs relate mainly to employee compensation and benefits, as well as and interest and debt. E2open’s ability to expand and grow its business will depend on many factors, including working capital needs and the evolution of operating cash flows.
E2open had $17.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and $15.0 million of unused borrowing capacity under its revolving credit facility (see Note 6) as of November 30, 2020. E2open believes its existing cash and cash equivalents, cash provided by operating activities and, if necessary, the borrowing capacity under its revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet its working capital, debt repayment and capital expenditure requirements until at least February 2022.
On February 4, 2021, as part of the Business Combination, all existing debt outstanding was repaid, and we entered into a new $525 million “covenant lite” term loan and a $75 million revolver. The $525 million term loan will mature on February 4, 2028 while the revolver will mature on February 4, 2026. There have been no amounts drawn on the revolver.
9
In the future, E2open may enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses. To facilitate these acquisitions or investments, E2open may seek additional equity or debt financing.
Debt
Amber Term Loan — In July 2019, E2open Holdings incurred an additional term loan with Silicon Valley Bank (“Amber Term Loan”) with a maturity date of April 2021. The loan has a variable interest rate which was 2.25% and 3.25% as of November 30, 2020 and February 29, 2020, respectively. As of November 30, 2020 and February 29, 2020, the loan had a principal amount outstanding of $36.6 million.
Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility Due 2024 — In November 2018, E2open, LLC entered into a credit agreement, including an initial term loan of $400.0 million, delayed draw term loans of up to $80.0 million (together, the “Term Loan Due 2024”) and a revolving credit facility of up to $30.0 million (“Revolving Credit Facility”) with a maturity date of November 2024. Borrowings under the Term Loan Due 2024 during the year ended February 29, 2020 were $441.0 million and were used for the acquisition of Amber Road. There were $15.0 million outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility as of November 30, 2020 and February 29, 2020. The interest rate for the Term Loan Due 2024 and Revolving Credit Facility was 6.75% and 7.7% as of November 30, 2020 and February 29, 2019, respectively.
As of November 30, 2020, E2open, LLC was in compliance with the covenants of the Term Loan Due 2024 and Revolving Credit Facility.
Business Combination Activity — On February 4, 2021, as part of the Business Combination, the Amber Term Loan, Term Loan Due 2024 and Revolving Credit Facility were repaid. Additionally, we entered into a new $525 million “covenant lite” term loan containing no financial maintenance covenants and a $75 million revolver. The $525 million term loan will mature on February 4, 2028 while the revolver will mature on February 4, 2026. There have been no amounts drawn on the revolver.
Cash Flows
The following table presents net cash from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities:
Nine months ended November 30, | ||||||||
($ in millions) | 2020 | 2019 | ||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | $ | 30.1 | $ | (46.3 | ) | |||
Net cash used in investing activities | (12.0 | ) | (441.7 | ) | ||||
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities | (8.1 | ) | 455.7 | |||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and
cash equivalents |
0.1 | 1.5 | ||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents
and restricted cash |
10.1 | (30.8 | ) | |||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at
beginning of period |
48.4 | 79.4 | ||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at
end of period |
$ | 58.5 | $ | 48.6 |
Nine Months Ended November 30, 2020 vs. Nine Months Ended November 30, 2019
As of November 30, 2020, our consolidated cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash was $58.5 million, a $9.9 million increase from our balance of $48.6 million as of November 30, 2019.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 was $30.1 million compared to a use of cash of $46.3 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2019. The $76.4 million difference was largely driven by income from operations of $8.8 million in 2020 compared to a loss from operations of $35.6 million in 2019, primarily due to the realization of integration-related cost savings from historical acquisitions along with additional cash generated from working capital in 2020 compared to 2019.
Net cash used in investing activities was $12.0 million and $441.7 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The use of cash for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 was primarily driven by the acquisition of property and software related to our data centers while the use of cash for the nine months ended November 30, 2019 was primarily driven by the acquisition of Amber Road.
Net cash used by financing activities for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 was $8.0 million and compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $455.7 million for the nine months ended November 30, 2019. The use of cash for the nine months ended November 30, 2020 was primarily driven by repayment of outstanding balances on our long-term debt while the cash provided during the nine months ended November 30, 2019 was driven by borrowings to finance the acquisition of Amber Road.
10
Tax Receivable Agreement
Concurrently with the completion of the Business Combination and as a condition precedent to the Closing, we entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement with the Blocker Sellers and the Flow-Through Sellers. Pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we will pay the Flow-Through Sellers and/or Blocker Sellers as applicable, 85% of the tax savings that we will realize from increases in the tax basis in E2open Holdings’ assets as a result of the sale of E2open equity interests, the future exchange of the Common Units for shares of Class A common stock (or cash) pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, and certain pre-existing tax attributes of the Blockers, as well as certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The term of the Tax Receivable Agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired unless we exercise our right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement for an amount representing the present value of anticipated future tax benefits under the Tax Receivable Agreement or certain other acceleration events occur.
Amounts payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be contingent upon, among other things, our generation of taxable income over the term of the Tax Receivable Agreement. If we do not generate sufficient taxable income in the aggregate over the term of the Tax Receivable Agreement to utilize the tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, then we would not be required to make the related payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Although the amount of any payments required to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be significant, the timing of these payments will vary and will generally be limited to one payment per member per year. The amount of such payments is also generally limited to the extent we are unable to utilize the full amount of any tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement in a given period.
We recorded an estimated tax receivable liability of $33.0 million assuming (i) an exchange price of $10 per share, (ii) a constant corporate tax rate of 24.0%, (iii) no dispositions of corporate subsidiaries, (iv) no material changes in tax law, and (v) we do not elect an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement. However, due to the uncertainty of various factors, including: (a) the timing and value of future exchanges, (b) the amount and timing of our future taxable income, (c) changes in our tax rate, (d) no future dispositions of any corporate stock, and (e) changes in the tax law, the likely tax savings we will realize and the resulting amounts we are likely to pay to the Blocker Sellers and the Flow-Through Sellers pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement are uncertain.
The liability recorded on the balance sheet does not include an estimate of the amount of payments to be made if the Flow-Through Sellers exchanged their remaining interests in E2open for stock in E2open Parent Holdings, Inc., as this amount is not readily determinable and dependent on several future variables, including timing of future exchanges, stock price at date of exchange, tax attributes of the individuals party to the exchange, and changes in future applicable federal and state tax rates.
In addition, if we exercise our right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement or certain other acceleration events occur, we will be required to make immediate cash payments. Such cash payments will be equal to the present value of the assumed future realized tax benefits based on a set of assumptions and using an agreed upon discount rate, as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement. The early termination payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization, if any, of those future tax benefits. Such payments will be calculated based on certain assumptions, including that we have sufficient taxable income to utilize the full amount of any tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement over the period specified therein. The payments that we will be required to make will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us, but we expect the cash tax savings we will realize from the utilization of the related tax benefits will exceed the amount of any required payments. If we elected to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement immediately after the closing of the Business Combination Agreement, we estimate our early termination payment would have been approximately $75.3 million in the aggregate under the Tax Receivable Agreement.
In accordance with the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, we will be entitled to receive quarterly tax distributions from E2open Holdings following the Business Combination, subject to limitations imposed by applicable law and contractual restrictions. The cash received from such tax distributions will first be used by us to satisfy any tax liability and then to make any payments required under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We expect that such tax distributions will be sufficient to fund both our tax liability and the required payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We are responsible for reimbursement obligations on letters of credit in the aggregate face amount of $75.0 million issued under our revolving credit facility to support our operations. We do not have any other material off-balance sheet arrangements or contingent commitments. There was $15.0 million outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility as of November 30, 2020 and February 29, 2020, respectively.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. Preparation of the financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amount of revenue and expenses, assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We consider an accounting judgment, estimate or assumption to be critical when (1) the estimate or assumption is complex in nature or requires a high degree of judgment and (2) the use of different judgments, estimates and assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 3 to our condensed unaudited consolidated financial statements. Our critical accounting policies are described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of E2open – Critical Accounting Policies” in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus which was filed with the Commission on January 12, 2021 by CCNB1. The Proxy Statement/Prospectus can be found on the Commission's website at www.sec.gov.
11
Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements are described in Note 3 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this document.
Emerging Growth Company Accounting Election
Section 102(b)(1) of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”) exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can choose not to take advantage of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies, and any such election to not take advantage of the extended transition period is irrevocable. CCNB1 is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and has elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Following the consummation of the Business Combination, we expect to remain an emerging growth company at least through the end of the 2021 fiscal year and is expected to continue to take advantage of the benefits of the extended transition period. This may make it difficult or impossible to compare our financial results with the financial results of another public company that is either not an emerging growth company or is an emerging growth company that has chosen not to take advantage of the extended transition period exemptions for emerging growth companies because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We have in the past and may in the future be exposed to certain market risks, including interest rate, foreign currency exchange and financial instrument risks, in the ordinary course of our business. Currently, these risks are not material to our financial condition or results of operations, but they may be in the future.
Inflation
We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. However, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset higher costs through price increases and our inability or failure to do so could potentially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Interest Rate Risk
We had significant debt commitments outstanding as of November 30, 2020. These on-balance sheet financial instruments, to the extent they accrue interest at variable interest rates, expose us to interest rate risk.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
The functional currency of E2open’s foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. Assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect as of the consolidated balance sheet date.
Operating accounts are translated at an average rate of exchange for the respective accounting periods.
Translation adjustments resulting from the process of translating foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Transaction gains and losses reflected in the functional currencies are charged to income or expense at the time of the transaction.
Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject E2open to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and accounts receivable. E2open deposits cash and cash equivalents with high-quality financial institutions. Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from sales of subscriptions and support, as well as professional services, principally to large creditworthy technology, industrial, consumer goods, pharmaceutical and energy companies. Credit risk is concentrated primarily in North America, Europe and parts of Asia. E2open has historically experienced insignificant credit losses. E2open maintains allowances for estimated credit losses based on management’s assessment of the likelihood of collection.
12